Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementaryfrenchOOkeetrich 


AN 


ELEMENTARY 


FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


COLLEGES,  HIGH  SCHOOLS,  AND  ACADEMIES. 


PROF.  JEAN  GUSTAVE  KEETELS, 

AUTHOR  OF   "ANALYTICAL  AND  PRACTICAL  FRENCH  GRAMMAR,"    "a    COLLEGIATE    FRENCH 

COURSE,"    "  AN    ANALYTICAL    FRENCH    READER,"    "  A    CHILd's   FIRST 

BOOK   IN    FRENCH." 


NEW    EOITION, 

^  .-iDlTED    BY 

PROF.    H  ipI^O  l.T'T^    D  ALMO  N, 

United  States  NI'Ival  .Y'CftbfeMY,  i-a-NNAIolis,  Md. 


NEW   YORK: 

Mayxard,   Merkill,   &  Co., 

29,  31.  .\ND  33  East  Ninetkenth  Street. 
1898. 

f  or  TMf  ■   '^ 


Prof.  Keetels'  French  Series. 


1.  A    Child's    Illustrated    First    Book    in    French. 

168  pages,  12mo,  handsomely  bound  in  cloth. 

The  aim  of  this  book  is  to  make  the  Study  of  the  French  language  attractive  and 
interesting  to  children,  who  have  no  knowledge  of  the  English  grammar.  The 
object-lesson  plan  has  been  adopted.  For  this  purpose  the  volume  is  handsomely 
illustrated  by  engravings  especially  prepared  for  the  book. 

U.  An  Klenientary   French  Grammar.    For  High  Schools 

and  Academies.    340  pages,  12mo. 

This  work  is  designed  for  students  of  the  academic  and  collegiate  departments. 
Its  purpose  is  to  train  them  in  the  principles  of  French  grammar,  and  to  accustom 
them  by  oral  instruction  to  the  use  of  the  French  language. 

3.  An  Analytical  and  Practical  French  Grammar. 

524  pages,  12mo. 

This  book,  containing  the  advantage  of  the  oral  and  the  analytical  method  of 
instruction,  comprises  all  that  is  necessary  to  teach  the  French  language  success- 
fully, both  theoretically  and  practically.  It  is  a  complete  grammar,  in  which  the 
principles  of  the  language  are  developed  in  a  logical  and  efficient  manner. 

4.  A  Collegiate  Course  in    the  French  Languagre, 

comprising  a  complete  Grammar,  with  Kules  on  Gender  :  Reading-Lessons  and 
Exercises  for  Translation  ;  a  Treatise  on  French  Pronunciation  ;  a  Key  to  the  Prin- 
cipal French  Idioms  ;  the  Latin  Elements,  common  to  both  the  French  and  English  ; 
the  whole  being  a  compilation  of  the  principles  of  the  French  Language,  arranged 
and  prepared  for  the  study  of  French,  in  Colleges  and  Collegiate  Institutions.  549 
pages,  12mo.    Cloth. 

5.  An  Analytical  French  Reader :  with  English  Exercises  for 

Translation  and  Oral  Exercises  for  Practice  in  Speaking  ;  Questions  on  Grammar, 
with  References  to  the  Author's  several  Grammars.  Notes  and  Vocabulary.  In 
Two  Parts.  Part  First  :  Selections  of  Fables,  Anecdotes,  and  Short  Stories. 
Part  Second  :  Selections  f.-om  the  best  Modern  V/rite?s.    320  pages,  12mo. 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ENGLISH  EXERCISES  IN  THE  ANALYTICAL  AND  PRAC- 
TICAL FRENCH  GRAMMAR.     ;Fo;  tcacnorsonly.)    12mc.    Cloth.    75  cents. 

A  KEY  TO  THE  ENGLISH  EXERCISES  IN  TEE  COLLEGIATE  COURSE. 
(For  teachers  only.)    Price,  75  cents. 

Entered  according  to  .Act  of  Congress,  in   the  year  1S73,  by  Mason,  Baker  &  Pratt,  in  the 
UiI5ee  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington, 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  ls"3,  by  Albert  Mason,  in  the  OfBce  of  the 
Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 

Copyright,  IbSl.    1884.    Clark  4  Matnard. 


PREFACE 


nnHIS  Elementary  French  Grammar  is  designed  for  stu. 
dents,  who  begin  the  study  of  French.  Each  part 
of  speech  is  treated  separately,  and  every  subject  is  at 
once  completed  as  lar  as  tlie  scope  of  the  work  permits. 
The  rules  and  explanations  are  stated  in  simple  language, 
which  is  believed  to  be  within  the  comprehension  of  the 
youthful  mind.  The  exercises  are  short,  lively,  and  varied. 
To  compose  suitable  sentences  for  practice,  elements  have 
been  introduced  which  are  outside  of  the  order  of  develop- 
ment. These  are  given  in  the  vocabularies,  systematically 
arranged  in  order  to  engage  the  interest  of  the  student, 
and  with  an  occasional  e-xi)hination  wlien  the  subject  abso- 
lutely requires  it.  The  author  has  been  careful,  however, 
not  to  infringe  the  regular  order  of  development,  and  to 
keep  the  subject-matter  prominently  before  the  mind,  so  as 
to  leave  an  indelible  impression. 

Great  attention  has  been  bestowed  on  the  treatment  of 
the  pronouns  and  verbs;  the  irregular  verbs  have  been 
given  in  full,  with  copious  exercises  for  practice. 

The  rules  in  Syntax  are  confined  to  elementary  principles, 
in  accordance  with  the  plan  of  the  work,  which  is  intended 
as  introductory  to  the  author's  Analytical  and  Practical 
French  Grammar  or  Collegiate  French  Course.  Students 
who  have  finished  the  present  course,  will  be  well  prepared 


iv  PREFACE, 


to  take  up  either  of  the  larger  works,  in  which  they  will  go 
over  mucli  of  the  same  ground,  but  with  the  additional 
interest  of  the  Oral  Exercises.  They  will  be  enabled  to  ad- 
vance rapidly,  to  understand,  more  clearly  the  facts  that 
come  before  them ;  and,  in  pursuing  the  course  to  its  con- 
clusion, will  attain  their  aim:  read,  write,  and  speak  the 
French  language. 


PUBLISHERS'  NOTE. 

The  demand  for  this  work  has  been  so  great  that  in  the 
printing  of  many  successive  editions  the  plates  had  become 
badly  worn. 

New  electrotype  plates  having  become  necessary,  the  pub- 
lishers have  deemed  it  proper  to  have  the  book  carefully 
read,  and  such  improvements  made  as  suggested  themselves 
to  the  editor. 

The  author  of  the  work  having  died  some  years  since,  his 
friend  Professor  H.  Dalmon  of  the  United  States  Naval 
Academy  undertook  this  work  of  revision,  and  has  performed 
it  with  great  care,  so  that  it  is  believed  that  it  is  as  nearly 
free  from  typographical  errors  as  possible.  No  radical 
changes  in  the  matter  or  form  have  been  made,  and  the 
new  edition  can  be  used  in  the  same  classes  with  the  old 
without  the  slightest  difficulty. 

The  numerous  teachers  who  have  heretofore  used  the 
book  with  such  satisfaction,  will,  we  are  confident,  be  glad 
to  see  it  in  this  new  and  improved  type. 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

Pbeface f 

INTRODUCTION.— Chapter  First T 

Alphabet  and  Ortho-Graphic  Si<rns 7 

Vowels.     Nasal  Vowels.     Diphthongs 8-10 

Consonants.     Final  Consonants ,„ 

Division  of  Words  into  Syllables 12 

Use  of  Capitals.    Use  of  Accents 13 

Exercises  in  Pronouncing 14 

Chapter  Second. 

Parts  of  Speech,  Definitions i J 

Parts  of  Speech,  Properties 17 

Sentences 20 

Suggestions -** 

Lesson 

I.    The  Xoun.    The  Article ^j 

IL     Plural  Forms 24 

U.    {bis.)    Plural  Forms,  Continued ..  26 

III.  Contraction  of  Article 28 

IV.  Nouns.    Partitive  Sense 30 

Present  Tense  of  .^voir 31 

V.     Qnalifyiiig  Adjectives 32 

V.    (6w.) "  QiialijYmg  Adjectives.    Contin  ued 35 

VI.    Compari-^on"  of  Adjectives 37 

Present  Tense  of  Etre 38 

Vn.    Liinitinq  Adjectives.     Possessive 40 

VIII.              Demonstrative 42 

rX.              Numeral 45 

IX.    (to.)  Numeral.     Continued •ig 

Davs  of  the  Week 51 

Mo"nths 51 

X.    Limiting  Adjectives.    Indefinite 52 

XI.    Pronouns.    Personal 55 

Conjunctive 55 

Xn.               Conjunctive.    Continued 58 

XIII.  Collocation ♦'S 

XIV.  Disjunctive 64 

XV.               Possessive 63 

XVI.              Demonstrative ^ 

XVn.               Interrogative 74 

XVIIL              Relative '7 

XIX.               Indefinite 80 

XX.    The  Ferft.    Infinitive 84 

XXI.               Participles 88 

Agreement  of  Past  Participle 89 

XXn.     Auxiliarv  Verb  .\voir 91 

XXm.    Auxiliary  Verb  Etre 9° 


vl 


CONTENTS. 


Lesson 

XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 

XXX. 

XXXI. 

XXXII. 

XXXIII. 

XXXIV. 

XXXV. 

XXXVI. 

XXXVII. 

XXXVIII. 

XXXIX. 

XL. 

XLI. 

XLII. 

XLIII. 

XLIV. 

XLV. 

XLVI. 

XLVII. 


XLVIII. 
XLIX. 


Page 

Regular  Verbs.    First  Conjugation,  Couper 103 

First  Conjugation.    Orthographic  Irregularities 108 

Sccoud  Conjugation,  Finir Ill 

Third  Conjugation,  Recevoir 116 

Fourth  Conjugation,  Vcndre 121 

Inturrogative  Conjugation 126 

Negati\o  Conjugation  — 127 

The  Passive  Verb 129 

The  Neuter  Vert) 134 

Tlie  Pronominal  Verb 139 

Tiie  Impersonal  Verb 145 

Irregular  Verbs.     ^^•-■^  r:^,,i„....,;^„  ido 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs. 

Irregular  Verbs 


L. 
LI. 


First  Conjugation 149 

Second  Conjugation 154 

Stcond  Conjugation.    Continued 159 

Third  Conjugation 165 

Third  Conjugation.    Continued ••  170 

Fourth  Conjugation 174 

Fourth  Conjugation.    Continued 180 

Fourth  Conjugation.    Continued 184 

Fourth  Conjugatit  1.    Continued 189 

Fourth  Conjugation.     Continued 195 

riie' Adverb -00 

The  Preposition *J^J 

The  Conjunction  209 

The  Interjection 210 

Syntax.    TVh:  Noun *i* 

Idioms  with  Avoir 212 

Nouns  as  Adjectives 213 

Plural  of  Compound  Nouns 213 

'YXid  Article 216 

Before  Proper  Nouns ■  •  *^° 

The  Adjective 2|1 

Adjectives  as  Nouns ~*~ 

Place  of  Adjectives 222 

Government  of  Adjectives *^ 

Numeral  Adjectives 2~3 

The  Pronoun *~| 

The  Verb SS 


Agreement. 


228 


Use  of  the  Tenses 229 

Use  of  the  Conditional  Mode r^l 

Use  of  the  Imperative  Mode Jjl 

Use  of  the  Subjunctive  Mode ^^f 

Use  of  the  Infinitive  Mode ^^ 

Government  of  Verbs -g-^ 

XLn.    The  Participle ** 

T:\i(i  Adverb ^^ 

The  Preposition ~^^ 

The  Conjunction 


238 


^P  FEND  IX. 

Additional  Vocabularies ■• 241 

Conversational  Phrases ^5o 

Vocabulary  to  the  English  Exercises  for  Translation...  ^9 

Conjugation  of  Verbs -Regular  and  Irregular 2/ .5 

Idioms  and  Proverbs  ^^^ 


INTRODUCTION. 


CHAPTER  FIRST. 
1.— FRENCH  ALPHABET. 


Letters : 

a 

b 

C 

d 

e 

f 

S 

h 

1 

Old  names: 

ah 

bay 

say 

day 

ay 

cff 

jay 

ash 

ee 

Neiv  names:*   ah 

be 

so 

de 

e 

fo 

gue 

he 

ee 

Letters  : 

J 

k 

1 

111 

II 

O 

P 

q 

r 

Old  names: 

jee 

kah 

el 

emm 

enn 

0 

pay 

t 

err 

New  names:*   je 

ke 

le 

me 

ue 

0 

pe 

que 

re 

Letters : 

S 

t 

U 

V 

X 

y 

z 

Old  names: 

ess 

tay 

t 

vay 

ix 

egrek 

zed 

New  nam£s:*   se 

te 

ve 

kze 

ee 

ze 

The  w  is  not  a  French  letter.  It  is  found  in  a  few  foreign  words 
that  have  been  introduced  into  the  French  language,  and  is  pro- 
nounced the  same  as  the  v. 

2— ORTHOGRAPHIC  SIGNS. 

The  written  language  has  accents,  cedilla,  dicerem,  apostrophe, 
hyphen,  and  the  ordinary  punctuation  marks. 

There  are  three  accents,  the  acute  ('),  ihQ  grave  C),  and  the  cir- 
cumflex ( " ). 

The  acute  accent  is  used  over  the  vowel  e  only.  The  acute  e  has 
the  sound  of  a  in  fate. 

The  grave  accent  is  used  over  e,  a,  v.     The  grave  e  has  the  sound 


*  The  vowel  e,  joined  to  the  consonants  to  give  their  new  names,  has  nearly  the 
Bound  of  M  in  burr. 

t  The  q  and  u  have  no  corresponding  sound  in  English. 


8  I  NTRGEU  CTION. 

of  ei  in  their.  The  prravc  accent  is  used  over  a  and  %i  only  as  a  mark 
of  distinction  (p.  13  ;  10,  2). 

The  circumflex  accent  is  used  over  a  long  vowel,  after  which  a 
letter  has  been  suppressed  (p.  13  ;  10,  3). 

The  cedilla  (i)  is  placed  under  the  c  (<;)  before  a,  o,  u,  to  indicate 
that  it  has  the  sound  of  s,  as  :  9a,  90,  9U. 

The  diaeresis  ( " )  is  placed  over  a  vowel  that  begins  a  new  syllable 
after  another  vowel ;  as,  mais  (ma-is).  It  is  also  placed  over  final  e 
that  follows  u,  when  the  u  is  to  be  jjronounced,  as  :  aigue  ;  the  u  of 
tbe  syllable  gue  is  otherwise  silent. 

The  apostrophe  (')  indicates  the  suppression  of  a  vowel,  as  :  I'ami, 
for  le  ami ;  I'homme,  for  le  homme. 

The  hyphen  (-)  indicates  the  connection  between  two  or  more 
words,  or  parts  of  a  word,  as :  ai-je ;  arc-en-ciel. 

g._ VOWELS   AND  VOWEL-SOUNDS. 

There  are  six  vowels :  a,  e,  i,  0,  ti,y;  but  there  are  thirteen  vowel, 
sounds ;  nine  are  pure,  and  four  are  nasal. 

1.— Pure  Vowel-Sounds. 
The  nine  pure  Vowel-Sounds  are : 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

a 

e 

6 

6  e 

iy 

0 

11 

eu 

oil 

These  vowel-sounds  have  nearly  all  corresponding  sounds  in  Eng. 
lish. 
a  (short)  has  the  sound  of  a  in  hat,  as :  sa,  ma,  malle,  salle. 
a  (long)  has  the  sound  of  a  in  father,  as  ;  age,  ame,  male,  sale, 
e  has  the  sound  of  u  in  burr,  but  faintly,  as :  de,  le,  me,  se, 
6  has  the  sound  of  «  mfate,  as:  de,  legal,  metal,  pose. 
^  has  the  sound  of  ei  in  their,  as  :  des,  frere,  mere,  pere. 
e  has  the  sound  of  ei  in  their  (broad),  as :  fete,  frele,  meme,  tSte. 
i   or  y*  has  the  sound  of  e  in  me.  as  :  ami,  mari,  midi,  si. 

*  The  letter  y,  preceded  by  a  vowel,  has  the  value  of  double  t,  as  :  pays  (pay-eej 


INTRODUCTION.  9 

o  (sltort)  has  the  souud  of  o  in  mi,  as :  dot,  mode,  mol,  notre. 

o  {long)  has  the  souml  of  o  in  note,  as  :  dos,  mot,  roti,  notre. 

u  has  no  equivalent  sound  in  English. 

eil  {Short)  has  nearly  the  souud  of  u  in  burr,  as  :  fleur,  scBur, 
beurre,  heure. 

cu  [long)  has  uo  equivalent  iu  English,  but  has  the  sound  of  o  in 
German,  as  :  peu,  feu,  jeu,  bleu. 

Oil  has  the  sound  of  o«  in  school,  as :  mou,  trou,  sou,  bdbou. 

oil,  before  final  r,  has  the  sound  of  oo  in  hoiyr,  as :  jour,  four,  tour, 
amour. 

2. — Remarks  ox  the  Unaccented  E. 

The  unaccented  e,  at  the  end  of  a  word  of  two  or  more  syllables, 
is  silent,  as  :  abime,  trouve.  After  two  consonants,  it  is  slightly 
pronounced— just  enough  to  give  utterance  to  the  preceding  conso- 
nant, as  :  sable,  sabre,  cable.  This  is  also  the  case  when  it  closes  a 
syllable  that  is  followed  by  a  consonant :  demande  (d'mande),  samedi 
(sam'di). 

^^^len  e  stands  between  two  consonants  that  belong  to  tbe  same 
syllable,  it  is  sounded  like  e  in  hed,  as  :  bee,  bel,  mette,  serre. 

Before  a  final  r  that  is  pronouced,  e  has  the  sound  of  <'  (grave),  as  : 
mer,  fer,  hiver;  and  before  a  final  r,  z,  d  or/ that  is  silent,  e  has  the 
sound  of  i  (acute),  as  :  parler,  parlez,  bled,  clef,  which  are  pronounced 
the  same  as  if  they  were  written  parle,  ble,  cle, 

3.— Compound  Vowels. 
A  compound  vowel  is  a  combination  of  two  or  more  vowels,  having 
the  sound  of  a  single  vowel,  as  :   eu,  ou.     The  following  compound 
vowels  represent  some  of  the  pure  vowel-sounds : 
ai  or  eai  has  the  sound  sometimes  of  i  and  sometimes  of  e.     ni 
has  the  sound  of  e  when  it  closes  a  syllable,  as :  j'ai,  je  mangeai ; 
and  in  je  sais,  tu  sais,  il  salt,     ai  has  the  sound  of  e  generally 
^when  it  is  not  final,  as  :  plaie,  j'avais,  mais. 
ei  has  the  sound  of  e.  as  :  peine. 
ea  has  the  sound  of  a,  as  :  raangea. 
6e  has  the  sound  of  r,  as :  fee,  epee. 
an,  eail,  have  the  sound  of  o,  as  :  faux,  beaw. 
oeu  has  the  sound  of  eu,  as  :  bcEuf. 


10  INTRODUCTION. 


4. — Nasal  Vowel- Soxmns 
The  four  nasal  vowel-sounds  are : 

an         iu         on         un 

m,  preceded  by  a  vowel,  lias  the  nasal  sound  of  n. 

e,  before  m  or  n,  lias  the  nasal  sound  of  an  ;  but  en,  preceded  by  t* 
{ien)  has  the  nasal  sound  of  in, 

ni  and  n  are  not  nasal  when  they  are  double,  or  followed  by  a 
vowel. 

The  nasal  sounds  are  represented  by 


.  on    )  un    ) 

^  =  m  }•  =  on  [•   = 

om   )      "  um  ) 


an    ")  m 

am  im     ,        . 

■  ■        -  '         un 

en     I  ain 


em  J  aim 

The  English  language  has  no  sounds  exactly  equivalent  to  the 
French  nasal  sounds.  The  nearest  approach  to  them  is  heard  in 
pronouncing,  separately  from  the  consonants  that  follow  them,  the 
nasal  sounds  an,  in,  on,  un,  contained  in  the  following  English 
words : 

an  is  sounded  as  an  in  want,  as:  ruban,  sang^^fant.* 

in  is  sounded  as  an  in  angry,  as :  fin,  faim,  pam 

on  is  sounded  as  on  in  long,  as:  bon,  long,*  faqon. 

un  is  sounded  as  un  in  hunger,  as :  brun,  tribun,  chacun. 

4.— DIPHTHONGS. 

A  diphthong  is  a  combination  of  two  vowel-sounds,  which  are  both 
heard  in  pronouncing. 

Pure  diphthongs :    3a        ie        ieu        ol        ouS        oui,  etc. 
Nasal  diphthongs :  ien      ion      oin        uin,  etc^gM^ 

5. — Pkonunctation  of  the  Diphthongs. 

ia  in  fiacre,  pronounced  fee-ah-kr. 

ie  in  lier,  pronounced  lee-a. 

ieu  in  lieu,  pronounced  lee-eu.    (See  vowel-sounds  for  ««.) 

*  A  final  couBonaut  after  a  nasal  Bound  is  silent. 


INTRODUCTION.  11 

oi  in  loi,  pronounced  lou-ah. 

one  in  ouest,  pronounced  oo-ayst. 

ui  in  fruit,  pronounced /r?^-^^.     (See  vowel-sounds  for  «.) 

ieil  in  bien,  pronounced  bee-an  {angry). 

ion  in  lion,  pronounced  lee-on  (\ong). 

oin  in  loin,  pronounced  lau-an  {angTj). 

uiil  in  juin,  pronounced  ju-in  {angry).    (See  vowel-sounds  for  u.) 

5.— CONSONANTS. 
Consonants,  when  combined  with  vowels,  have  generally  the  same 
value  in  French  as  in  English.     The  following  are  the  principal  ex- 
tfeptions : 

c  before  e,  i,  y  has  the  hissing  sound  of  s,  as:  ceci.     Befor  a,  o,  u, 

and  before  a  consonant,  it  has  the  sound  of  k,  as :  cabas,  colon, 

cure,  crin.     But  9  (cedilla)  before  a,  0,  u,  retains  the  sound  of  s, 

as:  faqade,  fa9on,  re9u. 
cli  has  generally  the  sound  of  sh,  as:  charme;   but  followed  by  a 

consonant,  it  has  the  sound  of  k,  as  :    Christ,     oil  has  the  sound 

of  k  in  words  from  the  Greek  and  Hebrew,  as :  echo,  Cham. 
g  before  c,  i,  y  has  the  sound  of  s  in  pleasure,  as:   germe,  gilet; 

before  a,  o,  u  it  has  the  sound  of  the  English  g  in  grate,  as  :  gant, 

gobelet.  9^f 

ll  is  silent  when  a  vowel  may  be  elided  before  it,  as  :  I'lftomme  for 

le  homme.     It  is  called  aspirate,  when  the  vowel  is  not  elided 

before  it,  although  the  h  is  not  heard  in  pronouncing,  as  :  le 

heros  (le-ay-roh). 
S  has  the  hissing  sound  of  c  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  as:  sa  (fa); 

between  two  vowels,  it  has  the  sound  of  z,  as :  voisin  (vouah- zain). 

SS  between  two  vowels,  has  the  hissing  sound  of  s,  as  ;  poisson 

(pouah-qon). 
sell  is  souflfc^Wie  s7i,  as  :  schisme. 
t  is  sounded ^rer  in  a  few  words  ending  in  Up,  as:  minutie,  and 

in  those  ending  in  atie,  as :   diplomatie :   also  before  iai,  iel,  ion, 

as  :  nation ;  except  when  it  is  preceded  by  s,  as  :  question. 
th  is  sounded  like  t,  as  :  the. 
X,  initial,  is  sounded  like  gz,  as  :  Xavier;  also,  ex,  initial,  when 

followed  by  a  vowel,  as :  examen. 


12  INTRODUCTION. 

X  is  sounded  like  ks  in  Alexandre,  maxime,  etc. 
X  is  sounded  like  ss  in  soixante,  six,  dix,  etc. 
X  is  sounded  like  s  in  deuxieme,  sixieme,  etc. 

6.— LIQUIDS. 

g,  followed  by  n,  and  1,  preceded  Ijy  i,  are  generally  pronounced  so 
smoothly  that  their  natural  sounds  are  not  heard ;  they  are  then 
called  liquids. 

The  liquid  sound  of  (/n  is  heard  in  the  word  mignonnette,  and  that 
of  I  in  the  word  brilliant. 

7.— FINAL   CONSONANTS. 

A  final  consonant  is  generally  silent  ;  but  a  final  consonant,  fol- 
lowed by  a  word  that  begins  with  a  vowel  or  silent  h,  is  pronounced 
vdih  the  next  syllable,  when  no  pause  takes  place  between  the  words, 
as :  men  ami,  vous  avez,  un  bel  habit,  il  est  (ee-le),  elle  est  {e-le). 

Final  c.  before  a  vowel,  is  sounded  like  k  :  du  blanc  au  noir. 

Final  d,  before  a  vowel,  is  sounded  like  t :  quand  il. 

Final  f,  before  a  vowel,  is  sounded  like  v  :  neuf  heures. 

Final  g,  before  a  vowel,  is  sounded  like  k  :  rang  el  eve. 

Final  s  or  x,  before  a  vowel,  is  sounded  like  z  :  ils  ont  deux  enfants. 

8.— DIVISION  OF  WORDS  INTO   SYLLABLES. 

In  dividing  words  into  syllables,  a  single  consonant  between  two 
vowels  belongs  to  the  vowel  tbat  follows,  as :  raser  (raser).  If  this 
vowel  is  an  unaccented  final  e,  the  consonant  is  pronounced  with  the 
preceding  vowel,  as  :  rase  (ra-se)  pronounced  raz. 

The  first  part  of  a  double  consonant  belongs  to  the  vowel  that  pre- 
cedes ;  the  second,  to  the  vowel  that  follows ;  the  latter  only  is  pro- 
nounced, as  :  addition,  pronounced  a-di-cion. 

Two  consonants  in  the  middle  of  a  word  are  separated,  as  :  parler 
(par-ler),  rampant  (ram-pant)  ;  except  the  following  combinations 
which  are  inseparable,  and  pronounced  with  tlie  vowel  that  follows: 
hi,  hr,  ch,  chl,  chr,  d,  cr,  dl,  dr,  fl,  fr.  gl,  gn,  gr,  gu,  ph,  phi,  pi,  pr, 
qu,  rh,  th,  thl,  thr,  tr,  w.  Observe  that  tliey  are  principally  I  or  r 
preceded  by  another  consonant,  but  not  by  m  or  n. 


INTRODUCTION.  13 

9.— USE  OF  CAPITAL  LETTERfe. 

The  rules  for  tlie  use  of  capital  letters  are  tbe  same  in  Frcncli  as  in 
English,  with  some  exceptions. 

Adjectives  derived  from  proper  names  are  not  written  with  a  capital 
initial. 

The  names  of  the  months  and  of  the  days  of  the  week  are  usually 
written  with  a  small  initial. 

The  personal  pronoun  of  the  first  person  singular,  je,  /,  is  written 
with  a  small  letter,  unless  it  begins  a  sentence. 

10.— USE   OF  THE   ACCENTS. 

1.  The  acute  accent  (')  is  used  only  over  the  e,  in  the  following 
cases : 

(1.)  When  it  forms  a  syllable  by  itself,  as :  epi,  ecu,  elu. 

(3.)  When  it  is  followed  by  a  vowel,  as :  reaction,  reel,  reelu,  epee, 
fee,  reunion. 

(8.)  When  at  the  end  of  a  syllable,  or  before  final  s,  added  by  inflec- 
tion, it  has  the  soun(y)f  the  English  it,  as:  repete,  verite,  verites, 

2.  The  grave  accent  ( ^ )  is  used : 

(1.)  Over  e  preceding  any  consonant  followed  by  unaccented  e,  as : 
leve,  mene,  chere ;  also  before  two  consonants,  when  both  belong  to 
the  unaccented  syllable,  as  :  regie. 

(2.)  Over  the  c  of  the  termination  es,  when  the  s  is  an  essential  part 
of  the  word,  as :  apres,  exces,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  accidental 
termination  es,  as :  ies  livres,  tu  chantes. 

(3.)  To  distinguish 
a,  to,  at,  from  a,  Tias  ;  ou,  icJierc,  from  ou,  or  ; 

la,  there,  from  la,  the,  her  ;        des,  from,  from  des,  of  the. 

(4.)  Over  9a,  de9a,  deja,  hola,  voila. 

3.  The  circumflex  accent  (^)  is  used  over  a  long  vowel,  after  which 
a  letter  has  been  suppressed,  as :  age,  epitre,  tete,  formerly  written 
aage,  epistre,  teste. 

Rem. — No  dot  is  placed  over  the  i  that  has  the  circumflex  accent, 
but  the  diaeresis  takes  the  place  of  the  circumflex  accent,  in  haimes, 
haites. 


14  I  X  T  R  0  P  U  C  T  I  0  N  . 

11.— EXERCISES   IX   PRONOUNCING. 
1. — Vowel  Sounds. 

fFinal  consonants  are  silent,  except  those  marked  by  an  asterisk  (*).] 


a 

= 

la 

fa 

cabas 

bal* 

sac* 

& 

= 

lame 

chSle 

base 

fige 

cage 

e 

= 

le 

ce 

je 

me 

se 

table 

cable 

cadre 

nacre 

sacrc 

g 

= 

de 

j'ai 

pied 

parle 

parler 

d 

= 

frere 

mer* 

fer* 

air* 

chaise 

6 

z= 

f§te 

mime 

j'aime 

chene 

chalne 

iCv) 

= 

qui 

ri 

crie 

J'y 

folic 

0 

=: 

dot* 

mode 

col* 

sol* 

choc 

0 

= 

dos 

mot 

gros 

eiiu 

chaud 

u 

= 

dn 

lu 

su 

bu 

connu 

eu 

= 

benrre 

heure 

jenne 

neuve 

soeur 

eti 

= 

bleu 

devLs 

jefine 

jeu 

pen 

on 

z= 

con 

son 

chou 

mon 

hibou 

conr* 

jour* 

foor* 

tour* 

amour* 

2.— Nas 

•AL  Sounds. 

an 

= 

banc 

enfant 

empire 

lentement 

in 

= 

fin 

faim 

impie 

rien 

on 

=: 

mon 

garfon 

rond 

• 

ponton 

an 

= 

brun 

parftim 

chacun 

humble 

3. — DtPHTnOXGS. 

ia 

= 

fiacre 

diacre 

miasme 

ie 

= 

ciel 

fler 

pied 

ieu 

= 

Dieu 

lieu 

vienx 

oi 

= 

loi 

roi 

croire 

one 

= 

ouest* 

fouet 

lonais 

oui 

=: 

fooine 

oui 

ni 

= 

frnit 

lui 

brnit 

ien 

= 

bleu 

lien 

rien 

ion 

= 

lion 

nation 

fluxion 

oin 

= 

loin 

foin 

joint 

Uin 

— 

juin 

4.— 

suint 
Liquids. 

sulnter 

gn 

= 

Allemagne 

champignon 

poignard 

U 

fille 

oeil 

eoleil 

b€taU 

bouille 

brilliant 

cneUle 

sommeil 

paiUe 

fouille 

coquille 

feuille 

bouteill© 

Versailles 

mouille 

INTRODUCTION.  15 

CHAPTER  SECOND. 
1.— PARTS  OF   SPEECH. 


There  are  ten  parts  of  speech  ; 


1.  Noun  6.  Participle 

2.  Article  7.  Adverb 

3.  Adjective  8.  Prepositioa 

4.  Pronoun  9.  Conjunction 

5.  Verb  10.  Interjection 


Definitions  and  Subdivisions  of  the  Parts  of  Speech. 

1.  a.  A  noun  is  the  name  of  a  person,  place,  or  tbing,  as :  Wo.shing- 
ton,  Paris,  city. 

b.  Nouns  are  proper  or  common  ;  a  pi'opernonn  denotes  a  particular 
person  or  object,  as:  Washington,  Paris;  a  common  noun  denotes  one 
of  a  class,  as:  city,  tree. 

c.  Common  nouns  include  collective  and  abstract  nouns ;  a  collective 
noun  is  the  name  of  several  individuals  together,  as:  ineeting,  com- 
mittee ;  an  abstract  noun  denotes  some  quality  considered  apart  from 
its  substance,  as :  goodness,  pride,  frailty. 

2.  The  article  is  a  word  placed  before  a  noun  to  limit  its  significa- 
tion, as :  the  tree. 

Rem. — In  French  there  is  but  one  article,  the  equivalent  of  tJie. 

3.  a.  An  adjective  is  a  word  added  to  a  noun,  to  describe  or  limit  it, 
as :  the  large  tree,  my  tree. 

b.  There  are  two  kinds  of  adjectives,  qualifying  and  limiting.  The 
qualifying  adjective  adds  a  quality  to  the  noun,  as :  the  large  tree ;  the 
limiting  adjective  limits  its  sense,  as  :  my  tree. 

c.  The  limiting  adjectives  are  either  possessive,  denoting  possession, 
as  :  my  tree  ;  demonstrative,  pointing  out  the  object,  as  :  that  tree ; 
numeral,  indicating  number  or  order,  as  :  one  tree,  the  first  tree  ;  or 
indefinite,  as :  which  tree. 


16  INTRODUCTION. 

4.  a.  A  pronoun  is  a  word  that  is  used  in  the  place  of  a  noun,  as : 
1  liave  your  book,  you  have  mine. 

b.  There  are  personal,  possesdve,  demonstrative,  interrogative,  rela- 
tive, and  indefinite  pronouns. 

(1.)  A  personal  pronoun  represents  a  person  in  grammar,  as  :  Z  you, 
he,  it. 

(3.)  A  possessive  pronoun  denotes  possession,  as :  mine,  yours,  etc. 

(3.)  A  demonstrative  pronoun  points  out  an  object,  as :  this  one, 
that  one. 

(4.)  An  interrogative  pronoun  is  used  to  ask  a  question,  as:  whof 
what  ? 

(5.)  A  relative  pronoun  relates  to  a  preceding  noun,  called  the  ante- 
cedent of  the  relative  pronoun,  as  :  the  man  who  speaks  ;  the  tree  that 
falls;  the  lady  ivhom  I  admire. 

(6.)  An  indefinite  pronoun  does  not  represent  any  particular  person 
or  thing,  as :  every  one,  some  one. 

5.  a.  A  verb  is  a  word  that  expresses  action  or  being,  as :  to  icrite, 
to  live. 

h.  There  are  five  kinds  of  verbs  :  active,  passive,  neuter,  pronominal, 
impersonal. 

(1.)  The  active  verb  expresses  an  action  performed  by  the  subject 
and  is,  or  may  be,  accompanied  by  a  direct  object ;  that  is,  a  person 
or  thing  that  is  directly  aflfected  by  the  action  of  the  verb.  An  active 
verb  is  transitive  when  it  is  accompanied  by  a  direct  object,  as:  he  is 
writing  a  letter ;  and  intransitive,  when  it  is  not,  as:  he  is  writing. 

(3.)  The  passive  verb  is  the  reverse  of  the  active  verb  ;  the  person 
or  thing  which  is  the  object  of  the  active  verb,  is  the  subject  of  the 
passive  verb,  as  :  the  letter  is  written  by  him. 

(3.)  The  neuter  verb  expresses  a  state  or  action  performed  by  the 
subject,  but  cannot  have  a  direct  object,  as:  /  am,  he  icorks,  he  sleeps. 

Eem. — We  know  that  a  verb  is  neuter  when  we  cannot  place  some- 
body or  something  after  it ;  thus,  we  cannot  say  he  sleeps  somebody,  he 
sleeps  something. 

(4.)  The  pronominal  verb  is  always  accompanied  by  a  pronoun  of 
the  same  person  and  number  as  the  subject,  as  :  I  flatter  myself. 


INTRODUCTION.  17 

(5.)  The  impersonal  verb  is  used  only  in  the  third  jiorson  singular, 
as  :  it  rains. 

6.  A  participle  ia  a  part  of  the  verb  which  partakes  of  the  nature 
of  the  adjective,  as  :  fields  covered  W\i\\  snow,  glittering  in  tlie  sun. 

7.  An  adverb  is  a  word  joined  to  a  verb,  a  participle,  an  adjective, 
or  to  another  adverb,  and  usually  expresses  time,  place,  degree,  or 
manner. 

8.  A  preposition  is  a  word  used  to  express  some  relation  of  different 
things  or  thoughts  to  each  other,  as :  the  book  lies  before  me  on  the 
table. 

9.  A  conjunction  is  a  word  used  to  connect  words  or  sentences  in 
construction,  as :  you  and  he  are  happy,  because  you  are  good. 

10.  An  interjection  is  a  word  that  denotes  a  sudden  emotion  of  the 
mind,  as:  Ah!  alas! 

2.— PROPERTIES  OF  THE  PARTS  OF  SPEECH. 

1.  A  noun  has  gender  to  denote  the  sex,  and  number  to  indicate 
whether  it  means  one,  or  more  than  one,  person  or  thing. 

2.  The  French  language  has  only  two  genders:  the  masculine  and 
ih.e  feminine. 

3.  The  article  and  adjective  agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the 
noun  which  they  limit  or  describe  ;  that  is,  their  form  is  so  varied  as 
to  indicate  the  gender  and  number  of  the  noun. 

4.  The  pronoim  agrees  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  which 
it  represents. 

5.  A  noun  or  pronoun  is  of  the  first  person,  if  it  represents  the 
speaker ;  of  the  second,  if  it  represents  the  person  spoken  to ;  and  of 
the  third,  if  it  represents  the  person  or  thing  spoken  of. 

1st  person,  I,  me,  we,  us 

2d  person,  You 

3d  person.  He,  him,  she,  her,  it,  they,  them 

6.  A  noun  or  pronoun  is  either  the  subject  of  a  verb,  or  the  object 
of  a  verb,  or  of  a  preposition. 


18  INTRODUCTION. 

7.  The  subject  of  the  verb  is  the  person  or  thing  of  which  something 
is  affirmed,  as:  he  lorites ;  he  is  the  subject  of  the  verb  writes. 

8.  Tlie  object  of  the  verb  is  the  person  or  thing  which  is  directly 
affected  by  the  action  of  tlie  verb,  as :  he  writes  a  letter ;  letter  is  the 
object  of  the  verb  writes.  The  object  which  is  thus  directly  governed 
by  the  verb  is  called  the  direct  object,  or  direct  regimen. 

9.  The  object  of  a  preposition  is  called  an  indirect  object,  or  indirect 
regimen,  as  :  he  writes  to  me,  or  he  writes  me  a  letter  ;  vie  is  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb  governed  by  the  preposition  to,  expressed  or  under- 
stood. 

10.  The  prepostiou  and  its  object,  dependent  on  a  verb,  noun,  or 
adjective,  are  called  the  indirect  object  of  the  verb,  noun,  or  adjective. 

11.  A  verb  agrees  with  its  subject,  in  person  and  number;  that  is, 
the  termination  of  the  verb  is  so  varied  as  to  indicate  whether  its  sub- 
ject is  of  the  first,  second,  or  third  person,  and  whether  it  is  singular 
or  plural. 

12.  A  verb  has  modes  and  tenses. 

13.  Mode  is  the  manner  in  which  the  action  or  being  is  represanted 
by  the  verb. 

14.  By  tense  is  meant  the  time  to  which  the  verb  refers  the  action, 
whether  ^«s^,  present,  or  future. 

15.  Mode  and  Tense  are  indicated  by  modifications  in  the  form  of 
the  verb. 

Modes. 

16.  A  French  verb  has  fite  modes  :  the  infinitive,  the  indicative,  the 
conditional,  the  imperative,  and  the  subjuiictive. 

17.  The  infinitive  expresses  the  action  without  reference  to  person 
or  number,  as  :  to  v>rite. 

18.  The  indicative  expresses  the  action  in  an  absolute  manner,  as  : 
I  write,  I  have  icritten,  1  shall  write. 

19.  The  conditional  expresses  the  action  conditionally,  as  :  1  icould 
write,  if  I  had  time. 

20.  The  imperative  expresses  command  or  exhortation,  as  :  write. 

21.  The  subjunctive  expresses  the  action  in  a  subordinate  and  de- 
pendent manner,  as :  I  wish  that  you  icould  write. 


INTRODUCTION. 


19 


Tenses. 

22.  Tenses  are  simple  or  compound  ;  simple,  when  they  are  expressed 
by  the  verb  alone,  as  :  I  write;  compound,  when  they  are  formed  with 
an  auxiliary,  as  :  I  have  written. 

2a  Each  simple  tense  has  its  corresponding  compound  tense,  which 
is  formed  of  the  simple  tense  of  the  auxiliary  verb  and  the  past  parti- 
ciple  of  the  principal  verb ;  thus,  I  hate,  is  the  simple  tense,  and  //ia«e 
had,  the  compound  tense  which  corresponds  with  it. 

24.  Compound  tenses  always  express  completed  action. 

25.  The  infinitive  mode  has  two  tenses,  a  simple  and  a  compound. 
It  comprises  also  the  participles,  present,  past,  and  compound. 

26.  The  indicative  mode  has  eight  tenses.  ♦ 

27.  The  conditional  mode  has  two  tenses. 

28.  The  imperative  mode  has  one  tense. 

29.  The  subjunctive  mode  has  four  tenses. 


iNFiNiTrvE  Mode. 


SIMPLE. 

Present. 

Present. 
Past, 

Present. 
Imperfect. 
Past  Definite. 
Future. 


Participles. 


Indicative  Mode. 


Conditional  Mode. 


Present. 


COMPOUNB. 

Past. 
Compound. 


Past  Indefinite. 
Pluperfect. 
Past  Anterior. 
Future  Anterior. 

Past. 


Imperative  Mode. 
Present  and  Future. 

Subjunctive  Mode. 
Present.  Past. 

Imperfect.  Pluperfect. 


no  INTRODUCTION. 

30.  Adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunctions,  and  interjections  are  invari. 
able  words ;  that  is,  their  forms  are  not  varied  to  indicate  gender, 
number,  etc.     They  are  sometimes  csMed  particles. 

3.— SENTENCES. 

1.  A  sentence  is  an  assemblage  of  words  making  complete  sense. 

2.  Every  sentence  consists  of  two  parts  :  the  subject  and  the  predi. 
cate. 

3.  The  subject  is  that  concerning  which  something  is  said. 

4.  The  predicate  is  that  which  is  said  concerning  the  subject. 

5.  A  sentence  is  either  (1)  affirmative,  (2)  negative,  (3)  interrogative, 
or  (4)  negative  and  interrogative. 

SUBTECT.  PREDICATE.  SUBJECT.  PREDICATE. 

(1)  Henry    is    studious.  (3)  Is    Henry    studious? 

(2)  Henry  is    not   studious.  (4)  Is  not  Henry   studious? 

6.  The  rules  which  regulate  the  construction  of  sentences  form  that 
part  of  grammar  which  is  called  Syntax.  They  are  comprised  under 
the  heads  of  Government,  Agreement,  and  Position. 

7.  Government  is  the  power  which  one  word  has  over  another,  in 
requiring  it  to  assume  certain  modifications,  in  order  to  express  the 
relation  in  which  the  dependent  word  stands  to  the  governing  word. 

8.  Agreement  is  the  correspondence  of  one  word  with  another,  in 
gender,  number,  and  person. 

9.  Position,  or  Collocation,  is  the  placing  of  tlie  words  in  a  sentence, 
in  the  order  required  by  their  mutual  relations,  or  by  usage. 

10.  In  the  sentence.  Henry  is  icriting  a  letter  to  his  father  (Henry y 
subject ;  is  writing  a  letter  to  Ms  father,  predicate),  the  above  three 
principles  of  syntax  are  illustrated  in  the  following  manner  : 

a.  Gorernment. — The  subject  Henry  governs  the  verb  is  writing  in 
the  third  person  singular ;  the  verb  is  writing  governs  the  noun  letter, 
directly,  and  the  noun /fit^Aer,  indirectly. 

b.  Agreement. — The  verb  is  meriting  is  in  the  third  person  singular, 
to  agree  with  its  subject,  Henry. 

c.  Position. — In  a  declarative  sentence,  either  affirmative  or  nega- 
tive, the  subject  stands  first,  then  the  verb,  next  the  noun  which  is 


INTRODUCTION.  21 

the  direct  object,  and  then  the  noun  which  is  the  indirect  object  of 
the  verb. 

Rem. — This  is  the  natural  or  logical  order  in  which  the  ideas  pre- 
sent themselves  to  the  mind  :  first,  the  thinfj  about  which  we  wish  to 
say  something;  then  the  state  or  action  which  we  wish  to  affirm  of  it; 
next  the  object ;  and  lastly,  the  remote  object  of  that  action. 


SUGGESTIONS. 


The  French  Exercise  may  be  recited  in  the  following 
manner  :  —  Tiie  teacher  pronounces  a  sentence  of  the  exer- 
cise to  his  class,  and  calls  upon  one  of  the  students  to  repeat 
and  translate  it  without  looking  in  the  book.  When  the 
student  has  done  so,  the  teacher  gives  the  English,  and  the 
student,  or  better  the  whole  class,  gives  the  French  : 

Teacher.  —  Le  pere  et  la  mere  de  I'enfant. 
Scholar.  —  Le  pere  et  la  mere  de  I'enfant. 

The  father  and  mother  of  the  child. 
Teacher.  —  The  father  and  mother  of  the  child. 
Class.  —       Le  pere  et  la  mere  de  I'enfant. 

The  students  should  be  requested  to  prepare  a  written 
translation  of  the  Theme,  and  to  brin^it  to  the  class-room. 
The  teacher  should  ask  them  to  trq-rislate,  each  in  turn,  a 
sentence,  and  direct  them  to  writj^  their  sentences  on  the 
blackboard,  without  looking  at  tlieir  written  translations. 
If  there  are  a  sufficient  numbei/of  blackboards  in  the  class- 
room, several  scholars  may  be  M'riting  their  sentences  at  the 
same  time,  and  the  whole  e?:ercise  may  be  corrected  in  a 
few  minutes.  When  the  ^acher  g'ises  to  the  blackboard 
and  corrects  the  sentence;^,  in  the  ordeXin  which  they  are 
in  the  exercise,  he  should  direct  the  pupils  to  correct,  at 
the  same  time,  their  own  exercises.  The  copy-books  con- 
taining the  corrected  exercises  should  be  examined  from 
time  to  time,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  they  have  been 

carefully  and  properly  corrected. 

./ 


fc/ 


THE     XOUN.  —  THE     ARTICLE.  23 

FIKST  LESSON. 

The  Noun.*— The  Article* 

1.  Ix  French  there  are  only  two  genders,  the  masculine 
and  i\\e  feminine. 

The  article  has  two  distinct  forms ;  one  for  the  masculine, 
and  one  for  the  feminine. 

The  definite  article  the  is  le  for  the  masculine,  and  la  for 
the  feminine.     Before  a  vowel  and  before  a  silent  h,t  it  is  1'. 

Mascuzjne.  Femixd^t;. 

Le  pere,  tlie  father.  La  mere,  the  mother. 

Le  verre,  the  glass.  La  tasse,  the  cup. 

L'homme  {for  le  homme),  the  L'eau  {for  la  eau),  the  water, 
man.  I 

2.  The  indefinite  article  a  or  an  is  un  for  the  masculine, 
and  une  for  the  feminine.^ 

Un  homme,  a  man.  Une  femme,  a  woman  ;  a  wife. 

Un  verre,  a  glass.  Une  tasse,  a  cup. 

The  article  is  repeated  before  each  noun,  as  : 
Le  pere  et  la  mere.  The  father  and  mother. 

Un  homme  et  une  femme.  A  man  and  woman. 

Vocabulary  1. 

Le  pere,  the  father.  Un  homme,  a  man. 

La  mere,  the  mother.  Une  femme,  a  woman  ;  a  wife. 

*  Introduction,  p.  15.  17. 

+  There  are  some  French  words  beginning  with  the  letter  h,  before  which  the 
elision  of  the  vowel  does  not  take  place  ;  the  h  is  then  called  aspirate,  although  it  is 
not  heard  in  the  pronounciation.    (See  Introd.,  p.  11.  5.) 

X  Un,  une,  a  or  an,  means  also  one,  and  is  called,  by  most  French  grammarians, 
a  numeral  adjective.    (See  Less.  9.) 


24  ELEMENTARY     FEENCH     GRAM MAE. 

Un  enfant,*  a  child.  Est,  is. 

Une  maison,  a  house.  Ou,  where, 

Une  ecole,  a  school.  Ici,  here. 

Un  verre,  a  glass  ;  a  tumbler.         La,  there. 

Une  tasse,  a  cup.  A,  to,  at. 

Le  pain,  the  bread.  A  la  maison,  at  home  ;  home. 

La  viande,  the  tueat.  A  I'ecole,  at  school. 

Le  lait,  the  milk.  De  (d'  before  a  vowel),  of;  from. 

L'eau  (fern.),  the  water.  Dans,  in. 

Et,  and.  Pour,  for. 

Exercise  1. 
1.  Le  pere  et  la  mere  de  I'eufant.  2.  Le  pere  est  ici. 
3.  La  mere  est  la,  dans  la  maison.  4.  Oil  est  I'enfant  ? 
5.  L'enfant  est  a  I'ecole.  6.  Le  pain  est  pour  la  femme. 
7.  La  viande  est  pour  I'liomme.  8.  Un  verre  d'eau  et  une 
tasse  de  lait. 

Theme  1. 

1.  The  father  of  the  child  is  here.  2.  The  mother  is  in 
the  house.  3.  The  glass  of  milk  is  for  the  child.  4.  The 
water  is  for  the  man.  5.  Where  is  the  woman  ?  6.  The 
woman  is  at  home.  7.  The  bread  and  meat.  8.  A  glass 
and  cup. 


SECOND  LESSON. 

Noun  and  Article. — Plural  Forms. 

1.  General  Rule.— The  plural  of  nouns  is  formed  by 
adding  s  to  the  singular,  as  : 

verre,  glass  ;  plural,  verres,  glasses. 

*  Enfant,  applied  to  a  girl,  is  feminine  ;  une  enfant,  a  child  {a  little  girl). 


NOUN  AND  ARTICLE, —  PLURAL  FORMS.  25 

Exceptions. 
Exc.  1.  Nouns  ending  in  s,  x,  or  z,  are  the  same  in  the 
plural  as  in  the  singular,  as  : 

fils,  son :  plural,  fils,  sons. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  ending  in  au  and  eu,  add  x  in  the  plu- 
ral, as  : 

gateau,  cake  ;        plural,  gateaux,  cakes. 
neveu,  nephew  ;  p^ura^,  neveux,  nephews. 

Exc.  3.  Nouns  ending  in  al,  generally  change  al  into 
zxoL,  as: 

cheval,  horse ;  plural,  chevaux,  horses. 

Rem.  For  other  irregularities  in  the  formation  of  the  plural  of 
nouns,  see  Second  Lesson  {bis),  p.  26. 

%.  Plural  of  the  Definite  Article. 

The  plural  of  the  definite  article  le,  la,  or  1',  is  les,  as ; 
Les  hommes  et  les  femmes.  The  men  and  women. 

Vocabulary  2. 

Les  parents,  the  parents.  Un  bateau,  a  boat. 

Un  fils,  a  son.  Uu  gateau,  a  cake, 

Une  fille,  a  daughter  ;  a  girl.  Un  livre,  a  book. 

Un  gar9on,  a  boy.  Une  table,  a  table. 

Une  eglisfc,  a  church  ;  a  I'eglise,  Un  jardin,  a  garden. 

at  church.  Un  arbre,  a  tree, 

Une  ecurie,  a  stable,  Charles,  Charles. 

Un  cheval,  a  horse.  Marie,  Mary. 

Un  chien,  a  dog.  Sur,  on,  upon. 

Un  chat,  a  cat.  Sous,  under 

Sont,  are. 


26  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Exercise  2. 

1.  Les  verres  ct  les  tasses  sont  siir  la  table.  2.  Les  livres 
de  Marie  sont  a  la  niaison.  3.  Les  pa^'ents  de  Charles  sont 
ici.  4.  Le  pere  et  la  mere  sont  a  Teglise.  5.  Les  filles  sont 
dans  la  maison.  6.  Les  fils  sont  a  I'ecole.  7.  lie  gar^ou  est 
dans  le  jardin.  8.  Le  chat  est  sons  I'arbre.  9.  Oil  est  le 
cheval?  10.  Les  chevaux  sont  dans  I'ecurie.  11.  Le  chien 
est  dans  le  bateau.     12.  Les  gateaux  sont  pour  les  enfants. 

Theme  2. 

1.  The  books  of  the  child  are  on  the  table.  2.  The 
parents  are  at  church.  3.  The  sons  are  in  the  garden. 
4.  The  daughters  are  in  the  house.  5.  The  boy  is  in  the 
boat.  6.  The  dogs  are  in  the  water.  7.  Where  are  the 
cats?  8.  The  cakes  are  for  the  girls.  9.  The  horse  is  in 
the  stable.  10.  The  horses  are  under  the  trees.  11.  Mary 
is  at  home,  and  Charles  is  at  school. 


SECOND   LESSON  (bis). 

This  second  lesson  {Ms)  is  inserted,  as  all  the  lessons  marked  (bis)  are,  to  com- 
plete a  subject  which  is  left  incomplete  in  the  preceding  lesson.  It  is  not  intended 
that  the  students  should  study  it  in  going  through  the  course  for  the  first  time. 
They  may  do  so  afterwards,  when  they  are  reviewing. 

Plural  of  Nouns. —  Exceptions.    (Continued). 

The  exceptional  rule  3,  contained  in  the  preceding  lesson, 
does  not  comprise  all  the  nouns  that  end  in  al.  The  follow- 
ing nouns  in  al  follow  the  general  rule. 

Aval,  surety  for  payment.  Cal,  callosity. 

Bal,  ball  {dancing  party).  Carnaval,  carnival. 


CONTRACTION"     OF     THE     ARTICLE.  27 

Chacal,  jackal.  Nopal,  nopal. 

Pal,  pale  (in  heraldri/).  Regal,  entertainment. 

Plural :  avals,  bals,  etc. 

Exc.  4.  Seveu  nouns  ending  in  ou,  take  x  in  the  plural. 

Bijou,  jewel.  Hibou,*  owl. 

Caillou,  flint.  Joujou,  plaything. 

Chou,  cabbage.  Pou,  louse. 

Genou,  knee. 

Plural :  bijoux,  cailloux,  etc. 

Rem.   1.  Other  nouns  in  ou  follow  the  general  rule. 

Exc.  5.  A  few  nouns  ending  in  ail,  change  ail  into  aux. 

Bail,  lease.  Soupirail,  air-hole. 

Corail,  coral.  Vantail,  door-flap. 

Email,  enamel.  Ventail,  ventail  {of  helmets). 

Plural :  baux,  coraux,  etc. 
Rem.  2.  Other  nouns  ending  in  ail,  follow  the  general  rule,  except 
ail,  betail  (Exc.  6),  and  travail  (Exc.  7). 

Exc.  C.  Ail,  clove  of  garlic,  has  in  the  plural  ails  or 
aulx.    Betail,  cattle  ;  plural,  bestiaux. 

Exc.  7.  The  following  four  nouns  have  two  plural  forms, 
each  with  a  different  meaning: 

Aieul,  ancestor,  ^?M?'..-  aieux;    aieul,  grandfather,  p?M 7*.. •  aieuls. 
Ciel,  heaven,  ^/!;//-.;  cieux;   ciel,  tester;   roof  of  a  quarry  ;  sky  of  a 

picture;  climate;  plur.:  ciels. 
CTJil,  eye,  plur.:  yeux;    ceil  in  ceil  de  boeuf,  ox-eye,  plur.:  CEils. 
Travail,  labor,  7)??/r.'   travaux;  travail,  minister's  report ;  a  brake 

for  refractory  horses,  plur.:  travails. 

Rem.  3.  Nouns  of  more  than  one  syllable  ending  in  ant  or  ent, 
either  change  the  final  t  into  s,  or  follow  the  general  rule  :  I'enfant, 
plur.:  les  enfans,  or  enfants,  the  children. 

♦  Tb«  A  of  hibou  is  aspirated  :  le  hibou,  the  owl. 


28  ELEMENTAEY     FR'fcNCH     GRAMMAR. 

THIRD   LESSON. 

Contraction  of  the  Article. —  Ne Pas,  NoTo 

1.  The  definite  article  is  subject  to  contraction. 

De  and  le  are  contracted  into  du ;  de  and  les,  into  des. 
A  and  le  are  contracted  into  au  ;  k  and  les,  into  aux. 
De  and  la,  and  de  and  1';  k  and  la,  and  k  and  1',  are  not 

contracted. 

2.  Forms  of  the  Definite  Article  before  Nouns. 

(a.)  Before  a  Masculine  Noun. 

SINGULAR.  PLUBAL. 

Le  pere,  tlie  father.  Les  peres,  tlie  fathers. 

Du  per«,  of  or  from  the  father.        Des  peres,  of  o?'  from  the  fathers. 

Au  pere,  to  the  father.  Aux  peres,  to  the  fathers. 

(b.)  Before  a  Feminine  Noun. 
La  mere,  the  mother.  Les  meres,  the  mothers. 

De  la  mere,  of   or  from   the        Des  meres,  of  or  from  the  mo- 

mother.  tliers. 

A  la  mere,  to  the  mother.  Aux  meres,  to  the  mothers. 

(c.)  Before  a  Vowel. 
L'enfant,  the  chikl.  Les  enfants,  the  children. 

Del'enfant,  of  or  from  the  child.        Des  enfants,  of  the  children. 
A  l'enfant,  to  the  child.  Aux  enfants,  to  the  children. 

3.  Ne  (u') pas,  Not. 

Pas,  not,  or  any  other  negative  word  accompanying  a 
verb,  requires  ne  (n')  before  the  verb.  When  th,e  verb  is 
not  expressed,  ne  is  not  used. 

Charles  n'est  pas  a  I'ecole.  Charles  is  not  at  school. 

Les  chevaux  ne  sont  pas  ici.         The  horses  are  not  here. 


CONTRACTION     OF     THE     ARTICLE.  29 

Vocabulary  3. 

Unmaitre,  a  master;  a  teacher.  Je  (J'),  I. 

Un  professeur,  a  professor.  J'ai,  I  have. 

Un  general,  a  general.  Ai-je  ?  have  I? 

Un  soldat,  a  soldier.  Je  n'ai  pas,  I  have  not. 

Un  mari,  a  husband.  N'ai-je  pas?  have  I  not? 

Un  chapeau,  a  hat ;  a  bonnet.  Parle,  spoken. 

Une  orange,  an  orange.  Donne,  given. 

Un  crayon,  a  pencil.  Prete,  lent. 

Une  plume,  a  pen ;  a  feather.  Attache,  attached. 

Paul,  Paul.  Eu,  had. 

Louise,  Louisa.  Vu,  seen. 

Exercise  3. 
1.  Le  fils  du  maitre  est  dans  Tecole.  2.  Les  livres  des 
enfautssont  sur  la  table.  3.  Le  mari  de  la  femme  n'cst  pas 
a  la  maison.  4.  Les  m^res  des  filles  ne  sent  pas  ici.  5.  Le 
clieval  du  soldat  est  attache  a  I'arbre.  6.  Les  ehevaux  des 
generaux  sent  dans  I'ecurie.  7.  J'ai  la  plume  du  maitre. 
8.  J'ai  parle  an  professeur.  9.  J'ai  donne  les  oranges  aux 
enfants  du  professeur.  10.  J'ai  prete  le  bateau  aux  tils  du 
general.  11.  Je  n'ai  pas  eu  le  crayon  de  Paul.  12.  Je  n'ai 
pas  vu  le  chapeau  de  Louise. 

Theme  3. 
1.  The  hat  of  the  soldier  is  on  the  table.  2.  The  father 
of  the  girl  is  not  at  home.  3.  The  mother  of  the  child  is 
in  the  house.  4.  The  horses  of  the  generals  are  under  the 
trees.  5.  The  boat  of  the  man  is  attached  to  a  tree.  G.  The 
husband  and  wife  are  not  here.  7.  I  have  the  professor's 
book  (the  book  of  the  professor).  8.  I  have  not  had  the 
teacher's  pen  (the  pen  of  the  teacher).    9.  I  have  spoken 


30  ELEMENTARY     FREKCH     GRAMMAR. 

to  the  general.  10.  I  have  given  the  oranges  to  the  girls. 
11.  I  have  lent  the  pencil  to  Louisa.  13.  I  have  not  seen 
Paul. 


FOUETH  LESSON. 


Partitive    Sense  of  the    Noun.  —  Present    Tense  of    Avoir, 
To  Have. 

1.  A  noun  is  used  in  a  partitive  sense  Avhen  it  is,  or  may 
be,  preceded,  in  English,  by  some  or  any,  as:  some  or  any 
hreacl,  or  hrend. 

In  French,  a  noun  used  in  the  partitive  sense  is  preceded 
by  de  and  the  definite  article  ;  that  is  :  du,  de  la,  de  1'  or 
des,  as: 

Du  pain,  Bread,  some  or  any  bread. 

De  la  viande,  Meat,  some  or  any  meat. 

De  I'eau,  Water,  some  or  any  water. 

Des  gateaux,  Cakes,  some  or  any  cakes. 

2.  Omission  of  the  Article  before  a  Partitive  Noun. 

The  article  is  omitted,  and  de  alone  is  used,  before  a 
partitive  noun,  in  the  following  three  cases  : 
(1.)  After  pas,  or  any  other  negative  word,  as: 
Je  n'ai  pas  de  pain,  I  have  no  bread  (not  any  bread). 

(2.)  When  the  noun  is  preceded  by  an  adjective,  as  : 
J'ai  de  bon  pain,  I  have  good  bread. 

(3.)  When  the  noun  limits  another  noun,  or  an  adverb 
that  denotes  quantity: 

Un  verre  d'eau,  A  glass  of  w^ater. 

Un  morceau  de  gateau,  A  piece  of  cake. 

Une  plume  d'or,  A  gold  pen  (a  pen  of  gold). 


PARTITIVE     SENSE     OF     THE     NOUN.  31 


Un  maitre  d'ecole, 

A  school-master. 

Beaucoup 

de   courage,  mais 

Much  (of)  cou 

rage,  but  little  (of) 

peu  de  patience, 

patience. 

3. 

Present  Tense  of 

Avoir,  To  H 

AVE. 

J'ai, 

I  have. 

Ai-je  ? 

have  I  ? 

Tu  as, 

thou  hast. 

As-tu  ? 

hast  thou? 

Ha, 

he  or  it*  has. 

A-t-U  ? 

has  he  or  it?* 

Ellea, 

she  o-r  it*  has. 

A-t-elle  ? 

has  she  or  it  ?* 

Nous  avons,   we  have. 

Avons-nous  ? 

have  we  ? 

Vous  avez, 

you  have. 

Avez-vous  ? 

have  you? 

lis  ont, 

they  (m.)  have. 

Ont-ils  ? 

have  they  {m)1 

Elles  ont, 

they  (/.)  have. 

Ont-elles  ? 

have  tliey  (/.)  ? 

Rem.  The  letter  t  in  a-^^7.?    a-t-elle?    is  inserted  for  euphony. 
Vocabulary  4. 

Du  courage,!  courage.  Beaucoup  (de),  much  ;  many, 

De  la  patience,  patience.  Peu  (de),  little. 

De  I'or  (/)(.),  gold.  Un  peu  (de),  a  little. 

De  l'argent(w.),  silver;  money.  Assez  (de),  enough. 

Du  beurre,  butter.  Trop  (de),  too  ;  too  much. 

Du  cafe,  coffee.  Trop  peu  (de),  too  little. 

Du  the,  tea.  Achete,  bought. 

Du  Sucre,  sugar.  Apporte,  brought. 

Du  sel,  salt.  Mange,  eaten. 

Du  papier,  paper.  Bu,  drunk. 

De  I'encre,  (/. ),  ink.  Mais,  but. 

Un  morceau,  a  piece ;  a  morsel.  Aussi,  also ;  too, 

Exercise  4. 
1.  Tu  as  du  pain  et  de  la  viande.     2.  As-tu  de  Targent  ? 
3.    Je  n'ai  pas  d'argent.      4.    Charles  a  du  papier  et  de 

*  As  there  is  no  neuter  gender  in  the  French  language,  it  represents  a  noun  which, 
in  French,  Is  either  masculine  or  feminine.  If  the  noun  is  masculine,  it  is  il ;  if  the 
nouQ  is  feminine,  it  is  eUe. 

t  Nouns  which  are  r>receded  in  the  vocabularies  by  dn,  de  In.  de  P,  or  den,  in 
French,  and  by  no  determinative  word  in  English,  are  taken  in  the  partitive  sense. 


32  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

rencrc.  5.  A-t-il  des  plumes  ?  6.  II  a  achete  une  plume 
d'or.  7.  Marie  a  du  beurre  et  du  sucre.  8.  A-t-elle  aussi 
du  cafe  et  du  the  ?  0.  Elle  a  assez  de  cafe  et  de  the,  mais 
elle  n'a  pas  de  sel.  10.  Nous  avons  mange  un  morceau  de 
pain  et  un  pen  de  viande.  11.  Les  enfants  out  bu  trop 
d'eau.  12.  lis  ont  eu  trop  pen  de  lait.  13.  Les  filles  ont 
apporte  dcs  oranges.  14.  Ont-clles  aussi  apporte  des  gd- 
teauxj  15.  Elles  n'ont  pas  apporte  de  gdteaux.  16.  Vous 
avez  beaucoup  de  courage,  mais  vous  avez  peu  de  patience. 

Theme  4. 

1.  Thou  hast  courage  and  patience.  2.  Charles  has  money, 
but  he  has  no  patience.  3.  Has  he  brought  paper  and 
pens  ?  4.  He  has  brought  paper  and  ink,  but  he  has  not 
brought  pens.  5.  Mary  has  bought  much  coffee  and  (of) 
tea.  6.  Has  she  also  bought  sugar  ?  7.  She  has  not 
iDought  sugar.  8.  We  have  sugar  enough  (enough  of  sugar). 
9.  Have  you  any  salt  ?  10.  We  have  a  great  deal  of  (much) 
salt,  but  little  butter.  11.  You  have  too  much  courage,  but 
too  little  patience.  13.  They  (m.)  have  eaten  a  piece  of 
cake.  13.  They  (/.)  have  drunk  water.  14.  I  have  drunk 
a  glass  of  milk. 


FIFTH  LESSON. 
Qualifying  Adjectives.*— Feminine  and  Plural. 

1.  There  are  qualifying  and  limiting  adjectives. 
Qualifying  adjectives  add  a  quality  to  the  noun,  as:   a 
good  book,  had  paper. 

*  Introduction,  p.  14. 


QUALIFYING     ADJECTIVES.  33 

Limiting  adjectives  limit  the  sense  of  the  noun,  as :  my 
book,  this  paper. 

All  adjectives  agree,  in  gender  and  number,  with  the  noun 
which  they  quahfy  or  limit. 

2.  Formation  of  the  Feminine  of  Adjectives. 

Genekal  Rule.— The  feminine  form  of  the  adjective  is 
obtained  by  adding  e  to  the  masculine  form,  as: 
petiij  fern,  petite,  small,  little. 

3.  Exceptions. 

Exc.  1.  Adjectives  ending  for  the  masculine  in  e  mute, 
have  but  one  form  for  both  genders,  as: 
jeune,  masc.  &n^fem.,  young. 

Exc.  2.  Many  adjectives  double  tlie  final  consonant  and 
add  e  for  the  feminine,  as  : 

bon,  fern,  bonne,  good ;  kind, 

Exc.  3.  Adjectives  ending  in  f,  change  f  into  ve,  as  : 
attentif,  fem.  attentive,  attentive. 

Exc.  4.  Adjectives  ending  in  x,  change  x  into  se,  as: 

studieux,  fem.  studieuse,  studious. 

For  other  irregularities  in  the  formation  of  the  feminine 
of  adjectives,  see  Fifth  Lesson  [Ms). 

4.  Formation  of  the  Plural  of  Adjectives. 

The  plural  of  adjectives  is  formed  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  plural  of  nouns  (Lesson  Second).  The  exceptional 
rules  apply  to  the  masculine  forms  of  adjectives  only;   the 


34 


ELEMEXTARY     FREXCH     GRAMMAR, 


feminine  forai  always  ends  in 
the  plural. 

Les  petits  garcjons, 

Les  petites  filles, 

Les  mauvais  crayons, 

Les  mauvais  es  plumes, 

See  also  Fifth  Lesson  (bis). 


e,  and  takes  regularly  s  in 

The  little  boys. 
The  little  girls. 
The  had  pencils. 
The  bad  pens. 


Vocabulary  5. 


Un  frere,  a  brother. 
Une  sceur,  a  sister. 
Un  oncle,  an  uncle. 
Une  tante,  an  aunt. 
Henri,  Henry. 
Henriette,  Henrietta. 
Jules,  Julius. 
Julie,  Julia. 
Alexis,  Alexis. 
Guillaume,  William. 
Petit,/,  petite,  small  ;  little. 
Grand,/,  grande,  large  ;  tall. 


Mauvais,/.  mauvaise,  bad. 
Bon,/  bonne,  good;  kind. 
Gros,/.  grosse,  big;  large;  stout; 

coarse. 
Jeune,  ra.  and/,  young. 
Riche,  7)1.  and/.,  rich. 
Pauvre,  m.  and/,  poor. 
Malade,  m.  and/.,  sick. 
Attentif,  /  attentive,  attentive. 
Studieux, /  studieuse,  studious. 
Tres,  very. 
Qui,  who ;  which. 


Exercise  5. 

1.  Le  petit  Jules*  n'est  pas  ici.  2.  Henri  a  une  petite 
soeur,  qui  est  malade.  3.  Vous  avez  un  grand  jardin. 
4.  Nous  avons  aussi  une  gi-ande  maison.  o.  J'ai  achete  de 
bon  papier  et  de  bonne  encre  (Less.  4th — 2).  6.  Yous 
avez  apporte  des  plumes,  qui  ne  sent  pas  bonnes.  7.  Les 
crayons  ne  sont  pus  mauvais.  8.  Julie  a  un  oncle,  qui  est 
tres-riche.  9.  Elle  a  aussi  une  tante,  qui  est  tres-bonne, 
mais  qui  n'est  pas  riche.  10.  Le  frere  du  soldat  est  pauvre. 
11.  II  n-a   pas  d'argent,  et   il   est  malade.     12.   Le  jeune 


*  In  French,  the  article  is  nsed  before  a  proper  noun  which  is  preceded  by  an 
adjective  or  title,  as  :  le  petit  .lules,  little  Julius. 


FORMATION     OF     THE     FEMININE.  35 

Alexis*  n'est  pas  attentif.  13.  Lc  gros  Guillaunie*  n'est 
pas  studieux.  14.  La  grosse  Henriette*  est  une  boime  fille. 
15.  Ellc  est  attentive  et  studieuse.  16.  Les  enfants  qui  sout 
studieui,  sent  aussi  attentif s. 

Theme  5. 
1.  Little  Henry*  is  a  good  boy.  2.  He  is  studious  and 
attentive.  3.  Little  Henrietta*  is  a  good  girl.  4.  She  is 
studious  and  attentive.  5.  Good  cliildrenf  are  studious 
and  attentive.  6.  Young  Alexis*  is  not  here.  7.  He  has 
a  sister,  who  is  sick.  8.  The  brother  of  Mary  is  sick  too. 
9.  The  father  of  Julius  has  bought  a  large  boat.  10.  ItJ 
is  in  the  water,  attached  to  a  tall  tree.  11.  The  uncle  of 
(the)  stout  William  has  brought  large  (big)  oranges,  which 
are  very  good.  12.  He  is  rich ;  he  has  a  large  stable  and 
many  {leaucoup  de)  horses.  13.  Julia  has  an  aunt,  who  is 
very  kind,  but  she  is  poor.  14.  You  have  brought  bad 
paper  and  bad  pens  (Less.  4th— 2).  15.  He  has  brought 
pencils  which  are  not  bad. 


FIFTH   LESSON   {bis). 

Formation  of  the  Feminine  of  Adjectives.— Exceptions. 

(Continued.) 

1.  (Exc.  2,  p.  33.)  The  adjectives  which  double  the  final 
consonant  and  add  e  for  the  feminine,  are  principally  those 
that  end  in  el,  eil,  ien,  on,  and  et,  as : 

Tel,         /.  teUe,  such.  Bon,    /.  bonne,  good ;  kind. 

Pareil,    /.  pareille,  similar.  Sujet,  /.  sujette,  subject. 

Ancien,  /.  ancienne,  ancient. 

*  See  foot-note  on  opposite  page. 

+  Good  children,  les  botis  enfants.   The  article  is  used  in  French  before  nouns  that 
represent  a  class.  +  Sec  foot-note  *,  p.  31 


36  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

And  the  following : 

Bas,        /.  basse,  low.  Gros,        /.  gT-osse,  big ;  stout. 

Gras,      /.  grasse,  fat.  Nul,  /.  nulle,  no. 

Las,        /.  lasse,  tired.  Gentil,     /.  gentille,  pretty. 

Epais,    /.  epaisse,  thick.  Sot,  /.  sotte,  silly. 

Expres,  /.  expresse,  positive.  Vieillot,  /.  vieillotte,  oldish. 
Profes,  /.  professe,  professed. 

Rem.  a  few  adjectives  in  et  do  not  double  the  t,  viz.: 

Complet,/.  complete,  complete.     Secret,   /.  secrete,  secret. 
Concret,  /.  concrete,  concrete.       Inquiet,  /.  inquiete,  uneasy. 
Discret,  /.  discrete,  discreet.         Replet,  /.  replete,  corpulent. 

Exc.  5.  Five  adjectives  have  three  forms,  two  for  the 
masculine,  and  one  for  the  feminine: 

Beau,  bel,  /.  belle,  beautiful  ;  Vieux,  vieil,/.  vieille,  old. 

handsome ;  fine.  Fou,      fol,     /.  foUe,  foolish. 

Nouveau,  nouvel,  /.  nouvelle,  Mou,     mol,  /.  moUe,  soft. 

new. 

Beau,  nouveau,  vieux,  fou,  and  mou,  are  used  before 
a  consonant ;  bel,  nouvel,  vieil,  (or  vieux),  fol,  and  mol, 

before  a  vowel  and  before  a  silent  h. 

Exc.  6.  Four  adjectives  end  in  che,  in  the  feminine : 

Blanc,     /.  blanche,  white  Sec,        /.  seche,  dry. 

Franc,     /.  franche,  frank.  Frais,     /.  fraiche,  fresh. 

Exc.  7.  The  following  are  peculiarly  irregular  : 
Doux,     /.  douce,  sweet.  Tiers,      /.  tierc?,  third  (part.). 

Faux,      /.  fausse,  false.  Long,      /.  longue,  long. 

Jumeau,/.  jumelle,  twin.  Oblong,  /.  oblongue,  oblong. 

Prefix,    /.  prefixe,  prefixed.  Benin,    /.  benigne,  benign. 

Rous,      /.  rousse,  reddish.  Malin,    /.  maligne,  malicious. 


COMPARISON     Of     ADJECTIVES.  37 

Caduc,  /.  caduque,  decrepit.  Grec,     /.  grecque,  Greek. 

Public,  /.  publique,  public.  Coi,         /.  coite,  still ;  snug. 

Turc,     /.  turque,  Turkisli.  Favori,/.  favorite,  favorite. 

Traitre,  /.  traitresse,  treacherous. 

2.     Plural  of  Adjectives.— Exceptions.    (Continued.) 

A  few  adjectives  (Less,  otli — 4)  do  not  conform  to  the 
rules  given  for  the  formation  of  tlie  plural  of  nouns  in  Les- 
son Second. 

Bleu,  line,  plural  masculine  :  bleus  (not  Ueiix). 

The  following  and  some  other  adjectives  in  al,  do  not 
change  al  into  aux,  but  follow  the  general  rule  and  take  s, 
as  :  amical,  amicable ;  fatal,  fatal;  final,  final ;  initial, 
initial,  etc.;  plural  mascuhne:  amicals,  fatals,  finals,  etc. 

The  masculine  forms  (Less.  5th. — Exc.  5)  bel,  nouvel, 
vieil,  fol,  and  mol,  have  in  the  plural,  beaux,  nouveaux, 
vieus:,  fous,  mous. 


SIXTH  LESSOX. 
Comparison  of  Adjectives. 


1.  Adjectives  are  compared  hy  means  of  the  adverbs,  plus, 
more  J  moins,  less;  aussi,  as;  pas  si  or  pas  aussi,  not  so. 
The  two  terms  of  a  comparison  are  connected  by  que, 
than,  as : 
Henri    est    plus    grand    que        Henry  is  taller  tban  Charles. 

Charles. 
Louise    est    moins    avancee        Louisa  is  not  so  far  advanced  ai 

que  Julie.  Julia. 

Pavd  est  aussi  studieux  que        Paul  is  as  studious  as  Mary. 

Marie. 
n  n'est  pas  si  attenti£  He  is  not  so  attentive. 


38  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  is  formed  by  le  plus,  le  moins. 

Le  plus  studieux.  The  most  studious. 

Le  moins  avance.  The  least  advanced. 

When  the  adjective  in  the  superlative  degree  is  placed 
afuer  the  noun,*  the  article  is  used  twice,  once  before  the 
noun,  and  once  before  the  comparative  adverb. 

La  fille  la  plus  studieuse.  The  most  studious  girl. 

The  noun  that  limits  an  adjective  in  the  superlative 
degree,  is  preceded  by  de. 

L'eleve   le   plus   avance    de        The  most  advanced  scholar  in 
I'ecole.  the  school. 

3.  Some  adjectives  are  irregularly  compared,  as : 

/  bon,  good ;  meilleur,  better ;  le  meilletir,  the  best. 

petit,  little  ;  moindre,  less  ;  le  moindre,  the  least. 

mauvais,  bad ;  pire,  worse ;  le  pire,  the  worst. 

The  regular  forms  of  petit,  small ;  and  mauvais,  had; 
that  is  plus  petit,  le  plus  petit,  and  plus  mauvais,  le 
plus  mauvais,  are  also  used. 

4.  Present  Tense  of  Etre,  To  Be. 


J'e  suis. 

1  am. 

Suis-je  ? 

am  I? 

Tu  es, 

thou  art. 

Es-tu  ? 

art  thou  ? 

11  est, 

he  or  it  is. 

Est-il  ? 

is  he  or  it  ? 

Elle  est, 

she  or  it  is. 

Est-elle  ? 

is  she  or  it? 

Nous  sommes. 

we  are. 

Sommes-nous  ? 

are  we  ? 

Vous  ^tes, 

you  are. 

Etes-vous  ? 

are  you  ? 

Us  sent, 

they  (/«.)  are. 

Sont-ils  ? 

are  they  {m.Y 

Ellas  sout, 

they  (/.)  are. 

Sont-elles  ? 

are  they  (/.)  * 

♦  In  French,  the  adjective  is  generally  placed  after  the  noun. 


COMPARISON     OF     ADJECTIVES. 


39 


Vocab 

La  ville,  the  city  ;  tlio  town. 
La  classe,  the  dass. 
Un  eleve,   a  scholar ;     a   pu- 
pil (;n.i. 
Une  eleve,  a  scholar  ;   a  pu- 

Age,  old ;  aged. 
AppliquSj    attentive;     sedu- 
lous. 
Avance,  advanced. 
Fatigue,  fatigued ;  tired. 
Content,  contented  ;  satisfied. 
Premier ;  premiere,  first. 

Rem.  The  feminine  form  of  the 
tonlv  when  it  does  not  conform  to 
Fifth. 


ulary  6. 

Dernier ;  derniere,  last. 

Ce  matin,  this  morning. 

Aujourd'hixi,  to-day. 

Souvent,  often. 

Toujours,  always. 

Encore,*  still. 

Plus  (ne),*  no  longer  ;   no  more. 

Oui,  yes. 

Non,  no. 

Que  (qu'),  than  ;  as. 

Jean,  John. 

Pierre,  Peter. 

Elise,  Eliza. 

adjective  is  given  in  the  vocabularies 
any  of  the  rules  contained  in  Lesson 


Exercise  6. 
1.  Je  suis  pins  grand  que  Charle.?.  2.  Oui,  Paul,  mais  tii 
es  aussi  plus  Age  que  Charles.  3.  Guillaume  est  le  plus 
grand  des  enfants  du  maitre.  4.  II  est  le  plus  avance 
de  recole.  5.  Julie,  vous  etes  moins  avaneee  qu'Elise. 
6.  Elise  est  la  meilleure  eleve  de  la  classe.  7.  Les  bons 
Aleves  sont  toujours  les  premiers  a  I'ecole.  8.  Nous  ne 
sommes  pas  les  premiers  ce  matin.  9.  Xon,  vous  etes  les 
demiers  aujourd'hui.  10.  !Xous  ne  sommes  pas  souvent  les 
derniers.  11.  Pierre  est  aussi  applique  qn'Alexis.  12.  Hen- 
riette,  vous  n'etes  pas  si  attentive  que  Marie.  13.  Etes-vous 
encore  malade  ?    14.  Xon,  je  ne  suis  plus  malade,  mais  je 

*  Encore,  still,  and  plw>  (neK  no  lons^er,  are  adverbs  of  time.  Hus  requires  ne 
before  the  verb  ;  it  is  the  responsive  netrative  to  encore;  Est-il  encore  id  ?  Is  he  still 
here  ?    //  n'est  plus  id.    He  is  not  (pr  he  is  no  longer  here). 


40  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

suis  fatiguee.  15.  L'oncle  d'Elise  est  rhomme  le  plus  riclie 
(le  la  ville.  10.  Nous  ne  sommes  pas  riches,  mais  nous 
sommes  contents. 

Theme  6. 
1.  I  am  younger  than  Paul.  2.  Yes,  Charles,  but  you 
are  also  less  far  (moins)  advanced.  3.  Paul  is  the  best 
scholar  in  (the)  school.  4.  Louisa  is  as  tall  as  Henrietta. 
5.  She  is  not  so  old  as  Henrietta.  6.  Julia,  you  are  not 
very  attentive  this  morning.  7.  You  are  no  longer  sick  ? 
8.  No,  but  I  am  still  tired.  9.  Eliza  is  a  good  scholar. 
10.  She  is  the  most  advanced  scholar  (the  scholar  the  most 
advanced)  of  the  class.  11.  Peter  is  less  studious  and  less 
attentive  than  William.  12.  We  are  contented,  but  we  are 
not  so  rich  as  the  uncle  of  Julius.  13.  Julia  is  the  first  of 
the  class  to-day.  14.  She  is  always  the  first.  15.  Yes, 
Mary,  and  you  are  often  the  last. 


SEVENTH   LESSON. 
Limiting  Adjectives. —  Possessive. 

1.  Limiting  adjectives  are  of  four  kinds  :  possessive,  de- 
monstrative, numeral,  and  indefinite. 
The  possessive  adjectives  are  : 


SraGUI/AE. 

PLUBAIi 

KASCULINK. 

FEMININE. 

FOB  BOTH  GENDERS. 

Mon 

ma 

mes, 

my. 

Ton 

ta 

tes, 

thy. 

Son 

sa 

ses, 

his,  her,  its. 

Notre 

notre 

nos, 

our. 

Votre 

votre 

vos, 

your. 

Leur 

leur 

leurs, 

their. 

LIMITING     ADJECTIVES. —  POSSESSIVE.       41 

These  adjectives  are  repeated  before  each  noun : 

Mon  peie  et  ma  mere.  My  father  and  mother. 

Son  frere  et  sa  soeur.  His  {or  her)  brother  and  sister. 

Mon,  ton,  son,  are  used  instead  of  ma,  ta,  sa,  before  a 
feminine  word  that  begins  with  a  vowel  or  a  silent  h  : 
Mon  orange,  son  orange.  jMv  orange,  liis  {or  her)  orange. 

Vocabulary  7. 

Un  cousin,  a  cousin  (to.).^  Une  montre,  a  watch. 

Une  cousine,  a  cousin  (/.).  Un  parapluie,  an  umbrella. 

Un  neveu,  a  nephew.  Une  ombrelle,  a  parasol. 

Une  niece,  a  niece.  Casse,  broken. 

Un  ami,  (/.)  une  amie,  a  friend.  Trouve,  found. 

Une  chambre,  a  room.  Perdu,  lost. 

Une  grammaire,  a  grammar.  Vendu,  sold. 

Un  mouchoir,  a  handkerchief.  Vif  (p.  33,  Exc.  3),  lively. 

Un  gant,  a  glove.  Heureux  (p.  33.  Esc.  4),  happy. 

Exercise  7. 

Pierre,  tu*  es  mon  cousin.  2.  Oui,  Jean,  et  je  suis  aussi 
ton  ami.  3.  Xous  sommesheureux  et  contents;  nous  avons 
de  bons  parents.  4.  Julie,  vous  avez  ma  grammaire.  5.  J'ai 
trouve  votre  grammaire  dans  ma  chambre.  G.  Avez-vous 
vu  mes  cousins  aujourd'hui  ?  7.  J'ai  vu  votre  oncle  et  vos 
cousins  ce  matin.  8.  Charles  est  tres-vif;  il  a  casse  sa 
montre  d'or.  9.  Ma  cousine  Elise  a  perdu  son  mouchoir. 
10.  EUe  a  aussi  perdu  ses  gants.  11.  Nous  n'avons  pas  de 
classe  ce  matin;  notre  maitre  de  fran9aisf  est  malade. 
12.  Nous   avons  vendu    nos   chcvaux.     13.  Nos   amis  ont 


•  The  French  use  frequently  thee  and  thou  in  conversation  with  children. 
+  Un  maitre  defran^ais.,  a  French  teacher. 


42  ELEMEKTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

vendu  Icnr  maison.  14,  Mes  neveux  ont  perdu  leurs  para- 
pliiics.  15.  Notre  tante  ii'est  pas  heureuse;  elle  est  tou- 
jours  malade.  16.  Vos  nieces  sont  les  meilleures  eleves  de 
la  classe  de  fran9ais.* 

Theme  7. 
1.  Your  cousin  is  my  friend.     2.  My  cousin  Mary  is  the 
friend  of  your  sister.      3,  Our  uncle  has  lost  his  watch. 

4.  Our  aunt  has  lost  her  handkerchief  and  (her)  gloves. 

5.  Charles,    I    have  found  thyf   umbrella   in    my  room. 

6.  Louisa,  I  have  broken  thy  parasol.  7.  Thou  art  too  [irop) 
lively,  John.  8.  Your  nephews  are  my  pupils.  9.  Your 
nieces  are  the  friends  of  my  sisters.  10.  Henry  has  found 
your  grammar  in  his  room.  11.  Paul  and  Mary  have  lost 
their  mother.  12.  Our  friends  have  sold  their  horses. 
13.  We  have  sold  our  boat  to  your  cousins.  14.  Your 
little  niece  is  a  lively  child;];  (child  lively) ;  she  is  very 
happy. 

EIGHTH  LESSON. 
Limiting  Adjectives.    (Continued.)  —  The  Demonstrative. 
1.  The  demonstrative  adjective  is  : 

Singular.  Plural 

HASCULINE.  FEMrarNE.  FOB  BOTH  GENDERS. 

Oe,  cet,  cette,  this,  that.  Ces,  these,  those. 

Ce  is  used  before  a  consonant,  cet,  before  a  vowel : 

Ce  soldat.  This  soldier  ;  that  soldier. 

Cet  arbre.  This  tree  ;  that  tree. 

Cet  homme.  This  man  ;  that  man. 


*  La  classe  defranQais,  the  French  class.  t  See  p.  41,  foot-note  *. 

X  See  p.  ai,  foot-nots.  « 


LIMITING     ADJECTIVES.  43 

The  demonstrative  adjective  is  repeated  before  each  noun: 

Get  homme  et  cette  femme.  That  man  and  that  woman. 

Ces  homines  et  ces  femmes.      ,     Those  men  and  women. 

To  make  the  distinction  which  is  made  in  Englisli  by  this 
and  Ihaf,  the  French  use  ci  (from  ici,  here),  and  1^  (there). 
These  words  are  joined  with  a  hyphen  to  the  noun  : 

Get  homme-cL  This  man. 

Get  homme-la.  That  man. 

Ces  enfants-ci.  These  children. 

Oes  eofants-la.  Those  children. 

2.  Ce  (C),  That  ;  It  ;  sometimes  He  ;  She  ;  They. 

Ce  (C)  must  not  be  confounded  with  ce,  cet :  the  latter 
is  an  adjective,  and  always  precedes  a  noun ;  the  former  is 
a  pronoun,  and  is  much  used  before  est,  is  j   and  sont,  are. 

G'est  Monsieur  et  Madame  D.  That  is  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D. 

Ce  sont  nos  amis.  They  are  our  friends. 

3.  X'est  ce  pas?    Is  rr  not  so? 

N'est-ce  pas  ?  is  added  to  a  declarative  sentence,  to  ask 
a  question,  when  an  aifirmative  answer  is  expected  : 

Nous  sommes  amis ;  n'est-ce  pas?     We  are  friends ;  are  we  not  ? 


Vocabulary  8. 

Un  monsieur,  a  gentleman.  Un  medecin,  a  physician  ;  a  doctor 

Une  dame,  a  lady.  Un  voisin,  a  neighbor  (m.). 

Une  demoiselle,  a  younor  lady.  Une  voisine,  a  neighbor  (/.). 

Monsieur  Delmar,  Mr.  Delmar.  Le  facteur,  the  postman. 

Madame  Delmar,  Mrs.  Delmar.  Un  billet,  a  note. 

Mademoiselle  D.,  Miss  D.  Une  lettre,  a  letter. 

Un  capitaine,  a  captain.  Du  fruit,  some  fruit. 


44  ELEMEKTART     i^' BENCH     GEAMMAR. 

Une  pomme,  an  apple.  Mfir,  ripe. 

Une  poire,  a  pear.  Vert,  green. 

Un  ananas,  a  pine-apple.  Ce  (C),  that ;  it  (3). 

Rem.  Monsieur,  abbreviated  M.,  is  also  used  for  Sir ;  Madame, 
abb.  Mme.,  for  Madam ;  Mademoiselle,  abb.  Mile.,  for  Miss.  In  the 
plural:  Messieurs,  abb.  MM.,  Gentlemen;  Mesdames,  abb.  Mmes., 
Ladies ;  Mesdemoiselles,  abb.  Miles.,  Young  Ladies. 

In  addressing  a  person,  it  is  customary  to  prefix  the  epithets  Mon- 
sieur, Madame,  Mademoiselle,  to  the  names  of  his  or  her  kindred  : 
Monsieur  votre  pere,  your  father;  Madame  votre  mere,  your 
mother  ;   Mademoiselle  votre  soeur,  your  sister. 

Exercise  8. 

1.  Ce  monsieur  est  Monsieur  Delmar,  notre  voisin.  2. 
Cette  dame  est  Madame  Delmar,  notre  voisine.  3.  Cette 
demoiselle  est  Mademoiselle  Delmar,  leur  fille.  4.  Qui  est 
cet  homme-la  ?  5.  C'est  le  facteur,  qui  a  apporte  des  let- 
tres  de  Paris.  6.  Ce  billet-ci  est  pour  Mile,  votre  soeur. 
7.  Cette  lettre-la  est  pour  Mme.  votre  mere.  8.  Ces  lettres- 
ci  sent  pour  M.  votre  pere.  9.  Qui  sont  ces  messieurs? 
10.  C'est  le  capitaine  Duval  et  son  frere,  le  medecin.  11.  Ce 
sont  nos  amis.  12.  Julie,  vous  ^tes  mon  amie  ;  n'est-ce 
pas?  13.  Oui,  je  suis  votre  amie.  14.  Charles,  vous  avez 
apporte  du  fruit,  qui  n'est  pas  mur.  15.  Mais  ces  gros 
ananas  sont  bons  ;  n'est-ce  pas  ?  16.  Oui,  mais  les  pommes 
et  les  poires  sont  trop  vertes. 

Theme  8. 

1.  Who  is  that  gentleman  ?  2.  That  is  Mr.  Delmar. 
3.  That  lady  is  Mrs.  Delmar,  his  wife.  4.  They  are  oui 
neighbors.  5.  That  young  lady  is  their  daughter.  6.  Miss 
Delmar  is  the  friend  of  my  sister.     7.  The  postman  has 


LIMITING      A.DJECTIVES 


NUMERALS.       45 


brought  these  letters.  8.  Tliis  note  is  for  your  brother,  the 
captain.  9.  T/^aHetter  is  for  the  doctor.  10.  TAese  letters 
are  for  the  professor.  11.  I  have  bought  some  good  fruit, 
apples,  pears,  aud  pine-apples.  12.  These  pears  arc  good; 
are  they  not?  13.  Yes,  but  your  apples  are  too  green. 
U.  These  pine-apples  are  ripe.     15.  They  are  not  bad. 


V 


NINTH   LESSOK 


Limiting  Adjectives.     (Contixced.) — Numerals. 

1.  The  numeral  adjectives  are  of  two  kinds,  cardinal  and 
ordinaL  thev  are  : 


Cakdinal. 

1.  Un,  fem.  une. 

2.  Deux. 

3.  Trois. 

4.  Quatre. 

5.  Cinq. 

6.  Six. 

7.  Sept. 

8.  Huit. 

9.  Neuf. 

10.  Dix. 

11.  Onze. 

12.  Douze. 

13.  Treize. 

14.  Quatorze. 

15.  Quinze. 

16.  Seize. 

17.  Dix-sep'c 

18.  Dix-huii. 

19.  Dix-neuf. 

20.  Vingt. 


Obdikal. 

Ist.   Premier,  fem.  premiere. 

2d.    Deuxieme,  or  Second-e. 

3d.    Troisieme. 

4tli.  Quatrieme. 

5tli.  Cinquieme. 

6tli.  Sixieme. 

7th.  Septieme. 

8th.  Huitieme. 

9th.  Neuvieme. 
10th.  Dixieme. 
11th.  Onzieme. 
12th.  Douzieme. 
13th.  Treizieme. 
14th.  Quatorzieme. 
loth.  Quiuzieme. 
16th.  Seizieme. 
17th.  Dix-septieme. 
18th.  Dix-huitieme. 
19th.  Dix-neuvieme. 
20th.  Vingtieme. 


46 

ELEMENTARY 

FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 

21. 

Vingt  et  un. 

21st. 

Vingt  et  unieme. 

22. 

Vingt-deux. 

22d. 

Vingt-deuxieme. 

23. 

Vingt-trois. 

23d. 

Vingt-troisieme. 

24. 

Vingt-quatre. 

24th. 

Vingt-quatrieme. 

25. 

Vingt-cinq. 

25th. 

Vingt-cinquieme. 

2G. 

Vingt-six. 

26th. 

Vingt-sixieme. 

27. 

Vingt-sept. 

27th. 

Vingt-septieme. 

28. 

Vingt-huit. 

28th. 

Vingt-huitieme. 

29. 

Vingt-neuf. 

29th. 

Vingt-neuvieme. 

30. 

Trente. 

30th. 

Trentieme. 

31. 

Trente  et  un. 

31st. 

Trente  et  unieme. 

32. 

Trente-deux. 

32d. 

Trente-deuxieme. 

33. 

Trente-trois. 

33d. 

Trente-troisieme. 

40. 

Quarante. 

40th. 

Quarantieme. 

41. 

Quarante  et  un. 

41st. 

Quarante  et  unieme. 

42. 

Quarante-deux. 

42d. 

Quarante-deuxieme. 

43. 

Quarante-trois. 

43d. 

Quarante-troisieme. 

50. 

Cinquante. 

50tb. 

Cinquantieme. 

51. 

Cinquante  et  un. 

51st. 

Cinquante  et  unieme. 

52. 

Cinquante-deux. 

52d. 

Cinquante-deuxieme. 

-^-^3. 

Cin  quante-trois. 

53d. 

Cinquante-troisieme. 

60. 

Soixante. 

60th. 

Soixantieme. 

61. 

Soixante  et  un. 

61st. 

Soixante  et  unieme. 

62. 

Soixaute-deux. 

62d. 

Soixaute-deuxieme. 

63. 

Soixante-trois. 

63d. 

Soixante-troisieme. 

70. 

Soixante-dix. 

70th. 

Soixante-dixieme. 

71. 

Soixante  et  onze. 

71st. 

Soixante-onzieme. 

72. 

Soixante-douze. 

72d. 

Soixante-douzi  eme. 

73. 

Soixante-treize. 

73d. 

Soixante-treizieme. 

74. 

Soixante-quatorze. 

74th. 

Soixante-quatorzieme. 

75. 

Soixante-quinze. 

75th. 

Soixante-quinzieme. 

76. 

Soixante-seize. 

76th. 

Soixcinte-seizieme. 

77. 

Soixante-dix-sept. 

77th. 

Soixante-dix-septieme. 

78. 

Soixante-dix-huit. 

78th. 

Soixante-dix-huitieme. 

79. 

Soixante-dix-neuf. 

79th. 

Soixante-dix-neuviem6 

80. 

Quatre-vingts. 

80th. 

Quatre- vingtieme. 

81. 

Quatre- vingt-un. 

81st. 

Quatre- vingt-unieme. 

LIMITING     ADJECTIVES.  —  NUMERALS.       47 


83. 
84. 
85. 
80. 

87. 
88, 

8n. 

90. 
91. 
92. 
93. 
94. 

95. 
96. 
97. 

98. 

99. 


Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 
Quatre-vingt- 


deux. 

troLs. 

quatre. 

cinq. 

six. 

■sept. 

huit. 

■neuf. 

•dix. 

-onze. 

douze. 

■treize. 

■quatorze. 


Quatre-vingt-quinze. 
Quatre- vingt-seize. 
Quatre-vingt-dix-sept. 


82d. 

83d. 

84th. 

S.lth. 

86tli. 

87tli. 

88th. 

89tli. 

90th. 

91st. 

93d. 

93(1. 

94th. 

95th. 
9Gth. 
97tli. 


Quatre 

Quatre- 

Quatre 

Quatre- 

Quatre 

Quatre 

Quatre 

Quatre- 

Quatre- 

Quatre 

Quatre- 

Quatre- 

Quatre 


vingt-deuxieme. 
vingt-troi-sieme. 
-vingt-quatrieme. 
vingt-cniquieme. 
vingt-sixieme. 
vingt-septieme. 
-vingt-huitieme. 
vingt-neuvieme. 
vingt-dixieme. 
-vingt-onzieme. 
vingt-douzieme. 
vingt-treizieme. 
-  vingt  -  quator 


Quatre-vingt-dix-huit.         98tli. 
Quatre- vingt-dix-neuf.        99th. 


100. 

Cent. 

100th. 

101. 

Cent-un. 

101st. 

200. 

Deux  cents. 

200th. 

210. 

Deux  cent-dix. 

210th. 

1,000. 

MiUe. 

1,000th. 

1,001. 

Mille-un. 

1,001th. 

2,000. 

Deux  mille. 

2,000th. 

2,500. 

Deux  mille-cinq 

cents. 

2,500th. 

3,000. 

Trois  mille. 

3,000th. 

1000,000. 

Un  million. 

1,000,000th. 

Quatre- vingt-quinzieme. 
Quatre- vingt-seizieme. 
Quatre  -  vingt  -  dix  -  sep  - 

tieme. 
Quatre  -  vingt  -  dix  -  hui  - 

tieme. 
Quatre  -vingt -dix- neu- 

vieme. 
Centieme. 
Cent-unieme. 
Deux  centieme. 
Deux  cent-dixieme. 
Millieme. 
Mille-unieme. 
Deux  millieme. 
Deux    mille  -  cinq  -  cen 

tieme. 
Trois  millieme. 
Millionieme. 


48 


ELEMENTARY      FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


The  Multiplication  Tables.* 


Combien  font  deux  fois  deux  ? 

Deux  fois  deux  font  quatre. 
Combien  font  deux  fois  trois  ? 
Deux  fois  trois  font  six.    Etc. 


How  many  are  (in  French,  make] 

twice  two? 
Twice  two  are  {make)  four. 
How  many  are  twice  three  ? 
Twice  three  are  six.     Etc. 


Une  ann^e,  a  ysar. 

Un  mois,  a  month. 

Une  semaine,  a  week. 

Un  jour,  a  day. 

Une  heure,  an  hour. 

Une  minute,  a  minute. 

Un  dollar,       )      .  „ 

.  }■  a  dollar. 

Une  piastre,  ) 

Un  franc,  a  franc. 

Un  sou,  a  cent. 

Un  centime,  a  centime. 

Une  douzaine,  a  dozen. 

Une  fois,  once  ;  deux  fois 

Trois  fois,  three  times. 

La  rue,  the  street. 


Vocabulary  9. 

La  poste,  the  post-oflBce. 
La  poche,  the  pocket. 
Un  mouchoir  de  poche,  a  pocket- 
handkerchief 
La  legon,  the  lesson. 
Combien  (de),   how   much ;    how 

many. 
Combien  de  fois,  how  many  times. 
Ete,  been. 

J'ai  ete,  I  have  been. 
Jamais  (ne),  never. 
II  y  a,  there  is  ;  there  are. 
I  twice.    Y  a-t-il  ?  is  there  ?  are  there  ? 

Font  (lis  font),  make  {they  make). 
Ou,  or. 

Exercise  9. 


1.  J'ai  cent-cinquante  francs  dans  ma  poche.  2.  C'est 
trente  piastres,  ou  dollars,  de  votre  argent.  3.  Le  franc  a 
viiiirt  sous,  ou  cent  centimes.  4.  II  v  a  douze  mois  dans 
Tannic.  5.  Un  mois  a  trente  ou  trente  et  un  jours. 
6.  Vingt-quatre  heures  font  un  jour.  7.  Soixante  minutes 
font  une  lieure.     8.  II  y  a  une  bonne  ecole  dans  U  onzieme 

*  The  pupils  should  learn  the  Multiplication  Tables  in  French.    The  task  is  an 
easy  one,  when  once  the  formula,  and  the  numbers  up  to  a  hundred,  are  well  known. 


NUMERAL     ADJECTIVES.  49 

rue.  9.  Corabien  d'eleves  y  a-t-il  dans  cctte  ecole?  10.  II  y 
a  treize  eleves  daus  notre  classe  de  fraiKjais.  11.  Jean  a  ete 
le  premier  aiijourd'hui ;  Jules  a  ete  le  deuxieine;  et  le  gros 
Guillaume  a  ete  le  dernier  de  la  classe.  12.  Xous  avons  eu 
la  neuvieme  le9on.  13.  J'ai  ete  trois  fois  a  la  poste  aujour- 
d'lini.  14.  Combien  de  fois  avez-vous  ete  a  Paris  ?  15.  Je 
n'ai  jamais  6te  a  Paris.  16.  Combieu  font  sept  fois  sept? 
17.  Sept  fois  sept  font  quarante-neuf.  18.  Julie  a  achete 
line  douzaine  de  mouclioirs  de  poche  pour  son  fi'ere. 

Theme  9. 
1.  A  year  has  twelve  months.  3.  A  month  has  four  weeks. 
3.  A  week  has  seven  days.  4.  A  day  has  twenty-four  hours. 
5.  An  hour  has  sixty  minutes.  6.  How  many  are  (make) 
five  times  five?  7.  Five  times  five  are  (make)  twenty-five. 
8.  Five  centimes  make  one  cent.  9.  Twenty  cents  make 
one  franc.  10.  Five  francs  make  one  dollar.  11.  There  is 
a  large  school  in  this  street.  12.  In  that  school  there  are 
eighty  scholars.  13.  The  post-office  is  in  (the)  Eleventh* 
street.  14.  How  much  money  have  you  icith  you  (sur 
vous)?  15.  I  have  ten  dollars,  or  fifty  francs,  in  my  pocket. 
16.  How  many  times  have  you  been  here?  17.  This  is 
(c'est)  the  first  time  thai  (que)  I  am  here.  18.  For  ichom 
(qui)  have  you  bought  that  dozen  of  pocket-handkerchiefs  ? 


NINTH  LESSON  {Us). 

Remarks  on  the  Numeral  Adjectives. 
1.  The  cardinal  numeral  adjectives  are  invariable,  except 
un,  vingt,  and  cent. 

*  No  elision  of  the  vowel  takes  place  before  onee,  eleven  and  onzUme,  eleventh. 
See  Less.  9  (Ai«)— 4. 


50  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Un,  fcm.  une,  used  in  connection  with  autre,  other,  may 
take  the  plural  ending  (p.  81,  3). 

Vingt  and  cent,  when  multiplied  and  not  immediately 
followed  by  another  number,  take  the  plural  ending. 

Quatre-vingts  piastres.  Eiglity  dollars. 

Trois  cents  milles.*  Three  hundred  miles. 

They  are  invariable  when  followed  by  another  number. 

Quatre-vingt-trois  piastres.  Eighty-three  dollars. 

Trois  cent-vingt  milles.  Three  hundred  and  twenty  miles. 

Rem.  Vingt  and  cent  do  not  take  the  plural  ending  when  they  are 
used  for  vingtieme  and  centieme,  as  :  I'an  huit  cent,  in  the  year 
eight  hundred. 

2.  Mille,  a  thousand,  is  written  mil,  in  the  ordinary  com- 
putation of  years,  as: 

Mil  huit  cent  soixante-treize.         One  thousand  eight  hundred  and 

seventy-three. 

3.  Second  and  deuxidme,  second,  are  not  to  be  used  in- 
discriminately. Second  indicates  order;  deuxieme  de- 
notes one  of  a  series,  and  is  correctly  used  only  when  a  third, 
a  fourth,  etc.,  are  supposed  to  exist. 

Au  second  etage.  In  the  second  story  (of  a  house). 

Iia  deuxieme  legon.  The  second  lesson. 

4.  The  elision  of  the  vowel  of  the  article  and  of  other 
monosyllabic  words,  does  not  take  place  before  onze,  on- 
zieme,  as: 

De  onze  a  vingt.  From  eleven  to  twenty. 

La  onzieme  le9on.  The  eleventh  lesson. 

Dans  sa  onzieme  annee.  In  his  eleventh  year. 

*  Tin  mille,  a  mile,  is  a  noun  ;  mille,  a  thousand,  is  a  numeral  adjective,  and  is 
invariable  ;  nn  milliard,  a  thousand  millions. 


NUMERAL     ADJECTIVES. 


51 


6.  The  Names  of  the  Days  of  the  Week. 

Dimanche,  or  le  dimanche.  Sunday. 

Lundi,  or  le  lundi.  Monday. 

Mardi,  or  le  mardi.  Tuesday. 

Mercredi,  or  le  mercredi.  Wednesday. 

Jeudij  c^   le  jeudi.  Thursday. 

Vendredi,  or  le  vendredi.  Friday. 

Samedi,  or  le  samedi.  Saturday. 

The  article  is  used  before  the  days  of  the  week,  to  indi- 
cate the  periodical  return  of  something  on  a  certain  day  of 
the  week. 
Nous  avons  le  fran9ais  deux  fois     We  have  French  twice   a  week, 

par  semaine,  le  lundi  et  le  jeudi.        Mondays  and  Thursdays. 

No  preposition  is  used  before  the  days  of  the  week. 
II  etait  ici  lundi.  He  was  here  on  Monday. 


Janvier,  January. 
Fevrier,  February. 
Mars,  March. 
Avril,  April. 
Mai,  May. 
Juin,  June. 


The  Months. 

Juillst,  July. 
Aout,  August. 
Septembre,  Septembre. 
Octobre,  October. 
Novembre,  November. 
Decembre,  December, 


The  cardinal  numbers  are  used  for  the  days  of  the  month, 
except  for  the  first. 

The  preposition  de  before  the  names  of  the  months  is 
generally  omitted,  and  no  preposition  is  used  before  tlie 
date. 


Le  premier  Janvier. 

Le  trois  fevrier. 

Le  quatre  mars. 

C'est  aujourd'hui  le  quinze  mai. 


The  first  of  January. 

The  third  of  February. 

On  the  fourth  of  March. 

It  is  to-day  the  fifteenth  of  May. 


\f 


52  ELEMEiq;TART     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

TENTH  LESSON. 
Limiting  Adjectives.    (Continued.)— Indefinite. 

1.  The  indefinite  adjectives  are: 

Aucun,  /.  aucune^  no.  Tout,  toute,  all  ;  every ;  whole 

Pas  un,  /.  pas  une,  not  one.  Plusieurs,  several. 

Nul,  /.  mille,  no,  not  one.  Quel,  /.  quelle,  which ;  what. 

Autre,  other.  Quelque,  some. 

Meme,  same.  Quelconque,  whatever. 

Chaque,  each  ;  every.  Tel,  /.  telle,  such. 

2.  Remarks  and  Examples. 
(1.)                   Aucun  ;  Pas  un  ;  Nul  (ne). 

These  are  negative  words ;    they  require  ne  before  the 
verb. 

Aucun  eleve  n'est  absent.  No  scholar  is  absent. 

NuUe  excuse  n'est  admissible.        No  excuse  is  admissible. 

(3.)  Autre,  Other  ;  Different. 

J'ai  d'autre  papier.  I  have  other  paper. 

C'est  une  autre  chose.  That  is  a  different  thing. 

Rem.    Another,  meaning  a  second  one,  one  more,  is  expressed  by 
encore  un. 

Avez-vous  encore  un  crayon  ?         Have  you  another  pencil  ? 
J'en  ai  encore  un.  I  have  another  one  (one  more). 

(3.)  Chaque,  Evekt;  Each  {distributive). 

Chaque  piece  est  d'une  qualite     Each  piece  is  of  a  different  quality. 

differente.* 
Chaque  chose  est  a  sa  place.  Everything  is  in  its  place. 

*  See  foot-uote,  p.  38. 


LIMITING     ADJECTIVES.  63 

(4.)  Tout,  pi.  tous ;  /.  toute,  pi.  toutes,  Aul ;  Every; 
Whole. 

The  article  is  placed  between  tout  and  the  noun. 

Tout  le  monde.  Everybody. 

Tous  les  eleves.  AJl  the  scholars. 

Toute  une  annee.  A  whole  year. 

(,5.)  Plusieurs,  Several  {invariable). 

J'ai  plusieiirs  grammaires.  I  have  several  grammare. 

(6.)  Quel,  pi.  quels;  /.  quelle,  pi.  quelles.  Which; 
What. 

Quel  generally  precedes  a  noun,  either  in  an  interrogative 
or  an  exclamatory  sentence. 

Quel  jour  du  mois  est-ce  aujour-  What  day  of  the  month  is  it  to- 

d'hui  ?  day  ? 

Quelle  le9on  avons-nous  ?  Which  lesson  have  we  ? 

Quelle  heure  est-il  ?  Wliat  hour  (what  time)  is  it  ? 

In    an    exclamatory    sentence,    quel    is    equivalent    to 
what  a. 
Quel  homine !    Quelle  femme !         What  a  man  !  What  a  woman ! 

The  noun  is  sometimes  understood  after  quel.    It  is  then 
equivalent  to  qui,  who,  as : 

Quel  est  ce  monsieur  ?  or )  _„     .     ,  ,  _ 

_   .      ^  .       «        r  Who  IS  that  gentlemen? 

Qui  est  ce  monsieur  ?         ) 

(7.)  Quelque,  Some;  pi.  quelques,  A  few. 

Quelque  chose.  Some  thing. 

Quelques  piastres.  A  few  dollars. 


54  ELEMENTARY     FRENOH     GRAMMAR. 

(8.)  Tel,  /.  telle.  Such. 

The  numeral  adjective  un  precedes  tel. 
Un  tel  homme ;  une  telle  femme.     Such  a  man  ;  sucli  a  womaiL 


Vocabulary  10. 

Une  place,  a  place  ;  a  seat.  La  qualite,  the  quality. 

Une  chose,  a  thing.  Un  metre,  a  meter. 

Une  faute,  a  fault ;  a  mistake.  Une  caisse,  a  case  ;  a  box. 

Un  theme,  a  theme ;  an  exercise.  Tout  le   monde,   all    the  world  ; 

Un  exercice^  an  exercise.  every  body. 

Une  excuse,  an  excuse.  Absent,  absent. 

Une  piece,  a  piece.  Present,  present, 

De  la  mousseline,  muslin.  Different,  diflFerent. 


Exercise  10. 

1.  Aucun  eleve  n'est  absent  de  la  classe.  2.  Le  pro- 
fesseur  est  daus  I'autre  chambre.  3.  Nous  avons  tous  la 
raeme  le9on.  -1.  II  n'j  a  pas  une  faute  daus  ce  theme. 
5.  Chaque  chose  est  a  sa  place.  6.  Jules  a  ete  absent 
lundi  (on  Monday).  7.  II  n'a  apporte  aucune  excuse, 
8.  C'est  toujours  la  meme  chose.  9,  Combien  de  pieces 
de  mousseline  y  a-t-il  dans  cette  caisse  ?  10.  Chaque  piece 
est  de  trente  metres.  11.  Toutes  les  pieces  sont  de  la 
meme  qualite.  12.  II  y  a  quelques  pieces  d'une  qualite 
differente.  13.  Tout  le  monde  est  dans  la  rue.  14.  Tous 
les  eleves  sont  presents.  15,  II  y  a  plusieurs  fantes  dans 
votre  theme.  16.  Quel  jour  du  mois  est-ce  aujourd'hui  ? 
17.  Quelle  est  cette  dame  ?  18.  Quel  homme  et  quelle 
femme  !  19.  Je  n'ai  jamais  vu  un  tel  homme  et  une  telle 
femme. 


PEONOUNS.  55 

Theme  10. 

1.  Everybody  is  here.  2.  Each  student  is  in  his  seat. 
3.  No  scholar  has  been  absent  to-day.  4.  I  have  found  a 
few  mistakes  in  this  exercise.  5.  There  are  forty  pieces  of 
muslin  in  this  case.  6.  This  piece  is  not  of  the  same 
quality  as  the  others.  7.  Each  piece  is  of  a  different* 
quality.  8,  That  is  another  thing.  9.  Have  you  another 
pencil  (2-2  Rem.)  ?  10.  I  have  bought  a  whole  piece  of 
this  mushn.  11.  It  is  (of)  thirty  meters.  12.  All  my 
books  are  at  home.  13.  You  have  been  absent  several 
times.  14.  It  (Ce)  is  not  my  fault.  15.  What  an  excuse  ! 
16.  What  day  of  the  week  is  it  ?  17.  Which  scholars  are 
absent  this  morning  ?  18.  Who  is  that  gentleman  ?  19  I 
have  never  seen  such  a  man. 


ELEVENTH  LESSOX. 
PRONOUNs.f— Personal. 

1.  There  are  six  kinds  of  pronouns:  personal,  possessive, 
demonstrative,  interrogative,  relative,  and  indefinite. 

Pronouns  agree,  in  gender  and  number,  with  the  nonns 
which  they  represent. 

2.  Personal  Pronouns.— Conjunctive. 

Personal  pronouns  are  of   two  kinds  :    conjunctive  and 
disjuyictive. 

Conjunctive  personal  pronouns  are  used  only  in  connection 

*  Place  the  adjective  after  the  noun.  t  Introduction,  p.  16. 


56 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


with  verbs,  as  subject,  direct  object,  or  indirect  object,'^  oi 
the  verb.     They  are : 

(1.)  The  Pronouns  Used  as  Subjects  and  as  Objfcts. 

SlNGITLAB. 


AS  STJBJBCr. 

AS  DIRECT  03BJBOT. 

AS  INDIBECT  OBJECT. 

1st  pere. 

je  (j'),  I. 

me  (m'),  me. 

me  (m') 

],  to  me. 

2d  pers. 

tu,         thou. 

te    (f),    thee. 

te    (f), 

to  thee. 

3d  pers.  masc. 

il,          he  ;  it 

le    (1'),    him;  it. 

lui, 

to  him. 

fern. 

elle,      she;  it. 

la    (1'),     her;  it. 
Plitral. 

lui, 

to  her. 

AB  SUBJBCT. 

AS  DIRECT  OBJECT. 

AS  INDIRECT  OBJECT. 

Ist  pars. 

nous,    we. 

nous,        US. 

nous. 

to  us. 

2d  pers. 

vous,    you. 

vous,      you. 

VOUS, 

to  you. 

3d  pers.  masc. 

ils,        they. 

les,          them. 

leur. 

to  them. 

fern. 

elles,    they. 

les,          them. 

leur, 

to  them. 

(2.) 


Pronouns  Used  as  Objects  only. 


Se  (s'),  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves,  one's  self  (direct- 
or indirect  object). 
En,  some  or  any,  of  it,  of  them  (indirect  object). 
Y,  to  it,  to  them  (indirect  object). 
Le  (!'),  it,  so  (invariable). 

8.  Remarks  and  Examples. 

The  objective  pronouns  are  placed  before  tbe  verb,  except 
when  tbe  verb  is  in  the  imperative  mode. 
Je  connais.  I  know  or  I  do  know. 

Je  vous  connais.  I  know  you. 

Je  ne  vous  connais  pas.  I  do  not  know  you, 

Je  parle.  I  speak,  I  do  speak. 

Je  lui  parle.  I  speak  to  him. 

Je  ne  lui  parle  pas.  I  do  not  speak  to  him. 

*  See  Introduction,  pp.  37.  18. 


PRONOUNS. 


5? 


When  the  verb  is  in  the  imperative  mode,  and  used  affir- 
matively; the  objective  pronouns  stand  after  the  verb. 
Parlez-lui.  Speak  to  him. 

But  when  the  sentence  is  negative,  the  pronouns  precede 
the  verb. 
Ne  lui  parlez  pas.  Do  not  speak  to  him. 

Vocabulary  11. 


Je  parle,  I  speak  ;   I  do  speak  ;  I 

am  speaking. 
II  parle,  he  speaks  ;  he  does  speak; 

he  is  speaking. 
Je  donne,  I  give. 
II  donne,  he  gives. 
Je  prete,  I  lend. 
II  prete,  he  lends. 
J'apporte,  I  bring 
n  apporte,  he  brings. 
J'appelle,  I  call. 
n  appelle,  he  calls. 


Je  connais,  I  know  ;  I  do  know. 
II  oonnait,  he  knows. 
Je  vols ;  il  voit,  I  see ;  he  sees. 
Un  camarade,  a  comrade ;  un  ca- 
marade  de  classe,  a  class-mate 
Un  dictionnaire,  a  dictionary. 
Une  fleur,  a  flower. 
Une  peche,  a  peach. 
Les  ciseaux,  the  scissors. 
A  present,  at  present. 
Tous  les  jours,  every  day. 
Bien,  well. 


Exercise  11. 

(In  this  Exercise,  the  pronouns  representing^  the  indirect  oTjjects  are  in  italic.) 

1.  Je  vous  connais.  2.  Je  vous  appelle.  3.  Je  votis 
donne  ces  fleurs.  4.  II  me  connait.  5.  11  tne  parle.  6.  Je 
te  vois.  7.  Je  t'appelle.  8.  Je  te  prete  ce  livre.  9.  II  nous 
voit.  10.  II  nous  appelle.  11.  II  nous  apporte  des  p^ches. 
12.  Je  vois  votre  camarade  de  classe.  13.  Je  le  connais 
bien.  14.  Je  lui  ai  prete  un  livre.  15.  Je  connais  votre 
voisine.  16.  Je  la  vois  tous  les  jours.  17.  Je  bn  ai  parle 
ce  matin.  18.  Je  connais  ces  homraes.  19.  Jc  les  connais 
bien.     20.  Je  leur  ai  vendu  un  cheval.    21.  Avez-vous  mon 


58  ELEMENTARY     F  U  E  N  C  H     G  R  A  M  }H  A  R . 

diction naire.  22.  Je  I'ai  eu.  23.  Je  ne  I'ai  pas  a  present. 
24.  Charles  I'a.  25.  II  ue  I'a  pas.  2G.  Nous  I'avons.  27. 
Oil  sont  mes  ciseaux  ;  les  avez-vous  ?  28.  Je  ne  les  ai  pas. 
29.  Vos  camarades  les  out  30.  Nous  ne  les  avous  pas. 
31.  Qui  les  a  ? 

Theme  11. 

1.  I  know  you.  2.  I  do  not  speak  to  you.  3.  He  sees 
me.  4.  He  has  given  me  these  peaches,  5.  I  see  thee.  G.  I 
give  thee  these  flowers.  7.  He  calls  us.  8.  He  speaks  to  us. 
9.  I  know  your  class-mate.  10.  I  often*  see  him.  11.  I  have 
lent  him  my  dictionary.  12.  I  know  your  cousin  Mary. 
13.  I  see  her  every  day.  14.  I  often*  lend  her  books.  15.  I 
have  had  your  pencil.  16.  I  have  given  it  to  your  brother. 
17.  He  has  it.  18.  He  has  it  not  now.  19.  Juha  has  had 
your  scissors.  20.  I  have  them  not  now,  21.  Louisa  has 
them.  22.  She  has  them  not.  23.  Have  you  them  ?  24. 
We  have  them  not.     25.  The  children  have  them. 


TWELFTH  LESSON. 
Conjunctive  Personal  Pronouns.   (Continued.)— Se,-  En;  Y;  Le. 

1.  Se  is  the  reflective  pronounf  of  the  third  person,  singu- 
lar and  plural,  either  as  direct,  or  indirect,  object  of  the 
verb:  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselvts,  Ofie's  self  or  lo  him- 
self, etc. 

The  reflective  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second  persons 

*  Place  the  adverb  after  the  verb. 

+  Rnflective  pronouns  are  so  called  bccauBe  they  receive  the  reflective  action  of 
the  verb,  as  ;  I  see  myne^f.    They  are  a  subdivision  of  the  personal  prouoans. 


CONJUNCTIVE     PERSONAL     PRONOUNS.      59 

are,  in  form,  the  same  as  the  objective  pronouns  given  in 
the  preceding  lesson. 

Me,  myself,  to  myself.  Nous,  ourselves,  to  ourselves. 

Te,  thyself,  to  thyself.  Vous,  to  yourself,  to  yourselves. 

The  reflective  pronouns  are  used  in  the  conjugation  of 
pronominal  verbs,  as: 

Se  laver.  To  wash  one's  self. 

Je  me  lave.  I  wash  myself. 

II  se  lave.  He  washes  himself. 

Vous  lavez-vous?  Do  you  wash  yourself? 

2.     Ell,  Some  or  Any  ;   Of  it  ;  Of  them  {indirect  object). 

The  pronoun  en  expresses  a  part  or  quantity  of  the  sub- 
stance represented  by  the  noun  to  which  it  refers:  some  or 
any  of  it,  of  them;  of  it,  of  them.     It  is  used  ; 

(1.)  To  represent  a  noun  taken  in  the  partitive  or  the  in- 
definite sense,  as: 

J'ai  du  papier;   en  avez-vous  ?  I  have  paper  ;  have  you  some? 

J'en  ai.  I  have  (some  of  it). 

J'en  ai  encore.  I  still  have  some. 

Je  n'en  ai  plus.  I  have  not  any  more. 

J'ai  des  amis;  vous  en  avez  aussi.  I  have  friends ;  you  have  some  too. 

J'ai  un  livre ;  en  avez-vous  un ?  I  have  a  book  ;  have  you  one? 

Je  n'en  ai  pas.  I  have  not. 

(2.)  To  represent  a  noun  taken  in  a  definite  sense,  as  : 

II  parle  de  cette  affaire ;    il  en     He   speaks  of  that  business ;    he 
parle.  speaks  of  it. 

Rem.  In  this  latter  sense,  en  is  seldom  used  with  reference  to 
persons,  de  lui,  d'elle,  d'euz,  d'elles  being  used  instead. 


60  ELEMENTABY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

8.  Y,  To  IT ;  To  THEM  {indirect  object). 

The  pronoun  y  expresses  the  relation  of  the  preposition 
k  {to) :  to  it,  to  them. 

Pensez-vous  a  cette  affaire  ?  Do  you  think  of  (to)  that  business? 

J'y  pense.  I  think  of  it  (in  French  to  it). 

4  En  and  Y  as  Adverbs. 

En  and  y  are  also  used  as  adverbs,  with  reference  to  a 
place  that  has  been  previously  mentioned  :  en,  from  it, 
from  there;  y,  there,  to  it,  at  it,  in  it. 

Avez-vous  ete  a  la  poste  ?  Have  you  been  to  the  post  ofl5ce  ? 

J'en  viens.  I  come  from  it. 

J'y  vais.  I  am  going  to  it. 

Men  frere  y  est.  My  brother  is  there. 

6.  The  Invariable  Pronoun  Le. 

The  invariable  pronoun  le,  equivalent  to  it  or  so,  is  used 
to  represent  an  adjective  or  a  sentence. 

Etes-vous  content  ?    Je  le  suis.       Are  you  satisfied  ?     I  am  (so). 
II  est  malade ;  vous  le  savez.  He  is  sick  ;  you  know  it. 

Vocabulary  12. 

Je  lave,  I  wash.  Je  pense,  I  think. 

Vous  lavez,  you  wash.  Vous  pensez,  you  think. 

Je  flatte,  I  flatter.  Maman,  mamma. 

Vous  flattez,  you  flatter.  Je  vais ;  il  va,  I  go  ;  he  goes. 

Je  blame,  I  blame.  Je  viens;    il  vient,  I  come;    he 

Vous  blamez,  you  blame.  comes. 

Je  trompe,  I  deceive.  Je  sais  5  il  sait,  I  know  ;  he  knows. 

Vous  trompez,  you  deceive.  J'ai  besoin  de,  I  have  need  of. 

J'amuse,  I  amuse.  Un  couteau,  a  knife. 

Vous  amuaez,  you  amuse.  Una  fourchette,  a  fork. 


CONJUNCTIVE     PERSONAL     PRONOUNS.       61 

Un  canif,  a  penknife.  Pourquoi,  wliy. 

Une  affaire,  an  affair ;  a  business.       Parce  que,  because. 
La  banque,  the  bank.  Quand,  when. 


Exercise  12. 

1.  Je  me  lave.  2.  Je  ne  m'amuse  pas.  3.  Vous  vous 
trompez.  4.  II  se  bldme.  5.  Elle  se  iiatte.  6.  II  a  do  la 
patience  ;  j'en  ai  aussi.  7.  Vous  n'en  avez  pas.  8.  Us  ont 
beauconp  d'argent.  9.  Nous  en  avons  peu.  10.  Vous  en 
avez  assez.  11.  J'ai  un  couteau ;  en  avcz-vous  un  ?  12.  Je 
iren  ai  pas.  13.  Charles  en  a  deux.  14.  N'avez-vous  pas 
de  fourehette?  15.  J'en  ai  une.  16.  Marie  n'en  a  pas. 
17.  Avez-vous  besoin  de  ce  canif?  18.  J'en  ai  besoin. 
19.  Oil  sont  les  ciseaux;  maman  en  a  besoin.  20.  Pourquoi 
parlez-vous  de  cette  affaire  ?  21.  J'en  parle,  parce  qu'il  en 
parle.  22.  Quand  il  y  pense,  il  en  parle.  23.  Je  n'y  pense 
jamais.  M.  Je  vais  a  la  banque.  25.  J'en  viens.  26.  Henri 
y  est.     27.  Je  le  sais.     28.  Vous  etes  fatigue,  et  je  le  suis 


aussi. 


Theme  12. 


1.  I  blame  myself.  2.  You  deceive  yourself.  3.  He 
amuses  himself.  4.  She  flatters  herself.  5.  You  have  cour- 
age, and  I  have  some  too.  6.  She  has  money,  and  you 
have  none.  7.  We  have  friends.  8.  They  have  some  too. 
9.  Have  you  a  fork?  10.  I  have  one.  11.  Louis  has  not. 
12.  I  have  no  knife.  13.  Mary  has  two.  14.  I  have  your 
penknife;  have  you  need  of  it  ?  15.  I  have  no  need  of  it. 
16.  I  think  of  (to)  that  affair.  17.  When  you  think  of  it 
(to  it),  you  speak  of  it.  18.  Wliy  do  you  speak  of  it? 
19.  Because  I  always  think  of  it,     20.  William  is  at  the 


62  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

bank.  21.  I  know  it.  22.  I  come  from  there.  23.  I  go 
there.  2-4.  He  goes  there  too.  25.  You  are  tired,  and  we 
are  (so)  too. 


THIRTEEXTH   LESSON. 
Collocation  of  Objective  Pronouns. 

1.  When  two  objective  prououns  accompany  a  rerb,  the 
following  order  is  to  be  observed. 

The  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second  persons  precede  the 
pronouns  of  the  third  person  : 

Me  le,  me  la,  me  les.  It  to  me,  tliem  to  me. 

Te  le,  te  la,  te  les.  It  to  tliee,  them  to  thee. 

Nous  le,  nous  la,  nous  les.  It  to  us,  them  to  us. 

Vous  le,  vous  la,  vous  les.  It  to  you,  them  to  you. 

If  both  pronouns  are  of  the  third  person,  the  direct  object, 
le,  la  or  les,  precedes  the  indirect  object,  lui  or  leur ;  but 
the  indirect  object  se  precedes  the  direct  object. 

Le  lui,  la  lui,  les  lui.  It  to  him  or  her,  them  to  him. 

Le  leur,  la  leur,  les  leur.  It  to  them,  them  to  them. 

Se  le,  se  la,  se  les.  It  to  himself,  them  to  himself,  etc. 

Position  of   En  and  Y. 

En  follows  the  other  objective  pronouns,  and  immediately 
precedes  the  verb : 

M'en,  nous  en,  vous  en.  Some  to  me,  to  us,  to  you. 

Lui  en,  leur  en.  -•  Some  to  him,  to  them. 

L'en,  les  en.  It  from  there,  them  from  there. 

The  adverb  y  follows  the  objective  pronouns,  except  the 
pronoun  en. 


OBJECTIVE     PRONOUNS. 


63 


M'y,  nouB  y,  vous  y. 
L'y,  les  y. 
Y  en. 


Me  there,  us  there,  you  there. 
Him,  her  or  it  there  ;  them  there. 
Some  there. 


Rem.     The  negative  particle  ne  immediately  follows  the  subject 
hence  it  precedes  the  objective  pronouns. 

Vocabulary  13. 


Envoye,  [past  participle),  sent. 
J'envoie,  I  send. 
II  envoie,  he  sends. 
Vous  envoyez,  you  send. 
Porte,  p.  p.,  carried  ;  taken. 
Je  porte,  I  take  ;  I  carry. 
II  porte,  he  takes ;  he  carries. 
Mene,  ^. /).,  taken  ;  led. 
Je  mene,  I  take  ;  I  lead. 
II  mene,  he  takes ;  he  leads. 
Raconte,  p.  p.,  related. 
Montre,  p.  p,  shown. 


Un  dessin,  a  drawing ;  a  pattern. 
Une  g^avure,  an  engraving. 
Un  bouquet,  a  bouquet. 
Une  bague,  a  ring  (finger-ring). 
Un  violon,  a  violin. 
Un  concert,  concert. 
Une  histoire,  a  history  ;  a  story. 
Un  oiseauj  a  bird. 
Une  cage,  a  cage. 
Beau,    bel,   /.    belle,     beautiful, 
(p.  36,  Exc.  .'))  fine  ;   handsome. 
Joli,  /.  jolie,  pretty. 


Exercise  13. 
1.  C'est  un  beau  dessin ;  me  le  donnez-vous  ?  2.  Je  vous 
le  donne.  3.  Qui  vous  a  donne  ce  bel  oiseau  ?  4.  Ma  tante 
me  Ta  apporte  dans  cette  jolie  cage.  5.  Jules  salt  une  belle 
histoire;  il  nous  I'a  racontee.*  6.  Ce  sont  de  beaux  ana- 
nas; qui  vous  les  a  donnes?*  7.  Mon  cousin  nous  les  a 
envoyes.*  8.  Chqa'les  a  un  beau  violon  ;  son  oncle  le  lui  a 
envoye  de  Paris.  9.  II  nous  I'a  montre.  10.  Julie  a  un 
beau  bouquet;  Henri  le  lui  a  donne.  11.  Louise  a  une 
belle  bague;  son  pere  la  lui  a  acketee.  12.  Vos  neveux 
ont  de  belles  gravures ;  leur  oncle  les  leur  a  pretees.*  13. 
Vous  avez   de  belles  fleurs  ;    m'en  donnez-vous  ?     14.  Je 


*  The  past  participle  agrees  with  the  direct  object  of  the  verb.    See  Less.  21, 
Sec.  4-3. 


04  ELEMENTAKY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

vous  en  donne.  15.  Je  lui  en  donne.  16.  Je  lenr  en  donne. 
17.  J'ai  ete  au  concert ;  mon  pere  m'y  a  mene.  18.  Je  vous 
y  ai  vu.  19.  Jean  est  a  la  banque ;  je  I'y  ai  euvoye.  20. 
Mes  livres  sont  a  I'ecole ;  je  les  y  ai  portes  ce  matin. 

Theme  13. 

1.  You  have  a  fine  violin.  2.  My  uncle  (has)  sent  it  to 
me  from  Paris.  3.  I  have  a  beautiful  pine-apple ;  I  give  it 
to  you.  4.  That  is  a  fine  ring.  5.  My  father  (has)  bought* 
it  for  me.f  6.  Those  (Ce)  are  fine  drawings.  7.  My  aunt 
(has)  lent*  them  to  us.  8.  Charles  has  fine  engravings.  9. 
He  has  shown*  them  to  us.  10.  That  is  a  beautiful  story. 
11.  I  have  related*  it  to  him.  12.  This  fine  bouquet  is  for 
ray  cousin  Henrietta ;  I  send  it  to  her.  1.3.  Those  pretty 
birds  and  that  pretty  cage  are  for  Julius;  his  aunt  sends 
them  to  him.  14.  Your  nephews  have  apples ;  I  gave  (have 
given)  them  to  them.  15.  Mary  has  bought  oranges ;  she 
gave  me  one.  16.  I  have  peaches;  I  give  you  some.  17.  I 
give  him  some.  18.  I  give  them  some.  19.  The  money  is 
in  (a)  the  bank  ;  I  carried  it  there.  20.  I  go  to  the  concert; 
my  father  takes  me  there. 


FOUETEENTH   LESSON. 
Disjunctive  Personal  Pronouns. 
1.  The  disjunctive  personal  pronouns  are: 

SlNGUXAE.  P*LTrEAL. 

Moi,      I  or  me.  Nous,      we  or  us. 

Toi,        tliou  or  thee.  Vous,      you. 

*  Make  the  past  participle  agree  with  the  direct  object  of  the  verb,  the  same  as 
if  it  were  an  adjective.    See  Less.  21,  Sec.  4-3.  t  For  me,  me  (indir.  obj.). 


DISJUNCTIVE     PEKSONAL     PRONOUN.         65 

Singular.  Plural. 

Lui,       he  or  him.  £juz,       they  or  them  (to.). 

Bile,      she  or  her.  Elles,      they  or  tliem  (/.). 

Soi,  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves,  one's  self. 

2.  Remarks  on  the  Disjunctive  Personal  Pronouns. 
The  disjunctive  personal  pronouns  are  used  : 

(1.)  When  the  verb  is  not  expressed,  as  : 

Qui  m'appelle  ?     Moi.  Who  calls  nie  ?    I. 

Qui  appelle-t-il  ?     Moi.  Whom  does  he  call  ?    Me. 

Vous  etes  plus  grand  que  moi.        You  are  taller  than  1. 

("2.)  In  apposition  with  other  pronouns,  for  the  sake  of 
emjihasis,  and  also  to  state  separately  the  persons  forming 
a  compound  subject  or  object. 

Toi,  tu  es  I'homme.  Thou  art  the  man. 

Lui  et  moi  (nous)  sommes  amis.      He  and  I  are  friends. 

(3.)  After  the  verb  etre,  when  it  is  preceded  by  ce. 
C'est  moi.     C'est  lui.  It  is  I.     It  is  he. 

(4.)  After  prepositions. 
t\  parle  de  moi.  He  speaks  of  me. 

3.  Chez,  To,  At  or  in  the  house  of. 

The  preposition  chez  is  used  in  the  sense  of  to  or  at  the 

house  of. 

Chez  Monsieur  Delmar.  To  or  at  the  house  of  Mr.  Delmar. 

Chez  le  medecin.  To  or  at  the  doctor's. 

Chez  is  used  with  the  disjunctive  personal  pronouns  for 
to  or  at  my  house,  my  home. 


66 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Chez  moi,  to  or  at  my  house. 
Chez  toi,  to  or  at  thy  house. 
Chez  lui,  to  or  at  his  house. 
Chez  elle,  to  or  at  her  house. 


Chez  nous,  to  or  at  our  house. 
Chez  vous,  to  or  at  your  house. 
Chez  eux, 


Chez  elles,  f 


to  or  at  their  house. 


Compound  Personal  Pronouns. 

The  compound  personal  pronouns  are  formed  of  the  dis- 
junctive pronouns  and  the  adjective  meme,  self,  connected 
by  a  h^^phen. 

Moi-meme,  myself.  Nous-memes,  ourselves. 

Toi-meme,  thystlf.  Vous-memes,  yourselves. 


Vous-meme,  yourself. 
Lui-m^me,  himself. 
£jlle-mSme,  herself. 


Eux-memes,    ) 


Elles-memes,  S 
Soi-m^mej  one's  self. 


-  themselves 


These  pronouns  are  used  for  the  sake  of  emphasis. 

Je  I'ai  vu  moi-m^me.  I  have  seen  it  myself. 

Elle  se  blame  elle-meme.  She  blames  herself. 


Vocabulary  14. 


Un  negociant,  a  merchant. 
Un  marchand,  a  storekeeper. 
Un  dentiste,  a  dentist. 
Un  artiste,  an  artist. 
Un  domestique,  a  man-servant. 
Une  domestique,! 
Une  servante, 
Un   magasin,   a    store ;    a   ware- 
house. 
Une  boutique,  a  store  ;   a  shop 
Un  atelier,  a  workshop. 
La  rue  du  Temple,  Temple  street. 


'  V  a  servant-girl. 


Un  tableau,  a  painting ;  a  picture. 
Un  miroir,  a  looking-glass. 
Un  journal,  a  newspaper. 
Que?  (Qu'),  what? 
Quelque  chose,*  something  ;  any- 
thing. 
Rien,  (ne),*  nothing;  not  anything. 
Je  demeure,  I  live  ;  I  am  living. 
Laisse,  left. 
Ce  soir,  this  evening. 
Avec,  with. 
Sans,  without. 


*  Quelque  chose  is  not  used  in  a  negative  sense.    I  have  not  anything,  is  Je  n''ai 
rien,  not  Je  ii'ai  pas  quelque  chose. 


DISJUNCTIVE     PEKSONAL     PRONOUNS.        G7 

Exercise  14. 

1.  Vous  ^tes  plus  dge  quo  lui.  2.  H  est  moins  avancd 
que  nioi.  3.  Vous  et  moi,  nous  sommes  amis  ;  n'est-cc  pas? 
4.  Est-ce  laservautequi  est  la?  5.  C'est  elle.  0.  Ma  mere 
a  besoin  d'elle.  7.  Je  vais  chcz  I'artiste  ;  j'ai  quelque  chose 
pour  lui.  8.  Qu'est-ce  ?  9.  Cost  un  tableau.  10.  Qu'avez- 
vous  pour  moi?  11.  Je  n'ai  rien  pour  vous.  12.  Moi,  je 
vais  ehez  les  negociants;  ils  sent  a  leur  bureau.  13.  J'ai  de 
I'argcnt  pour  eux.  14.  Ma  soeur  va  chez  ledeiitiste;  il  de- 
meure  dans  la  rue  du  Temple.  15.  J'y  vais  avec  elle. 
16.  Elle  u'y  va  pas  sans  moi.  17.  Le  dentiste  n'est  pas 
chez  lui.  18.  Maman  a  envoye  Ic  domestique  a  la  bou- 
tique. 19.  Le  marchand  a  laisse  les  journaux  an  magasin. 
20.  Henri  vient  chez  moi  ce  soir.  21.  Qui  a  casse  le  miroir? 
22.  C'est  moi  qui  I'ai  casse.  23.  Je  me  bldme  moi-meme. 
24.  C'est  vous-meme  qui  en  avez  parle  le  premier. 

Theme  14.  <^' 

1.  You  are  as  old  as  I.  2.  I  am  taller  than  you.  3.  Is 
that  the  servant  ?  4.  It  is  he.  5.  My  father  has  need  of 
him.  6.  He  is  in  the  oflBce.  7.  What  is  that?  8.  It  is  a 
painting  for  the  artist.  9.  I  am  going  to  his  workshop. 
10.  I  am  going  there  with  you.  11.  Have  you  anything 
for  the  merchant  ?  12.  I  have  nothing  for  him.  13.  The 
storekeeper  (has)  left  his*  letters  and  newspapers  at  our 
house.  14.  I  am  carrying  them  to  his  store.  15.  Mamma 
has  sent  the  servant-girl  to  the  store  (shop).  16.  My  cousin 
Lizzie  is  at  the  dentist's  in  Temple  street.  17.  I  am  com- 
ing without  my  sister.  18.  She  is  going  this  evening  to 
my  aunt's.     19.  I  am  now  living  at  my  aunt's.     20.  My 


68 


ELEMENTAET     FRENCH     GRAMMAE, 


cousins  (/.)  are  not  at  home.  21.  They  are  at  my  house. 
22.  Is  it  not  you  who  broke  (have  broken)  Mary's  looking- 
glass?    23.  It  is  not  I;   Mary  broke  (has  broken)  it  hersel£ 


FIFTEENTH   LESSOK 


Possessive  Pronouns. 


1.  The  possessive  pronouns  are ; 


StNQULAR. 

Plural. 

MASC. 

rsx. 

MASC. 

rEM. 

Le  mien, 

la  mienne, 

les  miens, 

les  miennes. 

mine ;  my  own. 

Le  tien, 

la  tienne, 

les  tiens, 

les  tiennes, 

thine. 

Le  sien, 

la  sienne, 

les  siens. 

les  siennes. 

liis ;  hers. 

Le  notre, 

la  notre, 

les  notres. 

les  notres. 

ours. 

Le  votre, 

la  votre, 

les  votres, 

les  votres, 

yours. 

Le  leur, 

la  leur, 

les  leurs. 

les  leurs. 

theirs. 

Possessive  pronouns  agree,  in  gender  and  number,  with 
the  nouns  wliich  they  represent. 

Mon  bien.  My  property  ;  my  own. 

Le  mien,  du  mien,  au  mien.  Mine,  of  mine,  to  mine. 

Ma  fortune.  My  fortune. 

La  mienne,  de  la  mienne,  a  la  Mine,  of  mine,  to  mine, 
mienne. 


Mes  camarades. 

Les  miens,  des  miens,  aux  miens. 
Mes  le9ons. 

Les  miennes,  des  miennes,  aux 
miennes. 


My  comrades. 

Mine,  of  mine,  to  mine. 

My  lessons. 

Mine,  of  mine,  to  mine. 


Vocabulary  15. 


Un  habit,  a  coat. 
Un  manteau,  a  cloak. 
Un  gilet,  a  waistcoat. 


Une  robe,  a  dress  ;  a  robe. 
Une  robe  de  chambre,  a  dress- 
ing gown. 


POSSESSIVE     PRONOUNS.  69 

Une  cravate,  a  cravat.  Content     (de),     satisfied     with  ; 

Neuf,*y'.  neuve,  new.  pleased  with. 
Nouveau,   nouvel,  /.  nouvelle,*     Je  trouve,  I  find. 

new.  Je  dis,  I  say  ;  I  tell. 

Vieux,  vieil,  /.  vieille,  old.  Vous  dites,  you  say. 

Facile,  easy.  Que  (qu'),  that. 

DiflScile,  diflicult ;  hard.  Comme,  like  ;  as. 

J'aime,  I  love  ;  I  like.  Comment,  how. 

Misux,  better.  Comment    trouvez-vous  ?     how 

J'aime  mieux,f  I  like  better.  do   you    like  ?      (how    do    you 

Je  prefere,  I  prefer.  find  ?) 

Exercise  15. 

1.  Le  manteaii  de  Jules  est  neuf;  le  mien  est  vieux. 
2.  Le  votre  n'est  pas  moins  beau  que  le  sien.  3.  La  robe  de 
Julie  est  neuve ;  la  mienne  est  vieille.  4.  La  votre  est  aussi 
belle  que  la  sienue.  5.  J'aime  mes  parents  ;  vous  aimez  les 
votres ;  cbaque  bon  enfant  airae  les  siens.  6.  Nous  avons 
un  nouveau  professeur  de  frangais,  qui  nous  donne  des 
legons  difficiles.  7.  Les  notres  ne  sont  pas  plus  faciles  que 
les  votres.  8.  Vous  parlez  des  votres,  et  je  parle  des  miennes. 
9.  Vous  pensez  aux  votres;  je  pense  aux  miennes.  10.  Ce 
nouvel  eleve  pense  aux  siennes.  11.  Comment  trouvez- 
vous  les  dessins  de  nos  nouveaux  camarades?  12.  Je  les 
trouve  beaux.  13.  Que  dites-vous  des  notres  ?  14.  Je  dis 
que  j'aime  mieux  les  leurs  que  les  votres.  15.  Ce  nouvel 
habit  est  beau.  IG.  C'est  un  bel  habit ;  je  le  prefere  au 
mien.  17.  Etes-vous  content  de  votre  nouvelle  cravate  ? 
18.  J'en  suis  content ;  elle  est  comme  la  votre. 

*  Xeuf,  nouveau,  new.  yeuf,  new— what  has  not  been  used  or  worn ;  Nbuveati, 
new  to  u? — what  we  have  not  had,  or  seen,  or  heard  of  before. 

t  J''aime  mieiir.  Mieux  is  not  separated  from  aim^.  as  better  is  from  like  in  Eng- 
lish.   J''aime  mieux  mwi  habit  que  le  votre,  I  like  my  coat  better  than  yours. 


70  ELEMENTARY     FllENCH     GEAMMAE. 

Theme  15. 

1.  Your  waistcoat  is  new ;  mine  and  his  are  old.  2.  Your 
dress  is  new ;  mine  and  hers  are  old.  3.  Your  new  clothes 
are  handsome ;  mine  and  his  are  not  so  handsome  as  yours. 
4.  I  like  mine.  5.  You  are  satisfied  with  yours.  6.  He  is 
satisfied  with  his.  7.  Your  lessons  and  mine  are  difficult. 
8.  His  are  easier  than  ours.  9.  Every  scholar  thinks  of  his. 
10.  Your  new  coat  is  like  mine.  11.  I  like  the  new  draw- 
ings better  than  the  old,  12.  I  prefer  my  engravings  to 
yours.  13.  I  am  satisfied  with  mine.  14.  How  do  you  like 
this  new  cravat  ?  15.  It  is  very  pretty ;  it  is  like  mine. 
16.  What  do  you  say  of  our  new  teacher  ?  17.  I  say  that 
he  gives  us  very  hard  lessons.  18.  You  are  never  satisfied. 
19.  Where  is  my  cloak  ?    20.  You  (have)  left  it  in  my  room. 


SIXTEENTH    LESSON. 

Demonstrative  Pronouns. 
1.  The  demonstrative  pronouns  are : 

Ce,  that;  it;  ceci,  this;  cela,  that;  and  the  com- 
pounds of  ce,  formed  by  the  addition  of  the  disjunctive  pro- 
nouns lui,  elle,  eux,  elles. 

SiNOUIiAE.  PLUEAIi. 

HASO.  FEM.  MASC.  FEM. 

Celm,  celle,  that,  the  one.         Ceux,  celles,  those 

Celui-ci,     celle-ci,      this  (one).  CeuK-ci,      celles-ci,      these. 

Celni-la,     celle-la,      that  (one).  Ceux-la,      celles-la,      those. 


DEMONSTRA.TIVE     PRONOUNS.  71 

2.  Ce,  That,  it;  sometimes  he,  she,  they  (p.  43-2). 

Ce  is  used  before  est,  is,  and  sont,  ai-e,  to  point  out  a 
person  or  tliiug. 

C'est  mon  firere.  That  is  my  brother. 

Est-ce  de  I'or?  Is  that  cjold '? 

Ce  takes  the  place  of  a  personal  pronoun,  he,  she,  or  they, 
when  est  or  sont  is  followed  by  a  noun  that  denotes  the 
same  person  or  thing,  to  which  ce  refers. 

Je  connais   ce   monsieur  :    c'est  I  know  that  gentleman  ;  he  is  my 

mon  voisin.  neighbor. 

Voici    des    livres  j    sont-ce    les  Here  are  books  ;   are  they  yours  ? 

votres  ? 

Ce  may  represent  a  preceding  sentence  or  a  relative  clause. 

C'est  vrai.  That  is  true. 

Ce  qui  n'est  pas  clair,  n'est  pas     What  (that  which)  is  not  clear,  is 
fraiKjais.  not  French. 

3.  Ceci,  This  {this  tiling) ;    cela.  That  {that  thing). 

Ceci,  this,  is  equivalent  to  this  thing ;  cela,  that,  to  that 
thing. 

Ceci  est  pour  vous.  This  is  for  you. 

Pour  qui  est  cela?  For  whom  is  that? 

C'est  {for  cela  est)  pour  lui.  That  is  for  him. 

Rem.  Cela,  in  conversational  language,  is  often  contracted  into  9a. 
Qa  ne  va  pas,  that  icon't  do  ;  c'est  9a,  that's  it. 

4.  Celui,  /.  celle,  That,  the  one  ;  ceux,  /.  celles,  Those. 

Celui,  celle,  that,  the  one,  is  followed  by  de  and  a  noun, 
or  by  a  relative  clause. 


72  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Ce  dessin  et  celui  de  Jules.  This  drawing  and  that  of  Julius. 

Cette  gravure-ci  et  celle  qui  est  This  engravinjr  and  the  one  that 

sur  la  table.  lies  on  the  table. 

Les  bas  de  laine  et  ceux  de  co-  The   woolen    stockings    and    the 

ton.  cotton  ones. 

Les  robes  de  satin  et  celles  de  The  satin  dresses  and  the  velvet 

velours.  ones. 

5.  Celui-ci,  etc.,  This;  celui-1^,  etc.,  That. 

Celui-ci,  this,  and  celui-la,  that,  mark  distinction  and 

contrast. 

Ce  tableau-ci  et  celui-la.  This  picture  and  that  one. 

Voici  deux  grammaires ;  celle-ci  Here    are    two    grammars ;     this 

est  pour  vous,  celle-la  est  pour  (one)  is  for  you,  that  (one)  is  for 

moi.  me. 

Vocabulary  16. 


Un  bas,  a  stocking. 

Un  Soulier,  a  shoe, 

Une  botte,  a  boot. 

Du  drap,  some  cloth  (broadcloth). 

Du  coton,  cotton. 

Du  satin,  satin. 

Du  velours,  velvet. 

De  la  sole,  silk. 

De  la  laine,  wool. 


Voulez-vous?    Will    you   have^ 

Do  you  wish  for? 
Je  veux,  I  will  have  ;   I  wish  for. 
Voici,  here  is  ;  here  are  {behold). 
VoUa,  there  is  ;  there  are. 
Cher,  /.  chere,  dear. 
Utile,  useful. 
Agreable,  agreeable. 
Vrai,  true. 


Ni  . . . .  ni  (ne),  neither  ....  nor. 


Exercise  16. 

1.  Pour  qui  est  cela?  2.  C'est  pour  vous.  3.  Comment 
trouvez-vous  ceci  ?  4.  C'est  tres-joli.  5.  J'aime  mieux 
ceci  que  cela.  G.  Ce  qui  est  utile,  n'est  pas  toujours  agi'e- 
able.     7.  C'est  vrai.     8.  Voici  deux  habits  neufs,  un  pour 


Dt)MONSTRATIVE     PRONOUNS.  73 

Charles  et  im  pour  moi.  9.  J'aimc  mieux  le  votre  que  celui 
de  Charles.  lO.  Quelle  cravate  voulez-vous,  celle  de  sole  ou 
celle  de  laiue?     11.  Je  prefere  celle  qui  est  sur  la  table. 

12.  Voila  deux  belles  robes,  une  de  velours  et  une  de  satm. 

13.  Celle  de  velours  est  la  plus  ch^re  ;  elle  est  pour  ma 
cousine.  14.  Celle  de  satin  est  pour  ma  tante.  15.  Voulez- 
vous  des  bas  de  coton  ou  des  bas  de  laine.  16.  Ceux  de 
laine  sont  plus  ehers  que  ceux  de  coton.  17.  J'aime  encore 
mieux  ceux  de  coton.  18.  Quel  drap  voulez-vous,  celui-ci 
ou  celui-ld  ?  19.  Voici  des  bottes  ueuves ;  celles-ci  sont  ponr 
moi,  celles-la  sont  pour  vous.  20.  Quels  souliers  voulez- 
vous,  ceux-ci  ou  ceux-la?  21.  Je  ne  veux  ni  ceux-ci  ni 
ceux-la. 

Theme  16. 

1.  This  is  for  you ;  that  is  for  me.  2.  What  do  you  say 
of  that  ?  3.  I  do  not  like  that.  4.  What  is  agreeable,  is 
not  always  useful.  5.  Is  that  not  true  ?  6.  Here  are  two 
new  cloaks ;  the  one  of  velvet  is  for  my  cousin,  the  one  of 
cloth  is  for  my  aunt.  7.  I  like  your  cousin's  (that  of  your 
cousin)  better  than  your  aunt's  (that  of  your  aunt).  8.  These 
two  dresses  are  beautiful ;  the  silk  one  (the  one  of  silk)  is 
for  Mary,  the  satin  one  (the  one  of  satin)  is  for  Henrietta. 
9.  This  one  is  dearer  than  that  one  10.  Which  stockings 
do  you  wish,  the  cotton  ones  or  the  woolen  ones  ?  11.  I 
prefer  the  cotton  ones.  12.  There  are  new  shoes;  these 
are  for  you  and  those  are  for  me.  13.  Which  boots  do  you 
wish,  these  or.  those  ?  14.  I  will  have  neither  these  nor 
those.  15.  These  are  too  small,  and  those  are  too  large. 
16.  Have  you  others?     17.  Here  are  some.* 

*  En  voicik 


74  ELEMENTAEY     FRENCH     GEAMMAE. 

SEVENTEENTH  LESSON. 

Interrogative  Pronouns. 

1.  The  interrogative  pronouns  are  : 

Qui  ?  Who  ?  whom  ?  {for  persons,  as  subject  or  object.) 

Qu'est-ce  qui  ?  What  ?  {for  tJiings,  as  subject.) 

Que  ?  What  ?  {for  things,  as  dii-ect  object.) 

Quoi  ?  What  ?  {for  things  after  prepositions) 

And 
Lequel,  /.  laquelle?  Which?  which  one? 

Lesquels,  /.  lesquelles?  Which?  which  cues? 

2.  Examples. 

Qui  m'appelle ?  Who  calls  me? 

Qui  appelle-t-il  ?  Whom  does  he  call  ? 

Qu'est-ce  qui  vous  amuse  ?  What  amuses  you? 

Que  voulez-vous  ?  What  do  you  wish  ? 

De  quoi  parlez-vous  ?  Of  what  do  you  speak  ? 

The  pronoun  lequel  is  used  with  reference  to  persons 
and  things,  and  agrees,  in  gender  and  number,  with  the 
noun  which  it  represents. 

Quel  ruban  ?  Which  ribbon  ? 

Lequel  ?  duquel  ?  auquel  ?  Which  one  ?  of  which  ?  to  which  ? 

Quelle  dentelle  ?  Which  lace  ? 

Laquelle?    de   laquelle?     a  la-  Which  one?  of  which?  to  which? 

quelle  ? 

Quels  dessins  ?  Which  patterns? 

Lesquels  ?  desquels  ?  auxquels  ?  Which  ones  ?  of  which  ?  to  which  ? 

Quelles  etoffes  ?  Which  goods? 

Lesquelles  ?     dcsquelles  ?     aux-  Which  ?  of  which  ?  to  which  ? 

quelles  ? 


INTERROGATIVE     PRONOUNS. 


75 


8. 


Que  de  . .  . . ;    Quoi  de 


Que,  quoi  and  the  words  quelque  chose  and  rien,  re- 

(juire  de  before  the  adjective  to  which  they  refer,  as  : 


Qu'avez-vous  de  joli  ? 
Quoi  de  plus  beau ! 
Quelque  chose  de  nouveau  ? 
II  n'y  a  rien  de  nouveau. 


What  have  you  that  is  pretty? 
Wliat  is  more  beautiful ! 
Anything  new? 
There  is  nothing  new. 


Vocabulary  17. 

La  porte,  tlie  door ;  the  gate.  Durable,  durable. 

Le  bruit,  the  noise.  Dit,  said  ;  told. 

Le  gout,  the  taste.  Fait,  made  ;  done. 

La  mode,  the  fasbion  ;  a  la  mode,  II  fait,  he  or  it  makes. 


fashionable. 
Le  ruban,  the  ribbon. 
La  dentelle,  the  lace. 
De  I'etoffe,  /.,  cloth  ;  stuff 
Des  etofFes,  goods  (dress-goods). 
Un  dessin,  a  pattern. 
La  preference,  the  preference. 


11  plait,  he  or  it  pleases. 

II  frappe,  he  strikes ;  he  knocks. 

II  etonne,  he  astonishes. 

Le  plus,  most. 

Le  mieux,  best. 

Rouge,  red. 

Bleu,  blue. 


Exercise  17. 

1.  Qui  frappe  k  la  porte  ?  2.  Qui  a  fait  cela?  3.  Qui  a 
dit  cela  ?  4.  Qui  blamez-vous  ?  5.  De  qui  parlez-vous  ? 
6.  A  qui  donnez-vous  ces  fleurs  ?  7.  Qu'est-ce  qui  vous 
etonne  ?  8.  Qu'est-ce  qui  fait  ce  bruit  ?  9.  De  quoi  parlez- 
vous?  10.  A  quoi  pensez-TOUs?  11.  Voici  deux  rubans; 
lequel  vous  plait  le  mieux,  le  rouge  ou  le  bleu  ?  12.  Au- 
quel  donnez-vous  la  preference,  au  rouge  ou  au  bleu  ? 
13.  Duquel  parlez-vous,  du  rouge  ou  du  bleu?     14.  Voici 


76  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

de  belles  dentelles ;  laquelle  est  le  plus*  a  votre  gout,  celle- 
ci  ou  celle-ld  ?    15.  A  laquelle  donnez-vous  la  preference  ? 

16.  Quels  dessiiis  sont  les  plus  jolis,  les  petits  ou  les  grands  ? 

17.  Lesquels  sont  le  plus*  a  la  mode  ?  18.  Desquels  parlez- 
vous,  de  ceux-ci  ou  de  ceux-la  ?  19.  Quelles  etoflfes  sont  les 
plus  durables,  celles  de  sole  ou  celles  de  laine  ?  20.  Aux- 
quelles  donuez-vous  la  preference  ?  21.  Qu'y  a-t-il  de  nou- 
veau  ?  22.  N'avez-vous  rien  de  nouveau  ?  23.  Votre  tante 
a  quelque  cbose  de  joli  pour  vous. 

Theme  17. 

1.  Wbo  lives  in  that  house  ?  2.  Who  makes  that  noise  ? 
3.  Who  strikes  on  the  table?  4.  Who  has  said  that?  5. 
Whom  do  you  call  ?  G.  To  whom  do  you  speak  ?  7.  What 
astonishes  her  ?  8.  What  (has)  made  that  noise  ?  9.  Of 
(to)  what  do  you  think  ?    10.  With  what  has  he  done  that  ? 

11.  These  ribbons  are  pretty ;  which  one  do  you  like  best  ? 

12.  The  blue  one  pleases  me  better  than  the  red  one.  13. 
Which  one  is  most  to  your  taste  ?  14.  How  do  you  like 
these  patterns  ?  15.  Which  are  the  most  fashionable  ?  16. 
Of  which  ones  do  you  speak,  of  the  small  patterns  or  of  the 
large?  17.  Which  goods  are  most  fashionable  ?  18.  Which 
are  most  durable?  19.  To  which  do  you  give  the  prefer- 
ence? 20.  What  is  more  beautiful  than  this  pattern?  21. 
What  have  you  more  beautiful  than  this  ? 

*  Le  before  Tplus  is  invariable  when  ytus  does  not  modify  an  adjective. 


KELATIYE     PRONOUNS.  77 

EIGHTEENTH   LESSON. 

Relative  Pronouns. 

1.  The  relative  pronouns  are : 

Qiii,     wlio,  which,  that  (as  subject  for  persons  and  things). 

Que,    whom,  which,  that  (as  direct  object  for  persons  and  things). 

Qui,     whom  {as  indirect  object,  preceded  by  a  preposition). 

Lequel,  laquelle,  pi.  lesquels,  lesquelles,  who,  whom,  which. 

Dont,  of  whom,  of  which,  whose. 

Quoi,  what. 

Ou,  in  which  ;  d'ovi,  from  which;  par  ou,  through  which. 

2.  Q'li,  Who,  which,  that  {subject). 

Le  professeur  qui  parle.  The  prof essor  who  speaks. 

Les  eleves  qui  ecoutent.  The  scholars  who  listen. 

Les  livres  qui  sont  sur  la  table.       The  books  which  lie  on  the  tabla 

3.  Qiit^j  Whom,  which,  that  {direct  object). 

L'artiste  que  je  connais.  The  artist  whom  I  know.* 

La  leqon  que  je  sais.  The  lesson  which  I  know. 

Les  livres  que  j'apporte.  The  books  which  I  bring, 

4  Qiiij  Whom  {indirect  object  for  persons  only). 

L'eleve  a  qui  je  parle.  The  scholar  to  whom  I  speak. 

Les  enfants  avec  qui  il  joue.  The  children  with  whom  he  plays. 

Lequel,  Who,  whom,  which,  that. 

5.  Lequel,  preceded  by  a  preposition,  is  used  with  refer- 
ence to  persons  and  things. 

Les  eleves  auxquels  (or  a  qui^  il     The  scholars  to  whom  he  gives  a 
donne  une  le^on.  lesson. 

*  With  whom  I  am  acquainted. 


78 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Les  plumes  avec  lesquelles  {not    The  pens  with  which  I  write, 
avec  qui)  j'ecris. 

Rem.  Instead  of  de  and  lequel  (duquel,  de  laquelle,  etc.),  dont,  is 
almost  always  preferable. 

Doiit,  Of  whom,  of  which,  whose  {indirect  object). 

Dont  expresses  the  same  relation  as  the  preposition  de. 
It  is  used  witli  reference  to  either  persons  or  things,  for  botli 
genders  and  both  numbers. 


L'homme  dont  je  parle. 

La  femme  dont  I'enfant  est  ma- 

lade. 
Les  livres  dont  j'ai  besoin. 
Le  peintre  dont  je  vous  ai  donne 

I'adresse. 


The  man  of  whom  I  speak. 

The  woman  whose  child  (of  whom 

the  child)  is  sick. 
The  books  of  which  I  have  need. 
The  painter  whose  address  1  gave 

you  (of  whom  I  have,  etc.) 


Un  peintre,  a  painter. 
Une  peinture,  a  painting 

ture. 
Un  auteur,  an  author. 
Un  ouvrage,  a  work. 
Un  outil,  a  tool. 
Un  voile,  a  vail. 
Un  nom,  a  name. 
Une  adresse,  an  address. 
Une  raison,  a  reason. 
Une  pension,  a  boarding 

a  boarding-school. 
Admire,  admired. 


Vocabulary  18. 

J'admire,  I  admire. 
;   a  pic-     Travaille,  worked. 
Je  travaille,  I  work. 
Joue,  played. 
Je  joue,  1  play. 
Quitte,  left ;  quitted. 
Je  quitte,  I  leave. 
Donne,  given. 
Lu,  read. 
Ecrit,  written, 
house  ;     Ce  qui,  what,  that  which  {suhj). 
Ce  que,  what,  that  which  {obj.). 
Si,  so  ;  si  joli,  so  pretty. 


Exercise  18. 
1.  Je  vols  le  peintre  qui  vous  a  vendu  cette  peinture.     2. 
Je  connais  la  dame  qui  a  perdu  ce  voile.    3.  Qui  a  apporte 


RELATIVE     PROXOUKS.  79 

les  flours  qui  sont  sur  la  table  ?  4.  Avez-vous  lu  le  livre  que 
je  vous  ai  prete  ?  5.  Est-ce  moi  que  vous  blamez  ?  6. 
Voila  les  dessins  que  votre  sceur  trouve  si  jolis.  7.  Sont-ce 
les  etoffes  que  vous  lui  avez  mon trees?  8.  Lui  avez-vous 
dit  le  noni  du  negociant  a  qui  vous  avez  eerit  ?  9.  Je  ne 
conuais  pas  le  gar90ii  avec  qui  il  jouc.  10.  Jo  vais  chez 
I'artiste  pour  qui  j'ai  uue  lettre.  11.  J'ai  vu  le  tableau 
auquel  il  travaille.  12.  II  a  vendu  la  niaisou  dans  laquelle 
il  demeure.  13.  Ce  u'est  pas  la  raison  pour  laquelle  il  a 
quitte  sa  pension.  14.  Je  ne  connais  pas  I'homme  dont  vous 
parlez.  15.  Avez-vous  les  outils  dont  vous  avez  besoin? 
16.  C'esfc  un  ouvrage  dont  je  suis  tres-coutent.  17.  VoiU 
Tauteur  dont  vous  admirez  les  ouvrages.  18.  J'ai  ete  chez 
le  dentiste  dont  vous  m'avez  donne  Tadresse.  19.  Celui  qui 
(he  who)  travaille  est  plus  content  que  celui  qui  ne  travaille 
pas.  20.  Ce  que  je  dis  est  vrai.  21.  Ce  qui  est  vrai,  est 
beau. 

Theme  18. 

1.  I  know  the  painter  who  (has)  made  that  painting.    2.  I 
see  the  lady  who  was  (has  been)  at  our  house  this  morning. 

3.  This  is  (Voici)  the  pattern  which  pleases  (to)  your  sister. 

4.  There  is  the  man  whom  I  saw  (have  seen).  5.  I  have 
read  the  book  which  you  (have)  lent  me.  6.  The  merchant 
(has)  sent  the  vail  which  your  sister  (has)  bought.  7.  I  have 
lost  the  address  which  he  gave  (has  given)  me.  8.  I  do  not 
know  the  name  of  the  physician  to  whom  he  has  written. 
9.  I  know  the  man  at  whose  house  (chez  qui)  he  lives.  10. 
I  have  told  you  the  reason  for  which  I  (have)  left  the  board- 
ing-school. 11.  TJiese  are  (Yoici)  the  tools  with  which  he 
works.  12.  I  see  the  lady  of  whom  you  speak.  13.  I  have 
the  tools  of  which  I  have  need.     14.  There  is  the  painter 


80  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

whose  pictures  you  admire  (of  whom  you  admire  the  pic- 
tures). 15.  I  know  the  author  whose  address  he  has  given 
us  (of  whom  he  has  given  us  the  address).  16.  I  know 
what  astonishes  liim.     17.  I  give  you  what  I  have. 


NINETEENTH   LESSON. 
Indefinite  Pronouns. 

1.  The  indefinite  pronouns  are  : 

Autrvii,  others.  On,  one,  some  one,  people,  they. 

Chacun,  every  one  ;  each.  Personne  (ne),  nobody. 

L'un  I'autre,  each  other.  Quelqu'un,  somebody. 

L'un  et  I'autre,  both.  Quelques-uns,  some ;  a  few. 

Li'un  ou  I'autre,  either.  Quiconque,  whoever. 

Ni  l'un  ni  I'autre  (ne),  neither.  Un  de,  one  of. 

The  following  indefinite  adjectives  are  also  used  as  pro- 
nouns: 

Aucun  (ne),  \  Plusieurs,  several  ;  many. 

Nul  (ne),       V  no  one;  none.  Tel,  such  a  one. 

Pasun(ne),)  Tout,  all,  everything. 

2.  Remarks  and  Examples. 

(1.)    Aiitrui,  Others  (used  with  reference  to  persons  only). 

Autrui  is  always  preceded  by  a  preposition. 
Les  defauts  d'autrui.  The  faults  of  others. 

(2.)  Chacuu,  Evert  one;  Each  (distributive). 

Chacun  pense  a  soi.  Every  one  thinks  of  himsel£ 

Chacun  de  ces  messieurs.  Each  of  these  gentlemen. 

Chacune  de  ces  maisons.  Each  of  those  houses. 


lifDEFINITE     PRONOUNS.  81 

(3.)       L'un  I'autre,  Each  other;  pi.  les  uns  les 
autres,  Oxe  ajs'other. 
ns  s'aiment  l'un  I'autre.  They  love  each  other. 

Us  se  trompent  les  uns  les  autres.     They  deceive  one  another. 

(4.)    L'un  et  I'aiitre,  Both;  I'liu  on  Paiitre,  Either; 

ui  Pun  ui  I'autre,  Neither. 
J'achete  l'un  et  I'autre.  I  buy  both. 

J'achete  l'un  ou  I'autre.  I  buy  either  the  one  or  the  other. 

Je  ne  veux  ni  l'un  ni  I'autre.  I  ^\-ill  have  neither. 

(5.)  On,  OxE,  soJtE  one,  people,  they. 

On  represents,  indefinitely,  some  person  or  persons,  as 
subject  of  the  verb.  It  requires  the  verb  in  the  third  person 
singular. 

On  n'est  pas  toiyours  maitre  de     One  is  not  always  master  of  liim- 

soi.  self. 

On  vous  appelle.  Some  one  calls  you. 

Que  dit-on  de  cela  ?  What  do  people  say  of  that  ? 

On  n'en  parle  pas.  They  do  not  speak  of  it. 

After  et,  si,  ou,  oil,  and  some  other  words,  the  letter  1'  is 
often  used  before  on  (I'on),  for  the  sake  of  euphony. 
On  va  et  I'on  vient.  They  go  and  come. 

(6.)       Personne,  Nobody  {requires  ne  hefore  the  verb). 
Je  n'ai  vu  personne.  I  have  seen  nobody. 

Personne  n'a  parle  de  cela.  No  one  has  spoken  of  that. 

(7.)  Quelqu'un,  Somebody,  anybody, 

Quelqu'un  vous  demande.  Somebody  is  inquiring  for  you. 

Rem.  Quelqu'un  is  not  used  in  a  neofative  sense.  We  should  not 
say  :  je  n'ai  pas  vu  quelqu'un,  but  je  n'ai  vu  personne,  I  hate  not 
seen  anybody. 


82  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


(8.)    Qiielques-uns,  /.  quelqnes-unes,  Some,  a  few. 

Je  connais  quelques-uns  de  ces     I  know  some  of  those  gentlemea 

messieurs. 
Je  prends  quelques-unes  de  ces     I  take  a  few  of  these  engravinga 

gravures. 
J'en  prends  quelques-unes.  I  take  a  few  of  them. 

(9.)  Uii  de,  /.  line  cle,  One  of. 

Un  de  nos  eleves  est  absent.  One  of  our  scholars  is  absent. 

Une  de  ses  sceurs  est  malade.  One  of  his  sisters  is  eick. 

(10.)      Aucun ;  pas  un  ;  mil  (ne),  None,  no  one. 

Aucune  de  ces  dames  n'est  ici.  Not  one  of  those  ladies  is  here. 

Pas  un  de  ces  eleves  ne  salt  la  Not  one  of  those  scholars  knows 

legon.               >.  the  lesson. 

Nul  au  monde  ne  le  salt.  No  one  in  the  world  knows  it. 

(11.)  Pliisieiirs,  Several,  many. 

J'ai  vu  plusieurs  de  vos  amis.  I  have  seen  several  of  your  friends. 

J'eu  ai  vu  plusieurs.  I  have  seen  several  of  them. 

(13.)  Tel,  /.  telle,  Such  a  one,  many  a  one. 

Tel  rit  aujourd'hui  qui  pleurera    Many  a  one  laughs  to-day  who  will 
demain.  weep  to-morrow. 

Rem.    Tel  is  also  used  as  a  noun :  Monsieur  un  tel,  Mr.  Sucha-one ; 
Madame  une  telle,  Mrs.  So-and-so. 

(13.)  Tout,  All,  everything. 

II  a  tout  ce  qu'il  veut.  He  has  all  (that  which)  he  wishes. 

II  m'a  tout  dit.  He  has  told  me  everything. 

Eem.     Tout  is  also  used  as  a  noun.     Le  tout  produit  un  bel  eflfet, 
the  whole  produces  a  fine  eflfect. 


INDEFINITE     PRONOUNS.  83 

Vocabulary  19. 

Le  salon,  tlie  drawing-room  ;    the  Frappe,  knocked  ;  struck. 

parlor.  Sonne,  rung. 

Un  fauteuil,  an  arm-chair.  II  sonne,  he  rings. 

Une  chaise,  a  chair.  On  sonne,  the  bell  rings. 

Un  eventail,  a  fan.  Demande,  asked  for. 

Un  paquet,  a  packet ;  a  bundle.  II  demande,  he  asks  for ;    he  in- 
Un  defaut,  a  defect ;  a  fault.  quires  for. 

Une  composition,  a  composition.  II  vaut,  it  is  worth. 

Ensemble,  together.  Parlez,  speak. 

Seul,  alone.  Prenez,  take. 

Exercise  19. 

1.  A-t-on  Sonne  ?  2.  On  a  frappe  A  la  porta.  3.  On  vous 
demande.  4.  On  a  apporte  un  paquet  pour  vous.  5.  ISTe 
parlez  pas  des  defauts  d'autrui.  6.  Chacun  a  les  siens. 
7.  Chacun  est  maitre  ehez  soi.  8.  Chacune  de  ces  mai- 
sons  vaut  dix  mille  piastres.  9.  Ces  deux  eleves  sont 
toujours  ensemble.  10.  On  ne  voit  jamais  Tun  sans  I'autre. 
11.  lis  sont  I'un  et  I'autre  tres-studieux.  12.  Voici  deux 
eventails;  prenez  I'un  on  I'autre.  13.  Je  ne  veux  ni  I'un 
ni  I'autre.  14.  J'en  ai  deja*  plusieurs.  15.  Plusieurs  de 
DOS  eleves  sont  absents.  16.  Y  a-t-il  quelqu'un  avec  M. 
votre  pere  au  salon?  17.  II  n'y  a  personne  avec  lui; 
il  y  est  seul.  18.  On  a  apporte  des  fauteuils;  en  avez- 
vous  achete  ?  19.  J'en  ai  acliete  quelques-uns.  20. 
Quelques-unes  de  nos  chaises  sont  cassees.  21.  Pas 
une  de  ces  compositions  n'est  sans  fautes.  22.  Nul  ne 
sait  cela  mieux  que  lui.  23.  II  m'a  tout  dit.  24.  J'ai 
tout  vu. 

*  dejd,  already. 


84  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Theme  19. 

1.  The  bell  rings.  2.  Some  one  calls  me.  3.  There  is 
some  one  in  the  parlor  who  inquires  for  you.  4.  They  have 
brought  the  arm-chair.  5.  Every  one  has  his  faults.  6. 
Every  one  works  for  himself  (soi).  7.  Each  one  of  these 
paintings  is  worth  five  hundred  dollars.  8.  Those  are  two 
good  friends;  one  always*  sees  them  together.  9.  The  one 
is  never  without  the  other.  10.  I  am  never  alone  at  home ; 
there  is  always  somebody  with  me.  11.  Take  either  of  these 
two  fans.  12.  I  don't  hke  either  (I  like  neither).  13.  Have 
you  seen  anybody  ?  14.  I  have  not  seen  anybody  [see 
.(7.)  Eem.].  15.  Kobody  has  been  at  the  office.  16.  Several 
of  your  friends  have  been  here.  17.  I  have  seen  several  of 
them.  18.  Some  of  them  have  left  the  city.  19.  I  have 
bought  a  few  of  these  chairs.  20.  One  of  these  composi- 
tions is  without  mistakes.  21.  Xot  one  of  you  has  done 
better  than  Mr.  Such-a-one.  22.  He  knows  everything. 
23.  I  have  told  him  all. 


TWENTIETH  LESSON. 

The  VERB.f — Infinitive  Mode. 

1.  There  are  four  different  classes  or  conjugations  of  verbs, 
distinguished  by  the  endings  of  the  infinitive  mode. 
The  infinitive-endings  are: 

In  the  1st  conjugation,  er,  as :  couper,  to  cut. 
In  the  2d  conjugation,   ir,  as  :  finir,  to  finish. 
In  the  3d  conjugation,    oir,  as  :  recevoir,  to  receive. 
In  the  4th  conjugation,  re,  as  :  vendre,  to  sell. 

*  Put  the  adverb  after  the  verb.  t  See  Introduction,  p.  18, 17. 


THE     VERB. —  INFINITIVE     MODE.  85 

A  verb  consists  of  two  parts,  the  root  and  the  ending. 
The  root  is  what  remains  after  striking  off  the  infinitive- 
ending,  as:  couper,  root  coup,  ending  er. 

A  verb  is  regular  when  it  is  inflected  in  all  its  modes  and 
tenses,  according  to  the  model  verb  of  the  conjugation  to 
which  it  belongs. 

A  verb  is  irregular  when  it  deviates,  in  the  formation  of 
any  of  its  modes  or  tenses,  from  the  model  verb  of  the  con- 
jugation to  which  it  belongs. 

The  above  four  verbs:  1.  Couper,  2.  Finir,  3.  Rece- 
voir,  4.  Vendre,  are  given  as  model  verbs  of  the  four  con- 
jugations respectively. 

Rem.  Irregular  verbs  will  be  marked,  in  the  vocabularies  in  this 
book  by  an  asterisk,  tlius  :  *Aller,  to  go. 

2.  The  Infinitive  Mode. 

When  two  verbs  are  joined  in  construction,  the  one  depen- 
dent on  the  other,  the  first  verb  governs  the  second  in  the 
infinitive. 

(1.)  Some  verbs  govern  the  infinitive  directly,  as: 

Je  veuK  couper  I'arbre.  I  will  cut  the  tree. 

Je  vais  le  couper.  I  am  going  to  cut  it. 

(2.)  Some  verbs  require  the  preposition  ^  before  the  de- 
pendent infinitive. 

J'ai  beaucoup  a  faire.  I  have  a  great  deal  to  do. 

J'aime  a  travailler.  I  like  to  work. 

(3.)  Some  verbs  require  the  preposition  de  before  the  de- 
pendent infinitive. 


86 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Je  cesse  de  travailler. 

Je  crains  de  vous  offenser. 


I  cease  working. 
I  fear  to  offend  you. 


Rem.  In  English,  prepositions,  except  to,  are  followed  by  the  pres- 
ent participle  ;  in  French,  prepositions  govern  the  verb  in  the  infini- 
tive  mode,  except  the  preposition  en,  in.  ^ 

3.  The  Infinitive  after  Nouns. 

A  verb  limiting  the  sense  of  a  noun,  is  put  in  the  infini- 
tive, and  is  preceded  by  the  jireposition  de. 
Je  n'ai  pas  le  temps  de  sortir.  I  have  no  time  to  go  out. 

4  Pour  before  the  Infinitive. 

The  preposition  pour,  to,  in  order  to,  is  used  before  the 
infinitive  to  express  a  purpose. 


Je  viens  ici  pour  vous  dire. 
n  est  trop  malade  pour  sortir. 
Je  n'ai  pas  assez  d'argent  pour 
acheter  votre  bateau. 


I  come  here  to  tell  you. 
He  is  too  sick  to  go  out. 
I  have  not  money  enough  to  buy ' 
your  boat. 


Vocabulary  20. 


Trouver,  to  find. 

Copier,  to  copy. 

Etudier,  to  study. 

Travailler,  to  work.' 

Offenser,  to  offend. 

Acheter,  to  buy. 

*Aller,  to  go. 

*]Gnvoyer,  to  send. 

Pinir,  to  finish. 

*Venir,  to  come. 

*Sortir,  to  go  out  ;  to  come  out. 

*Partir,  to  start ;  to  leave. 


Recevoir,  to  receive. 

*Voir,  to  see. 

Vendre,  to  sell. 

Attendre,  to  wait ;  to  wait  for. 

*Dire  (de),f  to  say  ;  to  tell. 

*Ijire,  to  read. 

*Ecrire  (de),f  to  write. 

*Faire,  to  do  ;  to  make. 

Je  peux ;  il  peut,  I  can  ;  he  can. 

Je  cesse  (de)+,  I  cease. 

Je  prie  (de),f  I  pray  ;  I  beg  ;  I  agk. 

Je  crains  (de),f  I  fear;  I  am  afraid. 


+  These  verbs  require  the  preposition  de  before  the  dependent  infinitive. 


THE     VERB. —  INFINITIVE     MODE.  87 

Le  temps,  the  time  ;  the  weather.     A  midi,  ut  noon. 
L'intention,  the  intention.  Demain,  to  morrow. 

Exercise  20. 
1.  Je  veux  couper  I'arbre.  2.  Je  vais  le  couper.  3.  Je 
vais  fiiiir  mon  otivrage.  4.  Je  peux  le  finir  ce  matin.  5.  Je 
ne  peux  pas  recevoir  ce  monsieur.  6.  Je  n'ai  pas  le  temps 
de  le  voir.  7.  Avez-vous  beaucoup  a  faire  ?  8.  J'ai  deux 
lettres  a  ecrire,  et  trois  a  copier.  9.  J'aime  a  lire,  mais  je 
n'aime  pas  a  etudier.  10.  Je  cesse  de  travailler  a  midi.  11. 
Je  vous  prie  de  venir  chez  moi.  12.  Je  n'ai  pas  le  temps 
d'aller  chez  vous.  13.  Mon  frere  m'a  ecrit  de  lui  envoyer 
les  journaux.  14.  J'ai  l'intention  de  partir  demain.  15.  II 
n'a  pas  la  patience  de  nous  attendre.  16.  Vous  n'avez  pas 
le  courage  de  lui  dire  cela.  17.  Je  crains  de  Toffenser.  18. 
II  est  ici  pour  vendrc  son  cheval.  19.  Je  n'ai  pas  assez 
d'argent  pour  Tacheter.  20.  Je  viens  pour  vous  dire  que  le 
professeur  est  malade.    21.  II  est  trop  malade  pour  sortir. 

Theme  20. 

1.  He  will  cut  the  tree.  2.  He  is  going  to  cut  it  this 
morning.  3.  I  wish  to  finish  my  work.  4.  I  can  finish  it  at 
noon,  5.  He  will  not  receive  us.  6.  He  says  that  he  can- 
not see  us.  7.  He  has  too  much  to  do.  8.  I  have  several 
letters  to  copy.  9.  I  like  to  study,  but  I  do  not  like  to 
work.  10.  I  cease  reading  now.  11.  I  have  no  time  to 
write  this  exercise.  12.  He  intends  (He  has  the  inten- 
tion) to  come  here  to-night.  13.  I  have  no  tmie  to  go  to 
the  post-office.  14.  I  am  going  to  leave  to-morrow.  15.  I 
intend  to  send  this  letter  to  my  uncle.  16.  I  beg  you  to 
do  so.     17.   Tell  hivi  (Dites-lui)  to  sell  his  boat.     18.  I  am 


88  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

afraid  to  offend  him.  19.  Will  yon  buy  it?  20.  I  have 
not  money  enough  to  buy  it.  21.  I  am  too  sick  to  go  out 
to-day. 


TWENTY-FIRST   LESSON. 
The  Participle.* 

1.  A  verb  has  two  participles,  the  present  and  the  past. 

The  present  participle,  which  ends  in  English  in  ing,  ends 
in  French  in  ant. 

The  past  participle  of  regular  verbs  ends,  in  the  first  con- 
jugation in  6,  in  the  second  in  i,  in  the  third  and  fourth, 
in  u. 


iNrraiTrvT!. 
Oouper,      to  cut ; 
Finir,  to  finish  ; 

Recevoir,  to  receive ; 
Vendre,      to  sell ; 


Peesent  Partictple. 
coupant,     cutting ; 
finissant,    finishing ; 
recevant,   receiving; 
vendant,     selling ; 


Past  Participle. 
coupe,    cut. 
fini,         finished, 
regu,       received, 
vendu,    sold. 


2.       The  Present  Participle  and  Verbal  Adjective. 

The  present  participle  is  not  so  much  used  in  French  as 
in  English.  It  is  principally  used  with  the  preposition  en, 
171,  which  is  the  only  preposition  that  may  be  followed  by 
the  present  participle  :  en  allant,  in  going;  en  venant,  in 
coming;  en  passant,  in  passing. 

J'ai  vu  voire  frere  en  allant  a  la    I  saw  your  brother  when   I  waf 

poste.  ffoing  to  the  post-office. 

J'y  ai  pense  en  venant.  I  thought  of  it  while  I  was  coming. 

II  m'a  dit  le  bonjour  en  passant.      He  said  good  day  when   he   was 

passing. 

*  Introduction,  p.  17, 


THE     PARTICIPLE.  89 

The  ijreseut  participle,  qualifying  a  noun,  is  called  a  parti- 
cipial, or  verbal,  adjective. 

Un  enfant  charmant.  A  charming  cliikl. 

Une  histoire  interessante.  An  interesting  story. 

Rem:.     The  verbal  adjective  is  generally  placed  after  the  noun. 

3.  The  Past  Participle. 

The  past  participle  is  used  in  connection  with  an  aux- 
iliary verb,  to  form  compound  tenses  (p.  92-2.). 
J'ai  casse  le  plat.  I  have  broken  the  dish. 

The  past  participle  of  active  verbs  is  an  adjective  when 
it  is  joined  in  construction  with  the  verb  etre,  and  also 
when  it  is  used  without  a  verb.  In  the  latter  case,  it  is 
placed  after  the  noun. 

Le  plat  est  casse.  The  dish  is  broken. 

Un  plat  casse.  A  broken  dish. 

4  Agreement  of  the  Past  Participle, 

The  past  participle  agrees  with  the  noun  to  which  it 
refers,  in  gender  and  number,  the  same  as  an  adjective,  in 
accordance  with  the  following  three  rules: 

(1.)  The  past  participle,  joined  in  construction  to  the  tenses 
of  the  verb  etre,  to  he,  agrees  with  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

Le  plat  est  casse.  The  dish  is  broken. 

Les  plats  sent  casses.  The  dishes  are  broken. 

(2.)  The  past  participle  used  without  an  auxiliary  verb, 
agrees  with  the  noun  to  which  it  refers. 
Un  plat  casse.  A  broken  dish. 

Une  assiette  cassee.  A  broken  plate. 

De3  assiettes  cassees.  Broken  plates.- 


90  E  L  E  ME  NTART     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

(3.)  The  past  participle  of  a  transitive  verb  agrees  with 
the  direct  ol)ject  of  the  verb,  when  the  direct  object  pre- 
cedes the  participle. 

J'ai  reqvL  la  lettre.  I  have  received  the  letter. 

Je  Vdl  re9ue  ce  matin.  I  received  it  this  morning. 

Voici  la  lettre  que  j'ai  re9ue.  Here  is  the  letter  which  I  received. 

The  direct  object,  in  the  above  sentences,  is  in  italic. 

Vocabulary  21. 

Abimer,  to  spoil  (a  thing).  Un  bijoutier,  a  jeweler. 

Gater,  to  spoil.  Une  croix,  a  cross. 

Dechirer,  to  tear.  Une  chaine,  a  chain. 

Mouiller,  to  wet.  Bonjour,  good  morning;  good  day; 

Oter,  to  take  off;  to  take  away.  dire  le  bonjour,  to  say  good  day. 

Passer,  to  pass.  Hier,  yesterday. 

Rencontrer,  to  meet.  Amusant,  amusing. 

Saluer,  to  bow.  Charmant,  charming. 

*Rire,  riant,  ri,  to  laugh,  laughing,  Interessant,  interesting. 

laughed.  Deja,  already. 

Un  horloger,  a  watchmaker.  Pas  encore,  not  yet.  * 

Exercise  21. 

1.  J'ai  rencontre  votre  frere  en  allant  a  la  poste.  2.  J'ai 
laisse  votre  croix  cliez  le  bijoutier  en  venant.  3.  J'ai  dit  a 
Charles,  en  passant,  de  venir  ici  ce  matin.  4.  Le  professeur 
nous  a  dit  d'etudier  la  le9on  en  I'attendant.  5.  Marie  m'a 
salue  en  riant.  6.  Je  lui  ai  dit  le  bonjour  en  passant.  7. 
Nous  avons  lu  une  histoire  interessante.  8.  C'est  un  livre 
amusant.  9.  Votre  petite  niece  est  charmante.  10.  Elle  a 
dechire  sa  robe.  11.  Elle  va  oter  sa  robe  dechiree.  12.  J'ai 
6te  mon  habit  mouille.  13.  Mes  gravures  sont  abimees. 
14.  Jules  les  a  mouillees.     15.  Ce  sont  des  enfants  gdtes. 


THEPARTICPLE.  91 

16.  Ma  chaine  est  cassee.  17.  Je  I'ai  cassee  hier.  18.  Je 
vais  porter  cette  chaine  cassee  chez  Thorloger.  19.  Voici  la 
lettre  que  j'ai  re9ue.  20.  Je  ne  I'ai  pas  encore  lue.  21.  Vous 
ne  nous  avez  pas  attendus.  22.  A  qui  a-t-il  vendu  sa  mai- 
son?  23.  II  la  vendue  a  M.  Larue.  24.  Vos  sceurs  sont 
jci ;  je  les  ai  vues.    25.  La  piece  est  deja  finie. 

Theme  21. 
1.  I  saw  (have  seen)  Charles  in  coming.  2.  He  (has) 
bowed  in  passing,  but  he  did  not  speak.  3.  In  going  to  the 
office,  I  (have)  left  your  broken  chain  at  the  jeweler's.  4. 
Will  you  read  the  newspaper  while  waiting  ?  5.  I  met  Julia 
tliis  morning.  6.  She  said  good-day  laughing.  7.  This  is 
an  interesting  story.  8.  I  have  read  it  twice.  9.  That  piece 
is  charming.  10.  Your  drawings  are  spoiled.  11.  That 
spoiled  child  tore  (has  torn)  them.  12.  That  is  very  amus- 
ing. 13.  My  dress  is  wet.  14.  I  am  going  to  take  it  off. 
15.  We  have  taken  off  our  wet  clothes.  16.  My  cross  is 
broken.  17.  Henry  broke  (has  broken)  it  yesterday.  18. 
He  is  going  to  take  it  (carry  it)  to  the  watchmaker's.  19.  I 
have  received  his  letter,  but  I  have  not  yet  read  it.  20.  We 
have  not  yet  sold  our  house,  but  we  intend  to  sell  it.  21.  The 
lesson  is  alreadv  finished. 


TWENTY-SECOND    LESSON. 
Auxiliary  Verbs. —  Conjugation  of  Avoir.  To  Have. 

1.  Verbs  are  subject   to  four  different  modifications,  to 
mdicate  mode,  tense,  person  and  number. 

These  several  modifications  are,  in  some  tenses,  expressed 


92  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

by  the  verb  itself,  in  others,  by  the  help  of  an  auxiliary 
verb;  the  former  are  called  simple,  the  latter  compound, 
tenses. 

2.  Auxiliary  Verbs. 

There  are  two  auxiliary  verbs:  avoir,  fo  have,  and  etre; 
fo  be.  They  are  auxiliary  verbs,  only,  Avhcn  they  are  used 
in  the  formation  of  compound  tenses. 

a.  Avoir  is  used  iu  the  compound  tenses  of 

(1.)  All  active  verbs ; 

(2.)  Most  neuter  verbs; 

(3.)  Those  impersonal  verbs  which  are  not  used  as  per- 
sonal verbs,  and  which  may  be  called  essential  impersoual 
verbs. 

h.  Etre  is  used 

(1.)  In  the  formation  of  the  compound  tenses  of  certain 
neuter  verbs;  those  generally  whose  past  tenses  express  a 
change  in  the  condition  or  position  of  the  subject ; 

(2.)  In  the  formation  of  the  compound  tenses  of  all  pro- 
nominal verbs ; 

(3.)  In  the  formation  of  the  passive  verb. 

8.  Conjugation. 

To  conjugate  a  verb  is  to  write  or  recite  it,  with  all  its 
modifications  of  mode,  tense,  person  and  number.  This  may 
be  done  iu  four  different  ways:  1.  affirmatively;  2.  negatively; 
3.  interrogatively;  and  4.  interrogatively  ?i\i(}i  negatively. 

In  this  lesson,  we  shall  study  the  conjugation  of  the  verb 
avoir,  to  have,  and  in  the  next,  the  conjugation  of  the  verb 
etre,  to  he ;  because  these  verbs  are  used  as  auxiliaries  in 
the  conjugation  of  other  verbs. 


CONJUGATION     OF     AVOIK. 


93 


Conjugation  of  AVOIR,  To  Have. 

INFINITIVE  MODE 
Present.  Past. 

Avoir  to  have  Avoir  cu  to  have  had 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present.  Compound. 

Ayant  having  Ayant  cu  having  had 

Past. 
Eu,  m. ;  eue,  /.  had 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 

J'ai 

I  have 

Tuaa 

thou  hast 

II  a 

he  han 

Nous  avons 

we  have 

Vous  avez 

you  have 

Past  Indefinite. 

J'ai  eu  I  have  had 

Tu  as  eu  Uiou  hast  had 

11  a  ou  he  has  had 

Nous  avons  eu  we  have  had 

Vous  avez  eu  you  have  had 


lis  ont 

they  have 

lis  ont  en 

they  have  had 

Impekfect. 

Pluperfect. 

J'avais 

I  had 

J'avais  en 

I  had  had 

Tu  avais 

thou  hadst 

Tu  avais  en 

thou  hadst  had 

11  avait 

he  had 

11  avait  en 

he  had  had 

Nous  avions 

we  had 

Nous  avions  eu 

we  had  had 

Vous  aviez 

you  had 

Vous  aviez  en 

you  had  had 

lis  avaient 

they  had 

lis  avaient  en 

tliey  had  had 

Past  Definite. 

Past  Antei 

RIOR. 

J' ens 

I  had 

J'eiis  en 

I  had  had 

Tu  eu8 

thou  hadst 

Tn  ens  eu 

thou  hadst  had 

Lent 

he  had 

11  eut  eu 

he  had  haa 

Nous  eflmes 

we  had 

Nous  eflmes  eu 

tee  had  had 

Vous  efltes 

you  had 

Vous  efltes  eu 

you  had  had 

Us  eurent 

they  had 

lis  enrent  eu 

they  had  had 

94 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Future. 


Future  Anterior. 


J'aurai 

I  Shan  have 

J'aurai  eu 

Tu  auras 

thou  u'Ut  have 

Tu  auras  eu 

11  aura 

he  ivlU  hare 

11  aura  eu 

Nous  aurons 

we  shall  have 

Nous  aurons  eu 

Vous  aurez 

you  will  have 

Vous  aurez  eu 

lie  auront 

they  tvill  have 

lis  auront  eu 

CONDITIONAL  MODE. 

Present. 

J'aurais 

Ishmdd  have 

J'aurais  cu 

Tu  aurais 

thou  tvouldst  have 

Tu  aurais  eu 

11  aurait 

lie  would  have 

11  aurait  eu 

Nous  aurions 

we  should  have 

Nous  aurions  eu 

Vous  auriez 

you  would  have 

Vous  auriez  eu 

lis  auraient 

they  would  have 

lis  auraient  eu 

IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

Aie 

hare  (thm) 

Ayons 

let  us  have 

Ayez 

have  you 

I  shall  have  had 
thou  ivilt  have  had 
he  will  have  had 
we  shall  have  had 
you  will  have  had 
they  will  have  had 

Past. 

I  should  have  had 

thou  wouldst  have  had 

he  would  have  had 

2ve  should  hare  had 

you  would  hare  had 

they  would  have  had 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE.t 
Present. 

Que  j 'aie        .  that  I  may  have 

Que  tu  aies  that  thou  mayst  have 

Qu'il  ait  that  he  may  have 

Que  nous  ayons  that  ice  may  have 

Que  vous  ayez  that  you  may  have 

Qu'ils  aient  that  they  may  have 

Imperfect. 
Que  j'eusse  that  I  might  have 

Que  tu  eusses  that  thou  m'lghtst  have 
Qu'il  eflt  that  he  migJit  have 

Que  nous  eussions  that  we  might  have 
Que  vous  eussiez  that  you  might  have 
Qu'ils  eussent  that  they  might  have 


Past. 


Que  j'aie  eu 

thai  I  may 

Que  tu  aies  eu 

that  thou  mayst 

Qu'il  ait  eu 

that  he  may 

Que  nous  ayons  eu 

that  we  may 

Que  vous  ayez  eu 

that  you  may 

Qu'ils  aient  eu 

that  they  may 

Pluperfect. 

Que  j'eusse  eu 

that  I 

Que  tu  eusses  eu 

that  thou 

Qu'il  efit  eu 

tliat  he 

Que  nous  eussions  eu           that  we 

Que  vous  eussiez  eu            that  you 

Qu'ils  eussent  eu 

that  tliey 

t  The  subjunctive  mode  in  French  is  very  different  from  the  subjunctive  mode 
in  English.  The  English  forms,  that  I  may  have,  that  I  vugU  have,  do  not  give  an 
adequate  idea  of  the  meaning  of  the  subjunctive  in  French.  The  following  sen- 
tence, taken  from  Exercise  22  :  Je  ne  veux  pas  que  tu  aies  Tnon  diction naire,  if  trans- 
lated into  English,  according  to  the  above  form,  would  run  thus,  /  do  not  wish  that 


CONJUGATION     OF     AVOIR.  95 

Rem.  1.  The  negative  conjugation  is  formed  with  ne pas.    Ne 

is  placed  before  the  verb,  and  pas  after  it  (28-3).  In  compound  tenses, 
ne  stands  before  the  auxiliary  verb,  and  pas  between  the  auxiliary 
and  the  past  participle:  Je  n'ai  pas;  Je  n'ai  pas  eu.  See  also  Lesson 
Twenty-ninth. 

Rem.  2.  A  verb  is  conjugated  interrogatively,  by  placing  the  pro- 
noun subject,  with  a  hyphen,  after  the  verb.  See,  for  full  treatment 
Lesson  Twenty-ninth. 

Vocabulary  22. 

Le  bonheur,  good  luck  ;  good  for-  Conge,   (»/.),   leave;    permission; 

tune.  avoir  conge,  to  have  leave  ;   to 

Le   malheur,   bad   luck  ;    misfor-  have  a  holiday. 

tune.  Avoir  besoin  de,  to  have  need  of. 

Le  plaisir,  the  pleasure.  Avoir  soinf  de,  to  take  care  of. 

La  bonte,  the  kindness.  Avoir  envie  de,  to  have  a  wish 

La  prudence,  the  prudence.  (for) ;  a  desire,  a  mind  (to). 

Beau  temps,  fine  weather.  Fermer,  to  shut. 

La  pluie,  the  rain.  Perdre,  to  lose. 

De  I'orage  im.),  a  storm.  Diner,  to  dine. 

Le  prix,  the  price  ;  the  prize.  Dernier,  derniere,:}:  last. 

La  promenade,  the  walk  ;  walk-  Prudent,  prudent. 

ing;    aller  a  la  promenade,  to  Si  (s' before  il  and  ils),  if ;  whether. 

go  for  a  walk.  Je  voudrais,  I  should  like  ;  I  wish. 

thou  mayst  have  my  dictionary,  whereas  the  proper  English  i?,  I  do  not  wish  thee  to 
have  my  dictionary.  And  again  the  following  sentence  taken  from  Theme  22 :  He 
wishes  that  I  should  have  pleasure,  might  lead  the  learner  to  suppose  that  shxruld 
have  is  to  he  translated  hy  the  conditional  mode,  whereas  the  present  of  the  enb- 
junctive  is  required.  In  translating  from  French  into  English,  the  student  should, 
regardless  of  the  French  construction,  give  the  correct  English  ;  and  again,  in  trans- 
lating from  English  into  French,  he  should  not  adhere  to  the  words  in  the  En^rlish 
text,  but  rather  be  guided,  for  the  present,  by  the  heading  of  the  section,  an^  con- 
strue the  French  sentences  accordingly. 

+  We  say  in  French  :  J^ai  bien  soin,  for,  I  take  good  care,  using  an  adverb  instead 
of  an  adjective,  because  the  e.'fpression  avoir  soin  is  equivalent  to  a  verb. 

t  Dernier,  last,  meaning  the  preceding,  is  placed  after  the  notin  ;  lundi  dernier, 
last  Monday. 


96  ELEMENTAEY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Exercise  22. 

Imperfect  Tense.  1.  J'avais  envie  ce  matin  d'aller  A  la 
promenade.  2.  Tu  n'avais  pas  le  temps  de  sortir.  3.  II 
avait  a  travailler  pour  son  pere.  4.  Nous  avions  beaucoup 
a  faire.  5.  Yous  n'aviez  pas  besoin  d'acheter  ce  livre ;  nous 
I'avions  dejd.     G.  lis  n'avaient  pas  envie  de  venir  avec  nous. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  ■  7.  Hier,  J'eus  le  plaisir  de  rece- 
voir  une  lettre  de  mes  parents.  8.  Luiidi  dernier,  nous 
eumes  le  bonheur  d'etre  tous  ensemble.  9.  La  semaine  der- 
niere,  ces  enfants  eurent  le  malheur  de  perdre  leur  pere. 

Fcjture  Tense.  10.  Aurai-je  besoin  du  paraplnie  ?  11. 
Tu  en  auras  besoin.  12.  Aura-t-il  soin  de  son  petit  frere? 
13.  II  aura  bien  soin  de  lui.  14.  Aurons-nous  beau  temps  ? 
15.  Yous  aurez  de  la  pluie.     16.  lis  auront  de  I'orage. 

Conditional  Mode.  17.  J'aurais  du  plaisir,  si  j'avais 
conge.  18.  Tu  aurais  un  prix,  si  tu  avais  travaille.  19.  II 
en  aurait  eu  un,  s'il  avait  ete  studieux.  20.  Nous  aurions 
eu  nos  themes,  si  nous  n'avions  pas  ete  malades.  21.  Yous 
auriez  de  Fargent,  si  vous  aviez  travaille.  22.  lis  n'auraient 
pas  eu  besoin  de  travailler,  s'ils  avaient  ete  prudents. 

Imperative  Mode.  23.  Aie  la  patience  d'attendre.  24. 
Ajez  la  bonte  de  fermer  la  porte.  25.  Ayons  du  courage  et 
de  la  prudence. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense,  f  26.  II  veut  que 
j'aie  soin  de  ces  oiseaux.  27.  Je  ne  veux  pas  que  tu  aies 
mon  dictionnaire.  28.  J'aime  que  vous  ayez  du  plaisir.  29. 
II  ne.pense  pas  que  nous  ayons  du  courage. 

Imperfect  Tense.j  30.  Je  voudrais  que  vous  eussiez  un 
peu  de  patience,  qu'il  eut  du  courage,  que  nous  eussions  de 

t  See  foot-note,  p.  94. 


CONJUGATION     OF     AVOIR.  97 

largent,  que  vous  eussicz  de  la  prudence,  et  qu'ils  eussent 
la  bonte  d'etudier  leurs  le9ons. 

Theme  22. 

Imperfect  Tense.  1.  I  had  to  work.  2.  Thou  luidst  a 
wish  to  go  for  a  walk.  3.  He  had  no  time  to  go  with  thee. 
4.  We  had  letters  to  write.  5.  You  had  not  the  jjatience 
to  wait  for  us.     6.  They  had  nothing  to  do. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  7.  Last  Monday,  I  had  the  good 
fortune  to  meet  my  friend  Julius.  8.  We  had  the  pleasure 
of  dining  together.  9.  He  had  the  misfortune  to  lose  his 
watch-chain.  10.  Last  week,  my  cousins  had  the  kindness 
to  send  us  some  beautiful  flowers. 

Future  Tense.  11.  I  shall  have  a  holiday  to-morrow. 
12.  Thou  wilt  have  pleasure.  13.  He  will  have  need  of  an 
umbrella.  14.  We  shall  not  have  any  rain.  15.  You  will 
have  a  (de  1")  storm.  16.  I  think  (that)  they  will  have  fine 
weather. 

Conditional  Mode.  17.  I  would  have  courage,  if  I 
had  money.  18.  Thou  wouldst  have  money,  if  thou  hadst 
worked.  19.  He  would  have  had  a  holiday,  if  he  had  had 
a  prize.  20.  We  should  have  pleasure,  if  we  had  a  holiday. 
21.  You  would  not  take  care  of  your  money,  if  you  had  any. 
23.  They  would  have  had  a  great  deal  of  pleasure,  if  they 
had  been  with  us. 

Imperative  Mode.  23.  Have  {sing.)  the  kindness  to 
shut  the  door.  24.  Have  (plur.)  the  patience  to  wait  for 
us.     25.  Let  us  have  prudence. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.j  26.  He  wishes 
that    I    should    have   pleasure,   that    thou    shouldst   have 

+  See  foot-note,  p.  94. 


98 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR 


patience,  that  lie  should  have  courage,  that  we  should  have 
prudence. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.j  27.  /  ^cisli  (Je 
voudrais)  that  you  had  courage,  that  we  had  good  luck,  that 
he  had  patience,  that  they  had  all  their  books. 


TWENTY-THIRD   LESSON. 
Conjugation   of   ETKE,    To    Be. 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 


Present. 

Past. 

iiltre 

to  be 

Avoir  ete 

to  have  been 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present. 

Compound. 

ftant                I 

being 

Ayant  ete 

having  been 

Past. 

:6te 

been 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

PREaENT. 

Past  Indefinite. 

Je  enis 

Iain 

J'ai  ete 

I  have  been 

Tu  es 

thmi  art 

Tu  as  ete 

thou  hw<t  been 

Ilef?t 

he  is 

Ha  ete 

lie  has  been 

Nous  sommes 

we  are 

Nous  avons  6te 

we  have  been 

Vous  etes 

you  are 

Vous  avez  ete 

you  have  been 

He  sont 

they  are 

Us  out  ete 

they  have  been 

iMPERrECT 

Pluperfect. 

J'etais 

Itvas 

J'avais  ete 

I  had  been 

Tu  etais 

thou  wast 

Tu  avais  ete 

thxni,  hadst  been 

II  6tait 

he  was 

U  avait  ete 

he  had  been 

Nous  6tionB 

we  were 

Nous  avions  et6 

%ve  had  been 

Vous  fitiez 

you  7ve7-e 

Vous  aviez  ete 

you  had  been 

lis  etaient 

they  were 

Us  avaient  ete 

they  had  been 

t  See  foot-note,  p.  94. 


CON. 

lUGATION     OF     ETRE 

99 

Past  DsvimTS. 

Past  Antekiok. 

,re  fu8 

Iwaa 

J'eus  6t6 

I  had  been 

Tu  fU8 

thou  wast 

Tu  eus  ete 

thou,  hadst  been 

Ilfut 

he  was 

11  eut  dtc 

tie  had  been 

Nous  f  flmes 

we  were 

Nous  eflmcs  ete 

we  had  been 

Vous  rates 

you  were 

Vous  efltes  ete 

you  iiad  been 

Us  furent 

they  were 

lis  eurent  ete 

they  had  been 

FurrRB. 

FtJTURE  ANTBRIOB. 

Je  serai 

I  shall  be 

J'aurai  6te 

I  shall  have  been 

Tu  seras 

thou  wilt  be 

Tu  auras  ete 

thou  wilt  have  been 

D  sera 

he  ivill  be 

U  aura  ^te 

he  will  have  been 

Nous  serons 

we  shall  be 

Nous  aurons  ete 

we  shall  have  been 

Vous  serez 

you  u-ill  be 

Vous  aurez  etc 

you  will  have  been 

lis  seront 

they  tvill  be 

Us  auront  ete 

they  will  have  been 

Je  serais 
Tu  serais 
U  eerait 
Nous  serious 
Vous  seriez 
Us  eeraient 


Present. 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Past. 


I  should  be  J'anrais  et6                 I  should  have  been 

thou  wouldst  be  Tu  aurais  ete       thou  icouldst  have  been 

he  would  be  U  aurait  ete                he  ivould  have  been 

we  should  be  Nous  aurions  ete       we  should  have  been 

you  would  be  Vous  auriez  ete       you  would  have  been 

they  ivould  be  Us  auraient  ete       they  would  have  been 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Sois 

Soyons 

Soyez 


be  (thou) 
let  us  be 
be  (you) 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Que  je  sois 
Que  tu  sois 
Qu'il  soit 
Que  nous  soyons 
Que  vous  soyez 
Qu'ila  sclent 


that  I  may  be 

that  thou  mayst  be 

that  he  may  be 

that  we  may  be 

(hat  you  may  be 

that  they  may  be 


Past. 


Quej'aieete  that  I  may  j 

Que  tu  aies  ete        that  thou  mayst  \ 
Qu'il  ait  ete  that  he  may  I 

Que  nous  ayons  ete       that  we  may  I 
Que  vous  ayez  ete       that  you  may 
Qu'ils  aient  ete  that  they  may  J 


100 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Imperfect. 


Plupekfbot. 


Que  je  fusse 
Que  tn  fusses 
Qu'il  mt 

Que  nous  fussions 
Que  vous  fussicz 
Qu'ils  fussent 


that  I  might  be 

that  thou  tnighlgt  be 

that  he  might  be 

that  we  might  be 

that  you  might  be 

that  tlveij  might  be 


Que  j'eusse  ete 
Que  tu  eusses  6t6 
Qu'il  eflt  6te 
Que  nous  eussions  ete 
Que  vous  eusaiez  ete 
Qu'ils  eussent  ete 


that  1 1 

that  thou  I 

that  he  j 

that  we  I 

that  you 

that  they  J 


Vocabulary  23. 


La  campagne,  the  country  ;    a  la 

campagne,  in  the  country;  a  la 

ville,  in  town. 
Sage,  wise  ;  good  {of  children). 
Econome,  economical. 
De  retour,  back. 
Pret  (a),f  ready. 
Presse  (,de),f  in  a  hurry. 
Oblige  (de),  obliged. 
Etonne  (de)  (que),J  astonished. 
Fache  (de)  (que),  sorry. 
Bien  aise  (de)  (que),   glad,  very 

glad. 
II  est  bien  (de)  (que\  it  is  well. 
11  est  temps  (de)  (que),  it  is  time. 
Quelle  heure  est-il  ?  What  o'clock 

is  it? 


A  quelle  heure  ?     At  what  time  1 
A  six  heures,  at  sis  o'clock. 
II  est  une  heure,  it  is  one  o'clock. 
II    est   deux   heures,   it    is   two 

o'clock. 
II   est   trois   heures,  it   is    three 

o'clock. 
II  est  quatre  heures,  it   is   four 

o'clock. 
II    est    cinq    heures,    it    is    five 

o'clock. 
H  est  onze  heures,  it   is   eleven 

o'clock. 
n  est  midi,  it  is  twelve  o'clock, 

noon. 
II  est  minuit,  it  is  twelve  o'clock, 

midnight. 


+  The  preposition  indicated  in  the  vocabularies,  after  the  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples, is  required  before  the  infinitive  which  may  follow,  as ;  Je  suis  pret  a  partir, 
I  am  ready  to  start ;  Je  suis  presse  de  partir,  I  am  in  a  hurry  to  start. 

X  The  preposition  de  is  required  before  the  infinitive,  and  the  conjunction  que  to 
introduce  a  subordinate  clan=e,  in  which  the  vi-rb  is  put  in  the  subjunctive  mode. 
The  English  construction  may  be  difi"erent  from  the  French :  It  w^oiild  be  well  for 
you  to  be  economical.  11  serait  bien  que  t&us  fussiez  econor/ie.  (It  would  be  well 
that  you  were  economical.) 


CONJUGATION  -OF     £Tt,>r.  iOl 

Exercise  23. 

Imperfect  Tense.  1.  Quand  j'etais  pr^t,  il  etait  temps 
de  partir.  2.  II  etait  dix  hcnrcs.  3.  Tu  n'etais  pas  ici. 
4.  Kous  etions  presses.  5.  Vous  n'etiez  pas  de  retour. 
6.  Mes  parents  etaient  absents. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  7.  Le  mois  passe,  je  fus  oblige 
d'aller  a  Boston.  8.  J'eus  le  plaisir  d  j  rencontrer  votre  ami. 
9.  II  fnt  etonno  de  m'y  voir.  10.  Nous  fumes  contents 
d'etre  ensemble. 

FuTUEE  Tense.  11.  Je  serai  cliez  moi  a  midi.  12.  Tu 
ne  seras  pas  ici  demain.  13.  Mon  oncle  sera  de  retour 
ce  soir.  li.  Quand  nous  serons  a  la  campagne,  nous 
aurons  du  plaisir.  15.  Quand  vous  serez  grands,  vous  serez 
obliges  de  travailler.  16.  Nos  amis  seront  ici  dans  deux 
heures. 

Conditional  Mode.  17.  Je  serais  fdche  de  i)artir.  18. 
Tu  serais  bien  aise  d'etre  de  retour.  19.  II  serait  ici,  s'il 
n'etait  pas  malade.  20.  Nous  serious  contents,  si  vous 
I'etiez.  21.  Vous  seriez  etonnes  de  les  voir.  22.  Ilsseraient 
contents  d'etre  ici. 

Imperative  Mode.  23.  Sois  sage  et  prudent.  24.  Soycz 
studieux.     25.  Sojons  economes. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  26.  11  est  bien 
que  je  sois  ici.  27.  11  est  temps  qu'il  soit  de  retour.  28.  Je 
suis  fdche  que  vous  soyez  malade.  29.  Je  suis  bien  aise  que 
nous  soyons  ici. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  30.  II  serait 
bien  que  je  fusse  de  retour.  31.  Je  serais  bien  aise  qu'il  f ut 
ici.     32.  Je  voudrais  que  vous  fussiez  studieux. 


lOx-         EL  d'M  "ENTAit  Y     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Theme  23. 

Imperfect  Ten^se.  1.  I  was  here  at  nine  o'clock.  2. 
Thou  wast  not  ready.  3.  He  was  in  a  hurry  to  start.  4.  We 
were  obliged  to  wait.  5.  You  were  not  here.  6.  They  were 
in  the  country. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  7.  Last  Thurday,  I  was  aston- 
ished to  see  my  parents.  8.  They  were  obliged  to  go  to  the 
city.     9.  We  were  glad  to  see  them. 

Future  Tense.  10.  I  shall  be  back  at  seven  o'clock. 
11.  Wilt  thou  be  absent  to-morrow  ?  12.  My  aunt  will 
be  here  in  two  hours.  13.  We  shall  be  glad  to  see  her. 
14.  You  will  be  astonished.  15.  They  will  be  satisfied,  if  we 
are  (so). 

Conditional  Mode.  1G.  I  should  be  very  glad  to  be  at 
home.  17.  Thou  wouldst  be  sorry  to  leave  the  country. 
18.  He  would  be  sick,  if  he  were  in  (a  la)  town.  19.  We 
would  be  obliged  to  work,  20.  You  would  not  be  satisfied, 
if  you  had  nothing  to  do. 

Imperative  Mode.  21.  Be  {sing.)  prudent  and  econo- 
mical. 22.  Be  (plur.)  satisfied  with  what  you  have.  23. 
Let  us  be  good. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  24.  It  is  time 
that  I  were  ready.  25.  It  is  well  that  thou  art  here. 
26.  I  am  sorry  that  he  is  sick.  27.  I  am  glad  that  you  are 
back. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  28.  It  would 
be  well  that  I  were  ready.  29.  I  was  astonished  that 
he  was  back.  30.  I  wish  (that)  you  were  more  econo- 
mical. 


REGULAR     CONJUGATIONS. 


103 


TWENTY-FOUETH  LESSON. 

Regular   Conjugations.— First  Conjugation  in  ER. 

COUPEK,  To  Cut.— (Model  Verb.) 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 
Present.  Past. 

Conper  to  cut  Avoir  coupe       to  have  cut 


PARTICIPLES. 

Present. 

Compound. 

Coupant 

cutting 

Ayant  coupe 

having  cut 

Past. 

Coupe 

cut 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

Present. 

Past  Indefinite. 

Je  coupe 

I  cut 

J'ai  coupe 

I  have  cut 

Tu  coupes 

thou  cuttest 

Tu  as  coupe 

tJiou  hast  cut 

11  coupe 

lie  cuts 

r  a  coupe 

he  has  cut 

Nous  coupons 

we  cut 

Nous  avous  coupe 

we  have  cut 

Vou8  coupez 

you  cut 

Vous  avez  coupe 

you  have  cut 

Ls  coupeut 

they  cut 

Ds  ont  coupe 

they  have  cut 

Imperfect. 

Pluperfect. 

Je  con  pais 

1 

'was  cutting 

J'arais  coupe 

I  had  cut 

Tu  coupais 

thou 

least  cutting 

Tu  avais  coupe 

thou  hadst  cut 

11  coupait 

he 

was  cutting 

11  avail  coupe 

he  had  cut 

.\ou3  coupions 

we  were  cutting 

Nous  avions  coupe 

we  had  cut 

Vous  coupiez 

you 

were  cutting 

Vous  aviez  coupe 

you  had  cut 

Us  conpaient 

they 

were  cutting 

Us  avaient  coupe 

they  had  cut 

Past  D 

E  finite 

Past  Anterior. 

Je  coupal 

I  cut 

J'eus  coupe 

I  had  cut 

Tu  coupas 

\ 

thou  cuttedst 

Tu  eus  conp6 

thou  hadst  cut 

11  conpa 

he  cut 

U  eut  coup6 

h£  had  cut 

Nous  coupames 

we  cut 

Nous  eflmes  conpfi 

we  had  cut 

Vous  con  pates 

you  cut 

Vous  efltes  coupe 

you  had  cut 

Ila  ooapdrent 

they  cut 

Es  eurent  conp6 

they  had  cut 

104 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


FUTURB. 


Je  couperal 
Tu  couperas 
II  coupera 
Nous  couperons 
Vou8  couperez 
lis  couperont 


I  shall  cut 
thou  wilt  cut 
he  will  cut 
we  shall  cut 
you  will  cut 
they  tvill  cut 


Future  Anterior. 
J'aurai  coupe  I  shall  have  cut 


Tu  auras  coupo 
II  aura  coupe 
Nous  aureus  coup6 
Vous  aurez  coup6 
lis  auroDt  coupe 


thou  wilt  have  cut 

he  will  hare  cut 

we  shall  have  cut 

1J0U  will  have  cut 

they  will  have  cut 


Peesent, 
Je  conperais 
Tu  coupcrais 
II  couperait 
Nous  couperions 
Vous  couperiez 
lis  couperaient 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Past, 


I  should  ait  J'aurais  coupe               I  should  have  cut 

thou  ivouldst  cut  Tu  aurais  coupe     thou  wovldst  hare  cut 

he  ivoidd  cut  II  aurait  coupe              he  wofuld  have  cut 

we  should  cut  Nous  aurions  coupe   we  should  hare  cut 

you  u'Oidd  cut  Vous  auriez  coupe     you  would  have  cut 

they  would  cut  Us  auraient  coupe    they  would  have  cut 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Coupe 

Coupons 

Coupez 


cut  {thou) 
let  us  cut 
cut  (you) 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present. 

Que  je  conpe 

that  I  may  cut 

Que  tu  coupes 

that  thou  mayst  cut 

Qu'il  coupe 

that  lie  may  cut 

Que  nous  coupions 

that  we  may  cut 

Que  vous  coupiez 

that  you  may  cut 

Qu'ils  coupent 

thai  they  may  cut 

Imperfect. 

Que  je  coupasse 

that  I  • 

Que  tu  coupasses 

that  thou 

1 

Qu'il  coiipat 

that  he 

Que  nous  coupassions           that  ive 

Que  vous  coupassiez 

that  you 

s 

Qu'ila  coupassent 

that  they  . 

Past. 


Que  j'aie  coupe  that  I  may 

Que  tu  aiee  coupS    that  thou  mayst 
Qu'il  ait  coupg  that  he  may 

Que  nous  ayons  coupe   thativemay  f 
Que  vous  ayez  coupe     that  you  may 
Qu'ila  aient  coupe       that  they  may  J 


Pluperfect. 
Que  j'eusse  coupe 
Que  tu  eusses  coup6 
Qu'il  eflt  coupe 
Que  nous  eussions  coupe 
Que  vous  eussiez  coupe 
Qu'il*  eussent  coupe 


that  1 1  g 

that  thou     "3" 

that  he     '^ 

that  we  I  S 

that  you     ^ 

that  they  J  S 


REGULAR     CONJUGATIONS.  105 


2.      Remarks  on  the  French  and  English  Tense-Forms. 

The  several  tenses  of  a  French  verl)  have  each  but  one 
form  ;  whereas  the  corresponding  English  tenses  have  two, 
three,  or  even  more,  forms. 

Je  coupe  is  equivalent  to  /  cut,  I  am  cntting,  I  do  cut, 
and  so  forth,  throughout  the  present  tense. 

Je  coupais  is  equivalent  to  /  cut,  I  was  cutting,  1  did 
cut,  or  /  used  to  cut,  etc. 

Je  couperai  is  equivalent  to  I  shall,  or  icill  cut. 

In  translating  from  English  into  French,  the  learner 
will  bear  in  mind  that  the  auxiliary  verbs  am,  do;  was, 
did,  used  to;  shall,  will,  are  only  signs  that  indicate 
whether  the  verb  is  to  be  in  the  present,  imperfect,  or 
future  tense. 

The  verb  tvill  is  sometimes  a  sign  of  the  future  tense,  and 
sometimes  a  part  of  the  verb  to  be  willing.  When  ^vill  has 
the  meaning  of  to  be  wiUi)ig,  it  is  to  be  expressed,  in  French, 
by  a  part  of  the  verb  vouloir. 


Vocabulary  24. 

Aimer,  to  love ;    to  like ;    to  be    Parler,  to  speak. 

fond  of.  Penser  (a),  to  think  (of). 

Arriver,  to  arrive.  Quitter,  to  leave  ;  to  quit. 

Casser,  to  break.  Rester,  to  remain  ;  to  stay. 

Chanter,  to  sing.  Tranqioille,  quiet ;  still. 

Danser,  to  dance.  Maintenant,  now. 

Demander,  to  ask  for.  Quelquefois,  sometimes. 

Demeurer,  to  live,  to  dwell.  Autant  que,  as  much  as. 

Jouer,  to  play.  Le  travail,  work;  working. 

Oublier,  to  forget.  L'etude,/.,  study  ;  studying. 


106  ELEMENTAEY     FRENCn     GRAMMAR. 

Exercise  24. 

Present  Tense.  1.  Je  tnivaille  maiutenaiit.  2.  Tu  ne 
travailles  pas  beancoup.  3.  11  etiidie  trop  ])eu.  4.  Nous 
etudions  autant  que  vous.  5.  Vous  ii'aimez  pas  Fetude. 
6.  lis  aiment  a  Joucr. 

Imperfect  Tense.  7.  J'etudiais  quand  tu  jouais.  8. 
Ma  soeur  chantait  et  nous  dansions.  9.  Vous  ne  travailliez 
pas.     10.  lis  n'aimaicnt  pas  le  travail  ui  I'etude. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  11.  J'arrivai  ici  le  meme 
jour  que  mes  parents  arriverent  a  Paris.  12.  Nous  quit- 
tames  la  ville  le  quinze  mai.  13.  Quand  je  reucontrai 
Henri  I'autre  jour,  il  me  demanda  pourquoi  j'avais  quitte 
la  classe. 

Future  Tense.  14.  Je  resterai  ici.  15.  Tu  ne  parleras 
pas  de  cela.  16.  II  n'y  pensera  pas.  17.  Nous  etudierons 
demain.  IS.  Vous  I'oublierez.  19.  Nous  quitterons  la  ville 
quand  mes  parents  arriveront. 

Conditional  Mode.  20.  Je  resterais  ici,  si  j'etais  a  (in) 
votre  place.  21.  II  ne  travaillerait  pas,  s'il  n'y  etait  pas 
oblige.  22.  Nous  oublicrions  nos  lemons,  si  nous  ne  les  etu- 
diions  pas  bien.  23.  Vous  casseriez  cette  moiitre,  si  vous 
I'aviez.     24.  lis  danseraient,  si  vous  chantiez. 

Imperative  Mode.  25.  Eeste  tranquille.  26.  Tra- 
vaillez.     27.  Parlons  fran9ais. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  28.  Je  veux  que 
vous  6tudiiez  vos  legons.  29.  II  veut  que  nous  jiarlions 
fran9ais. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  30.  II  serait 
bon  que  j'etudiasse  un  peu.  31.  Je  voudrais  que  vous  par- 
lassiez  fran9ais.     32.  Je  voudrais  qu'il  quittdt  la  classe. 


KEGULAR     CONJUGATIONS.  107 

Theme  24. 

Present  Tense.  1.  I  am  studying.  2.  Thou  dost  not 
study  much.  3.  Charles  is  phiying,  and  Mary  is  singing. 
4.  We  dance  sometimes.  5.  You  do  not  work  enough. 
6.  They  do  not  like  to  work. 

Imperfect  Tense.  7.  I  was  working,  and  thou  wast 
singing.  8.  He  was  not  fond  of  work  or  study.  (In  French: 
He  liked  neither  work  nor  study.)  9.  We  studied  as  much 
as  you.  10.  You  played  a  great  deal  (beaucoup).  11.  They 
lived  in  the  same  street  in  which  we  lived. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  12.  I  left  Paris  on  the  same 
day  that  you  arrived  there.  13.  We  met  your  cousins  yester- 
day.    14.  They  asked  us  for  your  address. 

Future  Tense.  15.  I  shall  speak  of  that  when  I  (shall) 
arrive  there.  16.  Thou  wilt  not  think  of  it.  17.  He  will 
forget  it.  18.  Will  you  leave  the  city  to-day  r"  19.  We 
will  stay  here  till  to-7norrow  (jusqu'a  demain).  20.  They 
will  arrive  here  this  evening. 

Conditional  Mode.  21.  I  would  take  off  my  wet  clothes, 
if  I  were  in  (a)  your  place.  22.  Thou  wouldst  not  forget  thy 
lessons,  if  thou  studiedst  them  well.  23.  He  would  break 
the  violin,  if  he  had  it.  24.  We  would  stay,  if  you  stayed. 
25.  They  would  not  study,  if  they  were  not  obliged  to  (y). 

Imperative  Mode.  26.  Eemain  where  thou  art.  27. 
Keep  {plur.)  quiet.     28.  Let  us  study. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  29.  He  wants 
us  to  study  our  lesson.  (In  French  :  He  will  that  we  study 
our  lesson.)  30.  I  want  you  to  speak  French.  (In  French  : 
I  will  that  you  speak  French.)  31.  I  am  sorry  that  you 
leave  the  school. 


108         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  32.  It  would 
be  well  for  him  to  leave  the  city.  (In  French:  It  would  be 
well  that  he  should  leave  the  city.)  33.  I  wish  (that)  you 
■would  speak  to  him  about  it  (of  it).  34.  He  was  astonished 
that  we  spoke  of  it. 


TWENTY-FIFTH   LESSON. 

Verbs  of  the   First  Conjugation.  —  Orthographic 
Irregularities. 

Some  classes  of  verbs  in  the  first  conjugation,  though 
regularly  varied  throughout,  undergo,  in  certain  persons 
and  tenses,  slight  changes,  to  make  their  orthography  con- 
formable to  the  pronunciation. 

1.  In  verbs  ending  in  ger,  as  manger,  to  eat,  an  e  is  in- 
serted after  g,  before  a  and  o,  to  make  the  g  retain  its  soft 
sound,  as :  mangeant,  nous  mangeons. 

2.  In  verbs  ending  in  cer,  as  commencer,  to  commence, 
the  letter  c,  to  retain  the  sound  of  s,  takes  the  cedilla  before 
a  and  o,  as :  commen9ant,  nous  commen9ons. 

3.  In  verbs  ending  in  yer,  as  nettoyer,  to  clean,  the  y  is 
changed  into  i  before  e  mute,  as  :  je  nettoie,  tu  nettoies, 
il  nettoie,  ils  nettoient;  but  nous  nettoyons,  vous 
nettoyez. 

Rem.  Verbs  ending  in  ayer,  as  payer,  to  pay,  may  either  retain 
the  y  before  e  mute,  or  change  it  into  i :   je  paye,  or  je  paie. 

4.  In  verbs  having  e  (acute)  or  e  (mute),  before  the  con- 
sonant that  precedes  the  ending  er,  as  :  esp6rer,  to  hope, 
and  mener,  to  had,  the  6  or  e  is  changed  into  6  (grave), 


VEEBS    OF    THE    FIRST    CONJUGATION.       109 

before  a  mute  syllabe,  as:  j'espdre,  /  hope ;  je  mene,  I 
lead,  etc. 

Rem.  Verbs  in  eger,  as  abreger,  proteger,  retain  the  e  in  the 
future  and  conditional :  j'abregerai,  il  protegera.  (See  also  verbs  in 
eler  and  eter,  Xo.  5.) 

5.  Verbs  ending  in  eler,  as  appeler,  to  call,  double  tbe  1, 
and  those  in  eter,  as  jeter,  (o  tit  row,  double  the  t,  before 
e  mute,  as:  j'appelle,  tu  appelles,  il  appelle,  ils  ap- 
pellant; and  je  jette,  tu  jettes,  il  jette,  ils  jettent. 
But  nous  appelons,  vous  appelez ;  nous  jetons,  vous 
jetez,  etc. 

Rem.  The  verbs  acheter,  to  buy  ;  bourreler,  to  torment ;  deceler, 
to  disclose ;  geler,  to  freeze ;  harceler,  to  Iiarass ;  peler,  to  peel,  are 
exceptions  to  this  last  rule.     They  come  under  Rule  4. 

Vocabulary  25. 

Voyager,  to  travel.  Jeter,  to  throw ;  to  throw  away. 

Manger,  to  eat.  Acheter,  to  buy. 

Proteger,  to  protect.  Geler,  to  freeze. 
Commencer  (a),  to  commence  ;  to     Le  libraire,  the  bookseller. 

begin.  Le  panier,  the  basket. 

Placer,  to  place.  La  voiture,  the  carriage. 

Menacer,  to  threaten.  La  nuit,  the  night ;  la  nuit  passee, 
*Envoyer,  to  send.  last  night ;  cette  nuit,  to-night 

Nettoyer,  to  clean.  Bien  des  choses,  many  things. 

Payer,  to  pay.  Autrefois,  formerly. 

Mener,  to  lead  ;  to  take.  A  interet,  at  interest. 

Esperer,  to  hope  ;  to  hope  for.  A  temps,  in  time. 

Appeler,  to  call.  Le  soir,  in  the  evening. 

Exercise  25. 
Verbs  in  ger.     1.  J'aime  a  voyager.     2.  On  voit  bion 
des  choses  en  voyageant.     3.  Autrefois  je  voyageais  beau- 


110  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

conj).  4.  Je  n'ai  pas  mange  de  viande.  5.  Nous  mangeons 
pcu  dc  viande  le  soir. 

Verbs  in  cer,  G.  Je  vais  commencer  mon  travail.  7. 
Nous  commengons  a  parler  franQais.  8.  Je  commengais  a 
le  parler  quand  je  quittai  Paris.  9.  Nous  pla9ons  notre 
argent  a  iuteret.     10.  lis  nous  menaQaicnt. 

Verbs  in  yer.  11.  J'ai  envoye  ma  lettre  a  la  poste. 
12.  J'envoie  Ics  journaux  a  mon  oncle.  13.  II  nous  envoie 
uu  panier  de  peches.  14.  Je  nettoierai  mon  pupitre  quand 
j'aurai  fini  d'ecrire.  15.  Je  vous  payerai  {or  paierai)  quand 
j'aurai  de  I'argent. 

Verbs  that  change  e  or  e  into  e.  IG.  Nous  es- 
perons  vous  voir  ce  soir.  17.  J'espere  que  vous  resterez 
avec  nous  jusqu'a  domain.  18.  Ou  voulez-vous  nous  mener  ? 
19.  Je  vous  menerai  aux  Champs  Elysees.  20.  Nous  vous 
protegerons. 

Verbs  in  eler  and  eter.  21.  Voulcz-vons  m'appeler 
quand  tout  sera  pret.  22.  Je  vous  appellerai  quand  la  voi- 
ture  arrivera.  23.  Vous  ne  m'avez  pas  appele  a  temps. 
24.  Oti  jetterai-je  ces  papiers?    25.  Jetez-les  dans  le  panier. 

Exceptions.  26.  Oii  achetez-vous  voire  papier  ?  27.  Je 
I'achete  chez  le  libraire  Dumont.  28.  Je  vous  en  acheterai, 
si  vous  voulez.  29.  II  va  geler.  30.  II  gele  deja.  31.  II 
a  gele,  et  il  gelera  encore. 

Theme  25. 

Verbs  in  ger.  1.  I  have  traveled  much.  2.  I  have  seen 
many  things  while  traveling.  3.  My  uncle  used  to  travel  a 
great  deal  (formerly).  4.  Are  you  still  eating  ?  5.  He  vras 
eating  when  I  began  (have  begun)  to  write. 

Verbs  in  cer.     G.  I  was  beginning  to  WTite  when  some 


REGULAR     CONJUGATIONS.  Ill 

one  (has)  called  mc.  7.  We  begin  the  lesson  at  nhie  o'clock. 
8.  Where  will  you  place  your  money  ?  9.  I  will  place  it  in 
the  bank.     10.  AVe  do  not  tlireaten  anybody. 

Verbs  in  yer.  11.  I  have  sent  a  letter  to  my  cousins. 
12.  They  send  us  the  newspaper  every  week.  13.  John  is 
cleaning  my  clothes.  14.  lie  will  clean  yours  when  he  has 
(shall  have)  cleaned  mine.  15.  I  will  pay  him  when  he  is 
through  (shall  have  finished). 

Verbs  that  change  e  or  e  into  e.  16.  I  have  hoped, 
and  I  still  hope,  to  see  him.  17.  Where  do  you  lead  us  ? 
18.  I  lead  you  to  the  Elysian  Fields.  19.  Our  courage  will 
protect  us.     20.  I  hope  so. 

Verbs  in  eler  and  eter.  21.  Who  has  called  us  ?  22.  Our 
friends  call  us.  23.  I  will  call  you  in  time.  21.  What  do  you 
throw  into  the  basket?     25.  I  throw  some  papers  into  it. 

Exceptions.  26.  What  do  you  buy?  27.  I  do  not  buy 
anything.  28.  I  would  buy  something,  if  I  had  money. 
29.  Did  it  freeze  last  night  ?  30.  No,  but  it  will  freeze 
to-night. 

TWEXTY-SIXTH  LESSON. 

Regular  Conjugations. —  Second  Conjugation  in  IR. 

FINIR,  To  Finish.— (Model  Verb.) 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 
Present.  Past. 

Finir  to  finish  Avoir  fini        to  have  finis/iei 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present.  CoMPotrND. 

Finiseant         finishing  Ayant  fini       having  finished 

Past. 
Fini  finished 


112 


ELEMENTAllY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Je  finis 

Tu  finis 

II  finit 

Nous  fiuissons 

Vous  finissez 

lis  fiuissent 


J  finish 

thoufinishest 

he  finishes 

we  finish 

you  finish 

they  finish 


J'ai  fini 
Tu  as  fini 
II  a  fini 

Nous  avons  fini 
Vous  avez  fini 
lis  out  fini 


Past  Indefinitb. 

I  have  finished 
thou  hast  finished 

tie  has  finished 

tee  have  finished 

you  have  finished 

they  have  finished 


Je  finissais 
Tu  finissais 
II  finissait 
Nous  finissions 
Vous  finissiez 
lis  flnissaient 


Imperfect. 

I  ivas  finishing 

thou  ivast  finishing 

he  was  finishing 

we  tvere  finishing 

you  ipere  finishing 

they  were  finishing 


Pluperfect. 

J'avals  fini 
Tu  avals  fini 
II  avail  fini 
Nous  avions  fini 
Vous  aviez  fini 
lis  avaient  fini 


I  had  finished 

thou  hadst  finished 

he  had  finished 

we  had  finished 

you  had  finished 

they  had  finished 


Past  Definite. 

Je  finis  I  finished 

Tu  finis  thou  finished st 

II  finit  he  finished 

Nous  fintmes  we  finished 

Vous  finites  you  finished 

Us  flnirent  they  finished 


J'eus  fini 
Tu  eus  fini 
E  eut  fini 
Nous  eflmes  fini 
Vous  efites  fini 
lis  eurcnt  fini 


Past  Anterior. 

/  had  finished 

thcu  hadst  finished 

he  had  finished 

tve  had  finished 

you  had  finished 

they  had  finished 


Future. 


Jc  finirai 
Tu  finiras 
II  finira 
Nous  finirons 
Vous  flnirez 
lis  finiront 


I  shall  finish 
thou  tvilt  finish 

he  win  finish 
we  shall  finish 
you  will  finish 
they  will  finish 


Future  Anterior. 
J'aurai  fini  '  I  shall  have  finished 

Tu  auras  fini  thou  wilt  have  finished 
II  aura  fini  he  will  have  finished 

Nous  aurons  fini  7ce  shall  have  finished 
Vous  aurez  fini  ymi  will  have  finished 
lis  auront  fini       they  will  have  finished 


Present. 


Je  flnirais 
Tu  finirais 
11  finirait 
Nous  finirions 
Vous  finiriez 
lis  finiraient 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


J'aurais  fini 
Tu  aurais  fini 
II  aurait  fini 
Nous  aurions  fini 
Vous  auriez  fini 
lis  auraient  fini 


thou  wouldst  finish 

he  would  finish 

we  should  finish 

you  would  finish 

they  would  finish 


Past. 

I  should  have  1 
thou  wouldst  have     ^ 
he  would  have  \  % 
we  should  have     g" 
you  7vould  have 
they  would  have  J 


REGULAR     CONJUGATIONS. 


113 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Finis 

Finissons 

FinisBez 


finish  (thou) 
let  us  finish 
finish  (j/ou) 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Que  je  flnisse  that  I  may 

Que  tu  finisees  that  thou  mayst 
Qu'il  flnisse  that  he  ?>iay 

Que  nous  flnissions  that  ive  may 
Que  V0U8  fiuis^iez  that  you  may 
QuMIs  flciBsent  that  they  may 


Past. 


Que  j'aie  flni  that  I  may  ' 

Que  tu  aies  flni        that  thou  mayst 
Qu'il  ait  flni  that  fie  may     ^ 

Que  nous  ayons  flni      that  we  may  \  %. 
Que  vous  ayez  flni       that  ywi  m,ay 
Qu'ils  aient  flui  that  they  may  J 


Imperfect. 
Que  je  flnisse  that  I  might 

Que  tu  finisses  that  thou  mightst 
Qu'il  flntt  that  he  might 

Que  nous  flnissions  that  we  might 
Que  vous  finissiez  that  you  might 
Qu'ils  flnissent         that  they  might 


Pluperfect. 

Que  j'eusse  flni 

that  I  ■ 

Que  tu  eusses  flni 

that  thou 

-.J. 

Qu'il  eflt  flni 

that  he 

# 

Que  nous  eussions  flni 

that  we 

Que  vous  eussiez  flni 

that  you 

1 

Qu'ils  eussent  flni 

that  they  . 

Vocabulary  26. 


Finir,  to  finish. 

Choisir,  to  choose  ;  to  select. 

Remplir,  to  fill ;  to  fulfil. 

Reus.sir,  to  succeed. 

Batir,  to  build. 

Punir,  to  punish. 

Obeirf  (a),  to  obey. 

Avertir,  to  inform  ;  to  give  notice. 

II  faut.J  it  is  necessary;  must. 

Un  ordre,  an  order. 


Le  devoir,  the  duty  ;  the  task  (at 

school). 
Un  encrier,  an  inkstand. 
Le  moment,  the  moment. 
L'arrivee  /.,  the  arrival. 
L'hiver  m.,  winter. 
Pendant,  during. 
Pendant  que,  while. 
Avant,  before. 
Apres,  after. 


t  OWir  requires  the  preposition  a,  before  tlie  noun,  the  same  as  if  you  si>id  to 
obey  to  in  English. 

X  Ilfaut  is  followed  by  a  verb  in  the  infinitive,  or  by  que  and  a  clause  in  which 
the  verb  is  in  the  subjunctive  mode.  Ilfaut  ol/eir,  It  is  necessary  to  obey.  Ilfaut 
que  fobeisse,  I  must  obey. 


114  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Exercise  26. 

Present  Tense.  1.  Je  remplis  mos  devoirs,  2.  Tu 
remplis  les  tiens,  et  il  remplit  les  siens.  3.  Nous  ODeissons 
a  nos  parents.  4.  Vous  obeissez  aux  vdtres.  5.  lis  obeis- 
sent  aux  Icurs. 

Imperfect  Tense.  6.  Je  finissais  mon  theme  pendant 
que  tu  remplissais  les  encriers.  7.  On  bdtissait  cette  eglise 
quand  j'etais  ici  pendant  I'hiver.  8.  Nous  obeissions  tou- 
Jours  a  nos  maitres.  9.  Vous  reussissiez  dans  vos  etudes. 
10.  lis  finissaient  ce  qu'ils  avaient  commence. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  11.  Ce  jour-la  je  finis  mon  de- 
voir avant  tons  les  autres.  12.  Tu  m'avertis  de  I'arrivee  de 
mon  pere.  13.  Nous  choisimes  le  bon  moment  pour  reussir, 
et  nous  reussimes.  14.  Vous  finites  vos  devoirs  apres  moi. 
15.  lis  n'obeirent  pas  aux  ordres,  et  ils  furent  j)unis. 

Future  Tense.  16.  Je  finirai  mon  theme  apres  les 
classes.  17.  Tu  choisiras  quelque  chose  de  joli  quand  tu 
auras  fini.  18.  On  b^tira  une  nouvelle  ecole  avant  I'hiver. 
19.  Nous  obeirons  a  vos  ordres.  20.  Vous  nous  avertirez 
quand  la  voiture  amvera.  21.  lis  reussiront  s'ils  tra- 
vaillent. 

Conditional  Mode.  22.  Je  remplirais  les  encriers,  si  je 
n'avais  rien  autre  chose  a  faire.     23.  Tu  n'en  finirais  pas. 

24.  On  vous  punirait,  si  vous  ne  remplissiez  pas  vos  devoirs. 

25.  Nous  obeirions  aux  ordres  du  capitaine,  si  nous  etions 
soldats.  26.  S'ils  avaient  I'intention  de  partir,  ils  nous  en 
avertiraient. 

Imperative  Mode.    27.  Obeis,  ou  tu  seras  puni.    28.  Fi- 
nissez,  je  vous  en  prie.     29.  Remplissons  nos  devoirs. 
Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.     30.  II  faut  que 


REGULAR     CONJUGATIONS.  115 

j'obeisse.    31.  I\  fiiut  que  tu  remplisscs  ton  devoir.     32.  II 
faut  qu'il  finisse  ce  theme. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  33.  Je  vou- 
drais  qu'il  en  finit.  34.  II  serait  bien  que  vous  I'avertissiez 
de  votre  intention  de  partir. 

Theme  26. 

Present  Tense.  1.  I  obey  (to)  my  parents.  2.  Thou 
obeyest  thine,  and  he  obeys  his.  3.  We  fulfil  our  duties. 
4.  You  fulfil  yours.     5.  They  fulfil  theirs. 

Imperfect  Tense.  6.  I  was  fiUing  my  inkstand,  while 
thou  wast  finisbing  thy  task.  7.  We  were  building  a  stable 
last  winter,  when  you  were  here.  8.  You  were  finishing  it. 
9.  They  always  obeyed  their  teachers. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  10.  On  that  day  I  informed  thee 
of  tbe  arrival  of  thy  father.  11.  Tbou  didst  finish  thy  task 
before  all  the  others.  12.  You  fulfilled  your  duty.  13. 
They  chose  the  right  (bon)  moment,  and  they  succeeded. 

Future  Tense.  14.  I  shall  choose  something  pretty  for 
Eliza.  15.  You  will  finish  this  exercise  after  school  (les 
classes).  16.  He  will  succeed,  if  he  works.  17.  We  shall 
inform  vou,  when  the  carriage  is  (will  be)  here.  18.  They 
will  not  finish  what  they  have  begun. 

Conditional  Mode.  19.  I  would  finish  this  exercise 
before  twelve  o'clock,  if  I  had  nothing  else  (rien  autre  chose) 
to  do.  20.  He  would  succeed,  if  lie  worked.  21.  We  would 
obey  (to  the)  orders,  if  we  were  in  your  place.  22.  They 
would  punish  you,  if  you  did  not  obey. 

Imperative  Mode.  23.  Choose  something  for  thyself. 
24.  Obey,  or  you  will  be  punished.  25.  Let  us  choose  some- 
thing pretty. 


116 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  26.  I  must  fuU 
fil  my  duties.  27.  He  must  finish  his  exercise.  28.  We 
must  obey  orders. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  29.  It  would 
be  well  for  him  to  obey  orders  (It  would  be  well  that  he 
should  obey  etc.).  30.  I  wish  that  you  would  finish  {with 
it)  (en). 


TWENTY-SEVENTH   LESSON. 

Regular  Conjugations.— Third  Conjugation  in  OIR. 
RECEVOIR,  To  Receive.— (xModel  Verb.) 

The  third  conjugation  has  only  seven  regular  verbs;  they 
have  the  letters  ev  before  the  infinitive-ending  oir.  The 
ev  is  syncopated  in  certain  parts  of  the  verb. 

The  c  of  the  verbs  in  cevoir  takes  the  cedilla  before  o 
and  u. 

DsFINITIVE  MODE. 


Present 
Recevoir  to  receive 

Pbksbnt. 
Recevant         recemng 


Avoir  regu 
PARTICIPLES. 


Past. 

to  have  received 


COMPOUKD. 

Ayant  rc9U         having  received 


Past. 
Re9u  received 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Je  re^ois 
Tu  re9oi8 
II  re9oit 
Nous  recevone 
Vous  recevez 
lis  re9oiTent 


I  receive 

thmi  receivest 

he  receives 

we  receive 

you  receive 

they  receive 


J"ai  re9u 
Tu  as  re9u 
n  a  re9a 

Nous  avons  re9u 
Vous  avez  re9u 
lis  out  re9U 


Past  Indefintte. 

I  hare  received 
thou  hast  7-eceived 

he  has  received 

we  have  received 

you  have  received 

they  have  received 


REGULAR     CONJUGATIONS. 


117 


Imperfect. 


Plupekfect. 


Je  recevais 
Tu  recevais 
D  recevait 
Nous  recevions 
Voiie  rcceviez 
lis  recevaient 


Itvas  receiving 

thou  wast  receiving 

he  was  receiving 

we  ivere  receiving 

you  icei'e  receiving 

t/iey  were  receiving 


J'avais  rcfu 
Tu  avais  rcfu 
II  avait  re9u 
Nous  avions  re^u 
Vous  aviez  rcfu 
lis  avaient  refu 


I  had  received 

thou  hadst  received 

he  had  received 

we  had  received 

you  had  received 

they  had  received 


Past  Definite. 


Past  Anterior. 


Je  re9U9 
Tu  refus 
U  re9ut 
Nous  rc^flmes 
Vous  reffltes 
lis  re9ureiit 


/  received 

thou  receivedst 

he  received 

we  received 

you  received 

they  received 


J'eus  re9U 
Tu  eus  re9U 
H  eut  re9u 
Nous  efimes  re9u 
"Vous  efltes  re9u 
Us  eurent  rc9u 


I  had  received 

thou  hadst  received 

he  had  received 

we  had  received 

you  had  received 

they  had  received 


Future. 


Je  recevrai 
Tu  recevras 
II  recevra 
Nous  recevrons 
Vous  recevrez 
lis  recevront 


I  shall  receive 
thxni  wilt  receive 

he  will  receive 
we  shcdl  receive 
you  will  receive 
they  will  receive 


Future  Anterior. 

J'aurai  re9u  /  shall  have  received 

Tu  auras  re9u  thou  wilt  have  received 
U  aura  re9U  he  will  have  received 

Nous  aurons  re9u  we  shall  have  received 
Vous  aurez  re9u  you  will  have  received 
Us  auront  re9u      they  will  have  received 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Present. 


Je  recevrais 
Tu  recevrais 
H  recevrait 
Nous  recevrions 
Vous  recevriez 
Us  recevraient 


I  should  receive 

thou  woiildst  receive 

he  wcndd  receive 

we  shoid-i  receive 

you  would  receive 

they  would  receive 


Past. 


J'aurais  re9u  I  should  have 

Tu  aurais  re9u  thou  wouldst  have 
II  aurait  re9u  he  would  have 

Nous  aurions  re9u  we  should  have 
Vous  auriez  re9u  you  would  have 
lis  auraient  re9u     they  would  have 


fi- 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Re9oi8 

Recevons 

Recevez 


receive  (thou) 
let  us  receive 
receive  {you) 


118 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Pbesent. 


Que  je  receive  that  I  may 

Que  tu  refoives  that  thou  mayst 
Qu'il  refoive  that  he  ?nay 

Que  nous  reccvions  that  tee  may 
Que  vous  rcceviez  that  you  may 
Qu'ils  refoivent         that  they  may  . 


Past. 


Que  j'aic  re9U  that  I  may  ' 

Que  tu  aies  re?u  that  thou  mayst 
Qu'U  ait  refu  that  hie  may 

Que  nous  ayons  regu  that  we  may 
Que  vous  ayez  reg u  that  you  may 
Qu"il8  aient  re9u         that  they  may 


Imperfect. 

Que  je  refusse  that  I  might  "| 

Que  tu  rc9ussc8     that  thou  mightst  | 
Qu'il  re9flt  that  he  might  I  S 

Que  nous  re9US8ion8    that  we  might  \  §' 
Que  vous  re9ussiez   that  you  might 
Qu'ils  re9ussent        that  they  might 


Pluperfect. 

Que  j'eusse  re9u  that  I "] 

Que  tu  eusses  re9n  that  thou     ^  3 

Qu'il  eut  re9ii  that  he  I  !"§. 

Que  nous  eussions  re9u  that  we 
Que  vous  eussiez  re9u  that  you 
Qu'ils  eusseut  re9u         that  they  , 


a.3 


Vocabulary  27. 


Recevoir,  to  receive. 

Devoir,!  to  owe  ;   to  be  obliged  ; 

to  be  to  ;  to  have  to. 
Une  nouvelle,  a  piece  of  news ; 

intelligence. 
Les  nouvelles,  the  news  ;  news. 
Un  cadeau,  a  present. 
La  paye,  the  pay. 
La  fin,  the  end. 
Le  depart,  the  departure. 
La  veille,  the  day  before. 
Le  lendemain,  the  day  after. 
Una  visite,  a  visit;  a  call. 


La  marque,  the  mark  ;  the  token. 

Le  respect,  the  respect. 

La  bienveillance,  the  good-^^^ll ; 
the  kindness. 

La  felicitation,  the  congratula- 
tion. 

Triste,  sad. 

Sincere,  sincere. 

Bientot,  soon,  very  soon. 

Par,  through ;  by. 

Par  jour,  a  day,  each  day ;  par 
semaine,  a  week  ;  par  moi.s,  a 
month. 


t  Devoir,  to  ovee,  has  the  meaning  of  to  be  obliged,  to  hare  to,  to  be,  when  it  pre- 
cedes the  infinitive  :  Je  dais  sortir,  I  have  to  go  out.  //  doit  renir  id,  he  is  to  come 
here.    The  conditional  mode  of  devoir  is  rendered  into  English  hy  might. 

The  past  participle  of  devoir  and  redevoir  (to  owe  again),  takes  a  circumflex 
accent  over  the  u,  in  the  masculine  Biugular  only,  dH,  owed,  due  ;  redd,  oweil 
again. 


REGULAR     CONJUGATlOifS.  119 

Exercise  27. 

Present  Tense.  1.  Je  re9ois  des  cadeaux;  tu  en  re- 
9ois  aussi.  2.  Pierre  me  doit  de  I'argent.  3.  II  doit  me 
Tapporter  ce  matin.  4.  Nous  devons  aller  cliez  uotre 
tante.  5.  Vous  devez  venir  avec  moi.  G.  lis  doivent  partir 
bientdt. 

Imperfect  Tense.  7.  Je  devais  sortir.  8.  II  devait  aller 
a  la  poste.  9.  Nous  recevions  toutes  les  semaines  des  nou- 
vclles  de  chez  nous.  10.  Vous  reccviez  dix  dollars  par  jour. 
11.  lis  recevaient  cent  dollars  par  niois. 

•Past  Definite  Tense.  12.  Je  re9us  votre  lettre  la 
veille  de  mon  depart.  13.  Nous  resumes  la  visite  de  votre 
oncle  le  lendemain  de  notre  arrivee.  14.  lis  regurent  cette 
triste  nouvelle  avant  leur  depart  de  Paris. 

Future  Tense.  15.  Je  reccvrai  sa  lettre  demain.  16.  Tu 
recevras  une  visite  aujourd'hui.  17.  II  recevra  sa  paye  a  la 
fin  du  mois.  18.  Nous  recevrons  des  nouvelles  aujourd'hui. 
19.  Combien  recevront-ils  par  mois  ? 

Conditional  Mode.  20.  Je  devrais  ecrire  a  mon  oncle. 
21.  Heni-i  devrait  aller  voir  sa  tante.  22.  Nous  devrions 
faire  cela.     23.  Vous  n'auriez  pas  du  parler  de  cela. 

Imperative  Mode.  24.  Ee9ois  ce  cadeau,  comme  une 
marque  de  ma  bienveillance.  25.  Recevez  mes  sinceres  feli- 
citations.    26.  Recevons  nos  amis  avec  bienveillance. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  27.  II  faut  que 
je  re9oive  une  lettre  aujourd'lnii.  28.  II  est  temps  que  nous 
en  recevions  une  de  nos  anas.  29.  Je  n'aime  pas  ([u'il  re- 
9oive  ces  visites. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  30.  II  serait 
bien  que  je  re9usse  des  nouvelles  avant  mon  depart.    31.  Je 


120  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

voudrais  que  vous  reQussiez  votre  paye,  et  que   nous  re- 
9ussions  la  n6tre. 

Theme  27. 

Present  Tense.  1.  I  receive  my  pay  at  the  end  of  the 
month.  2.  He  receives  a  hundred  dollars  a  month.  3.  He 
owes  me  fifty  dollars.  4.  He  is  to  pay  me  to-day.  5.  We 
often  receive  presents.  6.  They  receive  their  friends  on 
Thursday  (jeudi). 

Imperfect  Tense.  7.  I  received  news  from  home  every 
week.  8.  He  received  ten  dollars  a  week  from  his  father. 
9.  We  had  to  go  out.  10.  They  always  received  us  with 
kindness. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  11.  I  received  the  sad  news  the 
day  after  my  arrival.  12.  We  received  your  letter  the  day 
before  we  started  (before  our  departure).  13.  They  received 
the  news  at  the  moment  of  their  departure. 

Future  Tense.  14.  I  will  receive  no  calls  to-day.  15. 
He  will  receive  his  money  soon.  16.  We  shall  receive  news 
from  Paris  to-morrow.  17.  They  will  pay  us  when  they 
(will)  receive  their  pay. 

Conditional  Mode.  18.  I  oughtf  to  receive  a  letter  to- 
day. 19.  Julius  ought  to  be  here;  he  was  to  {imperfect 
tense)  be  here  at  ten  o'clock.  20.  We  would  receive  him 
with  kindness.  21.  If  we  sent  a  letter  to-day,  they  would 
receive  it  to-morrow. 

Imperative  Mode.  22.  Receive  {sing.)  my  congratula- 
tions. 23.  Eeceive  {2}lur.)  this  token  of  my  good-will;  I 
owe  it  to  you.  24.  Let  us  receive  our  teachers  with  the 
respect  which  is  due  to  them.J 

+  See  foot-note,  p.  118.  t  Qui  leur  est  d& 


KEGULAR     VERBS. 


ni 


Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  25.  It  is  time 
that  I  receive  a  letter.  20.  I  like  him  to  receive  presents. 
27.  We  must  receive  money  to-day. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  28.  It  would 
be  well  that  he  received  our  letter  before  he  leaves  (before 
his  departure).  29.  I  wish  that  we  received  news  from 
home. 


TWENTY-EIGHTH    LESSON. 


Regular  Verbs.— Fourth  Conjugation  in  RE. 


VENDRE,  To  Sell.— (Model  Verb.) 
INFINITIVE  MODE. 


Present. 
Veiidre  (o  sell 

Present. 

Vendant  selling 


Past. 
Avoir  vendu        to  have  sold 


PARTICIPLES. 


Past. 


Vendu 


Compound. 
Ayaut  vendu       having  sol^ 

sold 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 

Past  Inde 

finite. 

Je  vends 

I  sell 

J'ai  vendu 

/  liave  sold 

Tu  vends 

thou  sellest 

Tu  as  vendu 

thou  hast  sold 

11  vend 

he  sells 

11  a  vendu 

he  has  so.'d 

Nous  vendons 

we  sell 

Nous  avons  vendu 

we  have  sold 

Vous  vendez 

ymi  sell 

Vous  avez  vendu 

you  have  sold 

lis  vendent 

tliey  sell 

\\»  ont  vendu 

they  have  sold 

Imperfect. 

Pluperfect. 

Je  vendais 

I  was  selling 

J'avaii'  vendu 

I  had  sold 

Tu  vendais 

thou  wast  selling 

Tu  avals  vendu 

thwi  hadst  sold 

11  vendait 

he  was  selling 

11  avail  vendu 

he  had  sold 

Nous  vendions 

we  were  selling 

Nous  avions  vendu 

we  had  sold 

Vons  vendiez 

you  were  selling 

Vous  aviez  vendu 

yau  had  sold 

lis  vendaient 

they  were  selling 

Bs  avaient  vendu 

they  had  sold 

123 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


Pasi 

Definite 

Past  Antebiob. 

Je  veudis 

Isold 

J'eus  vendu 

/  had  sold 

Tu  vcndia 

ttixm  soldest 

Tu  eu8  vendu 

thou  hadst  sold 

11  vendit 

he  sold 

11  cut  vendu 

M  had  sold 

(7ons  vendlmes 

we  sold 

Nous  eflmes  vendu 

we  had  sold 

Vous  vendltes 

you  sold 

Vous  efites  vendu 

you  had  sold 

Ds  vendirent 

they  sold 

lis  eurent  vendu 

tliey  had  sold 

FUTUKE. 


Future  Anterior. 


Je  vendrai 
Tu  vendras 
H  vendra 
Nous  vendrons 
Vous  vendrez 
lis  vendront 


I  shall  sell 
thou  wilt  sell 

he  will  sell 
%ce  shall  sell 
you  will  sell 
tliey  ivill  sell 


J'aurai  vendu 
Tu  auras  vendu 
II  aura  vendu 
Nous  aurons  vendu 
Vous  aurez  vendu 
lis  auront  vendu 


I  shall  have  sold 
thou  wilt  have  sold 
he  ivtll  have  sold 
tee  shall  have  sold 
you  ivill  have  sold 
they  will  have  sold 


Present. 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Past. 


Je  vendrais  I  should  sell  J'aurais  vendu             I  should  have  sold 

Tu  vendrais  tJum  wmildst  sell  Tu  aurais  vendu  thmi  tvovldst  have  sold 

n  vendrait  he  wovld  se"  II  aurait  vendu            he  would  have  sold 

Nous  vendrions  we  should  sell  Nous  aurions  vendu  we  should  have  sold 

Vous  vendriez  you  would  sell  Vous  auricz  vendu    yov  tvould  have  sold 

lis  vendraient  they  would  sell  lis  auraient  vendu  they  would  have  sold 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Vends 

sell  (thou) 

Vendons 

let  vs  sell 

Vendez 

sell  (you) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Que  je  vende 
Que  tu  vendes 
Qu'il  vende 
Que  nous  vendions 
Que  vous  vendiez 
Qu'ils  vendent 


that  I  may  sell 

thai  thou  mayst  sell 

that  he  may  sell 

that  we  may  sell 

that  you  may  sell 

that  they  may  sell 


Past. 


Que  j'aie  vendu  that  I  may  ' 

Que  tu  aies  vendu  that  thou  mayst 
Qu'il  ait  vendu  that  he  may 

Que  nous  ayons  vendu  that  we  may 
Que  vous  ayez  vendu  that  you  may 
Qu'ils  aieut  vendu      that  tliey  may  . 


KEG  ULAR     VERBS. 


123 


Ikpebpect. 

Que  je  vendisse  that  I 

Que  tu  vcndisses  that  thou 

Quil  vendit  that  he 

Que  nous  vendissions  that  we 

Que  vous  vendissiez  that  you 

Qu'ils  vendissent  that  they 


Pluperfect. 
Que  j'eusse  vendu  that  T ' 

Que  tu  eusses  vendu       that  thou 
Qu'il  eflt  vendu  that  he  {■^y. 


Que  nous  eussions  vendu  that  we 
Que  vous  eussiez  vendu  that  you 
Qu'ils  eussent  vendu       that  they  . 


^ft- 


Vendre,  to  sell. 

Rendre,  to  return,  to  give  back. 

Attendre,  to  wait ;  to  wait  for ;  to 

expect. 
Entendre,  to  hear  ;  to  understand. 
Perdre,  to  lose. 
Repondref  (a),  to  answer. 
Una  question,  a  question. 
Une  reponse,  an  answer. 
Un  vaisseau,  a  vessel ;  a  ship. 
Un  navire,       ) 
Un  batiment,  S 
La  vapeiir,  the  steam. 
Un  batiment  a  vapeur,  a  steamer. 
Un  bateau  a  vapeur,  a  steamboat. 


a  vessel. 


Vocabulary  28. 

Le  naufrage,  shipwreck. 

Un  pent,  a  bridge. 

La  marchandise,  the  merchan- 
dise. 

Les  marchandises,  the  goods. 

La  monnaie,  the  money;  the 
change. 

Cher,  dear. 

A  bon  marche,  cheap. 

Tout  de  suite,  immediately. 

Tout  a  rheiure,!:  presently  ;  j  ust 
now. 

Tantot,!  by  and  by  ;  a  little  while 
ago. 

Aussitot  que,  as  soon  as. 


Exercise  28. 

Peesent  Tense.  1.  J'attends  ta  reponse.  2.  Tu  ne  re- 
ponds  pas  a  ma  question.  3.  II  ne  vous  eutend  pas.  4. 
Nous  ne  vendons  pas  cher.  5.  Pourquoi  ne  me  rendez-vous 
pas  ma  monnaie  ?     6.  lis  perdent  leur  temps. 

t  Bipondre  requires  the  preposition  d  before  the  noun  which  is  the  object  of  the 
verb;  repondre  d  quelgpi'un,  to  answer  some  one;  repondre  a  une  question,  to 
answer  a  question. 

X  Tout  a  Vhfvre  and  tantot  may  refer  to  past  or  future  time :  Je  Val  tu  tout  i 
theure  (or  tantdt).  I  have  seen  him  just  now  (or  a  little  while  ago).  Je  vais  le  voir 
Unit  d  Pheure  (or  tantot).    I  am  going  to  see  him  presently  (or  by  and  by). 


124  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Imperfect  Texse.  7.  J'attendais  I'arrivee  du  bdtiment 
a  vapeur.  8.  II  n'entendait  pas  qu'on  I'appelait.  9.  Nous 
vendions  nos  marchaudises  a  bun  niarche.  10.  lis  per- 
daieut  patience. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  11.  Je  repondis  d  sa  lettre 
aussitot  que  je  I'eus  re9ue.  12.  II  vendit  son  navire  le  len- 
demain  de  son  arrivee.  13.  Nous  lui  reudimes  sa  visite  la 
veille  de  notre  depart.  14.  lis  perdirent  leur  vaisseau  par 
un  naufrage. 

Future  Tense.  15.  Je  tous  rcndrai  votre  monnaie  tout  a 
riieurc.  IG.  II  ne  ri'pondra  pas  a  votre  question.  17.  Nous 
vous  atteudrons  au  pont.  18.  lis  perdront  tout  ce  qu'ils 
ont. 

Conditional  Mode.  19.  Je  vendrais  ce  bateau  a  va- 
peur, si  j'etais  a  votre  place.  20.  II  vous  rendrait  une  re- 
ponse  tan  tot,  si  vous  attendiez  un  peu.  21.  Yous  perdriez 
votre  temps,  si  vous  attendiez. 

Imperative  Mode.  22.  Attcnds-moi  au  pont.  23.  Ee- 
pondez  a  mes  questions,  je  vous  en  prie.  2-4.  Ne  perdons 
pas  courage. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  25.  U  est  temps 
que  je  lui  reude  sa  visite.  26.  Je  veux  que  tu  repondes  a 
ma  question.  27.  11  est  prudent  que  nous  attendions  un 
peu. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  28.  II  serait 
prudent  que  j'attendisse.  29.  II  serait  bien  qu'il  entendit 
cela.  30.  Je  voudrais  que  vous  me  repondissiez  tout  de 
suite. 

Theme  28. 

Present  Tense.  1.  I  hear  you.  2.  Thou  dost  not 
answer  (to)  my  question.    3.  He  is  waiting  for  an  answer. 


REGULAR     VERBS.  125 

4.  You  sell  too  clear.  5.  We  lose  money  on  these  goods.  G. 
They  do  not  return  us  our  change. 

Imperfect  Tense.  7.  I  was  losing  my  time.  8.  He 
was  waiting  for  the  arrival  of  the  steamer.  9.  We  used,  to 
hear  the  noise  of  the  carriages  during  the  night,  when  we 
lived  in  that  street.     10.  They  did  not  sell  cheap. 

Past  Definite  Tense.  11.  T  returned  (to  liim)  his 
visit  the  day  before  my  departure.  12.  He  answered  (to) 
my  letter  the  next  day.  13.  We  lost  our  goods  by 
shij)wreck.f  14.  They  sold  their  vessel  as  soon  as  they 
arrived. 

Future  Tense.  15.  I  shall  wait  for  you  at  the  bridge. 
16.  He  will  lose  his  cloak  by  and  by.  17.  We  will  answer 
you  presently.     18.  They  will  wait  for  us. 

Conditional  Mode.  19.  Why  do  you  not  wait  for 
me ;  I  would  wait  for  you.  20.  If  he  were  master  of 
his  property  (bien,  m.),  he  would  lose  everything  (tout  ce 
qu')  he  has.  21.  They  would  not  hear  us,  if  we  called 
them. 

Imperative  Mode.  22.  Answer  {sing)  me  immediately. 
23.  Do  not  lose  patience.  21:.  Let  us  wait  for  our  com- 
rades. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Present  Tense.  25.  I  must  sell 
this  boat.  2G.  He  must  answer  (to)  that  question.  27.  We 
must  wait  for  him. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  Imperfect  Tense.  28.  It  would 
be  well  for  him  to  answer  (to)  our  question.  29.  I  wish  that 
you  would  wait  a  little.  30.  I  wish  that  thou  wouldst  give 
me  back  my  money. 

t  By  shipwreck,  par  un  navfrage. 


12G  ELEMENTAKY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

TWENTY-NINTH  LESSON. 

Interrogative  Conjugation. 

1.  The  tenses  of  the  indicative  and  conditional  modes 
only  arc  used  interrogatively. 

The  interrogative  conjugation  is  formed  by  placing  tlie 
pronoun  subject,  with  a  hyphen,  after  the  verb:  ai-je? 
conpez-vous?  etc. 

The  final  silent  e  of  the  verb  is  changed  into  e  (acute), 
when  the  pronoun  subject  of  the  first  person  is  placed  after 
the  verb,  as :  coup6-je  ?  do  I  cut  f 

When  the  verb,  in  the  third  person  singular  ends  with  a 
vowel,  the  letter  t,  between  two  hyphens,  is  placed,  for  the 
sake  of  euphony,  before  the  pronouns  il,  elle,  on,  as  :  a-t-il? 
coupe-t-elle  ?   coupera-t-on  ? 

When  the  subject  of  an  interrogative  sentence  is  a 
noun,  it  is  placed  before  the  verb,  and  a  personal  pronoun 
of  the  same  person,  gender,  and  number,  is  placed  after  the 
verb,  as : 

Charles  a-t-il  la  lettre  ?  Has  Charles  the  letter  ? 

Louise  est-elle  en  haut  ?  Is  Louisa  up  stairs  ? 

Ces     hommes     coupent-ils  nos     Do  those  men  cut  our  trees? 
arbres  ? 

The  noun  subject  is,  however,  generally  placed  after  the 
verb  in  interrogative  sentences  that  begin  with  an  interro- 
gative pronoun,  or  an  adverb,  such  as :  que,  comment,  ou. 

Que  demandent  ces  hommes?  What  do  those  men  ask  for? 

Savez-vous  ou  demeure  M.  Du-  Do  you  know  where  Mr.  Ducrot 

crot  ?  lives  ? 

Comment  va  cette  affaire ?  How  is  that  business? 


NEGATIVE     CONJUGATION.  127 

2.  Interrogative  Form  with  Est-ce  que. 

Interrogative  sentences  are  also  formed  by  placing  est-ce 
que  before  the  subject  of  the  verb: 

Est-ce  que  Charles  a  le  journal  ?     Has  Charles  the  journal  ? 
Est-ce  que  Marie  est  encore  en     Is  Mary  still  up  stairs  ? 

haut? 
Est-ce  que  M.  Ducrot  a  vendu     lias  Mr.  Ducrot  sold  his  store? 

son  magasin  ? 

The  interrogative  form  with  est-ce  que  is  always  used 
when  the  verb,  in  the  first  person  singular,  ends  in  ge,  as  : 
est-ce  que  je  mange  ?  do  I  eat  ?  not  mange-je  ? 

The  interrogative  form  with  est-ce  que  is  also  used  for 
the  first  person  singular  when  the  verb  has  only  one  syllable, 
as:  est-ce  que  je  vends?  do  I  sell?  not  vends-je? 

Eight  verbs,  which  have  only  one  syllable  in  the  first 
person  singular  of  the  indicative  present,  may  be  used  inter- 
rogatively either  way:  ai-je  ?  have  I?  suis-je?  am  I? 
vais-je?  do  I  go?  puis-je  ?  can  I?  sais-je?  do  I 'know? 
vois-je?  do  I  see?  dois-je?  do  I oive?  auddis-je?  do  I 
say  ?  or  est-ce  que  j'ai  ?  etc. 

3.  Negative  Conjugation. 

We  have  seen  that  the  two  words  (ne  ....  pas)  that  ac- 
company a  verl3  to  express  negation,  arc  se})aratcd  Ijy  the 
verb  (in  compound  tenses,  by  the  auxiliarv  nnlv),  as:  Je 
n'ai  pas  ;  je  n'ai  jamais  ete  ;  je  n'ai  rien  dit. 

When  the  verb  is  in  the  infinitive,  the  two  negative  words 
are  generally  placed  before  the  verb  ;  they  may,  or  may  not, 
be  separated  by  a  personal  pronoun. 


128  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Je  vous  conseille  de  ne  pas  le  I  advise  you  not  to  do  it 

faire,  or  de  ne  le  pas  faire. 

Je  vous  prie  de  n'en  pas  parler,  I  beg  you  not  to  speak  of  it,  not  to 

de  n'en  rien  dire.  to  say  anything  about  it. 


Vocabulary  29. 

Chercher,  to  seek  ;  to  look  for.  Le  poulet,  the  chicken. 

Desirer,  to  desire  ;  to  wish  for,  Le  canard,  the  duck. 

Demander,  to  ask  for.  Le  dindon,  the  turkey. 

Ecouter,  to  listen  to.  Le  jambon,  the  ham. 

Regarder,  to  look  at.  Le  poisson,  the  fish. 

Decouper,  to  carve.  Le  potage, )  ^^^  ^^^^^ 

Conseiller  (de),  to  advise.  La  soupe,  ) 

Servir,  to  serve  ;  to  help  to.  En  haut,  upstairs. 

Savez-vous  ?  do  you  know  V  En  bas,  downstairs. 


Exercise  29. 

1.  Votre  soeur  est-elle  eucore  en  haut  ?  2.  Marie  est-elle 
en  bas  ?  3.  Nos  amis  sont-ils  a  la  campagne  ?  4.  Charles 
a-t-il  perdu  sa  grammaire  ?  5.  M.  votre  pere  desire-t-il  me 
parler  ?  6.  Va-t-on  servir  la  soupe  ?  7.  Pierre  va-t-il  de- 
couper le  poulet?  8.  Votre  oncle  aehetera-t-il  quelques 
canards?  9.  Nos  voisins  ont-ils  plnsieurs  beaux  dindons  ? 
10.  Cette  dame  nous  regarde-t-elle  ?  11.  Ces  matelots  ecou- 
tent-ils  le  capitaine,  qui  leur  donne  des  ordres  ?  12.  Ces 
hommes  nous  ont-ils  vendu  du  poisson?  13.  Est-ce  que 
Henri  a  bien  etudie  sa  le9on?  14.  Est-ce  qu'il  n'a  pas  eu  de 
fautes  dans  son  theme?  15.  Est-ce  que  le  professeur  me 
demande?  16.  Est-ce  qu'il  parle  de  moi  on  de  vous?  17. 
Est-ce  que  je  mange  votre  potage?  18.  Est-ce  que  je  ne 
vous  rends  pas  ce  que  vous  m'avez  prete?  19.  Est-ce  que 
jediscela?    20.  Que  sais-je?    21.  Oti  suis-je  ?    22.  Savez- 


THE     PASSIVE     VEEB.  129 

vous  oh  demcnre  notrc  professeiir  de  fran9ais?  23.  Je  vous 
conseille  de  ne  pas  le  lui  dire.  24.  Je  vous  prie  do  n'en  pas 
parler.     25.  J'ai  euvic  do  nc  pas  y  aller. 

Theme  29. 
1.  Is  mamma  up  stairs  '^  :i.  Is  the  professor  dowu  stairs  ? 
3.  Are  your  books  at  school  ?  4.  Does  your  mother  wish 
to  see  me  in  the  parlor?  5.  Is  John  carving  the  turkey? 
6.  Does  Mary  wish  for  some  soup  ?  7.  Does  your  aunt  ask 
for  some  (un  pen)  of  this  duck  ?  8,  Have  our  neighbors  a 
great  many  chickens ?  9.  Why  do  those  boys  look  at  us? 
10.  Do  the  scholars  listen  to  the  teacher  ?  11.  Have  I 
had  a  good  exercise?  12. f  Has  Louisa  seen  her  aunt? 
IS.f  Did  the  professor  ask  for  anybody?  14.f  What  am 
I  eating;  is  it  fish?  15. J  What  can  I  help  you  to? 
16. J  Can  I  help  you  to  some  soup?  IT.f  Do  I  not  sell 
cheap?  IS.f  Do  I  do  my  duty  well?  10.§  What  do 
those  men  ask  for?  20.  Where  does  Mr.  Ducrot  live? 
21. t  How  much  do  I  owe  you  ?  22.  I  beg  you  not  to  say 
anything  about  it.  23.  I  advise  you  not  to  go  there  any 
more.    24.  He  has  told  me  not  to  do  it. 


THIRTIETH   LESSON". 
The  Passive  Verb. 


1.  The  passive  verb  is  formed  by  joining  the  past  parti- 
ciple of  the  active  verb  to  the  various  forms  of  the  auxiliary 
verb  etre,  to  le,  as:  aimer,  to  love;  etre  aime,  to  he  loved. 

+  Follow  the  construction  indicated  in  Sect.  2  of  the  Lesson. 

X  See  last  paragraph  of  Sect.  2,  Exceptions. 

J  Follow  the  construction  indicated  in  last  paragraph  of  Scot.  1. 


130 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


The  past  participle  agrees,  iu  gender  and  number,  with 
the  subject  of  the  verb. 


Conjugation  of  the  Passive  Verb. 

ETKE  A131E,  To  Be  Loved.— (Model  Verb.) 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 


Present. 

Etreaime   <«•  atoee.  .  ^  ^^  ^,,^^ 
aimes  or  aimees  i 


Past. 

Avoir  ete  aime   or  aimee,  i  to  have  beek 
aimes  or  aimees  (       laved 


PAKTICIPLES. 


Present. 


Compound. 


Etant  aimfi   or  aimee, 
aimes  or  aimees 


,  '  i  being  loV' 
ees  ) 


loved 


Ayant  ete  aime  or  aimee,  i  har.ing  been 
aimes  or  aimees  )       Uned 


Past. 
Ete  aime  or  aimee,  aimes  or  aimees 


been  loved 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Je  suis  aime  or  aimee 

Tu  es  aime  (ee) 

II  or  elle  est  aime  (€e) 

Nous  sommes  aimes  or  aimees 

Vous  etes  aimes  (ees) 

lis  or  elles  sent  aimes  (ees) 


Past  Indefinite. 

J'ai  ete  aime  or  aimee 

Tu  as  ete  aime  (ee) 

II  or  elle  a  ete  aime  (ee) 

Nous  avons  ete  aimes  or  aimees 

Vous  avez  ete  aimes  (ees) 

Us  or  elles  out  ete  aimes  (ees)        J 


Imperfect. 

.T'6tais  aim6  (6e) 

Tu  ^tais  aim^  (ee) 

II  or  elle  etait  aime  (6e) 

Nous  etions  aimes  (^es) 

Vous  6tiez  aini6s  (4es) 

lis  01-  elles  6taiei)t  aiin^s  tees) 


Pluperpect. 

J'avais  ete  aime  (ee) 

Tu  avals  ete  aime  (ee) 

II  or  elle  avait  ete  aime  (ee) 

Nous  avions  ete  aimfis  tees) 

Vous  aviez  ete  aimes  (ees) 

Us  or  elles  avaient  ete  aimes  (ees) 


THE     PASSIVE     VERB, 


131 


Past  Definite. 

Je  fus  aim6  (ee) 

Tu  fus  aime  (ec) 

II  or  elle  fiit  aimu  (ce) 

Nous  fQmes  aiiues  (ees) 

Vous  fflles  aini6s  (ees) 

Xls  or  elles  furent  aimes  (ees) 


Past  Anteriok. 

J'eus  t'te  aime  (ee) 

Tu  eus  6te  aime  (ee) 
tt,  S        11  or  elle  cut  ete  aime  (ee) 
'  §■       Nous  eflmes  ete  aimes  (ees) 
g        Vous  efites  ete  aimes  (ees) 

lis  or  elles  eurent  ete  aimes  (ees)  J 


IS 


Future. 

Je  serai  aim6  (ee) 

Tu  seras  aime  (ee) 

11  or  elle  sera  aiuie  (ee) 

Nous  serous  aimes  (ees) 

Vous  serez  flimes  (ees) 

Us  or  elles  seront  aimes  (ees) 


y^-a 


Future  Anterior. 

J'aiirai  ete  aime  (ee) 

Tn  auras  ete  aime  (ee) 

II  or  elle  aura  ete  aime  (ee) 

Nous  aurons  ete  aimes  (ees) 

Vous  aurez  ete  aimes  (ees) 

Es  or  elles  auront  ete  aimes  (ees) . 


re 


Present. 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Je  serais  aime  (ee) 

Ta  serais  aime  (ee) 

II  or  ell'e  seralt  aime  (ee) 

Nous  serious  aimes  (ees) 

Voas  seriez  aimes  (ees) 

lis  or  elles  seraieut  aimes  (ees) 


a_S5, 


Past. 


J'aurais  ete  aime  (ee)  *) 

Tu  aurais  et4  aime  (ee) 

E  or  elle  aurait  ete  aime  (ee) 

Nous  aurions  etfi  aimes  (ees) 

Vons  auriez  ete  aimes  (ees) 

lis  or  elles  auraient  ete  aimes  (ees)  . 


§5. 

I  2  =« 

S  a. 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Sois  aime  (ee) 
Soyons  aimes  (ees) 
Soyez  aimes  (ees) 


he  (thmi)  loved 
let  us  be  loved 
be  (you)  loved 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Que  je  sois  aim6  (ee) 

Que  tu  sois  aime  (ee) 

Qu'il  or  qu'elle  soit  a'im6  (le) 

Que  nous  soyons  aimes  (ees) 

Que  vous  soyez  aimes  (ees) 

Qu'ils  or  eUes  soient  aimis  (ees) 


5  N 
-"^S 

•^  2 


Past. 


Que  j'aie  ete  aim^  (ee) 

Que  tu  aics  ete  aime  (ee) 

Qu'il  or  qn'elle  ait  ete  aime  (le) 

Que  nous  ayons  ete  aimes  (ees) 

Que  vous  aycz  ete  aimes  (ees) 

Qu'ils  or  elles  aient  4t6  aim^s  (ees)  ^ 


S  5 


132 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Impebfect. 
Que  je  fiisse  aim6  (ee) 
Que  tu  fusses  aime  (ee) 
Qu'il  or  qu'elle  fttt  aiine  (ee) 
Que  nous  fussions  aimes  (ees) 
Que  V0U8  fussiez  aimes  (ees) 
Qu'ils  or  elles  fusseut  aioies  (ees) 


2  "^ 


Plupekfect. 
Qne  j'cusse  6te  aime  (ee) 
Que  tu  eusses  ete  aime  (ee) 
Qu'il  or  qu'elle  efit  ete  aime  (ee) 
Que  nous  eussions  ete  aimes  (ees) 
Que  vous  eussiez  ete  aimes  (ees) 
Qu'ils  or  elles  cusseut  ete  aimes 


By,  after  a  Passive  Verb  Expressed  by  Par  or  De. 

The  agent  of  a  passive  verb  is  preceded  by  the  preposition 
par,  if  the  verb  expresses  action,  and  by  the  preposition  de, 
if  the  verb  expresses  a  sentiment. 


II  est  blame  par  ses  amis. 
EUe  est  aimee  de  ses  parents. 
II  est  puni  de  ses  fautes. 


He  is  blamed  by  bis  friends. 
She  is  loved  by  ber  parents. 
He  is  ptinisbed  for  bis  faults. 


Rem.  The  passive  form  of  the  verb  is  less  frequently  used  in  French 
than  in  English.  The  French  prefer  tbe  active  form,  with  tbe  pro- 
noun on  for  subject,  or  the  pronominal  form  of  the  verb  : 

On  vous  appelle.  You  are  called. 

On  I'a  vu.  He  has  been  seen. 

H  s'appelle  Henri.  He  is  called  Henry. 


Vocabulary  30. 


Blamer  (de),  to  blame  (for). 
Liouer  (de),  to  praise  (for). 
Recompenser  (de),  to  reward  (for). 
Reprimander  (de),  to  reprove  (for). 
Estimer,  to  esteem. 
Respecter,  to  respect. 
Mepriser,  to  despise. 
Negliger,  to  neglect. 
Les  bons,  the  good. 
Les  mechants,  the  wicked. 


L'obeissance,/.,  obedience. 

Obeissant,  obedient. 

La  desobeissance,  disobedience, 

Desobeissant,  disobedient. 

La  diligence,  diligence. 

Diligent,  diligent. 

La  negligence,  carelessness. 

Negligent,  careless  ;  negligent. 

Partout,  everywhere. 

II  est  juste,  it  is  just  or  right. 


THE     PASSIVE     VEEB.  133 

Exercise  30. 

1.  Je  suis  aime  de  mes  parents.  2.  II  est  bldrae  par  S9& 
amis,  parce  ([u'il  a  ete  negligent.  3.  Sa  soeur  est  louee, 
parce  qu'elle  a  ete  diligent e.  4.  Nons  sonimes  recompenses 
quand  nous  somnics  diligents.  5.  Nous  sommes  repri- 
mandes  quand  nous  sommes  negligents.  G.  Les  bons  sont 
partout  estimes  et  respectes.  7.  Les  mechants  sont  me- 
prises  et  punis.  8.  Vous  avez  ete  recompense  de  votre  dili- 
gence.  9.  Votre  soeur  a  ete  louee  de  son  obeissance.  10. 
Ces  eleves  ont  ete  blames  de  leur  negligence.  11.  Jules 
etait  aime  de  ses  maitres,  j)arce  qu'il  etait  obeissant  et 
diligent.  12.  Nous  etions  reprimandes  quand  nous  etions 
desobeissants.  13.  La  desobeissance  etait  reprimandee  et 
punie.  14-  Vous  serez  recompense,  si  vous  etes  diligent. 
15.  Vous  serez  puni,  si  vous  etes  desobeissant.  16.  Ceux 
qui  n'obeissent  pas  an  maitre,  seroni  punis.  17.  Vous 
seriez  recompense,  si  vous  aviez  ete  diligent.  18.  lis 
auraient    ete  punis,    s'ils   avaient    neglige    leurs  devoirs. 

19.  Je  veux  que  tu  sois  puni,  si  tu  negliges  tes  devoirs. 

20.  II   est   juste   qu'il   soit  recompense,    s'il   est   diligent. 

21.  II  serait  juste  que  vous  fussiez  puni,  si  vous  n'obeissiez 
pas  a  vos  maitres.  22.  II  faut  etre  obeissant  et  diligent 
pour  etre  aime  et  recompense. 

Theme  30. 
1.  You  are  blamed  for  your  carelessness.  2.  They  are 
punished  for  their  disobedience.  3.  She  is  loved  and  re- 
spected by  everybody.  4.  He  was  rewarded  by  his  teacher 
because  he  was  diligent  and  obedient.  5.  His  obedience  has 
been  praised.     G.  His  diligence  has  been  rewarded.    7.  The 


134         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

wicked  shall  be  punished.  8.  The  good  shall  be  rewarded. 
9.  He  was  often  reproved  for  his  carelessness.  10.  Those 
who  neglect  their  duties  will  be  despised.  11.  You  would 
be  rewarded,  if  you  had  been  diligent.  12.  They  would  be 
punished,  if  they  had  been  disol)edient.  13.  It  is  just  that 
you  be  {subj.)  punished,  if  you  are  disobedient.  14.  It 
would  be  right  that  lie  were  {sicbj.,  imp.)  rewarded,  if  he 
had  been  diligent  and  obedient.  15.  In  order  to  be  loved 
and  esteemed,  oue  must  behave  well  (se  bien  comporter).  16. 
He  who  behaves  tvell  (se  comporte  bien)  is  everywhere  well 
received. 

THIRTY-FIRST  LESSON. 

Neuter  Verbs,  Conjugated  with  Etre. 

1.  Certain  neuter  verbs,  principally  those  that  express  a 
change  in  the  position  or  condition  of  the  subject,  are  con- 
jugated in  the  compound  tenses  with  the  auxiliary  verb 
etre,  to  be.  The  past  participle  agrees  with  the  subject  of 
the  verb  (p.  88-1).  The  verb  arriver,  to  arrive,  is  given  as 
the  model  verb  of  the  class. 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 

Present.  Past. 

Arriver  to  arrive  fttre  arrivl   or  arrivge,    )   to  have 

arrives  or  arrivees  )  arrived 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present.  Compound. 

&.mvant  arriving  fitant  arrive   or  arrivle,  >    having 

arrives  or  arriveee  )  arrived 

Past. 
Arrive  or  arrivSc,  arrives  or  arrivees  arrived 


NEUTER     VERBS. 


135 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 

Present.  Past  Indefinite. 

J'arrive  I  arrive  Je  suis  arrive  or  arrivee 

Tu  arrives  thmt  arrivest  Tu  ch  arrive  (ee) 

II  arrive  he  arrives  II  or  elle  est  arrivfi  (ee) 

Nous  arrivons  we  arrive  Nous  sommes  arrives  (ees) 

Vous  arrivez  you  arrive  Vous  etes  arrives  (ees) 

llsarrivent  they  arrive  lis  or  elles  sent  arrives  (fies) 


Imperfect 
J'arrivais 
Tu  arrivais 
II  arrivait 
Nous  arrivions 
Vous  arriviez 
Us  arrivaient 


I  was  arriving 

thou  wast  arrivitig 

he  was  arriving 

we  tvere  arnving 

you  were  arriving 

they  were  arriving 


Pluperfect. 
J'etais  arrive  (ee) 
Tu  etais  arrive  (ee) 
II  or  elle  etait  ariive  (ee) 
Nous  etions  arrives  fees) 
Vous  etiez  arrives  (ees) 
Es  or  elles  etaient  arrives  (ees) 


Past  Definite. 


J'arrival 
Tu  airivas 
II  arriva 
Nous  arrivames 
Vous  arrivates 
Us  arriverent 


/  arrived 

thou  arrivedsl 

fie  arrived 

we  arrived 

you  arrived 

they  arrived 


Past  Anterior. 
Je  fns  arrive  (ee) 
Tu  fns  arrive  (ec) 
H  or  elle  fut  arrive  (ee) 
Nous  fflmes  arrives  (ees) 
Vous  fiites  arrives  (ees) 
lis  or  elles  furent  arrives  (ees) 


•ar 


FCTURB. 


J'arriverai 
Tu  arriveras 
II  arrivera 
Nous  arriverons 
Vous  arriverez 
Ds  arriverent 


I  shall  arrive 

thou  wilt  arrive 

he  will  arrive 

we  shall  arrive 

you  will  arrive 

they  will  arrive 


Future  Anterior. 

Je  serai  arrive  (ee) 

Tu  seras  arrive  (ee) 

II  w  elle  sera  arrive  (ee) 

Nous  serous  arrives  (ees) 

Vous  serez  arrives  (ees) 

Us  or  eUes  seront  arrives  (ees) 


a  S 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Present. 


J'arriverais 
Tu  arriverais 
II  arriverait 
Nous  arriverions 
Vous  arriverioz 
lis  arriveraient 


/should  arrive 

thou  wonldst  arrive 

he  would  arrive 

we  should  arrive 

you  would  arrive 

they  iDOuld  arrive 


Past. 


Je  serais  arriv6  (4e) 

Tu  serais  arrive  (ee) 

II  or  elle  serait  arrive  (ec) 

Nous  serious  arrives  (ees) 

Vous  seriez  arrives  (ees) 

Ps  or  elles  seraient  arrives  (6es) 


is- 


^i 


136 


ELEMEN^TARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Arrive 

arrive  (tfwn) 

Arrivons 

let  us  arrive 

Arrivez 

arrive  (you) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Pre  SENT. 

Qiiej'arrive  that  I  may 

Que  tu  arrives  that  thou  mayst 
Qu'il  arrive  that  he  may 

Que  nous  arrivions  that  we  may 
Que  VOU8  arriviez  that  you  may 
Qu'ils  airivent  that  they  may  . 


Past. 


Que  je  sois  arrive  (ee)  '^ 

Que  tu  sois  arrive  (ee) 
Qu'il  or  qu'elle  soil  arrive  (ee)        ( 
Que  nous  soyons  arrives  (ees)         I 
Que  vous  soyez  arrives  (ees) 
Qu'ils  or  elles  soient  arrives  (ees)  J 


a  a 

In 

«.» 


Imperfect. 

Que  j'arrivasse  that  I 

Que  tu  arrivasses  that  thou 

Qu'il  arrival  that  he 

Que  nous  arrivassions  that  we 

Que  vous  arrivassiez  that  you 

Qu'ils  airivassent  that  they 


PLUPERFECT. 

Que  je  f usse  arrive  (ee) 
Que  tu  fusses  arrive  (ee) 
Qu'O  or  qu'elle  fflt  arrive  (ee) 
Que  nous  fussions  arrives  (ees) 
Que  vous  fussiez  arrives  (ees) 
Qu'ils  or  elles  f ussent  arrives  (ees) 


aS. 
a,.S* 


2.    List  of    Neuter  Verbs  that  are  Conjugated  with   Etre, 

To  Be. 


Arriver,  to  arrive  ;  ^tre 

Aller,  to  go  ;  #tre 

Deceder,  to  decease ;  Stre 

Entrer,  to  enter  ;  to  go  or  come  in  ;  fetre 

Rentrer,  to  re-enter;  tocomehome;  etre 

Retourner,  to  return  ;  to  go  back  ;  ^tre 

Rester,  to  remain,  to  stay ;  fetre 

Tomber,  to  fall ;  gtre 

*Mourir,  to  die ;  6tre 

*Naitre,  to  be  born ;  fetre 

*Partir,  to  start ;  to  leave  ;  fetre 

*Sortir,  to  go  out ;  to  come  out ;  §tre 


arrive,  to  bave  arrived, 
alle,  to  have  gone, 
decede,  to  have  deceased, 
entre,  to  have  entered, 
rentre,  to  have  come, 
retourne,  to  have  returned, 
reste,  to  have  remained, 
tombe,  to  have  fallen, 
mort,  to  have  died, 
ne,  to  have  been  bom. 
parti,  to  have  started. 
sorti,  to  have  gone  out. 


NEUTER     VERBS 


137 


*Venir,  to  come  ;  Stre  venu,  to  have  come. 

*Devenir,  to  become  ;  fetre  devenu,  to  have  become. 

*Parvenir,  to  reach  ;  to  succeed  ;  etre  parvenu,  to  have  become, 

*Revenir,  to  return ;  to  come  back  ;  etre  revenu,  to  have  returned. 


3.  Neuter  Verbs  that  Take  sometimes  Avoir  and 

sometimes  ^tre. 

Some  neuter  verbs  take  avoir  for  their  auxiliary  when 
they  express  action  only,  and  etre  when  they  express  rather 
the  state  resulting  from  the  action,  as : 

EUe  a  grandi  rapidement.  She  has  grown  rapidly. 

Elle  est  grandie  de  deux  pouces.  She  has  grown  (by)  two  inches. 

La  procession  a  passe  ici.  The  procession  passed  here. 

La  procession  est  passee.  The  procession  has  passed. 

The  following  are  some  of  this  class : 


Cesser,  to  cease. 
*Croitre,  to  grow. 
Grandir,  to  grow  tall. 
Vieillir,  to  grow  old. 


Descendre,  to  go  or  come  down. 
Monter,   to  go  or  come  up. 
Remonter,  to  reascend. 
Passer,  to  pass. 


Rem.     Several  of  the  above  verbs,  under  3  and  3,  are  sometimes 
used  as  transitive  verbs,  in  which  case  they  are  conjugated  with  avoir. 


Vocabulary  31. 


Le  dejeuner,  breakfast. 

Le  diner,  dinner. 

Le  souper,  suj)per. 

Le  bal,  the  ball. 

Le  notaire,  the  notary. 

La  procession,  the  procession. 

Le  train,  the  train. 


Una  famille,  a  family. 

Hier  au  matin,  j'esterday  morning, 

Hier  au  soir,  last  night. 

De  bonne  beure,  early. 

Tard,  late. 

Jusque,  till,  until. 

Jusqu'a  samedi,  until  Saturday. 


138         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Exercise  31. 
1.  Je  suis  amve  ce  matin.  2.  Ma  tante  est  arriv^e  hier 
au  soir.  3.  Le  train  etait  parti  quand  nous  sommes  arrives. 
4.  Mes  eousines  sont  arrivees  de  bonne  heure.  5.  Jules  est 
alle  au  bureau.  6.  Mes  soeurs  sont  allees  a  I'eglise.  7.  Le 
marchand  est  entre  dans  son  magasin.  8.  Le  medecin  est 
rentre  tard  hier  au  soir.  9.  Nos  amis  sont  retoumes  chez 
eux,  10.  Mes  parents  sont  restes  a  la  campague  jusqu'a 
samedi.  11.  Ces  pommes  sont  tombees  de  I'arbre.  12.  La 
femme  du  notaire  est  morte  hier  au  matin.  13.  Xotre 
voisine  est  nee  a  Berlin.  14.  Nous  sommes  partis  de  bonne 
heure.  15.  lis  sont  sortis  apres  le  dejeuner.  16.  Mes  eou- 
sines sont  venues  a  la  ville  pour  aller  au  bal.  17.  EUes  sont 
arrivees  a  temps  pour  le  souper.  18.  Cette  famille  est  de- 
venue  tres-pauvre.  19.  Les  fils  de  notre  voisin  sont  devenus 
soldats.  20.  Yotre  lettre  m'est  parvenue  trop  tard.  21.  Mes 
parents  ne  sont  pas  encore  revenus.  22.  La  procession  est 
deja  passee  ;  elle  a  passe  par  ici. 

Theme  31. 

l.f  We  arrived  in  time  for  the  train.  2.f  My  sister  came 
with  me.  3.f  My  father  came  alone  last  evening.  4.f  .Henry 
and  William  came  together.  5.  Mary  went  to  see  her  aunt. 
6.  The  children  went  for  a  walk.  7.  The  procession  had 
entered  the  church  when  I  came  byf  (passed).  8.f  My  sisters 
came  in  early.  9.  My  aunt  has  returned  home.  lO.f  Those 
are  pears  that  fell  from  the  trees,  ll.f  We  stayed  in  the 
country  until  Saturday.  12. f  Our  friend,  the  notary,  died 
last  night.     13.  I  was  bora  in  this  city.     14.f  They  started 

t  Put  the  verb  in  the  past  indefinite  tense. 


PRONOMINAL     VERBS.  139 

after  breakfast.  15.  f  We  went  out  after  supper.  IG.  That 
family  has  left /or  Europe  (pour  I'Europe).  17.  Our  neigh- 
bors have  become  very  rich.  18. f  Your  letter  did  not  reach 
me  in  time.  19.  Our  friends  have  not  yet  come  back  to 
town.     20.t  The  soldiers  have  passed ;  they  passed  by  here. 


THIllTY-SECOND   LESSON. 

Pronominal  Verbs. 

1.  Pronominal  verbs  are  conjugated  with  two  pronouns  of 
the  .same  person;  the  one  is  the  subject,  the  other  the  direct, 
or  indirect,  object,  of  the  verb. 

In  the  compound  tenses  of  pronominal  verbs  the  auxiliary 
verb  etre  is  used  for  the  auxiliary  verb  avoir.  The  past 
participle  is  subject  to  the  same  rule  of  agreement  as  the 
past  participle  of  transitive  verbs;  that  is,  it  agrees  with  its 
direct  object,  when  the  direct  object  precedes  the  participle. 

Conjugation  of  the  Pronominal  Verb. 

SE  COUPEK,  To  Cut  One's  Self.— (Modki.  Verb.) 

INFINITIVE   3I0Df]. 
Present.  Past. 

Se  couper         to  cut  one's  self  S"etre  coup6       to  have  cut  one's  self 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present.  Compound. 

Secoupant        cutting  one's  self  S"6tant  coup6    having  cut  one's  self 

Past. 
Coup6  cut 

+  Put  the  verb  in  the  past  indefinite  tense. 


// 
// 


140 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


/  cut  myself,  etc. 


Je  me  coupe 
Tu  te  coupes 
11  se  coupe 
Nous  nous  coupons 
Vous  V0U8  coupez 
Us  se  coupeut 


Imperfect. 
Je  me  coupais   I  was  cutting  myself  ,  etc. 
Tu  te  coupais 
n  86  coupait 
Nous  nous  coupionB 
Vous  vous  coupiez 
lis  se  coupaient 


Past  Indefinite. 
Je  me  suis  coup6    /  have  cut  myself,  etc 
Tu  t'es  coupe 
II  s'est  coup6 

Nous  nous  sommes  coupes 
Vous  vous  etes  coupes 
lis  se  sont  coupes 

Pluperfect. 
Je  m'etais  coupe    I  had  cut  myself,  etc. 
Tu  t'etais  coupe 
D  s'etait  coupe 
Nous  nous  etions  coupSs 
Vous  vous  etiez  coupes 
lis  s'etaient  coupes 


Past  Definite. 

Jemecoupal  J  cut  myself  ,  etc. 

Tu  te  coupas 

H  se  coupa 

Nous  nous  coupfimes 

Vous  vous  coupates 

Es  se  couperent 


Past  Anterior. 
Je  me  fus  coupe      /  had  cut  myself,  ett,. 
Tu  te  fus  coupe 
11  se  fut  coupe 
Nous  nous  fumes  coupes 
Vous  vous  ffites  coupes 
lis  se  furent  coupes. 


Future. 
Je  me  couperai      I  shall  cut  myself,  etc. 
Tu  te  couperas 
II  se  coupera 
Nous  nous  couperons 
Vous  vous  couperez 
lis  se  couperont 


Future  Anterior. 
Je  me  serai  coupe     /  shall  have  cut  m,i/ 


Tu  te  seras  coupe 

H  se  sera  coupe 

Nous  nous  serons  coupes 

Vous  vous  serez  coupes 

lis  se  seront  coupes 


\_sef,  etc. 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Present. 
Je  me  couperais       I  should  cut  myself 


Tu  te  couperais 
J\  se  couperait 
Nous  nous  couperions 
Vous  vous  couperiez 
Us  se  couperaient 


{etc. 


Past. 

Je  me  serais  coupe       I  should  have  cut 

Tu  te  serais  coupe  [myself,  etc 

II  se  serait  coupe 

Nous  nous  serions  coupes 

Vous  vous  seriez  coupes 

lis  se  seraient  coupes. 


PRONOMINAL  VERBS. 


141 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

Conpe-toi  cut  thyself 

Coupons-nous       let  lis  cut  ourselves 
Coupez-vous  ait  yourselves 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Que  je  mc  coupe    that  Imaij  cut  myself. 

Que  tu  te  coupes  [etc. 

Qu'il  se  coupe 

Que  nous  nous  coupions 

Que  vous  vous  coupiez 

Qu'ils  se  coupent 


Imperfect. 


Que  je  me  coupasse, 
Que  tu  te  coupasses 
Qu'il  se  coupat 
Que  nous  nous  coupassions 
Que  vous  vous  coupassiez 
Qu'ils  se  coupassent 


that  /might  cut 
[myself,  etc. 


Past. 


Que  je  me  eois  coupe     that  I  may  have 

Que  tu  te  sois  coupe        [cut  myself,  etc. 

Qu'il  se  soit  coupe 

Que  nous  nous  soyons  coupes 

Que  vous  vous  soyez  coupes 

Qu'ils  se  soient  coupes 

Pluperfect. 

Que  je  me  fusse  coupe  that  Imight  have 

Que  tu  te  fusses  coupe     [cut  myself,  etc. 

Qu'ils  se  fflt  coupe 

Que  nous  nous  fussions  coupes 

Que  vous  vous  fussiez  coupes 

Qu'ils  se  fussent  coupes 


Remarks  and  Examples. 


The  pronominal  form  of  th 
when,  in  English,  the  verb  is 

Se  coucher, 

Se  lever, 

Se  promener, 

Se  tromper, 

Se  porter, 

S'appeler, 

Se  rappeler, 

Comment  vous  portez-vous  ? 

Je  me  porte  bien, 

Comment  s'appelle  votre  ami  ? 

II  s'appelle  Jules, 

Je  ne  me  rappelle  pas  cela, 


e  verb  is  often  used  in  French, 
intransitive  or  passive,  as  : 

To  lie  down. 

To  rise. 

To  walk. 

To  be  mistaken;  to  deceive  one's  self. 

To  be  ;  to  do  {of  one's  health). 

To  be  called. 

To  recollect  (to  recall  to  one's  self). 

How  do  you  do  ? 

I  am  well. 

"^Tiat  is  your  friend's  name  ? 

His  name  is  Julius. 

I  do  not  recollect  that. 


143  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Pronominal  verbs  express  either  reflective  or  reciprocal 
action.  Reflective  action  is  confined  to  the  subject ;  reci- 
procal action  requires  two  or  more  pei-sons;  hence,  in  tlie 
latter  case,  the  verb  is  always  in  the  plural.  S'aimer 
may  mean  to  love  one's  self,  or  to  love  each  other,  or  one 
another. 

To  distinguish  between  reflective  and  reciprocal  action,  it 
is  sometimes  necessary  to  make  use  of  an  additional  pronoun, 
either  a  compound  pronoun,  to  express  reflective  action ;  or 
an  indefinite  jironoun,  to  express  reciprocal  action. 

S'aimer  soi-meme.  To  love  one's  seK. 

S'aimer  I'un  I'autre.  To  love  each  otlier. 

S'aimer  les  uns  les  autres.  To  love  one  another. 


Vocabulary  32. 

Se  coucher,  to  lie  down ;  to  go  to  Se  rappeler,  to  recollect. 

bed.  Le  voyage,  the  voyage  ;  the  jour- 
Se  lever,  to  rise.  ney. 

S'habiller,  to  dress  (one's  self).  Le  chemin,  the  road  ;  the  way. 

Se  deshabiller,  to  undress  one's  Le  boulevard,  the  boulevard. 

self.  Le  nom,  the  name. 

Se  promener,  to  walk  ;  to  take  a  Jacques,  James. 

walk,  Le  soir,  in  the  evening. 

Se  tromper,f  to  be  mistaken.  La-bas,  yonder ;  there. 

Se  porter,  to  be  ;  to  do.  Lorsque,:}:  when. 

S'appeler,  to  be  called.  Ensuite,  then. 
Avant  de,§  before. 


t  Se  tromper  de,  to  be  mistaken  in  ;  se  tromper  de  chemin,  to  be  mistaken  in  the 
road  ;  to  take  the  wrong  road. 

%  Lorsqiie,  quand,  when.  Lorsqve  is  a  conjnnction  ;  qnand  is  an  adverb  of  time, 
often  used  interrogatively  ;  it  is  also  used  as  a  conjunctive  adverb. 

§  Avant  de  is  used  before  the  infinitive,  instead  of  avant.  Je  me  promlne  avant 
de  me  coucher,  I  take  a  w.ilk  before  I  go  to  bed. 


PRONOMINAL     VERBS.  143 


Exercise  32. 

Simple  Tenses.  1.  Je  mc  couche  tard,  et  je  me  leve  de 
bonne  hcure.  2.  Je  me  promene  })cndant  une  heure  avant 
de  me  coucher.  3.  Comini'iit  vous  ])()rtez-vous  '^  4,  Je  me 
porte  bien.  5.  II  ne  s'habillo  janiais  avant  midi.  G.  Ami, 
tu  te  ti'ompes.  7.  Conimcni  s'appelle  votre  ami  ?  8.  II 
s'appelle  Jaeques.  9.  Xous  nous  tronipons  qiielquetbis. 
10.  Les  hommcs  se  trompent  Ics  uns  les  antres.  11.  C'est 
une  histoire  que  je  ne  mo  rappelle  pas.  12.  Lorscpie  j'etais 
a,  Paris,  je  mc  portais  bien.  13.  Nous  nous  promenious 
tous  les  jours  sur  les  boulevards.  14.  Nous  nous  coueliions 
tard,  et  nous  nous  levions  de  bonne  heure.  15.  Ma  mere  ne 
se  portait  pas  bien  })cndant  le  voyage.  16.  Elle  se  portera 
mieux  quand  elle  sera  a  la  campagne.  17.  Je  me  leverai 
demain  matin  a  six  heures.  18.  Vous  ne  vous  rappellerez 
pas  cela.  19.  Vous  vous  porteriez  mieux,  si  vous  vous 
couchiez  de  bonne  heure.  20.  Couche-toi  de  bonne  heure, 
et  ne  te  leve  pas  trop  tard.  21.  Promenez-vous  pendant  une 
heure  avant  de  vous  coucher.  22.  Rappelons-nous  ce  que 
nous  etions  autrefois.  23.  Ne  nous  trompons  pas.  24.  II 
faut  que  je  me  leve  de  bonne  heure.  25.  Je  voudrais  que 
vous  vous  levassiez  de  bonne  heure  tous  les  jours. 

Compound  Tenses.  1.  Je  me  suis  leve  a  six  heures  ce 
matin.  2.  Je  me  suis  habille,  et  ensuite  je  suis  alle  me 
promener.  3.  Je  me  suis  trompe  de  rue,  en  revenant,  et  je 
suis  reutre  trC'S-tard.  4.  Tu  t'es  couche  de  bonne  heure  hier 
au  soir.  5.  Vous  etiez-vous  habilles  quand  je  suis  venu  ? 
6.  Nous  nous  sommes  habilles  de  bonne  heure.  7.  Jacques 
s'etait  couche  sans  se  deshabiller.  8.  Nous  nous  etions 
trompcs  de  chemin,  et  nous  sommes  arrives  a  la  maison 


144  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

apres  le  diner.  9.  II  se  sera  couehe  qnand  vous  arriverez 
Id-bas.  10.  Nous  nous  serious  leves  a  six  heures,  si  nous 
vous  avions  attendus  avant  le  dejeuner.  11.  lis  ne  so 
seraieut  pas  rappcle  cette  histoire,  si  je  ne  leur  en  avais  pas 
parle.  12.  II  est  bien  que  je  me  la  sois  rappelee.  13.  Je 
voudrais  que  vous  ne  vous  fussioz  pas  trunipe. 

Theme  32. 

Simple  Tenses.  1.  I  am  mistaken.  2.  Thou  art  often 
mistaken.  3.  In  the  evening,  we  walk  for  an  hour  before 
we  go  to  bed.  4.  You  go  to  bed  too  late,  and  you  rise  too 
late.  5.  We  are  in  good  health,  f  6.  What  is  that  gentle- 
man's name  ?  7.  I  do  not  recollect  his  name.  8.  We  were 
dressing  when  you  came  (have  come).  9.  I  was  not  in  good 
health  when  I  was  in  Paris.  10.  I  used  to  walk  every  day 
on  the  boulevards.  11:  I  shall  dress  immediately,  and  then 
1  shall  breakfast.  12.  We  shall  go  to  bed  early,  and  we  shall 
rise  early.  13.  They  will  not  recollect  what  they  have  told 
you.  14.  You  would  take  the  wrong  road  if  you  were  alone. 
15.  He  would  be  in  better  health,  if  he  did  not  w^ork  so 
much.  16.  Eise  (sing.)',  it  is  nine  o'clock.  17.  Do  not  go 
to  bed  (sing.)  too  late.  18.  Dress  {plur.)  immediately.  19. 
Recollect  {plur.)  what  I  have  told  you.  20.  Let  us  take  a 
walk  before  going  to  bed.  21.  It  is  well  that  you  recollect 
that.     22.  It  would  be  well  that  they  should  recollect  it  too. 

Compound  Tenses.  1.  wentj  to  bed  early  last  night;  I 
was  {imp.)  tired.  2.  He  rose  before  six  o'clock.  3.  He 
dressed  himself  immediately,  and  then  he  went  for  a  walk. 
4.  We  took  the  wrong  street.    5.  I  had  dressed  when  you 

+  To  be  in  good  health,  se  porter  bien  ;  to  be  in  better  health,  se  porter  mietex, 
t  Past  indefinite  tense. 


IMPERSONAL     VERBS.  145 

came  (have  come).  G.  We  had  hiin  'Town  without  undress- 
mg  (ourselves).  7.  They  had  taken  the  wrong  road,  and 
arrived  very  late.  8,  lie  will  not  have  risen,  when  we 
(shall)  arrive  there.  9.  They  would  not  have  gone  to  bed, 
if  they  had  expected  us.  10.  You  would  not  have  recol- 
lected that,  if  I  had  not  spoken  of  it.  11.  I  am  glad  that 
you  recollected  that.  12.  I  wish  that  we  had  dressed  before 
breakfast. 


THIRTY-THIRD   LESSON. 

Impersonal  Verbs. 

1.  An  impersonal  verb  is  only  used  in  the  third  person 
singular,  and  is  conjugated  with  the  pronoun  il,  it,  for 
subject. 

Verbs  are  essentially  impersonal  when  they  cannot  1)e 
used  as  personal  verbs.  Snch  verbs  take,  in  the  compound 
tenses,  the  auxiliary  verb  avoir. 

Conjugation  of  the  Impersonal  Verb. 

TOXNER,   To   Thunder.— (Model  Verb.) 

Infikitive.  Presext  Particifle.  Past  Participle. 

Tonner         to  thunder         Tonnant      thundering  Tonne       thundered 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

Present.  Past  iNDEmnTE. 

n  tonne  U  thunders  II  a  tonne  it  has  thundered 

Impebfect.  Plufebpect. 

n  tonnait  it  was  thundering         D  avait  tonn6  it  had  thundered 


146         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Pa8T  Depinitb,  Past  Anterior. 

H  tonna  if  thundered  H  eut  toniiu  it  had  thundered 

Future.  Fcituke  Anterior.     ' 

H  tonnera  it  will  thunder  II  aura  tonu6        it  will  have  thundered 

CONDITIONAL  MODE. 
Present.  Past. 

n  tonnerait  it  would  thunder  11  auralt  tonn^    it  would  have  thundered 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 
'  Present.  Past. 

Qu'il  tonne        that  it  may  thunder  Qu'il  ait  tonne  that  it  may  have 

[thundered 

Imperfect.  Pluperfect. 

QuMl  tonufit    that  it  might  thunder  Qu'il  eflt  tonne  that  it  might  have 

[thundered 

Rem.     Verbs  tliat  express  the  condition  of  tlie  atmosphere  are  im- 
personal. 

2.  FAiRE.f  To  Do,  To  Make,  and  ^tre.  To  Be,  as  Impersonal 

Verbs. 

Faire  is  used  as  an  impersonal  verb,  to  express  the  state 
of  the  weather. 

Quel  temps  fait-il?  How  is  the  weather? 

II  fait  beau  temps.  It  is  fine  weather. 

II  fait  mauvais  temps.  It  is  bad  weather. 

II  fait  chaud ;  &oid.  It  is  warm  ;  cold. 

II  fait  de  I'orage.  It  is  stormy. 

II  fait  des  eclairs.  It  lightens. 

Etre  is  used  as  an  impersonal  verb,  to  express  the  hour  of 
the  day. 

Quelle  heure  est-il  ?  "What  time  is  it  ? 

H  est  trois  heures.  It  is  three  o'clock. 

t  Faire  is  conjugated  page  185. 


IMPERSONAL     VERBS. 


147 


Etre  is  also  used  as  an  impersonal  verb  in  connection  with 
the  noim  temps,  tiuie,  ami  with  adjectives  and  adverbs  :  il 
est  temps,  it  is  time  ;  il  est  bon,  it  is  good ;  il  est  bien, 
it  is  well. 

These  and  other  impersonal  phrases,  if  followed  by  a  verb 
in  the  infinitive,  require  the  preposition  de  before  the  verb. 


II  est  temps  de  partir. 
II  est  bon  de  savoir  cela. 
II  est  bien  de  faire  cela. 


It  is  time  to  start. 

It  is  good  to  know  that. 

It  is  well  to  do  that. 


3.    Conjugation  of  the  Irregular  Impersonal  Verbs. 

Y  AYOIK.   To    Be   (in    existence).  — FALLOIR,   To   Be 
Necessary.— PLrEUVOIR,  To  Rain. 

(We  give  only  the  simple  tenses,  and  omit  the  English,  which  the 
student  can  easily  supply.) 


iNTINrnTE. 

Y  avoir 

Falloir 

Pleuvoir 

Pees.  Part. 

Y  ayant 

(zcantinff) 

Plenvant 

Past.  Part. 

Eu 

Fallu 

Pla 

Ind.  Pres. 

11  y  a  {there  is,  tJiere  are) 

11  faut 

D  pleut 

IXD.  ISTP. 

11  y  avait 

11  fallait 

11  pleuvait 

Ind.  Past  Def. 

11  y  eat 

11  fallut 

11  pint. 

Ikd.  Future. 

11  y  aura 

n  faudra 

11  pleuvra 

CoND.  Pres. 

11  y  aurait 

11  faudrait 

11  pleuvrait 

SuBJ.  Pres. 

Qii'il  y  ait 

Qu'il  faille 

Qu'il  pleuve 

SuBJ.  Imp. 

Qu'il  y  eflt 

Qu'il  faliat 

Qu'il  plftt 

4  Falloir,  To  Be  Necessary,  Must, 

Falloir  is  either  followed  by  a  verb  in  the  infinitive,  or  by 
que  and  a  verb  in  the  subjunctive  mode. 

When  falloir  {must)  is  construed  with  the  infinitive,  the 
subject  of  the  English  verb  must,  is,  in  French,  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb  falloir. 


148 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Que  me  faut-il  faire  ? 

XI  vous  faut  rester  tranquille. 


What  must  I  do  ? 
You  must  keep  quiet. 


The  subject  is  omitted  when  it  is  of  a  general  character ; 
and  generally,  also,  when  the  meaning  is  sufficiently  obvious 
without  it. 


II  faut  travaiUer  pour  reussir. 

Faut-il  aller  a  la  banque  9 
n  faut  y  aller. 


It  is  necessary  to  work  in  order  to 

to  succeed. 
Must  I  go  to  the  bank  ? 
You  must  go  there. 


Falloir  is  also  used  in  the  sense  of  to  toant. 

Que  lui  faut-il  ?  What  does  he  want  f 

II  lui  faut  de  I'argent.  He  wants  money 


Tonner,  to  thunder. 
Neiger,  to  snow. 
GrSler,  to  hail. 
Geler,  to  freeze. 
Degeler,  to  thaw. 
*Pleuvoir,  to  rain. 
*Savoir,  to  know. 
*Y  avoir,  to  be. 
*Falloir,  to  be  necessary. 
Comme  11  faut,  as  it  should  be. 
Se  comporter,  to  behave. 


Vocabulary  33. 

La  pluie,  the  rain. 

II  fait  de  la  pluie,  it  rains. 

La  neige,  the  snow. 

Le  tonnerre,  the  thunder. 

Un  eclair,  a  flash  of  lightning ;  il 

fait  des  eclairs,  it  lightens. 
La  langue,  the  language. 
Du  monde,  company ;  people. 
Chaud,  warm. 
Froid,  cold. 
Tranquille,  quiet ;  stilL 


Exercise  33. 
1.  Quel  temps  fait-il  ?  2.  II  fait  beau  temps  ;  il  fait  chaud. 
3.  II  fait  mauvais  temps ;  il  pleut.  4.  II  a  neige  pendant 
la  nuit;  il  fait  froid.  5.  II  grele  a  present.  G.  II  gelera 
cette  nuit.  7.  Demain  il  degelera.  8.  II  tonne  et  il  fait 
des  eclairs.  9.  II  va  pleuvoir.  10.  II  pleuvra  beaucoup. 
11.  II  a  plu  toute  la  nuit.     12.   II  est  temps  de  se  lever. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS.  149 

13.  II  est  boil  de  savoir  cela.  14.  II  est  utile  de  savoir 
plusieurs  langucs.  15.  II  y  avait  beaucoup  de  monde  a 
I'egliso.  16.  II  y  aura  peu  de  fruit  cette  aunee.  17.  II  y 
aurait  beaucoup  de  monde  ici,  s'il  ue  pleuvait  pas.  18.  Que 
me  faut-il  fairo  ?  19.  II  vous  faut  etudier.  20.  II  faut  rester 
trauquille.  21.  II  faut  se  bien  comporter  pour  etre  respecte. 
22.  Que  faut-il  a  votre  frere  ?  23.  II  lui  faut  de  I'argeut. 
24.  J'ai  tout  ce  qu'il  me  faut.     25.  C'est  comme  il  faut. 

Theme  33. 

1.  Is  it  raining  ?  2.  No,  sir,  it  is  fine  weather.  3.  It  is 
warm.  4.  It  was  (has  been)  cold  during  the  night.  5.  It 
froze  (has  frozen).  G.  It  snows  now.  7.  I  like  (the)  snow 
better  than  (the)  rain.  8.  It  bails.  9.  It  is  going  to  thaw. 
10  Is  that  thunder  ?  11.  Yes,  it  thunders  and  hghtens. 
12.  It  will  rain  soon.  13.  It  is  time  to  go  to  bed.  14.  It  is 
well  to  know  several  languages.  15.  In  order  to  know 
tbem,  it  is  necessary  to  study  them.  16.  There  was  com- 
pany in  the  parlor,  when  I  came  in.  17.  There  will  be  many 
peaches  this  year.  18.  There  would  not  be  anybody  bere,  if 
it  rained  as  it  did  (has  done)  yesterday.  19.  James  did  not 
behave  (has  not  behaved)  well.  20.  You  must  tell  it  to  his 
father.     21.  Wbat  do  you  want  ?    22.  I  want  some  gloves. 


THIRTY-FOURTH    LESSON. 
Irregular  Verbs. 

1.  There  are,  besides  the  auxiliary  verbs  avoir  and  etre, 
forty-four  irregular  forms  of  conjugation,  and  about  two 
hundred  and  eighty  irregular  verbs,  which  are  conjugated 


150 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


according  to  some  one  of  the  irregular  forms  or  model  verbs. 
We  give  the  irregular  model  verbs  of  the  fii'st  (two),  second 
(ten),  third  {eleven),  and  fourth  {twenty-three)  conjugations 
successively  and  in  alphabetical  order,  and  below  each  model, 
the  verbs  that  follow  its  conjugation. 

Irregular  Model  Verbs.  —  First  Conjugation. 

2.  *ALLEK,  To  Go.  — (First  Modkl.) 

AUer  Allant  A116 


Etre  allet              to  have  gone 

fRKSENT. 

Je  vals 

ta  vas 

nva 

Nous  allons 

vous  allez 

ils  vont 

Imperf. 

J'allais 

tn  allais 

11  allait 

Nous  allious 

vous  alliez 

ils  allaient 

Past  Dep. 

J'allai 

tu  alias 

il  alia 

Nous  allames 

vous  aliates 

lis  allerent 

Future. 

J'irai 

tu  iras 

il  ira 

Nous  irons 

vous  irez 

ils  iront 

COND.  Pb, 

eTirais 

tu  Irais 

il  irait 

Nous  irions 

vous  iriez 

ils  iraient 

Imper. 

Va 

Allons 

allez 

SuBj.  Pb. 

Q,ue  j'aille 

que  tu  allies 

qu'i!  aille 

Que  nous  allions 

que  vous  alliez 

qu'ils  aillent 

Impekp. 

Que  j'allasse 

que  tu  allasses 

qu'il  allat 

Que  nous  allassions 

que  vous  allassiez 

qu'ils  allassent 

2. 


S'EN  *ALiLER,  To  Go  Away. 


S'en  aller,  to  go  away,  follows  the  model  verb  aller;  but 
its  conjugation  presents  some  additional  difficulties,  and  is 
therefore  giveu  in  full. 


t  Only  the  simple  tenses  of  the  verbs  arc  pven  here ;  the  auxiliary  verb,  which 
58  to  be  used  in  the  for.mation  of  the  compound  tenses,  is  indicated.  The  student 
can  form  the  compound  tenses  himself,  and  also  supply  the  English,  which  he  will 
now  have  no  difficulty  in  doing. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 

15 

S'en  aller 

S'en  allant 

Alls 

S'en  etrc  all6 

to  have  gone  away 

Present. 

Je  m'en  vais 

tu  t'en  vas 

il  s'en  va 

Nous  nous  en  aliens 

vous  veus  en  allez 

iis  s'en  vent 

Impzrf. 

Je  m'en  allais 

tu  t'en  allais 

il  s'en  allait 

Nous  nous  en  alliens 

vous  vous  en  alliez 

ils  s'en  allaient 

Past  Dep. 

Je  m'en  allai 

tu  t'en  alias 

il  s'en  alia 

Nous  nous  en  allames 

vous  vous  en  allates 

ils  s'en  allerent 

FL'TUUE. 

Je  m'en  irai 

tu  feu  iras 

il  s'en  ira 

Nous  nous  en  irons 

vous  vous  en  irez 

ils  s'en  iront 

COND.  Pr. 

Je  m'en  irais 

tu  t'en  iiais 

il  s'en  irait 

Nous  nous  en  irions 

vous  vous  en  iriez 

ils  s'en  iraient 

Impek. 

Va-t'en 

Allons-nons-en 

allez-vous-en 

S0BJ.  Pit. 

Que  je  m'en  aille 

que  tu  t'en  ailles 

qu'il  s'en  aille 

Que  nous  nous   en  al- 

que vous  vous  en  al 

qu'ils  s'en  aillent 

liens 

liez 

Imperp. 

Que  je  m'en  allasse 

que  tu  t'en  allasses 

qn'il  s'en  aliat 

Que  nous  nous  en  al- 

que  vous  vous  en  al- 

qu'il  s'en  allassent 

lassioas 

lassiez 

*S'EX  ALLER.     (XEGATrvELY.) 

Ne  pas  s'en  aller  Ne  s'en  allant  pas 

Ne  s'en  §tre  pas  alle 

Present.      Je  ne  m'en  vais  pas  ta  ne  t'en  vas  pas  II  ne  s'en  va  pas 

Nous  ne  nous  en  aliens  vons  ne  vous  en  allez  ils  ne  s'en  vont  pas 
pas                    •                 pas 

Past  Ind.     Je  ne  m'en  suis  pas  alle  tu  ne  t'en  es  pas  alle  il  ne  s'en  est  pas  alle 

Nous    ne    nous    en  vous  ne  vous  en  etes  ils  ne  s'en  sont  pas 
sommes  pas  alles              pas  allgs  alles 

Rem.     The  student  will  have  no  difficulty  in  forming  the  remaining 
tenses  himself. 


*S'EN  ALLER.    (Interrogatively.) 


Pbksent.      M'en  vais-je  ? 

Nous  en  aliens  nous  ? 
Past  Ind.      M'en  suis-je  alle? 

Nous  en  sommes-nous 
all^sf 


T'en  vas-tu  ? 
Vous  en  allez-vous? 
T'en  es-tu  alle  ? 
Voua    en    §tes  -  vous 
allSs? 


S'en  va-t-il  7 
S'en  vont-ils  ? 
S'en  est-il  all6  ? 
S'en  sent-ils  all6s  ? 


152 


ELEMENTARY     FEENCH     GEAMMAR. 


*S'EN  ALiLiER.    (Interrogatively  and  Negatively.) 


P*RE6KNT. 

Past  Lnd. 


Ke  m'en  vais-je  pas  ? 
Ne  m'en  suis-je  pas  all6  ? 


Ne  nous  en  allons-nous  pas? 

Ne  nous  en  sommes-nous  pas  alles  J" 


*ENVOYER,  To  Send.— (Second  Model.) 

Envoyer  Envoyant  Envoys 

Avoir  eiivoye  to  have  sent 


Peesent.      J'envole 

Nous  envoyons 
Imperf.        J'envoyais 

Nous  envoyions 
Past  Dep.    J'euvoyai 

Nous  envoyames 
Future.       J'enverrai 

Nousi  enverrons 
CoND.  Pk.     J'enverrais 

Nous  enverrions 
Imper. 

Envoyons 
SuBJ.  Pr.      Que  j'envoie 

Que  nous  envoyions 
Imperf.        Que  j'envoyasse 

Que  nous  envoyassions 


tu  envoies 

vous  envoyez 

tu  envoyais 

vous  envoyiez 

tu  envoyas 

vous  envoyates 

tu  enverras 

vous  enverrez 

tu  enverrais 

vous  enverriez 

Envoie 

envoyez 

que  tu  envoies 

que  vous  envoyiez 

que  tu  envoyasses 

que  vous  envoyassiez 


11  envoie 
lis  envoient 
U  envoyait 
ils  envoyaient 
il  envoya 
ils  envoyerent 
il  enverra 
ils  enverront 
il  enverrait 
ils  enverraient 


qu'il  envoie 
quMls  envoient 
qu'il  envoyat 
qu'ils  envoyassent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner : 

*Renvoyer,  to  send  back  ;  to  send  away. 


Vocabulary  34. 


*Aller,  to  go. 

*Aller  chercher,  to  go  for. 

*S'en  aller,  to  go  away. 

*Envoyer,  to  send. 

*Envoyer  chercher,  to  send  for. 

*Renvoyer,  to  send  back  ;  to  send 

away. 
Rappeler,  to  call  back. 


Dejeuner,  to  breakfast. 
Le  cocher,  the  coachman. 
Quelque  part,  somewhere. 
NuUe  part  (ne),  nowhere. 
Vite,  quick  ;  quickly  ;  fast ; 

vite,  very  quickly. 
Lentement,  slowly. 
De  la,  from  there. 


bi£ 


lEREGULAB     VERBS.  153 

Exercise  34. 
1.  Je  vais  aii  bureau.  2.  Je  m'en  vais  a  present.  3. 
Alexis  va  chercher  de  I'argent  a  la  bunque.  4.  Nous  nous 
en  allons  ensemble.  5.  Vous  en  allez-vous  deja?  6.  lis 
vont  partir.  7.  J'allais  partir  quand  on  m'a  rai)pele.  8.  Je 
ni'en  allais  quand  mon  oncle  est  eutre.  9.  A  quelle  heure 
vous  eu  ^tes-vous  alle?  10.  Je  m'en  suis  alle  a  dix  lieures. 
11.  Xous  nous  en  sommes  alles  ensemble.  12.  J'irai  cher- 
cher les  lettres  quand  j'aurai  fini  d'ecrire.  13.  Je  m'en  irai 
bieu  vite.  14.  Irez-vous  quelque  part  ce  soir  ?  15.  Je 
n'irai  nulle  part ;  je  resterai  chez  moi.  IG.  J'irais  au  spec- 
tacle, s'il  ne  pleuvait  pas.  17.  Je  m'en  irais,  si  mon  fi-ere 
6tait  de  retonr.  18.  Va  maintenant.  19.  Va-t'en  bien  vite. 
20.  Allons-nous-en  lentement.  21.  II  faut  que  j'aille  a  la 
banque.  22.  II  faut  que  je  m'en  aille  tout  a  I'heure.f  23. 
J'enverrai  chercher  mes  livres  tan  tot.  24.  Vous  nous  ren- 
verrez  la  voiture  quand  vous  serez  arrive.  25.  II  renverra 
son  cocher  a  la  fin  du  mois. 

Theme  34. 

1..  Are  you  going  to  your  uncle's?  2.  I  am  going  there 
by  and  by.f  3.  I  am  going  away  now.  4.  We  are  going  for 
our  books.  5.  They  are  going  away.  6.  Louis  is  going 
away  with  them.  7.  He  Avas  going  to  leave  when  I  called 
him  back  [pad  indef.).  8.  They  were  going  away  when  I 
came  {past  indef.).  9.  Where  were  you  going  when  I  met 
( past  indef.)  you  a  little  while  ago  ?f  10.  I  was  going  to 
the  post-office.  11.  From  there  I  went  {past  indef)  to  the 
bank.     12.  The  childi-en  have  gone  to  school.     13.  They 

t  See  Vocabulary  28,  p.  123. 


154 


ELEMENTART     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


went  away  {past  indef.)  just  now.f  1-4.  I  will  go  to  the 
store  when  1  have  l^reakfasted.  15.  I  am  not  going  any- 
where this  morning.  16.  I  would  go  somewhere,  if  it  did 
not  rain.  17.  Go  {plur.)  quickly  to  the  post-office.  18. 
Let  us  go  slowly  ;  it  is  so  warm.  19.  We  must  go  to  our 
aunt's;  she  is  going  to  leave.  20.  I  will  send  you  that  book 
this  afternoon.  21.  You  will  send  it  back  to  me  when  you 
(shall)  have  read  it.  22.  We  shall  send  our  coachman  away 
at  the  end  of  the  month  ;  he  has  become  so  lazy  (si  pares- 
seux).     23.  I  will  send  for  some  paper  presently. 


THIRTY-FIFTH  LESSON. 


Irregular  Verbs  (Contintjed). —  Second  Conjugation. 
1.        *ACQUfiRlR,  To  Acquire. —  (FiKST  Model.) 


AcquSrir 

Acquerant 

Acquis 

Avoir  acquis               to  have  acqui 

Ired 

Present. 

J'acquiers 

ta  acquiers 

11  acqniert 

Nous  acquerons 

vous  acqnerez 

ils  acquierent 

Imperp. 

J'acquerais 

tu  acquerais 

il  acquerait 

Nous  acquerions 

vous  acqueriez 

ils  acqueraient 

Past  Def. 

J'acquis 

tu  acquis 

il  acquit 

Nous  acquimes 

vous  acquttes 

ils  acquiuent 

yUTtJBE. 

J'acquerrai 

tu  acquerras 

il  acqnerra 

Nous  acquerrons 

vous  acquerrez 

ils  acquerront 

COND.  PR. 

J'acquerrais 

tu  acquerrais 

il  acquerrait 

Nous  acquerrions 

vous  acquerriez 

ils  acquerraient 

Imper. 

Acquiers 

Acquerons 

acquerez 

SUBJ.  Pr. 

Que  j'acquiere 

que  tu  acquieres 

qu'il  acquiere 

Que  nous  acquerions 

que  vous  acqueriez 

qu'ils  acquierent 

Imperp. 

Que  j'acquisse 

que  tu  acquisses 

qu'il  acquit 

Que  nous  acquissions 

que  vous  acquissiez 

qu'ils  acquissent 

+  See  Vocabulary  28,  p.  123. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


155 


Conjugate  in  the  .same  manner  as  *acqu6rir: 

*^Conquerir,  to  conquer.  *Reconquerir,  to  reconquer 

*S'enquerir,  to  inquire. 


♦BOUILI^IR,  To  Boil.— (Second  Model.) 

Bouillir  Bouillant  Bouilli 


Avoir  bouilli 

PRESENT.         Jc  boUS 

Nous  bouillons 
Imperf.        Je  bouillais 

Nous  bouillions 
Past  Def.     Sc  boiiillis 

Nous  bouillimes 
Future.       Je  bouillirai 

Nous  bouillirons 
CoxD.  Pr.      Jc  bouillirais 

Nous  bouillirions 
Lmteb. 

Bouillons 
SrBJ.  Pb.       Que  je  bouille 

Que  nous  bouillions 
Lmpebp.         Que  je  bonilllsse 

Que  nous  bouillissions 


to  have  boiled 

tu  bous 
,  vous  bouillez 
♦u  bouillais 
vous  bouilliez 
tu  bouillis 
vous  bonillites 
tu  bouilliras 
vous  brtuillirez 
tu  bouillirais 
vous  bonilliriez 
Bous 
bouillez 
que  tu  bonilles 
que  vons  bouilliez 
que  tu  bouillisses 
que  vous  bouillissiez 


11  bout 
lis  bouillent 
11  bouillait 
ils  bouillaient 
11  bouillit 
Us  bouillirent 
il  botiillira 
ils  bouilliront 
il  bouillirait 
ils  bouilliraieut 


qu'il  bouille 
qu'ils  bouillent 
qu'il  bouillit 
qu'ils  bouillissent 


Presest. 
Imperf. 
Past  Def. 
Future. 
CoND.  Ph. 


*COURIK,  To  Run.  — ^Thikd  Model.) 
Courir  Co  u  rant  Conra 


Avoir  coura 


to  have  run 


Je  conrs 
Nous  courous 
Je  conrais 
Nous  courions 
Je  courus 
Nous  courflmes 
Je  courrai 
Nous  courrons 
Je  courrais 
Nous  courrions 

Courous 


tu  conrs 
vous  courez 
tn  conrais 
vous  couriez 
tu  courus 
vous  courfltes 
tn  courras 
vous  conrrez 
tu  courrais 
vous  courriez 
Cours 
courez 


11  court 
ils  con  rent 
il  courait 
ils  couraient 
il  courut 
ils  coururent 
il  courra 
ils  courront 
11  courrait 
ila  conrraient 


156 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


SUBJ.  Pr. 

Imfebf. 


Que  je  coure 

Quo  nous  courions, 

Que  jc  courusse 

Que  nous  courussions 


que  tu  coures 
que  vous  couriez 
que  tu  courusses 
que  vous  courussiez 


qu'il  coure 
qu'ils  courent 
qu'il  courlit 
qu'ils  courussent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *courir 


*Accourir,  to  run  up. 
*Concourir,  to  concur. 
*Discourir,  to  discourse. 


*Parcourir,  to  go  over  ;   to  looh 

over. 
*Secourir,  to  succor. 


^CUEILLIR,  To  Gather.— (Fourth  Model.) 

Cueillir  Cudllant  Cueilli 


Avoir  cueilli 

Present.      Je  cueille 

Nous  cueillons 
liiPERP.         Je  cueillais 

Nous  cueillions 
Past  Def.     Je  cueillis 

Kous  cueillimes 
FUTUBE.        Je  cueillerai 

Nous  cueillerons 
CoND.  Pk.     Je  cueillerais 

Nous  cueillerions 
Imfeb. 

Cueillons 
SuBj.  Pb.      Que  je  cueille 

Que  nous  cueillions 
Impbbf.         Que  je  cueillisse 

Que  nous  cueillissions 


to  have  gathered 

tu  cueilles 

vous  cueillez 

tu  cueillais 

vous  cueilliez 

tu  cueillis 

vous  cueillites 

tn  cneiUeras 

vous  cueillerez 

tu  cueillerais 

vous  cneillerlez 

CueOle 

cueillez 

que  tu  cueilles 

que  vous  cueilliez 

que  tu  cueillisses 

que  vous  cueillissiez 


11  cueille 
ils  cueillent 
il  cueillait 
ils  cueillaient 
11  cueillit 
ils  cueUlirent 
il  cueillera 
ils  cueilleront 
il  cueillerait 
ils  cueUleraient 


qu'il  cueille 
qu'ils  cueillent 
qu'il  cueillit 
qu'ils  cueUlissent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *cueillir  : 


*Accueillir,  to  receive. 
*Recueillir,  to  collect. 


*Assaillir,  to  assail. 
*Tressaillir,  to  start. 


Rem.  Assaillir  and  tressaillir  have  in  tlie  future  tense  j'assailliral, 
je  tressaillirai,  etc.,  and  in  the  conditional  mode,  j'assaillirais,  je  tres- 
saillirais,  etc.,  instead  of  j'assaillerai,  je  tressaillerai,  etc. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


157 


*FUIK,  To  Flee. — (Fifth  Model.) 


Fair 

Fuyant 

FuI 

Avoir  fui              to  harejled 

Pbesent. 

Je  fuiss 

tu  f  uis 

il  fnit 

Nous  fuyons 

vous  fuyez 

ils  fuicnt 

iMrEUF. 

Je  fnyais 

tu  fuyais 

il  fuyait 

Nous  fuyione 

vous  fuyiez 

ils  fuyaient 

Past  Def. 

Je  fiiis 

tu  fuis 

il  fuit 

Nous  fuimcs 

vous  fultep 

ils  fuirent 

Future. 

Je  fuirai 

tu  fuiras 

il  fulra 

Nous  fuirons 

vous  fuircz 

ils  fuiront 

COND.  Pr. 

Je  fuirais 

tu  fuirais 

il  fuirait 

Nous  fuirions 

vous  fuiriez 

ils  fuiraient 

Impek. 

Fuyons 

Fuis 
fnyez 

SuBJ.  Pr. 

Que  je  fuie 

que  tu  fnies 

qu'il  fuie 

Que  nous  fuyions 

que  vous  fuyiez 

qu'ils  fuient 

Impkrt. 

Que  je  fuisse 

que  tu  fuisscs 

qu'il  fuit 

Que  nous  fuiss 

■ions 

que  vous  fuissiez 

qu'ils  fuissent 

Conjugate  iu  the  same  mauuer  as  *fuir  : 

*S'enfuir  (etre),  to  run  away. 

Vocabulary  35. 


*Acquerir,  to  acquire. 

-Conquerir,  to  conquer ;  to  obtain. 

*Bouillir,  to  boil. 

*Courir,  to  run. 

*Parcourir,  to  go  over ;    lO  look 

over. 
*Cueillir,  to  gather. 
*Recueillir,  to  reap  ;  to  collect. 
*Assaillir,  to  assail. 
*Fuir,  to  liee  ;  to  shun. 
*S'enfuir,  to  run  away. 
Le  bien,  the  property. 
Le  commerce,  commerce. 
La  reputation,  the  reputation. 


La  connaissance,  the  knowletige. 
Des   connaissances,   knowledge ; 

learning. 
La  liberte,  liberty. 
La  bravoure,  bravery. 
La  perseverance,  perseverance. 
L'industrie,/.,  industry. 
Le  vice,  vice. 
La  societe,  society. 
Un  creancier,  a  creditor. 
De  quel,  wherewith. 
Honnete,  honest. 
Car,  for  {a  ronj.). 
Les  Etats-Unis,  the  United  States. 


158  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Exercise  35. 

Model  AcQUERiR.  1.  J'acquiers  desconnaissanccs  utiles 
par  retuclc.  2.  Nous  acquerons  du  bien  par  le  travail.  3. 
Nos  voisius  ont  acquis  une  grande  fortune  par  le  commerce. 
4.  Nous  acquerrons  la  reputation  d'honnete  homme,  si  nous 
nous  comportons  bien.  5.  Les  Etats-Unis  conqmrent  leur 
liberte  par  la  bravoure  et  par  la  perseverance. 

Model  Bouillir.  6.  Avez-vous  de  I'eau  bouillie  ?  7. 
L'eau  ne  bout  pas,  mais  elle  bouillira  en  peu  de  temps. 
8.  Elle  a  bouilli.  9.  Pour  faire  de  bon  cafe,  il  faut  de  l'eau 
bouillante.     10.  J'attendrai  qu'elle  bouille. 

Model  Courir.  11.  Je  cours  et  ils  courent  aussi,  car 
nous  sommes  presses.  12.  Je  courrai  aussi,  si  vous  courez. 
13.  Si  vous  couriez,  vous  arriveriez  k  temps.  14.  Vous 
courriez,  si  vous  etiez  presse  comme  moi.  15.  J'ai  par- 
couru  ce  livre ;  il  est  interessant. 

Model  Cueillir.  16.  Je  cueille  des  fleurs,  et  j'en  fais 
des  bouquets.  17.  J'en  cueillerai  avec  vous,  si  vous  voulez. 
18.  Cueillons-en  ensemble ;  ce  sera  amusant.  19.  II  n'a 
point  recueilli  le  fruit  de  ses  travaux.  20.  Ses  creanciers 
I'assaillirent,  parce  qu'il  n'avait  pas  de  quoi  les  payer. 

Model  Fuir.  21.  Je  fuis  la  societe  des  mechants.  22. 
II  me  fuit,  et  je  ne  sais  pas  pourquoi.  23.  Nous  fuyons  le 
vice,  et  nous  I'avons  toujours  fui.  24.  II  s'est  enfui  quand 
11  m'a  vu.  25.  Si  tu  n'etais  pas  a  blamer,  tu  ne  t'enfuirais 
pas. 

Theme  35. 

Model  Acquerir.  1.  Thou  acquirest  useful  knowledge 
at  school.  2.  They  acquire  property  by  their  industry,  3. 
You  "will  acquire  the  reputation  of  an  honest  man,  if  you  pay 


IRREGULAR     VERBS.  159 

what  jou  owe.  4.  They  have  acquired  a  great  fortune. 
5.  We  obtained  our  liberty  by  our  bravery  and  (by)  our 
perseverance. 

Model  Bouillir.  G.  Is  there  any  boihng  water  ?  7.  The 
water  will  boil  in  a  few  minutes.  8.  It  has  boiled,  but  it  is 
not  boiling  now.  9.  Wait  nntil  (qu')  it  boils  {suhj.).  10.  I 
wish  (that)  it  would  boil  {suhj.  imp.)',  I  am  in  a  hurry. 

Model  Courir.  11.  If  you  run,  I  shall  run.  12.  I 
would  not  run,  if  you  did  not  run.  13.  They  were  running, 
and  I  do  not  know  why.  14.  I  will  look  over  this  book 
when  I  have  time  {for  it,  en).     15.  We  have  run  very  fast. 

Model  Cueillir.  1G.  For  whom  are  you  gathering  those 
flowers?  17.  I  am  gathering  them  for  my  mother.  18.  Have 
you  not  gathered  enough  ?  19.  I  will  gather  a  few  more. 
20.  Pay  your  creditors,  and  they  will  not  assail  you. 

Model  Fuir.  21.  I  shun  that  man,  because  I  do  not 
like  him.  22.  We  shun  the  society  of  those  whom  we  do  not 
hke.  23.  Flee  from  vice  and  the  company  of  the  wicked. 
24.  They  were  running  away ;  I  do  not  know  why.  25.  Ycu 
would  not  have  run  away,  if  you  were  not  to  (a)  blame. 


THIKTY-SIXTH   LESSON. 

Irregular  Verbs  (Contintied).  — Second  Conjugation, 

MOURIK,  To  Die.— Sixth  Model. 

Mourir  Mourant  Mort 

Etre  mort  to  have  died 

Prhsent.       Je  meors  tu  meurs  il  menrt 

Nous  mourons  vous  monrez  ils  menrent 

IMFEBF.        Je  mourais  tu  mourais  il  monrait 

Nous  mourions  vous?  mouriez  ils  mouraient 


160 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Past  Dep.    Je  moiims 


Pdttjrb. 
COND.  Pr. 
Imphb. 

SUBJ.  Pe 

Impeef. 


Nous  mourflmcs 
Ji!  mourrai 
Nous  mourroDs 
Je  mourrais 
Nous  mourrions 

Mourons 

Que  je  meure 

Que  nous  mourions 

Que  je  mourusse 

Que  nous  mourussiona 


tu  mourus 

vous  mourfltes 

tu  mourras 

vous  mourrez 

tu  mourrais 

vous  mourriez 

Meurs 

mourez 

que  tu  meures 

que  vous  mouriez 

que  tu  mourusses 

que  vous  mourassiez 


il  mourut 
ils  moururent 
il  mourra 
ils  mourront 
11  mourrait 
ils  mourraient 


qu'il  meure 
qu'ilK  meurent 
qu'il  mourfit 
qu'ils  mouruseent 


*OUVRIR,  To  Open.— (Seventh  Model.) 

Ouvrlr  Ouvrant  Ouvert 


Avoir  ouvert 

Present.      J'ouvre 

Nous  ouvrons 
Lmperf.         J'oiivrais 

Nous  ouvrions 
Past  Def.     J'ouvris 

Nous  ouvrimes 
Future.        J'ouvrirai 

Nous  ouvrirons 
CoND.  Pr.     J'ouviirais 

Nous  ouvrirlons 
Imper. 

Ouvrons 
SuBj.  Pr.      Que  j'ouvre 

Que  nour'  ouvrions 
Imperp.         Que  j '  ouvrisse 

Que  nous  ouTrissions 


to  have  opened 

tu  ouvres 

vous  ouvrez 

tu  ouvrais 

vous  ouvriez 

tu  ouvris 

vous  ouvrites 

tu  ouvriras 

vous  ouvrirez 

tu  ouvrii-ais 

vous  ouvririez 

Ouvre 

ouvrez 

que  tu  ouvres 

que  vous  ouvriez 

que  tu  ouvrisses 

que  vous  ouvrissiez 


il  ouvre 
ils  cuvrent 
il  ouvrait 
Us  ouvraient 
il  ouvrit 
ils  ouvrirent 
il  ouvrira 
ils  ouvriront 
il  ouvrirait 
ils  ouvriraient 


quMl  ouvre 
quMls  onvrent 
qu'il  ouvrit 
qu'ils  ouvrissent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *ouvrir  : 

*Oouvrir,  to  cover.  *OflErir,  to  oflFer. 

*Souffirir,  to  suffer. 

And  the  derivatives  of  *ouvrir,  *couvrir,  and  *oflFrir. 


lEEEGULAR     VERBS. 


161 


*SENTIK,  To  Feel.— (Eighth  Model.) 

Sentir  Sentant  Senti 


Present. 
Imperf. 
Past  Dep. 
Future. 

COND.  Pr. 

Imper. 
SuBj.  Pr. 
Impebf. 


Avoir  senti 


to  havefdt 


Je  sens 
Nous  sentons 
Je  sentais 
Nous  sentions 
Je  sentis 
Nous  sen  times 
Je  sentirai 
Nous  sentirons 
Je  sentirais 
Nous  sentirious 

Sentons 
Que  je  sente 
Que  nous  seutions 
Que  je  sentisse 
Que  nous  sentissions 


tu  sens 

vous  sertez 

tu  sentais 

vous  scntiez 

tu  sentis 

vous  sentltes 

tu  sentiras 

vous  scutirez 

tu  sentirais 

vous  sentiriez 

Sens 

sentez 

que  tu  sentes 

que  vous  sentiez 

que  tu  sentisses 

que  vous  sentissiez 


11  sent 
Us  sen  tent 
11  sentait 
ils  sentaient 
11  sentit 
ils  sentirent 
11  sentira 
ils  sentiront 
11  sentirait 
ils  sentiraient 


qu'il  sente 
quMls  sentent 
qu'il  sentit 
qu'ils  sentissent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *sentir: 

*Partir  (etre),  to  start.  *Mentir,  to  lie. 

*Sortir  (etre),  to  go  out.  *Dormir,  to  sleep, 

*Se  repentir,  to  repent.  *Servir,  to  serve. 

And  the  derivatives  of  these  verbs. 

Rem.  1.  The  final  radical  letter  of  dormir  (m)  and  of  servir  (v)  dis- 
appears and  reappears  in  the  inflections  of  the  verb,  the  same  as  the 
final  radical  t  of  the  models  partir  and  sentir.  Je  dors,  nous  dor- 
mons ;  Je  sers,  nous  servons,  etc. 


*TENIR,  To  Hold.— (Ninth  Model.) 

Tenlr  Tenant  Tenu 

Avoir  tenu  to  have  held 


Present.      Je  fiens 

Nous  tenons 


tu  tiens 
vous  tenez 


11  tient 

U«  tlennent 


162 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


iMPERr. 


Past  Def. 


Future. 


CoND.  Pr. 


Imper. 


SuBJ.  Pr. 


Imperf. 


Je  tenais 
Nous  tenions 
Je  tins 
Nous  tlnmes 
Je  tiendrai 
Nous  ticndrons 
Je  ticndrais 
Nous  tiendrious 

Tenons 
Que  je  tiennc 
Que  nous  tenions 
Que  je  tinsse 
Que  nous  tinssious 


tn  tenais 
vous  teniez 
tu  tins 
V0U9  ttntes 
tu  tiendras 
vous  tiendrez 
tu  tiendrais 
vous  tiendriez 
Tien  8 
tenez 

que  tu  tiennes 
que  vous  teniez 
que  tu  tinsses 
que  vous  tinssiez 


il  tenait 
lis  tenaient 
il  tint 
ils  tinrent 
il  tiendra 
ils  tiendront 
il  tiendrait 
ils  tiendraient 


qn'il  tienne 
qu'ils  tiennent 
qu'il  tint 
qu'ils  tinssent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *tenir  : 
*Venir  (Stre),  to  come. 

And  the  compounds  of  *venir  and  *tenir. 

Rem.  2.  The  derivatives  of  venir,  generally  take  the  auxiliary  verb 
gtre;  the  derivatives  of  tenir,  the  auxiliary  avoir,  except  the  pro- 
nominal verbs. 


*VETIR,  To  Clothe.— (Tenth  Model) 


Present. 


Lmpkrf. 


Past  Def. 


Future. 


CoMJ.  Pr. 


IltPER. 


V6tir  VStant 

Avoir  v6tu  to  have  clad 


Je  v§t9 
Nous  vgtons 
Je  vetais 
Nous  vetions 
Je  vgtis 
Nous  vettmes 
Je  vetinri 
Nous  vdtirons 
Je  v&tirais 
Nous  vgtiriona 

VfitODB 


tu  v§ts 
vous  vStez 
tu  vetais 
vous  v§tiez 
tu  vetis 
vous  vStltes 
tu  vetiras 
vous  v§tirez 
tu  vetirais 
vous  vStiriez 
Vets 
vStez 


Vfitn 


il  vgt 
ils  vStent 
il  vgtait 
ils  vetaient 
il  v6tit 
ils  vetirent 
il  vetira 
ils  vetiront 
il  vetirait 
ils  vetiraient 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


163 


SUBJ.  Pb. 


Imfebi-. 


Que  je  vSte 
Que  nous  vetions 
Que  je  vetisse 
Que  nous  vetissions 


que  tu  vdtes 
que  V0U8  v§tiez 
que  tu  vetisses^ 
que  vous  vetissiez 


qu'il  v6te 
qu'ils  vetent 
qu'il  vettt 
qu'ils  vetissent 


Conjugate  in  the  suinc  manner  as  *vetir: 
*Devetir,  to  undress.  Revdtir,  to  clothe  ;  to  invest. 


Vocabulary  36. 
♦Mourir  (de),  to  die  (with).  *Vetir,  to  clothe. 


*Ouvrir,  to  open. 
*Couvrir,  to  cover. 
*DecouvTir,  to  discover. 
*OflFrir,  to  offer. 
*Souflfrir  (de),  to  suffer. 
*Sentir,  to  feel ;  to  smell. 
*Partir  (etre),  to  start;  to  depart. 
*Sortir  i^etre),  to  go  out. 
*Dormir,  to  sleep. 
*Servir,  to  serve. 
*Tenir,  to  hold  ;  to  keep. 
*Retenir,  to  retain. 
*Venir  (etre),  to  come. 


*Revetir,  to  clothe  ;  to  invest. 

Dieu,  God. 

La  priere,  the  prayer. 

La  promesse,  the  promise. 

Le  mot,  the  word. 

Le  plancher,  the  floor. 

Le  tapis,  the  carpet. 

La  fenStre,  the  window. 

Le  grand-pere,  the  grandfather. 

La  maladie,  the  sickness. 

L'Amerique,  America. 

Le  froid,  the  cold. 

La  saison,  the  season. 


*Revenir  (etre),  to  come  back,  to  Un  an,  a  year;    en  I'an,  in  the 

return.  year. 

*Devenir  (etre),  to  become.  Le  pouvoir,  the  power. 

*Parvenir  (etre),  to  succeed ;   to  Supreme,  supreme. 

attain.  Chaudement,  warmly. 

Exercise  36. 

Model  Mourir.  1.  Nous  mourons  de  froid  ici.  2.  J*es- 
p^re  que  nous  ne  mourrons  pas  encore.  3.  On  souffre  et 
I'on  meurt  partout.  4.  Le  grand-pere  de  Jacques  est  mort 
pendant  la  nuit.  5.  Le  General  Washington  mourut  a 
Mont  Vernon  en  I'an  mil  sept  cent  quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. 


164  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Model  Ouvrir.  6.  J'ouvre  la  fenetre  pour  regarder 
dans  la  rue.  7.  II  souflfrait  beaucoup  pendant  sa  nialadie. 
8.  Oq  a  couvert  le  plancher  d'un  tapis.  9.  Lui  offrirai-je 
quelque  chose  ?  10.  Christophe  Colomb  deeouvrit  TAme- 
rique  en  mil  quatre  cent  quatre-vingt-douze. 

Model  Sentir.  11.  Je  pars  maintenant ;  mes  freres  sont 
deja  partis.  12.  Jules  et  son  frere  ne  sortiront  pas  ce  soir. 
13.  Jo  ne  sentais  pas  le  froid  pendant  le  voyage.  14.  Vous 
dormiez  tout  le  temps.     15.  Que  vous  servirai-je  ? 

Model  Tenir.  16.  Je  tiendrai  ma  promesse,  si  vous 
tenez  la  votre.  17.  Nous  viendrous  vous  voir  ce  soir.  18. 
Vous  retiendriez  ces  mots,  si  vous  les  copiiez  deux  ou  trois 
fois.  19.  II  faut  que  Je  revienne  ici  demain.  20.  Vous  etes 
devenu  grand.  21.  Vous  parviendrez,  si  vous  vous  com- 
portez  bien. 

Model  Vetir.  22.  11  faut  vous  vetir  cliaudement  dans 
cette  saison-ci.  23.  Ces  hommes  etaient  bien  vetus.  24.  Le 
President  est  revetu  du  pouvoir  supreme. 

Exercise  36. 

Model  Moueir.  1.  I  am  dying  with  impatience.  2.  We 
shall  all  die  :  the  one  to-day,  the  other  to-morrow.  3.  I 
would  die,  if  I  lost  my  friend.  4.  My  grandfather  died  last 
week  {past  indef.)  5.  Napoleon  died  {past  clef.)  in  (en) 
eighteen  hundred  and  twenty-one. 

Model  Ouvrir.  6.  Open  the  door,  if  you  please.  7.  He 
has  opened  the  windows  of  his  room.  8.  I  will  cover  the 
floor  of  your  room  with  a  carpet.  9.  I  suffer  to  see  him 
suffer.  10.  Let  us  offer  our  prayers  to  God  for  those  who 
suffer. 

Model  Sentir.    1L  I  feel  the  cold  here.    12.  When  will 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


165 


you  start  ?  13.  Wo  would  go  out,  if  it  did  not  rain.  14.  He 
sleeps,  and  it  is  well  that  he  sleeps  {stibj.  pres.)  15.  They 
have  always  served  us  well. 

Model  Texir.  1G.  If  I  keep  my  promise,  will  you  keep 
yours?  17.  I  shall  retain  these  words;  I  have  copied  them. 
18.  He  has  succeeded  by  his  industry.  19.  Those  children 
have  grown  up  (have  become  tall).  20.  My  father  would 
come  back  to  town,  if  my  mother  were  not  sick.  21.  They 
would  have  returned  last  night. 

Model  Vetik.  22.  You  are  not  clad  warmly  enough  for 
this  season.  23.  Would  you  be  happy,  if  you  were  invested 
with  the  supreme  power  of  the  state  (etat)  ? 


THIRTY-SEVENTH    LESSON. 

Irregular  Verbs  (CoNTrsTJED).— Third  Conjugation. 
The  third  conjugation  has  nine  irregular  fonns  or  models. 
They  are 

*S'ASSEOIR,  To  Sit  Down.— (First  Model.) 

S'asseoir  S'asscyant  Assis 

S'etre  assis  to  have  sat  down 


Present.      Je  m'assieds  tu  t'assieds 

Nous  nous  asseyon3  voas  vous  asseyez 

Imperf.         Je  m'asseyais  tu  t'asseyais 

Nous  nous  asseyions  vous  vous  asseyiez 


Past  Def.    Je  m'assis 

Nous  nous  assimes 
FcTUBE.       Je  m'assierai 

Noas  nous  assierons 
CoNX).  Pb.     Je  m'assierais 

Nous  nous  assierions 
Impeb. 

AsseyoDS-ncus 


tu  t'assis 
VOUS  vous  assttes 
tu  t'assieras 
vous  vou?  assierez 
tu  t'a^;sie^ais 
vous  vous  assieriez 
Assieds-toi 
asseyez-vons 


il  s'assied 
ils  s'asseyent 
il  s'asseyait 
ils  s'asseyaient 
il  s'assit 
ils  s'assirent 
il  s'assiera 
ils  s'assieront 
il  s'assierait 
ils  s'assieraient 


166 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


SCBJ.  Pb. 


lUPEBF. 


Que  je  m'asseye  - 
Que  nous  nouB  assey- 

ious 
Que  je  m'assise 
Que  nous  noue  assis- 

sions 


que  tu  t'asseyes 
que  vous  vous  assey- 

iez 
que  tu  t'assisses 
que  vous  vous  assis- 

siez 


qu'il  s'asseye 
qu'ils  s'asseycDt 

qu'il  s'assJt 
qu'ils  s^assissent 


The  verb  *s'asseoir  is  also  conjugated  in  the  following 
manner: 

S'asseoir  S'assoyant  Assis 

S'etre  assis  to  hate  sat  down 


Pbesent. 
Impehf. 
Past  Dep. 

FUTUKE. 
COND.  Pr. 

Impeb. 
SuBj.  Pb. 

IlTPEBF. 


Je  m'assois 

Nous  nous  assoyons 

Je  m'assoyais 

Nous  nous  assoyions 

Je  m'assis 

Nous  nous  asslmes 

Je  m'assoirai 

Nous  nous  assoirons 

Je  ni'assoii-ais 

Nous  nous  assoirions 

Assoyons-nous 

Que  je  m'assoie 

Que  nous  nous  assoy- 
ions 

Que  je  m'assisse 

Que  nous  nous  assis- 
Bions 


tu  t'assois 

vous  vous  assoyez 

tu  t'assoyais 

vous  vous  assoyiez 

tu  t'assis 

vous  vous  assites 

tu  t'assoiras 

vous  vous  assoirez 

tu  t'assoirais 

vous  vous  assoiriez 

Assois-toi 

assoyez-vous 

que  tu  t'assoies 

que  vous  vous  assoy- 
iez 

que  tu  t'assisses 

que  vous  vous  assis- 
siez 


11  s'assoit 
lis  s'assoient 
il  s'assoyait 
ils  s'assoyaient 
11  s'assit 
ils  s'assirent 
11  s'assoira 
lis  s'assoiront 
11  s'asBoirait 
ils  s'assoiraient 


qu'il  s'assoie 
qu'ils  s'assoient 

qu'il  s'asstt 
qu'ils  s"assissent 


*FALLOIR,  To  Be  Necessary.— (Second  Model.) 
See  Lesson  Thirty-third. 


*MOUVOIR,  To  Move.— (Thied  Model.) 

Mouvoir  Mouvant  Mu 

Avoir  rau  to  hare  7noved 


Present.      Je  meus 

Nous  mouvons 


tu  meus 
vous  mouvez 


il  meut 
lis  menvent 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 

Imperp. 

Je  mouvais 

tu  mouvais 

11  mouvait 

Nous  mouvions 

vous  mouviez 

ils  mouvaient 

Past  Dep. 

Je  mus 

tu  mus 

il  mut 

Nous  mflmes 

vous  mfltes 

ils  murent 

Future. 

Je  mouvrai 

tu  mouvras 

11  mouvra 

Nous  mouvrons 

vous  mouvrez 

ils  mouvront 

COND  Pr. 

Je  mouvrais 

tu  mouvrais 

11  mouvrait 

Nous  mouvrions 

vous  mouvriez 

ils  mouvraient 

Lmper. 

Meus 

Monvons 

mouvez 

SuBj.  Pr. 

Que  je  mcuve 

que  tu  meuves 

qu'il  menve 

Que  nous  mouvions 

que  vous  mouviez 

qu'ils  meuvent 

Impert. 

Que  je  musse 

que  tu  musses 

qu'il  mtt 

Que  nous  mussions 

que  vous  mussiez 

qu'ils  mussent 

167 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *mouvoir : 
*Emouvoir,  to  move ;  to  affect. 

♦PLEUVOIK,  To  Rain.  — (Fourth  Model.) 
See  Lesson  Tbirty-thii'd. 


*POUVOIK,  To  Be  Able.— (Fifth  Model.) 
Pouvoir  Pouvant  Pa 


Avoir  pn 

to  have  been  able 

Prese>t. 

Je  puis,  or  je  peux 

tapeux 

11  peut 

Nous  pouvons 

vous  pouvez 

ils  peuvent 

Ijeperf. 

Je  pouvais 

tu  ponvais 

il  pouvait 

Nous  pouvions 

vous  pouviez 

ils  pouvaient 

Past  Def. 

Je  pus 

tu  pus 

il  put 

Nous  pflmes 

vous  pfites 

ils  purent 

FtrruRE. 

Je  pourrai 

tu  ponrras 

il  pourra 

Nou:=  poiirrons 

vous  pourrez 

ils  pourront 

CONT.  Pb. 

Je  pourrais 

tu  pourrais 

il  pourrait 

Nous  pourrions 

vous  ponrriez 

ils  pourraient 

Istper 

{Xone) 

SuBJ.  Pr. 

Que  je  puisse 

que  tu  puisses 

qu'il  pnisse 

Que  nous  puissions 

que  vous  puissiez 

qu'ils  puissent 

llTPERP. 

Que  je  pusse 

que  tu  pusses 

qu'il  pfit 

Que  nous  pussions 

que  vous  pussiez 

qu'ils  passant 

168         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Vocabulary  37. 

*S'asseoir,  to  sit  down.  Un  hotel,  an  hotel. 

*Etre  assis,  to  be  sitting.  Le  banquier,  the  banker. 

*Mouvoir,  to  move.  Le  recit,  the  recital. 

*Emouvoir,  to  move ;  to  affect.  A  cote  de,  by  the  side  of. 

*Pouvoir,  to  be  able.  Pres  de,  near. 

Bouger,  to  stir.  Autoiir  de,  around. 
*Se  servir,  to  use ;  to  make  use  of.     Longtemps,  a  long  time. 
*Aller  trouver,  to  go  to  (find  a    II  y  a  longtemps,  long  ago. 
person). 

Exercise  37. 

Model  S'asseoir.  1.  Je  vais  m'asseoir.  2.  Je  m'assieds 
parce  que  je  suis  fatigue.  3.  Je  m'assierai  a  cote  de  vous. 
4.  EUe  s'est  assise  a  cote  de  sa  mere.  5.  Asseyez-vous. 
6.  Ne  vous  asseyez  pas  pres  de  la  fen^tre  ouverte.  7.  lis 
etaient  assis  autour  de  la  table  quaud  je  suis  entre. 

Model  Falloir.  8.  II  faut  partir.  9.  II  fallait  quitter 
I'botel ;  nous  ne  pouvions  pins  y  rester.  10.  II  faudra  aller 
trouver  le  banquier  pour  avoir  de  I'argent.  11.  II  aurait 
fallu  ecrire  cbez  nous  il  y  a  longtemps. 

Model  Mouvoir.  12.  Je  ne  peux  pas  mouvoir  cette 
table.  13.  Rien  ne  se  meut;  rien  ne  bouge  ici.  14.  Le 
recit  de  cette  liistoire  nous  a  emus. 

Model  Pleuvoir.  15.  II  a  plu,  mais  il  ne  pleut  plus. 
16.  II  pleuvait  quand  je  suis  venu.  17.  II  pleuvra  encore. 
18.  Qu'il  pleuve ;  nous  avons  besoin  de  pluie.  19.  II  fau- 
drait  qu'il  plut. 

Model  Pouvoir.  20.  Je  ne  peux  pas  sortir  dans  ce  mo- 
ment. 21.  Puis-je  me  servir  de  votre  dictionnaire.  22.  J'ai 
pu  y  aller  bier.     23.  H  ne  pouvait  pas  venir;  11  ne  pouvait 


IRREGULAR     VERBS.  169 

pas  quitter  ses  afiUires.  24.  Je  pourrai  vous  doiiner  cet 
argent  demain.  25.  Vous  pourriez  ravoir  aujourd'hui,  si 
Tous  alliez  trouvcr  niou  pere. 

Theme  37. 

Model  S'asseoir.  1.  1  liave  no  time  to  sit  down.  2. 
She  is  sitting  down  by  the  side  of  her  mother.  3.  We  will 
sit  down  near  the  door.  4.  You  were  sitting  around  the 
table.     5.  Let  us  sit  down  somewhere. 

Model  Falloir.  6.  It  is  necessary  to  go  to  the  banker. 
7.  We  shall  want  money  to-morrow.  8.  It  was  necessary 
to  speak  of  that.  9.  It  would  be  necessary  to  start,  if  they 
came.     10.  It  was  necessary  to  wait  for  a  long  time. 

Model  Mouvoir.  11.  You  cannot  move  that  box.  12. 
Nothing  was  moving  [pronominal  verb)  when  we  came 
{past  indef.).  13.  She  was  moved  by  the  recital  of  that 
story. 

Model  Pleuvoir,  14.  If  it  rains,  I  shall  not  come. 
15.  If  it  did  not  rain,  he  would  be  here.  IG.  You  will  need 
your  umbrella ;  it  will  rain.  17.  It  would  be  well  that  it 
should  rain  {suhj.  imp.). 

Model  Pouyoir.  18.  I  cannot  leave  my  work.  19. 
Mayf  I  ask  you  something?  20.  You  mayf  use  my  dic- 
tionary, if  you  need  it.  21.  We  have  not  been  able  to 
come.  22.  He  could  not  go  out  ;  he  was  sick.  23.  I  shall 
be  able  to  tell  you  to-morrow.  24.  You  might  J  go  and 
see  him  at  the  hotel.  25.  I  might  have  done  that  loner 
since. 

t  Translate  mayhy  the  present  tense  of  the  verb  pouroir. 

*  Translate  mir/hl  by  the  conditional  mode  of  the  werb  pouvoir,  and  might  have 
by  the  past  tense  of  the  conditional,  and  tranelatc  done  'bj/aire. 


170 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


THIRTY-EIGHTH  LESSON. 


Irregular  Verbs  (Continued). — Third  Conjugation. 
*SAV01R,  To  Know,  To  Know  How. —(Sixth  Model.) 


Present. 

iMPERr. 

Past  Def. 

FUTUKE. 
COND.  PR. 

Imper. 

SUBJ.  Pr. 

/mperf. 


Savoir 


Avoir  su 


Je  sais 
Nous  savons 
Je  savais 
Nous  savions 
Je  SUB 
Nous  sflmes 
Je  saurai 
Nous  saurons 
Je  saurais 
Nous  saurions 

Sachons 
Que  je  sache 
Que  nous  sachions 
Que  je  susse 
Que  nous  sussions 


Sachant 

to  have  known 

tu  sais 
vous  savez 
tu  savais 
vous  saviez 
tu  sus 
vous  sfites 
tu  sauras 
vous  saurez 
tu  saurais 
vous  sanriez 
Sache 
sachez 

que  tu  sachcs 
que  vous  sachiez 
que  tu  susses 
que  vous  sussiez 


Su 


il  sait 
ils  savent 
il  savait 
ils  savaient 
il  sut 
ils  sureut 
il  sanra 
ils  sauront 
il  saurait 
ils  sauraient 


quMl  sache 
qu'ils  sachent 
qu'il  eflt 
qu'ils  sassent 


*VAL,OIR,  To  Be  Worth.— (Sixth  Model.) 


Present. 
Imperp. 
Past  Dep. 
Futttre. 
CoND.  Pr. 

lUFEB. 


Valoir 


Avoir  valu 


Je  vaux 
Nous  valons 
Je  valais 
Nous  valions 
Je  valus 
Nous  valfimes 
Je  vaudrai 
Nous  vaudrons 
Je  vaudrais 
Nous  vaudrions 

Yalons 


Valant  Valu 

to  have  been  worth 


tu  vaux 
vous  valez 
tu  valais 
vous  valiez 
tu  valus 
vous  valtltes 
tu  vaudras 
vous  vaudrcz 
tu  vaudrais 
vous  vaudriez 
Vaux 
valez 


il  Taut 
ile  valent 
il  valait 
ils  valaient 
il  valut 
ils  valurent 
il  vaudra 
ils  vaudront 
il  vaudrait 
ils  vaudraient 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


171 


Sjibj.  Pr. 


Que  je  vaille 
Que  nous  valions 
Que  je  valusse 
Que  nous  valusslons 


qoe  tu  vailles 
que  vous  valiez 
que  tu  valusses 
que  vouB  valussiez 


qu'il  vaille 
qu'ils  vaillent 
qu'il  valfll 
qu'ils  valueseut 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *valoir 
*^quivaloir,  to  be  equivalent. 


fRKSENT. 

Imperf. 
Past  Dep. 

FXITUBB. 

CoND.  Pr. 
Ihpeb. 
SuBJ.  Pr. 
Imperf. 


*VOIR,  To  See.— (Eighth  Mobel.) 

Voir  Voyaut  Vu 

Avoir  vu  to  have  seen 


Je  vois 
Nous  voyons 
Je  voyais 
f^ous  voyions 
Je  vis 
Nous  vimes 
Je  verrai 
Nous  verrona 
Je  verrais 
Nous  verrions 

Voyons 

Quo  je  voie 

Que  uous  voyions 

Que  je  visse 

Que  nous  vissions 


tu  vois 
vous  voyez 
tu  voyais 
vous  voyiez 
tu  vis 
vous  vites 
tu  verras 
vous  verrez 
tu  verrais 
vous  verriez 
Vois 
voyez 

que  tu  voies 
que  vous  voyiez 
que  tu  visses 
que  vous  vissiez 


Dvoit 
ils  voient 
il  voyait 
ils  voyaient 
ilvit 
ils  virent 
il  verra 
ils  verront 
il  verrait 
ils  verraient 


qu'U  voie 
qu'ils  voient 
qu'il  vlt 
qu'ils  viss>int 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *voir: 

*Revoir,  to  see  again.  *Prevoir,  to  foresee. 

*Entrevoir,  to  see  imperfectly.         *Pourvoir,  to  provide. 

Rem.  *Prevoir  and  *pourvoir  do  not,  in  all  respects,  follovr  tlie 
model  voir. 

Prevoir  has,  in  the  future,  je  prevoirai,  etc.,  and,  in  the  condi, 
tional,  je  prevoirais,  etc. 

Pourvoir  has,  in  the  past  definite,  je  pourvus,  etc.;  in  the  future, 
je  pourvoirai,  etc.;  in  the  conditional,  je  pourvoirais,  etc.,  and  in  the 
subjunctive  imperfect,  que  je  pourvusse,  eta 


172 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


*VOULOIR,  To  Be  Willing.— (Ninth  Model.) 

Vonloir  Voulaut  Voulu 


Avoir  voulu 

to  have  been  willli 

W 

Present. 

Je  veux 

tu  veux 

il  veut 

Nous  voulons 

vous  voulez 

ils  veulent 

Impebp. 

Je  voulais 

tu  voulais 

il  voulait 

Nous  voulions 

vous  voullez 

ils  voulaient 

Past  Def. 

Je  voulus 

tu  voulus 

il  voulut 

Nous  voulflmes 

vous  voulfites 

ils  voulurent 

Future. 

Je  voudrai 

tu  voudras 

il  voudra 

Nous  voiidrons 

vous  voudrcz 

ils  voudront 

COND.  Pb. 

Je  voudrais 

tu  voudrais 

il  voudrait 

Nous  voudrions 

vous  voudriez 

ils  voudraient 

Imper. 

Veux 

Voulons 

voulez  or  veuillez 

Sub  J.  Pr. 

Que  je  veuille 

que  tu  veuilles 

qu'il  veuille 

Que  nous  voulions 

que  vous  vouliez 

qu'ils  veuillent 

Lmperf. 

Que  je  voulusse 

que  tu  vouluBses 

qu'il  voulflt 

Que  nous  voulussions 

que  vous  voulussiez 

qu'ils  voulussent 

Vocabulary  38. 


'*Savoir,  to  know  ;   to  know  how  ; 

ne  savoir  que,  not  to  know  what. 
*Valoir,    to    be    worth ;     valoir 

mievix,  to   be   better ;    il  vaut 

mievix,  it  is  better. 
*Voir,  to  see. 
*Revoir,  to  see  again  ;  au  revoir, 

good-by. 
*Votiloir,  to  be  willing. 
Je  veux  bien,  I  am  willing. 
*Vouloir  Mire,  to  mean. 


Le  ciel,  heaven  ;  the  sky. 

La  mer,  the  sea. 

La  terre,  the  land. 

La  montagne,  the  mountain 

Notre  patrie,  /.,  our  native  land. 

Le  milieu,  the  middle ;  au  milieu 

de,  in  the  midst  of. 
Ces  gens,  those  people. 
EJnfin,  at  last ;  finally. 
A  la  fin,  in  the  end. 
Ne que;  only,  but ;  nothing  but 


Theme  38. 
Model  Savoir.     1.  Vous  savez  ce  que  je  veux  dire. 
2.  II  n'a  pas  su  me  repondre.      3.  II  ne  savait  que  dire. 


IRREGULAK     VERBS.  173 

4.  Nous  ne  savions  que  faire.  5.  Je  saurai  demain,  s'il 
vicndra  ou  non.  G.  II  I'aut  que  je  le  sache  aujourd'hui.  7. 
Je  voudrais  que  nous  Ic  sussions.  8.  Sachez  ce  que  vous 
avez  a  faire. 

Model  Valoir.  0.  Cela  ue  vaut  rien,  et  n'a  jamais  rien 
valu.  10.  II  vaudra  niiftux  rcster  ici  que  de  sortir.  11.  Ces 
gens-la  ne  valeiit  pas  mieux  que  nous. 

Model  Voir.  12.  Vous  voycz  enfin  ce  que  c'est.  13.  II 
voyait  a  la  fin  qu'on  Tavait  trompe.  14.  Nous  verrons  ce 
que  nous  pourrons  faire.  15.  Quand  vous  revcrrai-je  ?  16. 
Hier  je  vis  votre  oncle ;  il  vint  nous  voir. 

Model  Vouloir.  17.  Nous  voulons  partir.  18.  Que 
veulent  ces  hommes  ?  19.  II  n'a  pas  voulu  me  recevoir. 
20.  Henri  ne  voulait  pas  venir.  21.  II  viendra  quand  il 
voudra.  22.  Je  voudrais  bien  le  voir.  23.  Je  ne  pense  pas 
qu'il  veuille  partir.  24.  Si  je  pensais  qu'il  voulut  partir, 
j'irais  le  trouver. 

Theme  38. 

Model  Sayoir.  1.  He  does  not  know  what  I  mean.  2. 
We  do  not  know  what  to  say.  3.  I  have  not  known  that. 
4.  They  knew  {imperf.)  that  we  were  here.  5.  Everybody 
will  know  it  to-morrow.  6.  I  am  willing  that  people  should 
know  it  {siihj.  pres.).  7.  I  wish  that  they  knew  it  {suhj. 
imperf.). 

Model  Valoir.  8.  Those  pictures  are  each  worth  one 
hundred  dollars.  9.  He  gave  them  a  house  which  was  worth 
ten  thousand  dollars.  10.  It  is  better  not  to  say  anything 
about  it.     11.  That  would  be  better. 

Model  Voir.  12.  We  see,  at  last,  what  it  is.  13.  You 
will  see  in  the  end  that  they  will  deceive  you.     14.  We  were 


174  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

in  the  midst  of  the  sea,  we  saw  {imjm-f.)  nothing  but  the 
sky  and  the  water.  15.  I  thought  that  I  never  should  see 
land  again.  IG.  We  saw  {past  def.),  at  last,  the  mountains 
of  our  native  country. 

Model  Vouloir.  17.  What  does  he  want?  18.  What 
do  you  mean  ?  19.  He  was  not  willing  {past  indef.)  to  wait. 
20.  He  wanted  {imperf.)  to  start  the  next  day.  21.  He  may 
start  (fut.)  when  he  wishes  (fut.).  22.  You  would  not  wish 
to  see  him  leave. 


THIRTY-NINTH   LESSON. 
Irregular  Verbs  (Continued). —  Fourth  Conjugation. 
The  Fourth  Conjugation  has  twenty-three  irregular  forms 
or  models. 


*BATTRE,  To  Beat.— (First  Model.) 


Battre  Battant 

Avoir  battn  to  have  beaten 


Battu 


Pbesbnt. 

Je  bats 

tu  bats 

ilbat 

Nousbattons 

vous  battez 

ils  battent 

Imperf. 

Je  battais 

tu  battais 

11  battait 

Nous  battions 

vous  battiez 

Ds  battaient 

Past  Dep. 

Je  battis 

tu  battis 

11  battit 

Nous  batttmes 

vous  battltes 

Us  battirent 

Future. 

Je  battrai 

tu  batlras 

il  battra 

Nous  batlrons 

vous  battrez 

ils  battront 

COND.  PR. 

Je  battrais 

tu  battrais 

11  battrait 

Nous  battrions 

vous  battriez 

Us  battraient 

Imper. 

Bats 

Battons 

battez 

SUBJ.  Pr. 

Que  je  batte 

que  tu  battes 

qu'il  batte 

Que  nous  battions 

que  vous  battiez 

qu'ils  battent 

Imperf. 

Que  je  battiese 

que  tu  battissGS 

qu'il  battit 

Que  nous  battissions 

que  vous  battissiez 

qu'Us  battisBcnt 

I  R  H  K  G  U  L  A  R     VERBS, 


175 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *battre,  the  derivatives 
of  battre : 


*Abattre,  to  beat  down,  eta 


*Oombattre,  to  fight,  etc 


*BOIRE,  To  Drink. —  (Second  Model.) 

Boire  Buvant  Bu 


Present. 
Imperf. 
Pas>t  Def. 
Future. 

COND.  Pr. 

latPER. 
SuBj.  Pr. 
Imperf. 


Avoir  bu 


Je  bois 
Nous  buvons 
Je  biivais 
Nous  buvions 
Je  bus 
Nous  bfimes 
Je  boirai 
Nous  boirons 
Je  boirais 
Nous  boirions 

Buvons 
Que  je  boive 
Que  nous  buvions 
Que  je  busse 
Que  Dous  bussions 


to  have  drunk 

tu  bois 
vous  bnvez 
tu  buvais 
vons  buviez 
tu  bus 
vous  bfltes 
tu  boiras 
vous  boirez 
tu  boirais 
vous  boiriez 
Bois 
buvez 

que  tu  boives 
que  vous  buviez 
que  tu  busses 
que  vous  bussiez 


il  boit 
ils  boivent 
il  buvait 
ils  buvaient 
il  but 
ils  burent 
il  boira 
ils  boiront 
il  boirait 
ils  boiraient 


qu'il  boive 
qu'ils  boivent 
qu'il  bflt 
qu'ils  bussent 


*CONCL.URE,  To  Conclude.— (Third  Model.) 

Conclure  Concluant  Conclu 


Present. 


Imperp. 


Past  Def. 


Future. 


CoND.  Pr. 


Avoir  conclu 


Je  conclue 
Nous  concluons 
Je  concluais 
Nous  conclulons 
Je  conclus 
Nous  conclflmes 
Je  conclurai 
Nous  conclurons 
Je  conclurais 
Nous  conclurions 


to  have  concluded 


tu  conclus 
vous  concluez 
tu  concluais 
vous  conclnlez 
tu  conclus 
vous  conclfltes 
tn  concluras 
vous  conclurez 
tu  conclurais 
vous  concluriez 


il  conclut 
Us  concluent 
il  concluait 
ils  concluaient 
il  conclut 
ils  conclurent 
il  conclura 
ils  concluront 
il  conclurait 
ils  concluraient 


176 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Imper. 


SUBJ.  Pb. 


Lmferf. 


Concluons 
Que  je  conclue 
Que  noup  coiiclulons 
Que  je  coiiclusise 


Conclns 

concluez 

que  tu  conclues 

que  VOU8  conclutez 

que  tu  conclusses 


qu'il  conclue 
qu'ils  conclueDt 
qu'il  conclflt 


Que  nous  conclussions    que  vous  conclussiez    qu'ils  concluseent 


CONDUIRE,  To  Conduct.— (Fourth  Model.) 

Conduire  Conduisant  Conduit 


Avoir  conduit 

Present.       Je  conduis 

Nous  conduisons 
Imperf.         Je  couduisais 

Nous  conduisions 
Past  Dep.     Je  couduisis 

Nous  conduislmes 
Future.        Je  conduirai 

Nous  conduirons 
CoND.  Pr.     Je  condnirais 

Nous  conduirions 
Imper. 

Conduisons 
SuBJ.  P*R.       Que  je  conduise 

Que  nous  couduisions 
Imperf.         Que  je  conduisisse 

Que   nous  conduisis- 
Bions 


to  have  conducted 


tu  conduis 
vous  conduisez 
tu  couduisais 
vous  conduisiez 
tu  conduisis 
vous  conduisites 
tu  conduii-as 
vous  conduirez 
tu  conduirais 
vous  conduiriez 
Conduis 
conduisez 
que  tu  conduises 
que  vous  conduisiez 
que  tu  conduisisses 
que  vous  conduisis- 
siez 


11  conduit 
lis  condnieent 
il  conduisait 
ils  couduisaient 
il  couduisit 
ils  conduisirent 
il  condiiira 
ils  conduiront 
il  conduirait 
Us  conduiraient 


qu'il  conduise 
qu'il  conduisent 
qu'il  conduistt 
qu'rJs  conduisissent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *conduire : 

*Instruire,  to  instruct.  *Traduire,  to  translate. 

And  all  the  rerbs  that  end  in  uire. 


Rem.  *Nuire,  to  injure;  *luire,  to  shine,  and  *reluire,  to  shine, 
deviate  from  the  model  verb  conduire  in  the  past  participle,  which 
ends  in  i,  as :  nui,  lui,  relui. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS, 


177 


*CONNAITRE,  To  Be  Acquainted  With,  To  Know.— 
(Fifth  Model.) 
Conna!tre  Connaissant  Connn 


Avoir  connu 

Present.      Je  connais 

Nous  connaissons 
Imperf.         Je  connaissais 

Nous  connaissions 
Past  Def.    Je  connus 

Nous  connflmcs 
Future.       Je  connaitrai 

Nous  coniiaitrons 
CoND.  Pr.     Je  connaiti'ais 

Nous  coimaitrions 
Imper. 

Connaissons 
SuBj.  Pr.      Que  je  connaisse 

Que  nous  connaissions 
Imperf.         Que  je  connusse 

Que  nous  connussions 


to  have  been  acquainted  with 


tu  connais 
VOU8  connaissez 
tu  connaissais 
vous  connaissiez 
tu  connus 
vous  connfltes 
tu  connaitras 
vous  connaitrcz 
tu  connaitrais 
vous  connaitriez 
Connais 
connaissez 
que  tu  connaisses 
que  vous  connaissiez 
que  tu  connusses 
que  vous  connussiez 


il  connait 
ils  connaissent 
il  connaissait 
ils  connaissaient 
il  connut 
ils  connurent 
il  connaitra 
ils  connnitront 
il  connaitrait 
ils  conuaitraient 


qu'il  connaisse 
qu'ils  connaissept 
qu'il  connflt 
qu'ils  connussent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *connaitre  : 
*Paraitre,  to  appear.  *Croitre,  to  grow. 

And  all  the  verbs  that  end  in  aitre  and  oitre,  except 
*naitre,  to  he  lorn,  and  *renaitre,  to  be  Urn  agam. 

Rem.  1 .  The  i  of  the  verbs  in  aitre  and  oitre,  when  it  is  imme- 
diately followed  by  t,  has  the  circumflex  accent. 

Rem.  2.  Croitre  and  its  derivatives  have  the  circumflex  accent 
over  the  u  of  the  past  participle  and  in  all  the  persons  of  the  past 
definite  tense. 


*Battre,  to  beat. 
*Se  battre,  to  fight. 
*Boire,   to  drink. 


Vocabulary  39. 

*Conclure,  to  conclude. 

*Conduire,  to  conduct. 

*Se  conduire,  to  conduct  one's  self. 


178 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


*Traduire,  to  translate. 
*Connaitre,  to  be  acquainted  with. 
*Reconnaitre,  to  recognize. 
*Paraitre,  to  appear  ;  to  seem. 
Bien  des  fois,  many  times. 
La  soif,  thirst ;   avoir  soif,f  to  be 

thirsty. 
Le  vin,  the  wine. 
Le  marche,  the  bargain. 
Une  phrase,  a  sentence. 


Depuis,  since. 

L'anglais,  English. 

De   l'anglais    en    fran9ais,   from 

English  into  French. 
Un    inconnu,    an    unknown ;     a 

stranger. 
Un  etranger,  a  stranger ;     a  tor. 

eigne  r. 
Etrange,  strange. 
Seulement,  only. 


Exercise  39. 

Model  Battre.  1.  Si  tu  bats  les  autres,  on  te  battra 
aussi.  2.  On  se  battait  dans  les  rues  de  Paris.  3.  On  s'y 
est  battu  bien  des  fois,  et  I'on  s'y  battra  encore.  4.  Je  ne 
veux  me  battre  avec  personne.  5.  Je  fuis  ceux  qui  se 
battent. 

Model  Boire.  6.  Je  bois  seulement  quand  j'ai  soif. 
7.  lis  boivent  de  I'eau.  8.  Nous  ne  buvons  jamais  de  vin. 
9.  Si  vous  buyiez  du  vin,  vous  seriez  malade.  10.  Si  j'avais 
du  lait,  j'en  boirais  un  verre. 

Model  Conclure.  11.  Nous  concluons  le  marclie  main- 
tenant.  12.  Nous  avons  conelu  cette  affaire.  13.  Enfin, 
c'est  une  affaire  conclue. 

Model  Coxduire.  14.  Nous  tous  conduisons  chez  vous. 
15.  II  m'a  conduit  jusqu'au  depot  du  chemin  de  fer.  16. 
lis  se  conduisaient  bien.  17.  lis  se  sont  toujours  bien  con- 
duits. 18.  Nous  traduirons  cette  histoire  en  anglais.  19. 
Tradiiisez  cette  phrase  en  fran9ais  pour  moi 


+  Avoir  soif,  literally  to  have  thirst  ;  in  English,  to  be  thirsty.    See  Lesson  Forty- 
seventh. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS.  179 

Model  ConnaItre.  20.  C'est  uu  etranger  quo  uous  ne 
connaissons  pas.  21.  Je  ne  vous  ai  pas  recoiinu.  22.  Ccla 
parait  etrauge,  23.  Get  inconnu  paraissait  nous  regarder, 
comme  s'il  nous  counaissait.  24.  II  vous  reconuaitrait,  si 
vous  parliez. 

Theme  39. 

Model  Battre.  1.  I  beat  nobody.  2.  I  have  never 
beaten  anybody;  and  I  will  not  beat  anybody.  3.  I  do  not 
like  those  who  fight.  4.  I  would  not  fight  for  any  one.  5. 
I  do  not  like  to  fight. 

Model  Boire.  G.  I  do  not  drink  any  wine.  7.  I  do 
not  wish  to  dritik,  for  I  am  not  thirsty.  8.  I  will  drink 
a  glass  of  water.  9.  I  have  not  drunk  anything  since  this 
morning.     10.   Do  not  drink  if  you  are  not  thirsty. 

Model  Conclure.  11.  Let  us  conclude  that  affair.  12. 
We  cannot  conclude  it.     13.  The  bargain  is  concluded. 

Model  Coxduire.  14.  He  conducts  himself  well.  15. 
I  will  conduct  you  to  the  depot.  16.  If  you  conduct  your- 
self well,  you  will  succeed.  17.  We  have  translated  this 
history  from  French  into  English.  18.  They  were  trans- 
lating from  English  into  French.  19.  IIow  will  you  trans- 
late this  sentence  ? 

Model  ConnaItre.  20.  I  do  not  know  that  gentle- 
man ;  he  is  a  stranger  to  me.f  21.  That  stranger  seems  to 
know  us.  22.  Do  you  not  recognize  him  ?  23.  He  did  not 
recognize  me.  24.  It  would  appear  strange,  if  he  did  not 
recognize  us. 

t  He  is  a  stranger  to  me,  il  ni'est  inconnu. 


180 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


FORTIETH   LESSON. 

Irregular  Verbs  (Continued). —  Fourth  Conjugation 

*COUDKE,  To  Sew.— (Sixth  Model.) 


itiesent. 
Imperp. 
Past  Dbp. 

FUTUKE, 

CoNB.  Pr. 
Imper. 
SuBj.  Pr. 
Imperf. 


Coudre 


Cousant 


Avoir  couBti 


Je  couds 

Nous  cousons 
Je  cousais 
Nous  cousions 
Je  cousis 
Nous  couslmes 
Je  coudrai 
Nous  coudrons 
Je  coudrais 
Nous  coudrions 

Cousons 
Que  je  couse 
Que  nous  cousions 
Que  je  cousisse 
Que  nous  cousissions 


to  have  seiced 

tu  couds 

vous  cousez 

tu  cousais 

vous  cousiez 

tu  cousis 

vous  cousltes 

tu  coudras 

vous  coudrez 

tu  coudrais 

vous  coudriez 

Couds 

cousez 

que  tu  couses 

que  vous  cousiez 

que  tu  coussisses 

que  vous  cousissiez 


Cousu 


il  coud 
ils  consent 
il  cousait 
ils  cousaient 
11  cousit 
ils  cousirent 
il  coudra 
ils  coudront 
11  coudrait 
lis  coudiaient 


qn'il  couse 
qu'ils  consent 
qu'il  cousit 
qu'ils  cousissent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *coudre  : 
*Decoudre,  to  unsew.  *Recoudre,  to  sew  again. 

*CRAINDRE,  To  Fear.— (Seventh  Model.) 


Grain  dre 


Craijmant 


Avoir  craint 


to  have  feared 


I»RE8ENT. 


Imperp. 


Past  Def. 


Je  crains 
Nous  craignons 
Je  craignais 
Nous  craignions 
Je  craignls 
None  craigntmes 


tu  crains 
vous  craignez 
tu  craignais 
vous  craigniez 
tu  craignis 
vous  craignttes 


Craint 


il  craint 
ils  craignent 
il  craignait 
ils  craignaient 
il  craignit 
ils  craignirent 


IRREGULAR     VERBS, 


181 


Future. 
COND.  Pb. 
Imper. 
SCB.J.  Pb. 
Imperf. 


Je  craindrai 
Nous  craindrons 
Je  craindrais 
Nous  craindrions 

Craignons 

Que  je  craigne 

Que  nous  craignions 

Que  je  craignisse 

Que  nous  craignissions 


tu  craindras 

vous  craindrez 

tu  craindrais 

vous  craindriez 

Grains 

craignez 

que  tu  craignes 

que  vous  craigniez 

que  tu  craignisses 

que  vous  craignissiez 


il  craindra 
lis  craindront 
il  ci-aindiait 
ils  craindraient 


qu'il  craigne 
qu'ils  craignent 
qu'il  craignlt 
qu'ils  craignissent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *craindre,  all  the  verbs 
that  end  in  indre : 


*Plaindre,  to  pity. 
*Peindre,  to  paint. 

And  many  others. 


*Teindre,  to  dye. 
*Joindre,  to  join. 


Prksent. 
Imperf. 
Past  Def. 
Future. 
CoND.  Pb. 
Imper. 

SUBJ.  Pr. 

Impebp. 


*CROIKE,  To  Believe.— (Eighth  Model.) 

Croire  Croyant  Cm 

Avoir  era  to  have  believed 


Je  crois 
Nous  croyona 
Je  croyais 
Nous  croyions 
Je  crus 
Nous  crflmea 
Je  croirai 
Nous  croirons 
Je  croirais 
Noas  croirions 

Croyons 

Que  je  crole 

Que  nous  croyions 

Que  je  crusse 

Que  nous  crussions 


tu  crois 
vous  croyez 
tu  croyais 
vous  croyiez 
tu  crus 
vous  crfltes 
tu  croiras 
vous  croirez 
tu  croirais 
vous  croiriez 
Crois 
croyez 
que  tu  croies 
que  vous  croyiez 
que  tu  crusses 
que  vous  crussiez 


il  croit 
ils  croient 
il  croyait 
ils  croyaient 
il  crut 
ils  crurent 
il  croira 
il?  croiront 
il  croirait 
ils  croiraient 


qu'il  croie 
qu'ils  croient 
qu'il  crUt 
qu'ils  crussent 


182 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


*DIRE,  To  Say,  To  Tell.— (Ninth  Model.) 

Dire  Disant  Dit 


Avoir  dit 

to  have  said 

Present. 

Jedis 

tudis 

Idit 

Nous  disons 

vous  dites 

lis  disent 

Imperf. 

Je  disais 

tu  disais 

J  disait 

Nous  difiions 

vous  disiez                     ils  disaient 

Past  Dep. 

Je  dis 

tudis 

ddit 

Nous  dimes 

vous  dltes 

Is  dirent 

Future. 

Je  dirai 

tu  diras 

1  dira 

Nous  dirons 

vous  direz 

Is  diront 

COND.  Pb. 

Je  dirais 

tu  dirais 

1  dirait 

Nous  dirions 

vous  diriez 

Is  diraient 

Impeb. 

Disons 

Dis 
dites 

SuBJ.  Pb. 

Que  je  dise 

que  tu  discs 

qu'il  dise 

Que  nous  disions 

que  vous  disiez 

qu'ils  disent 

Impebp. 

Que  je  disse 

que  tu  disses 

qu'il  dit 

Que  nous  dissions 

que  vous  dissiez 

qu'ils  dissent 

Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *dire: 
*Rediiej  to  say  again. 

The  other  derivatives  of  dire :  *dedire,  tn  vnmy;  *inter- 
dire,  to  forbid  ;  *medire,  to  slander  ;  *predire,  to  foretell ; 
have,  in  the  second  person  phiral  of  the  present  tense  of  the 
indicative,  and  in  tiic  second  person  phiral  of  the  imperative, 
dedisez,  interdisez,  etc.,  instead  of  dedites,  interdites, 
etc.  *Maudire,  to  curse,  has,  in  the  present  participle, 
maudissant,  doubling  the  s.  The  double  s  is  retained  in 
all  the  parts  derived  from  the  present  participle. 


Vocabulary  40. 


*Coudre,  to  sew. 
*Craindre,  to  fear. 


*Plaindre,  to  pity. 

*Se  piaindre,  to  complain. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS.  183 

•Croire,  to  believe.  La  conduite,  the  conduct. 

*Dire,  to   say ;    to  tell ;    dire  la    La  loi,  the  law. 

verite,  to  speak  the  truth.  Mai,  badly. 

Avoir  raison,f  to  be  right.  Necessaire,  necessary. 

Avoir  tort,f  to  be  wrong.  Fou,  fol,/.  folle,  mad. 

Exercise  40. 

Model  Coudre.  1.  Cousez  ceci  pour  moi,  s'il  vous  plait. 
2.  Je  le  coudrai  tant6t.  3.  Qui  a  cousu  cela?  4.  Si  vous 
cousiez  tous  les  jours,  vous  coudriez  mieux.  5.  II  u'est  pas 
necessaire  que  je  couse  tous  les  jours. 

Model  Craindre.  6.  Je  crains  les  mechants,  et  je  les 
plains.  7.  Nous  ne  plaignons  pas  ceux  que  nous  craignons. 
8.  Elle  s'est  plainte  de  votre  conduite.  9.  On  le  craignait, 
Eiais  on  ne  Taimait  pas.  10.  Je  me  plaindrai  de  vous,  si 
vous  vous  comportez  mal.  11.  On  ne  se  plaindrait  pas  de 
vous,  si  vous  vous  comportiez  biou. 

Model  Croire.  12.  Je  crois  que  vous  avez  raison.  13. 
Personne  n'a  cru  cette  nouvelle.  14.  Vous  ici !  Je  vous 
croyais  a  Boston  depuis  hier.  15.  On  ne  croira  pas  cela. 
16.  Vous  le  croiriez,  si  vous  le  voyiez.  17.  Nous  ne  croyons 
pas  pouvoir  faire  cela. 

Model  Dire.  18.  Je  crois  ce  que  vous  dites.  19.  Nous  di^ 
sons  que  vous  avez  raison.  20.  lis  disent  que  nous  avons  tort. 
21.  Qu'en  dit-on  ?  22.  On  en  dira  ce  que  Ton  voudra.  23.  Je 
dirai  la  verite.  24.  Si  nous  disions  cela,  on  dirait  que  nous 
sommes  fous. 

Theme  40. 

Model  Coudre.  1.  I  sew  and  Mary  sews.  2.  We  sew- 
together.     3.  I  was  sewing  when  you  came  in.    4.  I  have 

t  Avoir  raism  ;  avoir  tort,  literally,  to  have  right ;  to  have  wrong ;  in  English, 
to  be  rigid  ;  to  be  wrong.    See  Lesson  Forty  seventh. 


184 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


sewn  this.  5.  I  will  sew  th;it  by  and  by.  6.  I  wish  you 
would  sew  {suhj.  wiperf. )  it  now. 

Model  Cbaindre.  7.  I  fear  him  and  I  pity  him.  8.  The 
wacked  fear  the  law,  which  protects  the  good.  9.  He  feared 
everybody,  and  pitied  nobody.  10.  You  are  always  com- 
plaining. 11.  They  have  complained  of  your  conduct.  13. 
If  you  behave  badly,  jjeople  will  complain  of  you. 

Model  Croire.  13.  You  believe  what  I  say  ;  do  you 
not?  14.  We  believe  that  you  are  right.  15.  They  believe 
that  we  are  wrong.  16.  They  did  not  believe  what  we  said 
{past  indef.).     17.  I  would  believe  it,  if  I  saw  it. 

Model  Dire.  18.  What  you  say  is  true.  19.  We  say 
the  same  thing,  and  they  say  so  too.  20.  Do  you  know 
what  he  has  told  me  ?  21.  What  will  people  say  of  it  ? 
22.  We  will  speak  the  truth.  23.  You  would  not  say  that, 
if  you  knew  what  I  know. 


rORTY-FIEST   LESSON. 


Irregular  Verbs  (Continued). —  Fourth  Conjugation. 
*ECRIRE,  To  Write.— (Tenth  Model.) 

^crii-e  Ecrivant  ficrit 


Present. 


Imperp. 


Past  Dep. 


Future. 


COND  PR. 


Avoir  ecrit 


J'gcris 

Nous  ecrivons 

J'ecrivais 

Nous  ecrivions 

J'ecrivis 

Nous  ecrivlmes 

J'ucrirai 

Nous  ecrirons 

J'ecrirais 

Nous  ficririons 


to  have  written 


tn  ecris 
vous  ecrivez 
tn  ecrivais 
vous  ecriviez 
tu  ecrivis 
vous  ecrivltes 
tn  ecriras 
vous  ecrirez 
tn  ecrirais 
vous  ecririez 


il  dcrit 
ils  ecrivent 
il  ecrivait 
ils  ecrivaient 
il  ecrivit 
ils  ecnvirent 
il  ecrira 
ils  ecriront 
U  ecrirait 
ils  dcrii'aient 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 

ISTPEE. 

Ecris 

Ecrivons 

eciivez 

StJBJ.  Pr. 

Que  j'ecrive 

que  tu  ecrives 

qu'il  derive 

Que  nou^  ecrivions 

que  vous  ecriviez 

qu'ils  ecrivent 

iMPERF. 

Que  j'ecrivis!-e 

que  tu  ecrivisses 

qu'il  ecrivit 

Que  nous  ecrivissions 

que  vous  ecrivissiez 

qu'ilB  ecrivissent 

185 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *ecrire; 


*Decrire,  to  describe. 
*Inscrire,  to  inscribe. 


*Prescrire,  to  ]ircscribe. 
*Transcrire,  to  transcribe. 


And  other  derivatives  of  *ecrire. 

*FAIRE,  To  Do,  To  Make.  — (Eleventh  Model.> 

Faire  Faisant  Fait 


Avoir 

fait              to  have  made 

Present. 

Je  fais 

tufais 

Ufait 

Nous  faisons 

vous  faites 

ils  font 

Latperf. 

Je  faisais 

tu  faisais 

il  faisait 

Nous  faisioDS 

vous  faisiez 

ils  faisaient 

Past  Def. 

Jefls 

tufis 

Ufit' 

Nous  flmes 

vous  fttes 

ils  flrent 

FrTURE. 

Je  ferai 

tu  feras 

11  fera 

Nous  ferons 

vous  ferez 

ils  feront 

COXD.  Pb. 

Je  ferais 

tu  ferais 

il  fsiail 

Nous  ferions 

vous  feriez 

Us  feraient 

Ihper. 

Fais 

Faisons 

faites 

SuBj.  Pb. 

Que  je  fasse 

que  tu  fasses 

qu'il  fasse 

Que  nous  fassions 

que  vous  fassiez 

qu'ils  fassent 

Imperf. 

Que  je  flsse 

que  tu  fisses 

qu'il  fit 

Que  nous  fissions 

que  vous  flssiez 

qu'ils  Assent 

Conjugate  in  the  same  mannej  as  *faire: 

*Contrefaire,  to  counterfeit.  *Surfaire,  to  overcharge 

*Defaire,  to  undo.  *Satisfaire,  to  satisfy. 

♦Refaire,  to  do  again. 


180 


ELEMENTAEY     FEENCH     GEAMMAR. 


♦LIRE,  To  Read.— (Twelfth  Model.) 

lire  Li.>;ant  La  . 


Avoir  lu 

to  have  read 

Present. 

Je  lis 

tu  lis 

Ulit 

Nona  lisons 

vous  lisez 

lis  lisent 

Impebf. 

Je  lisais 

tu  lisais 

il  lisait 

Nous  lisions 

vous  lisiez 

ils  lisaient 

Past  Def. 

Je  las 

tu  lus 

illut 

Nous  Iflmes 

vous  Ifltes 

ils  lurent 

Future. 

Je  lirai 

tu  liras 

11  lira 

Nous  lirons 

vous  lirez 

ils  liront 

COJTD.  Pk. 

Je  lirais 

tu  lirais 

il  lirait 

Nous  lirlons 

vous  liriez 

ils  liraient 

Tmper. 

Lisons 

Lis 
lisez 

SUBJ.  Pr. 

Que  je  lise 

que  tu  lises 

qu'il  lise 

Que  nous  lisions 

que  vous  lisiez 

qu'ils  lisent 

lUPEBF. 

Que  je  lusse 

que  tu  lusses 

qu'il  Iflt 

Que  nous  Inssions 

que  vous  lussiez 

qu'ils  lussent 

Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *lire : 

*Elire,  to  elect.  *Relire,  to  read  again. 

*Reelire,  to  re-elect. 


»METTRE,  To  Put,  To  Put  On.— (Thirteenth  Model.) 

Mettre  Mettant  Mis 


Present. 


iMPERF. 


Past  Def. 


Future. 


CoND.  Pr. 


Avoir  mis 


to  have  put 


Je  mets 
Noas  mettons 
Je  mettais 
Nous  mettions 
Je  mis 
Nous  mimes 
Je  mettrai 
Nous  mettrons 
Je  mettrais 
Nous  mettrions 


tu  mets 
vous  mettez 
tu  mettais 
vous  mettiez 
tu  mis 
vous  mites 
tu  mettras 
vous  mettrez 
tu  mettrais 
vous  mettriez 


flmet 
lis  mettent 
il  mettait 
ils  mettaient 
il  niit 
ils  mirent 
il  mettra 
ils  mettront 
il  mettrait 
lis  mettraieut 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


187 


Impkb. 

Mets 

Mettons 

mettez 

SUBJ.  Pb. 

Que  je  niette 

que  tu  mettes 

qu'il  mette 

Que  iious  mcttions 

que  vous  inettiez 

qu'ils  mettent 

Impkbf. 

Que  je  inisse 

que  tu  misses 

qu'il  mit 

Que  nons  missions 

que  vous  missicz 

qu'ils  missent 

Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *mettre : 

*Admettre,  to  admit.  *Permettre,  to  permit, 

*Commettre,  to  commit,  *Proinettre,  to  promise. 

And  all  the  derivatives  of  *inettre. 


Vocabulary  41. 


*ficrire,  to  write. 

*Faire,  to  make ;  to  do ;  *faire 
attention,  to  pay  attention ; 
*faire  une  question,  to  ask  a 
question ;  *faire  un  plaisir,  to 
do  a  favor;  *^ fairs  *faire,f  to 
have  or  get  made ;  *faire  *ve- 
nir,  to  send  for. 

*Lire,  to  read. 

*Mettre,  to  put ;  to  put  on ;  met- 
tre  en  ordre,  to  put  in  order. 

*Se  mettre,  to  sit  down. 

i^Remettre,  to  put  back ;  to  de- 
liver, to  hand  ;  to  put  off. 

Raccommoder,  to  mend. 


Remarquer,  to  observe,  to  re- 
mark. 

Le  pupitre,  the  desk, 

Le  banc,  the  bench. 

La  boite,  the  box ;  la  boite  aux 
lettres,  the  letter  box. 

Un  cahier,  a  copy-book. 

La  musique,  tlie  music. 

Un  cahier  de  musique,  a  music- 
book. 

Quinze  jours,  a  fortnight. 

Prochain,  next. 

Ancien,  /.  ancienne,  ancient; 
fonuer. 

Au  lieu  de,  instead  of. 


Exercise  41. 
Model  Ecrire.    1.  J'ecris  mon  th^me,  et  il  6erit  le  sien. 
2.  Nous  ecrivons  tous  le  jours.     3.  II  ^crivait  d  son  pere 

+  Faire  faire^  to  have  or  get  made.  Falre  is  used  before  the  infinitive  of  almost 
any  verb,  in  the  sense  of  to  have  or  to  get.  Faire  and  the  infinitive  are  equivalent 
to  a  transitive  verb. 


188  ELEMENTAKT     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

pendant  quo  j'ecrivais  nion  themo.  4.  J'ecrivis  chez  moi 
le  lendemain  de  inon  amvee  a  Paris.  5.  Jc  n'ai  pas  ecrit 
chez  moi  depuis  liiudi.  G.  Vous  m'ecrirez  aussitot  que  vous 
serez  arrive. 

Model  Faire.  7.  Je  fais  ce  que  vous  m'avez  dit  de  faire. 
8.  Vous  faites  bien.  9.  Nous  faisons  la  m^me  chose.  10. 
lis  font  venir  le  medecin.  11.  11  me  faisait  mille  questions 
auxquelles  je  ne  pouvais  repondre.  12.  Nous  lui  fimes  re- 
marquer  cela.  13.  Faites  raccommoder  ce  fauteuil.  14.  Je 
feral  faire  des  pupitres  comme  ceux-la.  15.  II  faut  que  je 
fasse  nettoyer  cet  habit. 

Model  Lire.  16.  Lisez  ceci.  17.  Je  I'ai  lu.  18.  II 
lisait  le  journal  au  lieu  d'etudier.  19.  Je  lus  hier  que  notre 
ancien  professeur  est  mort.  20.  Je  lirai  ce  livre  quand  vous 
I'aurez  lu. 

Model  Mettre.  21.  Je  mets  votre  dictionnaire  dans 
votre  pupitre.  22.  Mettez  votre  manteau,  si  vous  allez 
sortir.  23.  Nous  avons  mis  votre  lettre  dans  la  boite.  24. 
Elle  se  mettait  toujours  a  cote  de  lui.  25.  Eemettons 
chaque  chose  a  sa  place.  2G.  Je  remettrai  votre  lettre  a 
mon  pere.    27.  Nous  remettrons  la  le9on  d  demain. 

Theme  41. 

Model  Ecrire.  1.  Are  you  writing  your  exercise  ?  2. 1 
have  written  it.  3.  I  was  writing  a  letter  to  my  father. 
4.  He  wishes  (desires)  me  to  write  to  him  every  week  (that 
I  write)  {suhj.  pres.).  5.  He  wrote  to  me  {past  clef.)  last 
week  that  he  would  be  here  in  a  fortnight.  6.  I  will  write 
to  you  as  soon  as  I  reach  (shall  arrive)  home. 

Model  Faire.  7.  "What  are  you  doing?  8.  I  am  not 
doing  anything.     9.  Will  you  do  me  a  favor  ?     10.  I  will  do 


IRREGULAR     VERBS.  189 

it  as  soon  as  I  can  (shall  be  ai)lo).  11.  lie  asked  {past 
indef.)  mc  a  quesLion  (to)  which  1  did  not  wish  {2)ast  indef.) 
to  answer.  12.  You  were  not  paying  attention  to  what  I 
was  saying.  13.  We  shall  have  those  old  benches  mended. 
11.  I  must  send  for  the  notar\-,  lie  said  (dit-il).  15.  I  made 
{2)ast  dcf.)  him  observe  that  the  notary  was  present. 

Model  Lire.  1G.  I  am  reading  a  very  interesting  book. 
17.  Have  you  read  it?  18.  I  will  read  it  when  you  have 
(shall  have)  read  it.  19.  They  were  reading  instead  of 
writing.  20.  We  read  {past  def.)  that  news  when  we  were 
in  the  country. 

J^Iodel  Mettre.  21.  I  put  everything  in  order  before  I 
go  out.  22.  Where  did  you  put  [past  indef.)  my  music 
book  ?  23.  I  will  put  your  letter  in  the  box.  24.  She  was 
putting  on  her  gloves  to  (in  order  to)  go  out.  25.  I  have 
handed  your  letter  to  my  father.  26.  We  will  put  every- 
thing back  in  its  place.  27.  I  will  put  off  that  journey  till 
next  week.     28.  Let  us  sit  down  on  this  bench. 


FORTY-SECOND    LESSON". 

Irregular  Verbs  (CoKTmuED).  — Fourth  Conjugation. 

♦MOUDRE,  To  Grind.— (Fourteenth  Model.) 

Mondro  Moulant  Moulu 

Avoir  moulu  to  have  ground 


Present. 

Je  monds 

tu  mouds 

11  moud 

Nous  moulons 

vous  raonlez 

lis  monlent 

Impkbp. 

Je  moulais 

tu  moulais 

il  moulait 

Nous  moulions 

vous  mouliez 

ils  moulaient 

Past  Dep. 

Je  moulus 

tu  moulus 

il  moiilut 

Nous  monlflmes 

vous  moulfltes 

ils  moulurent 

190 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


FUTUBK. 


COND.  Pb. 


Impbr. 


SuBJ.  Pr. 


Imfebt. 


Je  moudrai 
Nous  moudrons 
Je  moudrais 
Koua  moudrions 

Moulons 
Quo  je  moule 
Que  nous  moulions 
Que  je  moulnsse 
Que  nous  moulussions 


ta  moudras 

voiis  moudrez 

tu  moudrais 

vous  moudriez 

Mouds 

moulez 

que  tu  moules 

que  vous  niouliez 

que  tu  moulusses 

que  vous  moulussiez 


il  moudra 
ils  moudront 
il  moudrait 
ils  moudraient 


qu'il  moule 
qu'ils  moulent 
qu'il  moulflt 
qu'ils  moulussen: 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *inoudre  : 
*Emoudre,  to  grind.  *Remoudre,  to  grind  again. 


*NAITRE,  To  Be  Born. —  (Fifteenth  Model.) 

Naltre  Naissant  N6 

Etre  n6  to  have  been  barn 


Pbksent. 
Imperf. 
Past  Dep. 
Future. 
CoND.  Pr. 
Imfeb. 
SuBJ.  Pr. 
Ihpebf. 


Je  nais 

Nous  naissons 
Je  naissais 
Nous  naissions 
Je  naquis 
Nous  naquimes 
Je  naitrai 
Nous  naitrons 
Je  nattrais 
Nous  naitrions 

Naissons 

Que  je  naisse 

Que  nous  naissions 

Que  je  naquisse 

Que  nous  naquissions 


tu  nais 

vous  naissez 

tu  naissais 

vous  naissiez 

tu  naquis 

vous  naquites 

tu  naitras 

vous  naitrez 

tu  naltrais 

vous  naitriez 

Nais 

naissez 

que  tu  naisses 

que  vous  naissiez 

que  tu  naquisses 

que  vous  naquissiez 


il  nait 
ils  naissent 
il  naissait 
ils  naissaient 
il  naquit 
ils  naquirent 
il  uaitra 
ils  naitront 
il  naitrait 
ils  nattraient 


qu'il  naisse 
qu'ils  naissent 
qu'il  naquit 
qu'ils  naquissent 


Conjugate  "m  the  same  manner  as  *naitre: 

*Renaitre,  to  be  born  again. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


191 


♦PL.AIKE,  To  Please.— (Sixteenth  Model.) 


Plaire 


Plaisant 


Plu 


Avoir  plu 

to  have  pleased 

Pbebent. 

Je  plais 

tu  plais 

il  plait 

Nous  plaisons 

vous  plaisez 

ils  plaisent 

LSIPERF. 

Je  plaisais 

tu  plaisais 

il  plaisait 

Nous  plaisions 

vous  plaisiez 

ils  plaisaient 

Past  Def. 

Je  plus 

tu  plus 

il  plut 

Nous  plflmes 

vous  plfltes 

ils  plurent 

Future. 

Je  plairai 

tu  plairas 

il  plaira 

Nous  plairons 

vous  plairez 

ils  plairont 

Co^^).  Pr. 

Je  piairais 

tu  piairais 

il  plairait 

Nous  plairions 

vous  plairiez 

ils  plairaient 

Imfer. 

Plais 

Plaisons 

plaisez 

SuBj.  Pr. 

Que  je  plaiae 

que  tu  plaises 

qu'il  plaise 

Que  nous  plaisions 

que  vous  plaisiez 

qu'ils  plaisent 

Imperf. 

Que  je  plusse 

que  tu  plusses 

qu"il  plflt 

Que  nous  plnssions 

que  vous  plussiez 

qu'ils  plussent 

Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *plaire: 

■^Se  plaire  (Stre),  to  be  pleased.         *Taire,  not  to  say. 
*^Complaire,  to  liumor.  *Se  taire,  to  be  silent. 


♦PRENDRE,  To  Take.  —  (SE^-E^-TEE^-TH  Model.) 

Prendre  Prenant  Pris 


Present. 


Imperf. 


Past  Def. 


Future. 


CoND.  Pb. 


Avoir  pris 


Je  prends 
Nous  preuons 
Je  prenais 
Nous  prenions 
Je  pris 
Nous  primes 
Je  prendrai 
Nous  prendrons 
Je  prendrais 
Nous  prendrions 


to  have  taken 

tu  prends 
vous  prenez 
tu  prenais 
vous  preniez 
tn  pris 
vous  prttes 
tu  prendras 
vous  prendrez 
tu  prendrais 
vous  prendriez 


il  prend 
ils  prennent 
U  prenait 
ils  prenaient 
il  prit 
ils  prirent 
il  prendra 
ils  prendront 
il  prendrait 
ils  prendraient 


192 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Imfeb. 


SUBJ.  Pr. 


Impekf. 


Prenons 
Que  je  prenne 
Que  nous  prenions 
Que  je  prisse 
Que  nous  prissions 


Prends 

prenez 

que  tu  prennes 

que  vous  preniez 

que  tu  pi'isses 

que  vous  prissiez 


qu'il  prenne 
quMls  prennent 
qu'il  prit 
qu'Us  prissent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *prendre : 

*Apprendre,  to  learn  ;  to  hear.         *Reprendre,  to  take  back  ;   to  re 
'^Comprendre,  to  comprehend.  sume. 

*Entreprendre,  to  undertake. 

And  the  other  derivatives  of  *prendre. 
♦RESOUDRE,  To  Resolve.— (Eighteenth  Model.) 

Resoudre  Eesolvant  Resolu  or  Resous 


Avoir  resolu 

to  have  resolved 

Present. 

Je  resous 

tu  resous 

il  resout 

Nous  resolvons 

vous  resolvez 

ils  resolvent 

Imperp. 

Je  resolvais 

tu  resolvais 

il  resolvait 

^'ous  resolvions 

vous  resolviez 

ils  resolvaient 

Past  Def. 

Je  resolus 

tu  resolus 

il  resolut 

Nous  resolfimes 

vous  resolfltes 

ils  resolurent 

Future. 

Je  resoudrai 

tu  resoudras 

il  resoudra 

Nous  resoudions 

vous  resoudrez 

ils  rusoudront 

CoND.  Pr. 

Je  resoudrais 

tu  resoudrais 

il  resoudrait 

Nous  resoudrions 

vous  resoudriez 

ils  resoudraient 

laCPEB. 

Resous 

Resolvons 

resolvez 

SuBJ.  Pr. 

Que  je  resolve 

que  tu  resolves 

qu'il  resolve 

Que  nous  resohions 

que  vous  resolviez 

qu'ils  resolvent 

Imperp. 

Que  je  resolnsse 

que  tu  resolusses 

qu'il  resolflt 

Que  nous  resolnssions 

que  vous  resolussiez 

qu'ils  resolussent 

Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *resoudre : 

*Absoudre,  to  absolve  {past  part.) ;  absous,  /.  absoute. 


IftBEG  ULAR     VERBS. 


193 


Vocabulary  42. 

*Moudre,  to  grind.  I^e  moulin,  the  milL 

*Naitre  (otre),  to  be  born.  Le  grain,  tne  grain. 

*Plaire,f  to  please ;  il  plait  (de),f    Une  partie,  a  part. 


it  pleases. 
*Se  plaire,  to  like  to  ba. 
*Se  taire,  to  be  silent. 
*Prendre,    to    take ;     *prendre 

conge,  to  take  leave. 
*Apprendre,   to   learu ;     to  bear 

(news). 


Le  re.ste,  the  rest. 

Le  tout,  tlie  wliole. 

Un  instant,  an  instant. 

Un  pas,  a  step. 

La  mort,  death. 

La  peine,  the  trouble. 

A  la  fois,  at  once. 


*Comprendre,  to  comprehend  ;  to    Tant  (de),  so  many. 


understand. 

*Entreprendre,  to  undertake. 

*Reprendre,  to  take  back  ;   to  re- 
sume. 

Le  meunier,  the  miller. 


but    little ;    not 


Vers,  towards. 
Ne  ....  guere, 

much. 
Done,  then. 
S'il  vous  plait,  if  you  pleasa 


Exercise  42. 

Model  Moudre.  1.  II  faut  moudre  lo  grain  avant  de 
pouvoir  faire  le  pain.  2.  Le  meunier  le  moud  aujourd'hui. 
3.  On  le  moulait  lorsque  j'etais  au  moulin.  4.  On  en  avait 
moulu  une  partie.     5.  On  moudra  le  reste  demain. 

Model  Naitre.  G.  On  nait  et  I'on  meurfc  sans  le  savoir. 
7.  L'instant  oii  nous  naissons  est  un  pas  vers  la  mort.  8. 
Oh  etes-vous  ne?  9.  Ces  enfants  sout  nes  dans  ce  pays-ci. 
10.  Le  President  Lincoln  naquit  a  Springfield,  111.,  et  mou- 
rn t  a  Washington. 

Model  Plaire.  11.  Comment  ce  dessin  plait-il  d  votre 
soeur  ?     12.  II  ne  lui  plait  guere.     13.  II  ne  plaira  pas  4 


+  Plaire  d  qudqu'un  to  please  somebody.    The  impersonal  verb  il  plait  requires 
de  before  the  infinitive.    II  ne  lui  plait  pas  (Taitmdre,  It  does  not  please  him  to  wait. 


194  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR.^ 

moil  pere  de  revenir  ici  deraain.  14.  Ces  dames  ne  se  plai- 
saient  pas  a  la  campagne.  15.  Taisez-vous  done.  16.  II 
s'est  tu  quand  je  lui  ai  dit  cela. 

Model  Prendre.  17.  Je  prends  du  cafe  le  matin  et  du 
the  le  soir.  18.  Xous  prenons  ces  gants-ci,  et  nos  soeurs 
prennent  ceux-la.  19.  Avez-vous  pris  la  peine  de  lire  cela  ? 
20.  Je  ne  vous  ai  pas  conipris.  21.  II  apprenait  lentement. 
22.  N'entreprenez  pas  tant  de  choses  a  la  fois.  23.  Ke- 
prenez  votre  argent.  24.  Nous  reprendrons  notre  histoire. 
25.  II  prit  conge  de  nous  a  Paris,  et  partit  le  meme  jour 
pour  Berlin. 

Model  Resoudre.  26.  La  question  a  ete  en  fin  resolue. 
27.  Nous  avons  resolu  de  quitter  la  ville. 

Theme  42. 

Model  Moudre.  1.  They  were  not  grinding  at  the  mill ; 
the  miller  was  not  there.  2.  They  will  grind  a  part  of  our 
grain  to-morrow,  and  the  rest  the  day  after  to-morrow. 
3.  The  whole  will  be  ground  hy  Saturday  (samedi). 

Model  Naitre.  4.  We  are  born  without  knowing  it. 
5.  I  was  bornf  in  this  country.  6.  My  grandfather,  who 
died  last  spring,  was  bornf  in  Paris. 

Model  Plaire.  7.  This  book  pleases  my  mother.  8. 
What  pleases  the  one,  does  not  please  the  other.  9.  Will  it 
please  you  to  wait  until  to-morrow  ?  10.  That  does  not  please 
me.  11.  My  sisters  do  not  like  to  be  in  the  country.  12.  I 
did  not  like  to  be  there,  because  my  friends  were  not  there. 
13.  When  they  bcganj  to  speak  of  that,  she  kept  silent.J 

+  Was  bom  is  rendered  in  French  by  the  past  indefinite  tense  of  the  verb  if  the 
person  is  still  alive,  and  by  the  pluperfect,  if  the  person  is  dead. 
X  Past  definite  tense. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS. 


195 


Model  Prendre.     14.  I  take  coffee,  my  sisters  take  tea. 

15.  She  was  taking  her  music  lesson  when   I  was  there. 

16.  Have  you  taken  my  fan  ?     17.  Will  you  take  the  trouble^ 
to  read  this.      18.  I  understand  you.      19.   I  have  heard 
(learned)  all.      30.    I  shall  not  undertake  that  business. 
21.  I  took  leave  of  him  yesterday.     22.  Let  us  resume  our 
story.    23.  He  wants  me  to  take  back  my  money. 

Model  Eesoudre.     21.  What  have  you  resolved  to  do  ? 
25.  We  have  resolved  to  start. 


FORTY-THIRD   LESSON. 


Irregular  Verbs  (Continded). —  Fourth  Conjugation. 
*RIKE,  To  Laugh. — (Nineteenth  Model.) 

Rire  Riaut  Ri 


Avoir  ri 

to  ham  lauglied 

Present. 

Je  ris 

tu  ris 

il  rit 

Nous  rions 

vous  riez 

ils  rient 

ISTPERF. 

Je  dais 

tu  rials 

il  riait 

Nous  riions 

vous  riiez 

ils  riaient 

Past  Def. 

Je  ris 

tu  ris 

ilrit 

Nous  rimes 

vous  rites 

ils  rirent 

Future. 

Je  rirai 

tu  riras 

il  rira 

Nous  rirons 

vous  rlrez 

ils  riront 

COND.  PR. 

Je  rirais 

tu  rirais 

11  rlralt 

Nous  ririons 

vous  ririez 

ils  riraient 

Imper. 

Ris 

Rions 

riez 

SUBJ.  Pr. 

Que  je  rie 

que  tu  ries 

qu'il  rie 

Que  nous  riions 

que  vous  riiez 

qu'ils  rient 

Imperp 

Que  je  risse 

que  tu  risses 

qu'il  rlt 

Q.ue  nous  rissions 

que  vous  rissiez 

qu'ils  riasent 

Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *rire  : 
*Sourire,  to  smile. 


196 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


*SU1VKE,  To  Follow.— (Twentieth  Model.) 

Suivre  Snivant  Suivi 


Avoir  Buivi 

Present.      Je  suis 

Nous  euivons 
Impeuf.        Je  suivais 

Nous  suivions 
Past  Def.     Je  suivis 

Nous  suivimes 
Future.       Je  suivrai 

Nous  sulvrons 
CoND.  Pr.     Je  suivrais 

Nous  suivrions 
Impbr. 

Snivons 
SuBJ.  Pr.      Que  je  suive 

Que  nous  suivions 
iMPBRr.         Que  je  suivisse 

Que  nous  suivissions 


to  have  followed 

tu  suis 

vous  suivez 

tu  suivais 

vous  suiviez 

tu  suivis 

vous  suivltes 

tu  suivras 

vous  Buivrez 

tu  euivrais 

vous  suivriez 

Suis 

suivez 

que  tu  suives 

que  vous  suiviez 

que  tu  suivisses 

que  vous  suivissiez 


il  suit 
ils  suivent 
il  suivait 
ils  suivaient 
il  suivit 
ils  suivirent 
il  suivra 
ils  suivront 
11  suivrait 
ils  suivraient 


qu'il  suive 
qn'ils  suivent 
qu'il  suivit 
qu'ils  suivisseut 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *suivre  : 
*Poursuivre,  to  pursue.  *S'ensuivre,  to  follow  from. 


*TRAIRE,  To  Milk. — (Twenty-fiest  Model.) 

Traire  Trayant  Trait 

Avoir  trait  to  have  milked 


Present.      Je  trais 

Nous  trayons 

Imperp.        Je  trayais 

Nous  trayions 

Future.       Je  trairai 

Nous  trairons 

CoND.  Pr.     Je  trairais 

I^ous  trairious 


tu  trais 
vous  trayez 
tu  trayais 
vous  trayiez 
(No  Past  Be/.) 
tu  trairas 
vous  trairez 
tu  trairais 
vous  trairiez 


il  trait 
ils  traient 
il  trayait 
Os  trayaient 

il  traira 
ils  trairont 
il  trairait 
Lis  tralraient 


IRREGULAR     VERBS, 


197 


Imper.  TraiB 

Trayons  trayez 

SCBJ.  Pr.      Que  je  traie  que  tu  traies 

Que  nous  trayions  que  vous  trayiez 

(jVo  Imperf.  Sulg.) 


qu'il  traie 
qu'ils  traient 


Conjugate  iu  the  same  niauner  as  *traire  : 
*Extraire,  to  extract.  *Soustraire,  to  take  away. 


»VAINCRE,  To  Vanq 

Vaincre 

Avoir  vaincu 

Present.      Je  vaincs 

Nous  vainquonB 
Imperf.         Je  vainquais 

Nous  vainquions 
Past  Def.     Je  vainquis 

Nous  vainqulmes 
Future.       Je  vaincrai 

Nous  vaincrons 
CoND.  Pr.     Je  vaincrais 

Nous  vaincrions 
Imper. 

Vainquons 
SuBj.  Pr.      Que  je  vainque 

Que  nous  vainquions 
Imperf.         Que  je  vainquisse 

Que  nous  vainquissions 


uiSH. — (Twenty-second  Model.) 

Vainquant  Vaincu 

to  have  vanqvished 


tu  vaincs 

vous  vainquez 

tu  vainquais 

vous  vainquiez 

tu  vainquis 

vous  vainquites 

tu  vaincras 

vous  vaincrez 

tu  vaincrais 

vous  vaincriez 

Vaincs 

vainquez 

que  tu  vainques 

que  vous  vainquiez 

que  tu  vainqnisses 

que  vous  vanquissiez 


11  vainc 
ils  vainquent 
il  vainquait 
ils  vainquaient 
11  vainquit 
ils  vainquirent 
il  vaincra 
ils  vaincront 
il  vainerait 
ils  vaincraient 


qu'il  vainque 
qu'ils  vainquent 
qu'il  vainquit 
qu'ils  vainquis"sent 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *vaincre  : 

*Convaincre,  to  convince. 


*\T:VRE,  To  Live.— (Twenty-thted  Model.) 

Vivre  Vivant  V^cu 

Avoir  veca  to  have  lived 


Present.      Je  vis 

Nous  vlvons 


tu  vis 
vous  vlvez 


11  vit 
ils  vivent 


198 


EIEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Impekp. 
Past  Dep. 

FnTCBE. 
COND.  Pk. 

Impeb. 
Sdbj.  Pr. 
Impebf. 


Je  vivais 
Nous  vivions 
Je  vecus 
Nous  vecflmes 
Je  vivrai 
Nou?  vivrons 
Je  vivrais 
Nous  vivrions 

Vivons 
Que  je  vive 
Que  nous  vivions 
Que  je  vecusse 
Que  nous  vecussions 


tu  vivais 

vous  viviez 

tu  vecus 

vous  vecfltes 

tu  vivras 

vous  vivrez 

tu  vivrais 

vous  vivriez 

Vis 

vivez 

que  tu  vives 

que  vous  viviez 

que  tu  vecusses 

que  vous  vecussiez 


11  vivalt 
ils  vivaient 
il  vecut 
ils  vecurent 
il  vivra 
ils  vivront 
il  vivrait 
ils  vivraient 


qn'il  vive 
qu'ils  vivent 
qu'il  vecflt 
qu'ils  vecussent. 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  as  *vivre: 
*Survivre,  to  survive. 


Vocabulary  43. 


*Rire  (de),  to  laugh  (at). 
*Smvre,  to  follow. 
*Poursuivre,  to  pursue. 
*Traire,  to  milk. 
*Extraire,  to  extract ;     to    take 

out. 
*Vaincre,  to  vanquish. 
*Convaincre,  to  convince. 
*Vivre,  to  live.  -^ 

*Survivre,   to   survive ;     to   out- 

liv'e. 
Un  Romain,  a  Roman. 
Ii'Asie,/.,  Asia. 
Un  pays,  a  country. 
Un  roi,  a  king. 
lia  nation,  the  nation. 
A  I'etranger,  abroad. 
Bn  ma  presence,  in  my  presence. 


L'intemperance,  /.,  intemperance. 

Una  passion,  a  passion. 

Un  ennemi,  an  enemy. 

La  guerre,  the  war. 

L'embarras,  m.,  the  embarrass- 
ment. 

Le  conseil,  the  advice  ;  the  coun- 
sel. 

Un  example,  an  example. 

La  marbre,  the  marble. 

La  carriere,  the  quarry. 

Una  vacha,  a  cow. 

Le  sort,  the  lot. 

Loin,  far. 

Partout  ou,  wherever. 

Eternellemant,  eternally. 

Tant  que,  as  long  as. 

Tel,  many  a  one. 


IRREGULAR     VERBS.  199 

Exercise  43, 

Model  Eire.  1.  Tel  rit  aujourd'hni  qui  pleurera  demain. 
2.  Je  ne  ris  pas.  3.  Vous  avez  ri  de  mon  embarras.  4.  Vous 
riiez  et  elle  riait  aussi.    5.  Ne  riez  pas  des  defauts  d'autrui. 

Model  Suivre.  6.  Je  suis  mon  cliemin,  et  vous  suivez 
le  v6tre.  7.  Je  vous  suivrai  partout  oti  vous  irez.  8.  Vous 
avez  suivi  I'exemple  d'un  autre,  au  lieu  de  suivre  mes  eon- 
seils.  9.  II  seniit  bien  qu'il  suivit  les  conseils  de  ses  parents. 
10.  Si  vous  poursuiviez  vos  etudes,  elles  vous  conduiraient 
loin.  11.  Je  ne  savais  pas,  si  vous  poursuivriez  cette  affaii'e 
ou  non. 

Model  Traire.  12.  On  a  trait  les  vacbes  en  ma  pre- 
sence. 13.  Le  raarbre  qu'on  extrait  de  cette  carriere,  est 
d'une  belle  qualite. 

Model  Vaincre.  14.  Alexandre  vainquit  les  rois  de 
I'Asie,  mais  il  ne  sut  vaincre  ses  passions.  15.  Apres  avoir 
vaincu  ses  enneniis  a  la  guerre,  il  fut  vainca  lui-meme  par 
rintemperance.  16.  Je  vous  convaincrai  de  la  verite  de  ce 
que  je  dis. 

Model  Vivre.  17.  Je  vis  comme  je  puis,  sans  me  plain- 
dre  de  mon  sort.  18.  Vous  vivez  comme  si  vous  deviez  tou- 
jours  vivre.  19.  Mon  graud-perc  vivait  du  temps  de  Wasb- 
ington  ;  ils  etaient  amis.  20.  II  vivra  eternellement  dans 
rhistoire.  21.  Apres  avoir  vecu  longtemps  dans  I'abondance, 
il  mourut  pauvre.  22.  Catonf  ne  survecut  pas  longtemps  d 
la  bberte  de  son  pays. 

Theme  43. 

Model  Eire.  1.  Do  you  laugb  at  me  ?  2.  I  do  not 
laugh  at  you.      3.  I  was  laughing  at  that  boy.      4.  They 

+  Cato. 


200         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

laughed  {2Jast  indcf.)  at  our  embarrassment.  5.  We  shall 
laugh  too  when  they  (will)  cry. 

Model  Suivre.  6.  I  follow  your  advice.  7.  We  do  not 
follow  that  example.  8.  Why  did  you  not  follow  us  ?  9. 
My  friends  will  follow  me  wherever  I  (will)  go.  10.  I  wish 
that  you  would  pursue  {suhj.  imp.)  your  studies  without  pay- 
ing attention  to  what  they  say. 

Model  Traire.  11.  77iey  (On)  milk  the  cows  twice  a 
day,  in  the  morning  and  in  the  evening.  12.  This  is  an 
example,  taken  out  of  an  old  history. 

Model  Vaincre.  13.  I  will  vanquish  my  passions  ;  they 
are  my  greatest  enemies.  14.  I  am  convinced  of  the  truth 
of  what  you  say.  15.  The  Romans  vanquished  {past  def.) 
all  the  nations  of  the  earth. 

Model  Vivre.  1G.  I  will  convince  you  of  that,  if  I  live 
long  enough.  17.  He  lived  {past  indef.)  a  long  time  abroad, 
where  he  learned  to  speak  French.  18.  Henry  Clay  was 
living  when  I  came  {past  indef.)  to  this  country.  19.  I  saw 
him ;  I  shall  remember  it  (of  it),  as  long  as  I  (shall)  live. 


FORTY-FOUETH   LESSON. 
The  Adverb. f 

1.  Adverbs  may  express  time,  place,  manner,  order,  quan- 
tity, comparison,  affirmation,  negation,  doubt,  etc. 

Many  adverbs,  which  are  of  frequent  use,  have  been  introduced  in 
iiie  preceding  lessons :  Aujourd'hui,  ^o-f/a^;  anfisi^  also,  too;  autrefois, 
formerly;  bien,  well;  bientot,  soon;  comme,  like,  as;  comment,  hotc; 
deja,  already;  demain,  to-morroic:  encore,  stiU,  yet;  ensemble,  together; 

t  Introduction,  pp.  17,  7  and  20,  30. 


THE     ADVERB 


201 


ensuite,  afterwards;  hier,  ye/ttcrday;  \o\n,  far;  longtemps,  a  long  time; 
maintenant,  iioid;  mal,  badly;  ou,  where;  partout,  everywhere;  quand, 
when;  quelque  part,  somewhere;  quelquefois,  sometimes;  si,  so;  souvent, 
often;  tantot,  by  and  by;  a  little  while  ago;  turd,  late;  toujours,  always; 
tout  a  I'heure,  presently,  just  now;  tout  de  suite,  ivnncdiately,  etc. 


The  following  adverbs  are 

Ailleurs,  elsewhere. 
Ainsi,  thus;  so. 
A  la  fois,  at  a  time ;  at  once. 
Alors,  then  ;  at  that  time. 
Auparavant,  before ;  first. 
Autrement,  otherwise. 
D'abord,  at  first ;  first. 
Dedans,  within  ;  in  it. 
Dehors,  outside  ;  out  of  doors. 
Dessous,  below  ;  under  it. 
Dessus,  above  ;  upon  it. 


also  frequently  used  : 

Dorenavant,  henceforth. 

Expres,  purposely,  on  purpose. 

Meme,  even ;  also. 

Peut-etre,  perhaps. 

Plutot,  rather. 

Presque,  almost. 

Sans  doute,  undoubtedly. 

Surtout,  especially. 

Tot,  soon. 

Tot  ou  tard,  sooner  or  later. 

Volontiers,  willingly. 


2.  Adverbs  of  Quantity. 

Adverbs  of  quantity  are  used  with  verbs  and  with  nouns. 
When  they  are  used  with  nouns,  they  require  the  preposition 
de  before  the  noun,  and  when  the  noun  is  not  expressed,  it 
is  represented  in  the  sentence  by  the  pronoun  en. 

The  adverbs  of  quantity  are : 


Assez,  enough. 
Autant,  as  much ;  as  many. 
Beaucoup,  much  ;  many. 
Bien  (Rem.  1),  much  ;  many. 
Combien,  how  much  ;  how  many. 
Davantage,  (Rem.  2),  more. 


Guere  (ne),  but  little  ;  but  few. 

Moins,  less. 

Peu,  little ;  few. 

Plus,  more. 

Tant,  so  much  ;  so  many. 

Trop,  too  much  ;  too  many. 


Rem.  1.  Bien  requires  de  and  the  article  before  the  noun ;  that 
is  :  du,  de  la,  de  1',  or  des. 

Rem.  2.  Davantage  is  never  followed  by  de  and  a  noun  ;  it  is  used 
preferably  to  plus  at  the  end  of  a  sentence. 


202  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

II  travaille  autant  que  vous.  He  works  as  much  as  you  do. 

J'ai  autant  de  livres  que  vous.  I  have  as  many  books  as  you. 

Vous  en  avez  plus  que  moi.  You  have  more  than  I. 

II  y  abeaucoup  de  fautes  (o?'bien  There  are  many  mistakes  in  this 
des  fautes)  dans  ce  theme.  exercise. 

When  two  nouns  are  compared  in  regard  to  quantity,  the 
preposition  de  is  repeated  before  the  second  noun. 

Vous  avez  plus  de  courage  que     You  have  more  courage  than  pa- 
de  patience.  tience. 

8.  Formation  of  Adverbs  in  ment. 

Many  adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives  by  the  addition 
of  the  syllable  ment.  When  the  adjective  ends  with  a  vowel, 
ment  is  added  to  the  masculine  form ;  when  it  ends  with  a 
consonant,  to  the  feminine  form,  as  : 

Poll,  polite,  adv.  poliment,  politely. 

Ordinaire,  usual,  adv.  ordinairement,  usually. 

Seul,/.  seule,  alone,  adv.  seulement,  only. 

Heureux,  /.  heureuse,  happy,  adv.  heureusement,  happily  ;  luckily. 

Doux,  /.  douce,  soft,  adv.  doucement,  softly ;  gently. 

Rem.  Beau,  teautiful ;  nouveau,  new;  fou,  foolish;  mou,  soft; 
though  ending  in  a  vowel,  add  ment,  to  the  feminine  forms;  belle- 
ment,  finely;  nouvellement,  newly;  iollement,  foolishly ;  moUement, 
softly. 

Adjectives  ending  in  nt,  change  nt  into  mment,  as  : 
Prudent,  prudent,  adv.  prudemment,  prudently. 

Except : 

Lent,  slow,  adv.  lentement,  slowly. 

Present,  present,  adv.  presentement,  presently. 


THE     ADVERB, 


203 


4  Adjectives  used  as  Adverbs. 

A  few  adjectives  are  also  used  as  adverbs. 

Adjective.       Adverb.  Adjective.  Adverb. 

Cher,'        dear,         dear.  Bas,       low,  in  a  iow  voice. 

Faux,        false,         out  of  tune.        Juste,   just,  correctly. 

Haut,         bigli,        loud.  Fort,     strong,  very;  very  much, 


II  vend  cher. 
EUe  chante  faux. 
Nou.s  parlous  trop  haut. 
Elle  joue  juste. 
II  gele  fort. 


He  sells  dear. 
She  sings  out  of  tune. 
We  speak  too  loud. 
She  plays  correctly. 
It  freezes  hard. 


5.  Comparison  of  Adverbs. 

Adverbs  are  compared  in  tbe  same  manner  as  adjectives. 
Tard,  late;  plus  tai-d,  later;  le  plus  tard,  latest. 

The  following  are  irregularly  compared. 

Bien,  well ;  mieux,  better ; 

Beaucoup,  much ;  plus,  more ; 

Mai,  badly ;  pis,  worse ; 

Peu,  little ;  moins,  less ; 


le  mieux,  best, 

le  plus,  most. 

le  pis,  worst. 

le  moins,  least. 


6.  Adverbs  Modifying  Adverbs  and  Adjectives. 

Certain  adverbs  when  used  to  modify  adjectives  or  other 
adverb.*,  assume  in  this  connection  a  different  meaning. 

Bien  fort  or  tres-fort,  very  strong;    Fort  bien  or  tres-bien,  very  well. 
Assez  bien,  pretty  well ;  Assez  joli,  rather  pretty. 

Un  peu  tard,  rather  late ;  Trop  tard,  too  late. 

Rem.  Tres,  bien,  and  fort  mav  be  used  to  stren^^hen  the  sense  of 
adjectives  and  adverbs.  Before  nouns  bien  is  used,  and  before  jiarli- 
ciples,  either  bien  or  fort. 


204:         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

7.  The  Adverb  Tout. 

Tout  is  used  as  an  adverb  in  the  sense  of  quite. 
Tout  doucement.  Quite  gently. 

Tout  before  an  adjective  that  is  feminine,  takes  the  same 
gender  and  number  as  the  adjective  when  the  adjective  begins 
with  a  consonant,  but  not  when  the  adjective  begins  with  a 
vowel. 

EUe  est  toute  surprise.  She  is  quite  surprised. 

Elle  etait  tout  etonnee.  She  was  quite  astonished. 

8.  Adverbs  of  Negation. 
The  adverbs  of  negation  are  : 

Ne,  not.  Aucunement  (ne),  by  no  means. 

Pas  (ne),  not.  Nullement  (ne),  by  no  means. 

Point  (ne),  not  {idth  empTiads).  Que  (ne),  only,  but ;   nothing  but. 

Plus  (ne),  no  longer.  Guere  (ne),  but  little  ;  but  few. 

JamEiis  (ne),  never.  Non,  no. 

Rem.  1.  Adverbs  of  negation  accompanying  a  verb,  require  ne 
before  the  verb. 

Rem.  3.  The  negative  pas  is  generally  omitted  in  the  negative  con- 
jugation of  the  verbs  cesser,  to  cease;  oser,  to  dare ;  pouvoir,  to  be 
able  ;  savoir,  to  know. 

EUe  ne  cesse  de  pleurer.  She  does  not  cease  weeping. 

Je  n'ose  parler  de  cela.  I  dare  not  speak  of  that. 

Je  ne  puis  le  faire.  I  cannot  do  it 

Je  ne  le  puis.  I  cannot. 

Je  ne  sals  oii  il  est.  I  don't  know  where  he  is. 

The  adverbial  phrase  du  tout,  at  all  is  often  added  to 
negative  adverbs,  to  strengthen  their  sense,  as:  pas  du 
tout,  point  du  tout  Du  tout  is  also  used  alone  with  the 
force  of  a  negative. 


THE     ADVERB.  205 

Vocabulary  44. 

Avancer,  to  advance  ;    to  bring  Un  chale,  a  shawl. 

forward.  Confiant,  confiding  ;  confident. 

Oser,  to  dare.  Fidele  (a),  faithful ;  true  to. 

Marcher,  to  walk  ;  to  march.  Extr&mement,  extremely. 

Agir,  to  act.  Vraiment,  truly  ;  indeed. 

L'age,  m.,  the  age.  Autrement,  otherwise. 

Exercise  44. 

Adverbs.  (See  List  1.)  1.  Autrefois  je  travaillais  peu  ; 
j'etais  malade  alors.  3.  Maintenant  je  travaille  davaatage, 
et  je  me  porta  bien.  3.  Doreuavaut  je  serai  moins  confiant, 
4.  Je  veux  bien  que  vous  jouiez,  mais  faites  votre  devoir 
auparavant.  5.  Mes  freres  sont  dehors  ;  ils  vont  rentrer 
bientot.  6.  Voici  la  lettre;  I'argent  est  dedans.  7.  Avancez 
la  table,  et  mettez  votre  cahier  dessus.  8.  Voila  votre  cbale ; 
vos  gants  sont  dessous. 

Adverbs  of  Quantity.  9.  Vous  n'etudiez  pas  autant 
que  votre  frere.  10.  II  a  plus  de  patience  que  vous.  11.  Je 
n'ai  pas  moins  de  courage  que  lui.  12.  Si  vous  aviez  autant 
de  patience  que  de  courage,  vous  reussiricz  mieux. 

Adverbs  in  ment.  13.  II  arrive  ordinairemcnt  apres 
I'heure.  14.  J'ai  voulu  seulement  vous  faire  reraarquer  cela. 
15.  Parlez  doucement,  s'il  vous  plait.  16.  II  m'a  dit  poli- 
ment  que  j'avais  agi  follement. 

Adjectives  as  Adverbs.  17.  Vous  avez  paye  cela  trop 
cher.  18.  Elle  joue  faux.  19.  Ke  parlez  pas  si  haut.  20. 
Parlous  bas;  il  y  a  quelqu'uu  dans  I'autre  chambre. 

Modification  of  Adverbs  and  Adjectives.  21.  Elle 
est  tres-forte  pour  sou  Age.  et  fort  avancee  dans  ses  etudes. 
22.  Elle  est  tres-aimable  et  assez  jolie.     23.  Elle  joue  assez 


206  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

bicn.     2-4.  Sa  soeur  est  bien  maltide.      25.  Elle  ctait  tout 
^touuee  de  uous  voir. 

Adverbs  of  Negation.  26.  Je  n'ose  allcr  la  voir.  27. 
Elle  ne  cesse  de  pleurer.  28.  Je  ne  sais  que  faire.  29.  Je 
n'ai  qu'un  frere,  et  je  ne  sais  oii  il  est.  30.  Je  le  cberche 
partout,  et  je  ne  puis  le  trouver.  31.  Vous  n'avez  guere  de 
patience.    32.  Je  crois  vraiment  (jue  je  n"en  ai  point  du  tout. 

Theme  44. 

Adverbs.  (See  List  1.)  1.  Formerly  I  studied  little; 
now  I  study  more,  and  I  am  more  contented.  2.  You  were 
sick  then,  now  you  are  in  good  bealtb,  and  you  are  strong. 
3.  Henceforth  1  will  be  true  to  my  duties,  -i.  I  am  first 
going  to  the  post-office,  and  then  to  the  bank.  5.  I  have 
the  box;  there  is  nothing  in  it.  6.  He  was  in  the  house, 
and  I  was  outside.  7.  Here  is  a  bench;  let  us  sit  down 
upon  it.  8.  Put  your  books  under  it.  9.  Wait  for  me ;  I 
have  almost  finished. 

Adverbs  of  Qiantitt.  10.  I  work  more  than  you. 
11.  You  have  more  patience  than  I.  12.  He  has  as  much 
courage  as  patience.  13.  You  have  less  prudence  than 
courage. 

Adverbs  in  ment.  14.  "We  usually  dine  at  five  o'clock. 
15.  Walk  slowly;  we  cannot  follow  you.  16.  Tell  him 
politely  that  he  has  not  acted  prudently  in  that  affair.  17. 
I  say  that  only  because  he  thinks  otherwise. 

Adjectives  as  Adverbs.  18.  He  sells  too  dear.  19.  You 
sing  out  of  tune.  20.  You  speak  too  loud.  21.  She  speaks 
so  low  that  I  cannot  understand  her.  22.  She  does  not 
play  coiTCctly. 

Modification  of  Adverbs  and  Adjectives.    23.  She 


THE     PREPOSITION. 


207 


is  very  tall.  24.  He  is  extremely  polite.  25.  They  were 
very  much  astonished  to  see  us.  2G.  It  was  very  warm. 
27.  I  was  very  tliirsLy.  28.  She  is  rather  pretty  and  quite 
young. 

Adverbs  of  Negation.  29.  He  dares  not  say  it.  30. 
You  do  not  cease  speaking.  31.  I  cannot  answer  all  your 
questions.  32.  I  do  not  know  wiiat  to  say.  33.  It  shall  be 
so  (thus) ;  you  have  but  to  say  so  (it).  34.  I  have  but  one 
sister,  and  she  is  not  well  at  all. 


FOETY-FIFTH   LESSON. 


The  Preposition* 
List  of  Prepositions  that  are  frequently  used. 


Avant,  before  {time  or  order). 
A  cause  de,  on  account  of. 
A  cote  de,  by  the  side  of,  by, 
A  I'egard  de,  with  regard  to. 
Au  lieu  de,  instead  of. 
Aupres  de,  near,  close  by  ; 
Autour  de,  around. 
Contra,  against. 
Depuis,  since. 
Des,  from. 
Derriere,  behind. 
Devant,  before  (position). 
Durant,  during. 
Entre,  between. 
Envers,  towards  (morally). 


Environ,  about. 
Excepte,  except. 
Faute  de,  for  want  of. 
Hors,  out. 

Ju.sque,  till,  until ;  as  far  aa 
with.      Malgre,  in  spite  of. 
Parmi,  among. 
Pendant,  during. 
Pres  de,  near  by. 
Quant  a,  as  to. 

„   .     '       y  according  to. 
Suivant,  )  ^ 

Sur,  upon. 

Vers,  towards  {pJiyskally). 

Vis-a-vis,  opposite. 


*  Introduction,  p.  17,  8. 


208  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Vocabulary  45. 

L'eKamen,  m.,  the  examination.  L'hotel  de  ville,  the  city-hall. 

Les  vacances, /.,  the  vacation.  L'ouest,  m.,  the  west. 

L'ete,  m.,  suiiiiuer.  Etre  fache  centre,   to  be  angrj 
Un  parent,  m.,  a  relative.  with. 

Una  parente,/.,  a  relative.  Etre  fache  de,  to  be  sorry  for. 

iJne  personne,  a  j.erson.  Tourner,  to  turn. 

Une  circonstance,  a  circumstance.  Aine,  oldest. 

Men   avis,   m.,  my  advice;    my  En  verite,  indeed, 

opinion.  Eh  bien !  weU  1 

Exercise  45. 

1.  Jules  se  plaint  de  moi,  parce  que  je  n'ai  pas  voulu 
sortir  avec  lui.  2.  Depuis  ce  jour,  il  croit  que  je  suis  fache 
coutre  lui.  3.  A  cause  de  cela,  il  ne  vient  plus  me  voir. 
4.  Entre  nous,  je  n'en  suis  pas  fdche.  5.  II  s'est  toujours 
bien  comporte  en  vers  moi.  6.  II  est  venu  passer  quelques 
jours  avec  moi  pendant  les  vacances.  7.  Durant  l'ete  nous 
etious  presque  toujours  hors  de  la  ville.  8.  Autrefois  mon 
cousin  demeurait  aupres  de  la  banque.  9.  Je  I'ai  rencontre 
ce  matin  pres  d'ici.  10.  Son  frere  demeure  vis-a-vis  de 
I'hotel  de  ville.  11.  Nous  demeurons  a  cote  de  I'eglise.  12. 
Ne  sortez  pas  sans  parapluie.  13.  Le  vent  a  toume  vers 
l'ouest ;  il  va  pleuvoir.  14.  Suivant  votre  avis  je  ne  devrais 
pas  y  aller.  15.  Quant  a  cela  je  n'ai  rien  a  vous  dire.  16. 
X  regard  de  cette  affaire,  il  fant  agir  selou  les  circonstances. 

Theme  45. 

1.  I  started  from  home  after  (the)  breakfast,  and  (1)  arrived 

here  before  (the)  dinner.     2.  My  father  came  with  me,  but 

my  mother  staid  at  home  on  account  of  the  cold.     3.  I  do 

not  know  what  to  do  with  regard  to  that  business.    4,  As  to 


THE     PIIEPOSITION.  209 

that,  I  cannot  tell  you  anything.  5.  You  must  act  accord- 
ing to  the  advice  of  your  father.  6.  I  will  act  according  to 
circumstances.  7.  I  have  not  seen  Louis  since  last  Monday. 
8.  I  beheve  that  he  is  angry  with  me.  9.  I  should  be  sorry 
for  it,  for  he  has  always  acted  well  towards  me.  10.  I  shall 
return  here  towards  evening  (le  soir).  11.  There  were  about 
two  hundred  persons  at  the  examination.  12.  All  my  rela- 
tives were  there  except  my  eldestf  brother,  who  was  out  of 
town.  13.  Your  cousin  Avas  sitting  by  me.  14.  Julia  was 
behind  me,  and  my  mother  was  sitting  before  me.  15.  Henry 
was  sitting  near  the  window,  between  his  two  sisters.  16.  I 
did  not  recognize  you  among  so  many  strangers. 


FORTY-SIXTH    LESSOX. 
Tke  Conjunction.:}: — The  Interjection.§ 

1.  List  of  conjunctions  that  arc  frequently  used: 

Afin  que,!  in  order  that.  Des  que,  as  soon  as. 

Ainsi,  thus.  Done,  then  ;  therefore. 

Ainsi  que,            )  Et,  and. 

Aussi  bien  que,  )  *              Jusqu'a  ce  que,|]  until. 

A  moins  que,|  unless.  Lorsque,  when. 

Aussitot  que,  as  soon  as.  Mais,  but. 

Avant  que,||  before.  Neanmoins,  nevertheless. 

Bien  qua  ||  although.  Ni,  neitlier ;  nor. 

Car,  for.  Ou,  or. 

Cependant,  however.  Parce  que,  because. 

Depuis  que,  since  {temporal).  Pendant  que,  while. 

t  Place  the  adjective  after  the  noun. 

$  Introduction,  p.  17,  9. 

§  Introduction,  p.  17,  10. 

I  These  coujunctiona  require  the  verb  in  the  subjunctive  mode. 


210 


ELEMENTARY     FllENCH     GRAMMAR. 


Pourquoi,  why, 
Pourtant,  liowever. 
Pour  que,f  in  order  that. 
Pourvu  que,f  provided 
Puisque,  since  {causal). 
Quand,  when. 


Que,  that. 

Quoique,!  although. 

Sans  que,f  unless  ;  without. 

Si,  if  ;  whether. 

Tant  que,  as  long  as. 

Tandis  que,  while. 


2.  Interjections. 

The  principal  interjections  are : 

Ha!  ha  I  Bah!  pshaw  I 

Ah!  ah!  Paix!  silence! 

Aie!  oh!  Chut!  hist! 

Helas!  alasf  Hola!  hallo! 


Oh!  oh! 
Fi!  fyl 


He  bien !  hey  then  I  now  then  ! 
Eh  bien !  well  then ! 


Vocabulary  46. 


Se  depecher,  to  make  haste. 
Se  livrer  (a),  to  apply  (to). 
Compter  (sur),  to  rely  (upon). 
Aider,  to  help. 
Tirer,   to   pull ;    to   draw ;    tirer 

quelqu'un   d'embarras,   to  get 

one  out  of  difficulty. 
Reparer,   to  repair ;    to   amend  ; 

to  make  amends  for. 


Une  occasion,  an  opportunity. 

Une  situation,  a  situation. 

Un  avantage,  an  advantage. 

Leve,  risen. 

Magnifique,  magnificent. 

A    propos,   seasonably ;    bien    a 

propos,  at  the  right  time. 
Puis,  then ;    et  puis,   and   next 

what  next. 


Exercise  46. 

Conjunctions.     1.  Vous  savez  aussi  bien  que  moi  qu'on 

nous  attend,  cependant  vous  ne  vous  depechez  pas.     2.  Aus- 

sit6t  que  je  me  serai  halnlle,  nous  partirons.     3.  Nous  arri- 

verons  avant  que  mon  oncle  soit  leve.     4.  Depuis  que  mon 


t  These  conjunctions  require  the  verb  in  the  subjunctive  mode. 


THE     C  0  N"  J  r  N  C  T  I  0  X  .  211 

ami  est  parti,  plnsieurs  personnes  sont  venues  le  demander. 

5.  Puisque  vous  le  desiroz,  je  remettnii  ce  voyage  a  demain. 

6.  Je  suis  content,  pourvu  que  vous  le  soyez.  T.  Etudiez 
tandis  que  vous  etes  jeuues;  quand  vous  serez  grands,  yous 
n'aurez,  peut-6tre,  ni  le  temps,  ni  les  m^mes  occasions  que 
Yous  avez  a  present,  de  vous  livrer  a  I'etude.  8.  Bien  que 
vous  soyez  jeunes  et  riches,  ue  comptez  pas  trop  sur  ces 
avantages.  9.  Je  ne  parviendrai  jamais  a  traduire  cc  theme 
sans  que  vous  m'aidiez. 

Interjectioxs.  10.  Helas  I  que  vais-je  faire  ?  11.  Ha  ! 
yous  yoila  bien  a  propos;  vous  allez  me  tirer  d'embarras. 
12.  Oh  !  que  c'est  beau  !  13.  Chut  I  on  vient.  14.  He  bien! 
que  fites^vous  alors  ?  15.  Eh  bieu  I  vous  avez  done  reussi 
a  la  fin.  * 

Theme  46. 

CoxjuxcTioxs.  1.  I  was  mistaken  as  well  as  you,  how- 
ever. I  hope  to  make  amends  for  my  fault.  2.  When  one  is 
young,  one  is  too  confiding.  3.  I  have  not  seen  rav  uncle, 
since  you  spoke  of  that  to  me.  4.  Since  I  am  readv,  I  will 
start.  5.  Nevertheless,  if  you  wish  it.  I  will  wait  till  to- 
morrow. 6.  I  show  you  this  letter,  in  order  that  you  may 
understand  my  situation.  T.  You  do  not  make  haste, 
although  you  know  that  I  am  in  a  hurry.  8.  As  soon  as 
you  are  ready,  we  will  start.  9.  Let  us  read  while  we  are 
waiting.  10.  Let  us  study,  if  we  wish  to  acquire  useful 
knowledge,  for  (the)  time  flies  (s'enfuit),  and  you  know  that 
it  will  not  return  agai/i  (plus). 

IxTERJECTioxs.  11.  Alas  I  that  is  a  great  misfortune. 
12.  Hallo  !  is  there  nobody  at  home?  13.  Hey  then!  what 
next?  14.  Oh!  that  is  magnificent.  15.  Well  then!  that 
will  be  the  end  of  the  story. 


SYNTAX 


FOKTY-SEVENTH   LESSON. 
The  Noun. 

1.  A  noun  in  a  sentence  is  either  the  subject  of  a  verb,  the  object  of 
a  transitive  verb,  called  direct  object;  or  the  object  of  a  preposition, 
called  indirect  object.     (See  Introduction,  p.  17;  2,  G,  etc.) 

A  noun  may  also  be  used  in  close  connection  with  another  word,  so 
as  to  express  with  it  but  one  idea  ;  as  avoir  besoin,  to  have  need  [to 
need);  avec  politessej  with  politeness  {palitcly). 

A  verb  and  a  noun  closely  connected  are  equivalent  to  a  neuter  verb. 

Avoir  envie,  to  have  a  wish.  Entendre  raison,  to  listen  to  rea- 
Avoir  soin,  to  take  care.  son. 

Avoir  mal,  to  have  pain.  Prendre  conge,  to  take  leave. 

Faire  mal,  to  hurt.  Rendre  justice,  to  do  justice. 

Demander  pardon,  to  beg  pardon.  Rendre  service,  to  oblige. 


2.  Idioms  with  Avoir,  To  Have,  and  a  Noun. 

In  some  French  expressions  avoir,  to  have,  is:  used  with  a  noun ; 
whereas  in  the  equivalent  English  expressions  to  he  is  used  with  an 
adjective. 


Avoir  peur,  to  be  afraid. 
Avoir  honte,  to  be  ashamed. 
Avoir  raison,  to  be  right. 
Avoir  tort,  to  be  wrong. 


Avoir  faim,  to  be  hungry. 
Avoir  soif,  to  be  thirsty. 
Avoir  chaud,  to  be  warm. 
Avoir  froid,  to  be  cold. 
Avoir  sommeil,  to  be  sleepy. 

Avoir,  to  Jiave,  is  also  used  in  the  following  expressions  : 
Qu'ya-t-il?  What  is  the  matter? 

H  n'y  a  rien.  Nothing  is  the  matter. 

Qu'avez-vous  ?  What  is  the  matter  with  youV 

Je  n'ai  rien.  Nothing  is  the  matter  with  me. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     NOUN.  213 

A-t-il  quelque  chose  ?  Is  anything  the  matter  with  him  ? 

Quel  age  avez-vous  ?  How  old  are  you  ? 

J'ai  dix  ans.  I  am  ten  years  old. 

3.  Nouns  used  Adjectively. 

A  noun  is  used  adjectively 

(1.)  When  it  stands  in  apposition  with  another  noun,  as : 

Telemaque,  fils  d'Ulysse.  Telemachus,  the  son  of  Ulysses. 

(2.)  After  a  neuter  verb  when  it  qualifies  the  subject  of  the  verb. 
Son  pere  etait  medecin.  His  father  was  a  physician. 

II  est  devenu  soldat.  He  has  become  a  soldier. 

(3.)  \Vlien  it  is  an  adjunct  of  another  noun  which  it  describes,  as  : 
Un  maitre  de  danse.  A  dancing-master. 

Un  chem^in  de  fer.  A  railroad. 

(4.)  When  ii  is  descriptive  of  the  use  or  purpose  of  an  object,  or  states 
the  means  by  which  the  object  is  put  in  motion,  as: 
Du  papier  a  lettre.  Letter  paper. 

Una  chaise  a  bascule.  A  rocking-chair. 

Une  machine  a  vapeur.  A  steam-engine.  , 

Un  moulin  a  vent.  A  wind-mill. 

4.       Plural  of  Compound  Nouns  and  of  Proper  Nouns. 

When  two  nouns,  or  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  form  a  compo'O 
noun,  both  component  parts  take  the  plural  ending,  as  : 
Un  chou-fleur,  des  choux-fleurs.     A  cauliflower  ;  cauliflowers. 
Un   gentilhomme  |     des    gentils-     A  nobleman  ;  noblemen. 

hommes. 
Un  monsieur ;  des  messieurs.  A  gentleman  ;  gentlemen. 

When  a  compound  noun  is  formed  of  two  nouns  connected  by  a  pre- 
position, the  first  of  the  two  nouns  only  takes  the  plural  ending,  as: 
Un    chef-d'oeuvre;      des    chefs-     A  master-piece;  master-pieces. 

d'oeuvre. 
Un  arc-en-ciel:   des  arcs-en-ciel.     A  rainbow  ;  rainbows. 


:il4  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Verbs  and  invariable  parts  of  speecli  used  substantively,  or  forming  a 
part  of  a  compound  noun,  are  the  same  in  tbe  plural  as  in  the  singular. 

Unporte-crayon;  desporte-cray-     A  pencil-case  ;  pencil-cases. 

ons. 
Les  si  et  les  pourquoi.  The  ifs  and  the  wherefores. 

Proper  names  of  persons  are  the  same  in  the  plural  as  in  the  singular. 
Les  deux  Comeille.  The  two  Corneilles. 

5.  An,  Annee,  Year;    Jour,  Journee,  Day,  etc. 

An,  year  ;  jour,  day  ;  matin,  morning,  and  soir,  evening,  are  mascu- 
line nouns,  and  annee,  year;  journee,  day ;  matinee,  murning,  and 
soiree,  evening,  are  feminine  nouns. 

The  masculine  nouns  express  divisions  of  time,  as  a  miit.  They  are 
used  in  counting  and  in  adverbial  exjiressions  :  trois  ans,  three  years  ; 
tous  les  ans,  every  year  ;  tous  les  jours,  ttery  day  ;  le  matin,  the  morn- 
ing or  in  the  morning  ;  le  soir,  the  evening  or  in  the  evening. 

The  feminine  nouns  express  periods  of  time  with  reference  to  their 
duration:  tonte  Vsmnee,  the  icJiole  year  ;  cette  annee,  this  year ,  toute 
une  journee,  a  whole  day  ;  la  matinee,  the  morning  time  ;  une  soiree, 
an  evening,  or  an  evening  party. 

6.  Remark  on  the  Plural  Noun  Gens,  People. 

The  plural  noun  gens,  people,  is  of  the  masculine  gender,  but,  by  a 
singular  rule,  the  adjectives  which  precede  it,  must  be  in  the  feminine, 
and  those  that  follow  it,  in  the  masculine  gender :  Les  vieilles  gens 
sont  soupqonneux,  old  people  are  distrustful. 

The  compound  nouns,  gens  de  lettres,  literary  men  ;  gens  de  bien, 
good  people,  etc.,  are  not  subject  to  the  above  rule. 

Vocabulary  47. 

La  tete,  the  head.  Le  mal  de  tete,  the  headache. 

Une  dent,  a  tooth.  Avoir  mal  (a),  to  have  pain  (in). 

La  gorge,  the  throat.  Mal  a  la  tete,  a  headache. 

Le  mal,  evil ;  pain  j  sore.  Mal  aux  dents,  toothache. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     NOUN.  215 

Med  a  la  gorge,  sore  throat.  Montrer,  to  show. 

Une  salle  a  manger,  a  dininfj-room.  Passer,  to  spend  (of  time). 

Une  boite  a  the,  a  tca-caiiister.  En  societe,  in  company. 

Un  tiroir,  a  drawer.  En  famille,  with  one's  family 

Le  bureau,  the  office.  Vide,  empty. 

Le  voisinage,  the  neighborhood.  Au  contraire,  on  the  contrary. 

Exercise  47. 

A  Verb  and  a  Noun,  I  and  2.  1.  Qu'y  a-t-il?  2.  Vous  mo  faites 
mal.  3.  Je  vous  demande  j)ardon.  4.  Charles  dit  qu'on  ne  lui  rend 
pas  justice.  5.  II  a  tort  de  dire  cela.  6.  C'est  un  jeune  homme  qui  ne 
veut  pas  entendre  raison.  7.  Avez-vous  froid?  8.  Au  contraire,  j'ai 
bienchaud.  9.  Nous  avons  faim.  10.  On  va  servir  le  diner.  11.  Qu'as- 
tu,  Jules?  as-tu  peur  de  venir  aiipres  de  moi  ?  12.  II  a  pleure  ;  il  a 
honte  de  se  montrer.  18.  Quel  age  a-t-il?  14.  II  a  presque  neuf 
ans.  15.  Avez-vous  sommeil?  16.  Du  tout;  j'ai  mal  a  la  tete.  17, 
Henriette  a  mal  aux  dents.  18.  La  petite  ^feUse  a  mal  a  la  gorge. 
19.  Tout  le  monde  est  malade  ici ;  il  faudra  faire  venir  le  medecin. 

Nouns  used  Adjectively,  3.  20.  Le  pere  de  notre  professeur  de  fran- 
<;ais  est  notaire.  21.  II  y  a  deux  chaises  a  bascule  dans  la  salle  a  man- 
ger. 22.  II  n'y  a  pas  de  moulin  a  vent  dans  ce  voisinage.  23.  La  boite 
a  the  est  vide.     24.  Vous  trouverez  du  papier  a  lettre  dans  ce  tiroir. 

An,  annee  ;  jour,  journ^e,  etc.,  4.  25.  Mon  frere  Charles  a  douze 
ans.  26.  Mon  grand-prre  est  dans  sa  quatrevingtieme  annee.  27.  11 
sort  encore  tous  les  jours.  28.  Mon  pere  est  toute  la  journee  au  bu- 
reau. 29.  Je  ne  le  vois  que  le  matin  et  le  soir.  30.  Moi,  je  suis  toute 
la  matinee  dehors.     31.  Je  passe  la  soiree  en  famille. 

Theme  47. 

A  Verb  and  a  Noun,  I  and  2.  1.  What  is  the  matter  with  you? 
2.  I  have  a  headache.  3.  Mary  has  the  toothache.  4.  Henry  has  a 
sore  throat.  5.  The  children  are  hungry  and  thirsty.  6.  Little  Wil- 
liam is  very  sleepy,  7.  John  is  afraid.  8.  He  is  asliamed  to  say  so. 
9.  Wliat  is  the  matter  now?  10.  Charles  will  not  listen  to  reason. 
11.  I  beg  your  (you)  pardon.     12.  You  do  not  do  me  justice. 

Nouns  used  Adjectively,  3.     13.  We  are  translating  the  history  of 


216  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Telemachus,  the  son  of  Ulyssos.  14.  Our  dancing-master  was  a  soldier 
formerly.  15.  Have  you  bought  letter  paper '?  16.  Is  there  a  rocking- 
chair  in  your  room?  17.  The  tea-canister  is  in  the  dining-room.  18. 
There  is  a  steam-mill  in  this  neighborhood. 

An,  ann^e ;  jour,  journee,  etc.,  4.  19.  I  was  a  whole  year  in  Paris. 
20.  I  go  there  almost  every  year.  21.  I  see  you  pass  here  twice  a  day. 
22.  You  did  not  see  me  pass  here  yesterday ;  for  I  stayed  the  whole 
day  at  home.  23.  I  neverf  go  out  in  the  morning  ;  I  study  the  whole 
morning.  24.  I  go  out  almost  every  evening.  25.  I  usuallyf  spend 
the  evening  in  company. 


FOETY-EIGHTH    LESSON. 

The  Article. —  Use  of  the  Article  before  Coivimon   Nouns. 

1.  The  article  is  used  before  a  common  noun  that  denotes  a  particu- 
lar person,  place  or  thing,  as  : 

Le  livre  que  je  lis.  The  book  which  I  am  reading. 

Le  mois  dernier.  Last  month. 

La  semaine  prochaine.  Next  week. 

The  article  is  used  before  nouns  taken  in  a  general  sense,  as : 
L'honune  est  mortel.  Man  is  mortal. 

Nous  admirons  le  courage.  We  admire  courage. 

L'or  est  precieux.  Gold  is  precious. 

The  article,  combined  with  the  preposition  de,  is  used  before  nouns 
that  are  taken  in  a  partitive  sense,  as  : 
J'ai  du  papier.  I  have  paper. 

II  possede  du  courage.  He  possesses  courage. 

To  this  rule  there  are  three  exceptions.     (See  Fourth  Lesson.) 
(1.)  The  article  is  omitted  after  pas,  or  any  other  negative  word,  as: 
Je  n'ai  pas  de  pain.  I  have  no  bread. 

t  Put  the  adverb  after  the  verb. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     ARTICLE.  217 

Rem.   The  article  is,  however,  used  after  a  negative  word,  when  the 
sense  of  the  noun  is  restricted  by  some  other  words,  as  : 
Je  n'ai   pas   du  pain  comme  le     I  have  no  bread  like  yours. 

votre. 

(2.)  The  article  is  omitted  when  the  noun  is  preceded  by  an  adjec- 
tive, as  : 
J'ai  de  bon  papier.  I  have  good  paper. 

Rem.  The  article  is  not  omitted  when  the  adjective  stands  after  tha 
noun  :  du  papier  blanc,  icJiite  paper.  When  the  noun  is  omitted,  the 
rule  for  the  suppression  or  use  of  the  article  is  the  same  as  if  the  noun 
were  expressed  :  Avez-vous  rfe  bon  papier  ?  J'en  ai  <i<' bon.  Avez- 
vous  dii  papier  blanc  ?    J'en  ai  dii  blanc. 

(3.)  The  article  is  omitted  when  the  noun  is  governed  by  the  prepo- 
sition de,  as  the  indirect  object  of  a  preceding  word,  as: 
J'ai  besoin  de  livres.  I  have  need  of  books. 

Beaucoup  de  courage.  Much  courage. 

Rem.  The  article  is,  however,  used  after  bien,  mnch ;  many ^  and 
after  la  plupart,  most. 

Bien  de  la  peine.  Much  trouble. 

La  plupart  des  hommes.  Most  men. 

The  article  is  used  before  the  noun  that  denotes  the  unit  of  weight 
or  measure,  by  which  anything  is  bought  or  sold,  and  before  nouns 
expressing  fractional  quantities  when  their  sense  is  limited. 

Vingt  sous  la  livre.  Twenty  cents  a  pound. 

Deux  dollars  le  metre.  Two  dollars  a  meter. 

La  moitie  des  marchandises.  One  half  of  the  goods. 

The  article  is  used,  instead  of  the  possessive  adjective,  before  the 
parts  of  the  body  and  the  qualities  of  the  mind.  The  construction 
of  the  sentence  is  so  arranged  that  the  part  refers  to  the  subject  of  tha 
verb. 

II  m'a  donnne  la  main.  He  gave  me  his  hand. 

Elle  a  la  bouche  petite.  Her  mouth  is  small. 


218  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

When  an  operatidn  is  performed  upon  a  person,  the  part  acted  upon 
is  the  direct,  and  tlie  person  the  indirect,  object  of  the  verb. 
Vous  leur  avez  ouvert  les  yeiax.     You  opened  tlielr  eyes. 

When  a  person  performs  an  act  upon  a  part  of  himself,  the  pronomi- 
nal form  of  the  verb  is  used. 
II  s'est  fait  mal  a  la  main.  He  hurts  his  hand. 

The  article  is  not  used  before  nouns  placed  in  apposition  with,  or 
explanatory  of,  preceding  nouns. 
Telemaque,  fils  d'Ulysse.  Telemachus,  the  son  of  Ulysses. 

The  article  is  not  used  before  nouns  that  qualify,  or  describe  preced- 
ing nouns. 

Un  maitre  de  danse.  A  dancing-master. 

Un  homme  a  cheveux  blancs.  A  man  with  white  hair 

The  article  is,  however,  used  before  a  descriptive  noun,  and  before  a 
noun  that  expresses  the  use  or  destination  of  an  object,  when  the  sense 
is  definite. 

L'homme  aux  cheveux  blancs.        The  man  with  the  white  hair. 
La  boite  aux  lettres.  The  letter-box. 

Le  pot  au  lait.  The  milk-pot. 

The  article  is  not  used  after  the  preposition  en,  nor  after  the  conjunc- 
tion ni,  before  a  noun  that  is  taken  in  an  indefinite  or  i^artitive  sense. 
En  automne.  In  autumn. 

H  est  venu  en  voiture.  He  came  in  a  carriage. 

II  n'a  ni  argent  ni  amis.  He  has  neither  money  nor  friends 

2.  Use  of  the  Article  before  Proper  Nouns. 

The  article  is  used  before  proper  names  of  countries,  provinces,  seas, 
rivers,  and  mountains. 
La  France  est  un  beau  pays.  France  is  a  beautiful  country. 

The  article  is  not  used  before  the  name  of  a  country,  when  it  is  pre- 
ceded  by  the  preposition  en,  in,  to. 
U  est  en  France.  He  is  in  France. 

n  va  en  Angleterre.  He  goes  to  England. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     ARTICLE.  219 

The  article  is  uot  used  before  the  name  of  a  country  of  the  feminine 
gender  when  it  is  preceded  by  the  preposition  de,  in  the  sense  of  from. 

II  vient  d'Allemagne.  He  comes  from  Germany. 

But: 
II  vient  du  Mexique.  He  comes  from  Mexico. 

The  article  is  not  used  in  connection  with  the  preposition  de,  when 
the  name  of  a  country  forms  part  of  a  title,  or  serves  to  qualify  a  pre- 
ceding noun,  as  : 

Le  roi  de  Prusse.  The  king  of  Prussia. 

Du  fromage  d'Angleterre.  English  cheese. 

In  other  cases  the  article  is  used  with  the  preposition  de,  as : 
Le  climat  de  la  France.  The  climate  of  France. 

The  article  is  used  before  proper  names  of  persons,  when  they  are 
preceded  by  a  title  or  an  adjective. 
Le  President  Jackson.  President  Jackson. 

Le  petit  Henri.  Little  Henry. 

The  article  is  not  used  before  the  names  of  the  months  and  of  the 
days  of  the  week.     [See  Ninth  Lesson  (&w).] 


Vocabulary  48. 

L'Europe,/.,  Europe.  L'hiver,    winter;    en    hiver,   in 

La  France,  France.  winter. 

L'Angleterre,/.,  England.  Le  climat,  the  climate. 

L'AlIemagne,/.,  Germany.  La  gelee,  the  frost. 

Un  empereur,  an  emperor.  Le  succes,  success. 

Un  monarque,  a  monarch.  L'oisivete. /.  idleness. 

Le  printemps,  spring ;    au  prin-  L'amitie,  /.  friendship. 

temps,  in  spring.  Un  signe,  a  sign ;   en  signe  de,  as 

L'ete,  summer  ;   en  ete,  iu  sum-  a  sign  of. 

mer.  Le  sort,  the  lot. 

L'automne,  autumn  ;  en  automne,  Un  cheveu,  a  hair ;  les  cheveux, 

in  autumn.  the  hair. 


220  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Un  ceil,  an  eye ;    les  yeux,  the     S'approcher  (de),  to  come  near. 

eyes.  Blanc,  yV'm.  blanche,  white. 

La  main,  the  hand.  Noir,  black. 

Le  bras,  the  arm.  Vert,  green. 

Le  pied,  the  foot.  Bleu,  blue. 

La  moitie,  the  half.  Brun,  brown. 

Le  quart,  the  quarter.  Blond,  fair  ;  liglit ;  flaxen. 

Creer,  to  create.  Mecontent(de),  dissatisfied  (with). 

Proclamer,  to  proclaim.  Puissant,  powerful. 

Flaner,  to  loiter.  Uni,  united. 

Exercise  48. 

The  Article  before  Common  Nouns,  I  and  2.  1.  Mon  pere  est 
alle  a  Boston  le  mois  dernier.  2.  II  reviendra  la  semaine  prochaine. 
3.  Dieu  a  cree  le  ciel  et  la  terre  en  six  jours.  4.  L'automne  est 
uue  saison  plus  agreable  que  I'hiver.  5.  On  admire  le  courage,  mais 
la  prudence  est  tout  aussi  necessaire  au  succes.  6.  Avez-vous  du 
satin  blanc  comme  eelui-ciV  7.  Nous  n'avons  pas  de  satin  comme 
celui-la.  8.  Nous  en  avons  du  blanc  et  du  noir,  mais  d'une  qualite 
diflerente.  9.  Bien  des  gens  passent  leur  temps  dans  Toisivete.  10. 
La  plupart  des  hommes  se  plaignent  de  la  fortune.  11.  Nous 
payons  la  viande  vingt  sous  la  livre.  12.  Cette  sole  blanche  coute 
trois  dollars  le  metre.  13.  J'ai  perdu  le  quart  de  mes  plantes  par 
la  gelee.  14.  II  m'a  ofFert  la  main  en  signe  d'amitie.  15.  Elle  a 
les  cheveux  blonds.  16.  J'ai  froid  aux  pieds.  17.  Vous  m'avez  ouvert 
les  yeux.  18.  Je  me  suis  fait  mal  an  bras.  19.  Un  vieillard  a 
cheveux  blancs,  qui  tenait  un  livre  a  la  main,  s'est  approche  de 
nous.  20.  Ce  monsieur  aux  cheveux  blancs  est  le  grand-pere  de  la 
petite  Henriette. 

The  Article  before  Proper  Names,  3.  21.  La  France  est  plus 
grande  que  I'Angleterre.  22.  Le  climat  de  la  France  est  preferable  a 
celui  de  I'Angleterre.  23.  Le  roi  de  Prusse  fut  proclame  empereur 
d'Allemagne.  24.  Mon  frere  est  en  France,  et  j'irai  en  Angleterre  au 
printemps.  25.  Le  President  Grant  etait  en  ville  hier.  26.  Je  n'etu- 
die  pas  beaucoup  en  ete.  27.  Nous  reviendrons  a  la  ville  en  automne. 
28.   II  fait  bien  froid  ici  en  hiver. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     ADJECTIVE.  221 


Theme  48. 

The  Article  before  Common  Nouns,  I  and  2.  1.  We  shall  go  to 
the  country  next  month.  2.  Last  week  I  received  a  letter  from  my 
brother.  3.  Spring  is  a  beautiful  season.  4.  I  like  autumn  better. 
5.  Prudence  is  as  necessary  to  a  (the)  general*  as  courage.  6.  Have 
you  green  velvet  like  this?  7.  We  have  no  velvet  of  that  quality. 
8.  We  have  beautifnl  velvet,  green,  black  and  blue.  9.  Many  young 
people  spend  their  time  in  (a)  loitering  in  the  streets.  10.  Most  men 
are  dissatisfied  with  their  lot.  11.  This  white  dot?/,  (etoffe)  costs  fifty 
cents  a  meter.  12.  We  pay  for  (le)*  coffee  forty  cents  a  pound.  13. 
He  has  lost  one-half  of  his  books.  14.  Give  me  your  hand,  and  let  us 
be  friends.  15.  My  cousin  Alice  has  blue  eyes  and  brown  hair.  16. 
You  have  hurt  my  foot  ?     17.  I  have  a  pain  in  my  arm. 

The  Article  before  Proper  Names,  3.  18.  I  donot  like  the  climate 
of  England.  19.  Germany  is  now  united  and  very  powerful.  20.  The 
emperor  of  Germany  is  the  oldest  monarch  of  Europe.  21.  I  was  in 
Germany  when  the  war  began  between  Germany  and  France.  22.  Do 
you  speak  French?!  23.  I  will  study  it  next  winter.  24.  I  will  begin 
in  autumn.     25.  We  intend  to  go  to  Europe  in  the  spring. 


FORTY-NINTH    LESSON. 

The  Adjective.— Agreement. 

1.  An  adjective  qualifying  two  nouns  in  the  singular,  is  put  in  the 
plural  ;  if  the  nouns  are  of  different  genders  the  adjective  is  put  in  the 
masculine  plural. 
L'homme  et  la  femme  sont  ages.     The  man  and  the  woman  are  old. 

An  adjective  following  two  nouns  connected  by  ou,  agrees  with  the 
last. 
Un  homme  ou  una  femme  agee.       An  old  man  or  an  old  woman. 

*  Grcneral  sense. 

+  ParUz  vous  frangais  ?  After  the  verb  parler  the  article  is  usually  omitted  before 
fran(ais,  French,  anglais,  English,  and  other  national  names  denoting  languages. 


222 


ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 


The  adjectives  demi,  half,  and  nu,  bare,  are  invariable  when  they  pre- 
cede the  noun,  and  agree  with  the  noun  when  they  follow  it ;  demi  in 
gender  only  ;  yxae  derai-iievire,  half  an  hour  ;  deux  heures  et  demie, 
two  hours  and  a  half ;  nu-pieds,  or  les  pieds  nus,  harefootcd. 

The  adjective  feu,  late,  deceased,  placed  immediately  before  the  noun, 
agrees  with  it ;  when  separated  from  it  by  the  article  or  a  possessive 
adjective,  it  is  invariable  ;  la  feue  reine,  tlie  late  queen;  feu  la  reine, 
tJie  deceased  queen. 


2. 


Adjectives  used  as  Nouns. 


An  adjective  may  be  used  as  a  noun  to  designate  an  individual,  a 
class,  or  an  abstract  quality. 


Le  Fran9ais ;  la  Franqaise. 

Le  fran9ais. 

Le  (or  la)  malade  va  "bien. 

L'ambitieux  n'est  jamais  content. 

Je  prefere  Ihitile  a  I'agreable. 


The  Frenchman  ;  the  French 
woman. 

The  French  language. 

The  patient  is  doing  well. 

The  ambitious  man  is  never  satis- 
fied. 

I  prefer  the  useful  to  the  agreeable. 


3.  Place  of  the  Adjective. 

Adjectives,  as  a  rule,  are  placed  after  the  noun,  but  the  following 
generally  precede  it : 

Jeiine,  young.  Moindre,  least. 

Joli,  pretty.  Nouveau,  new. 

Mauvais,  bad.  Petit,  small. 

Meilleur,  better.  Vieux,  old. 


Beau,  beautiful. 
Bon,  good. 
Grand,  great ;  large. 
Gros,  large. 


Adjectives  derived  from  proper  names,  those  that  denote  color,  foiiii 
or  shape,  those  that  express  physical   or  mental  qualities,  and  past 
participles  used  as  adjectives,  always  follow  the  noun. 
La  langue  frangaise.  The  French  language. 

Une  table  ronde.  A  round  table. 

Du  drap  noir.  Black  cloth. 

Un  homme  aveugle.  A  blind  man. 

Des  plats  casses.  Broken  dishes. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     ADJECTIVE.  223 

Some  adjectives  have  a  different  meaning,  according  as  they  precede 
or  follow  the  noun.     The  followinjj  are  a  few  of  them  : 

Un  brave  homme,  a  worthy  man.  Un  homme  brave,  a  brave  man. 

Mon  cher  ami,  my  dear  friend.  Une  robe  chere,  a  costly  dress. 

Un  grand  homme,  a  great  man.  Un  homme  grand,  a  tall  man. 

La  derniere  annee,  the  last  year  L'annee  derniere,  last  year  (the 
(of  a  series).  preceding  year). 

4.  Government. 

Adjectives  may  be  followed  by  a  preposition  and  a  noun,  or  a  verb  in 
the  infinitive. 

Adjectives  that  express  our  feelings,  and  those  generally  that  are 
followed  in  English  by  of,  from,  with,  require  the  preposition  de 
before  the  noun  or  infinitive. 

Je  suis  content  de  ce  travail.  I  am  satisfied  with  this  work. 

Je  suis  heureux  de  vous  voir.  I  am  happy  to  see  you. 

Adjectives  that  express  advantage,  likeness,  fitness,  or  the  opposite 
qualities,  require  the  preposition  a. 

Cast  utile  a  savoir.  That  is  useful  to  know. 

Cast  una  chosa  difficile  a  faire.       That  is  a  difficult  thing  to  do. 

Adjectives  joined  in  construction  with  the  impersonal  verb  il  est, 
require,  however,  de  before  the  infinitive. 

II  est  utile  de  savoir  cela.  It  is  useful  to  know  that. 

5.  Numeral  Adjectives. 

The  numeral  adjective  un  is  used  for  the  English  indefinite  article  a 
or  an  ;  but  the  indefinite  article  is  used,  in  English,  in  cases  in  which 
its  equivalent  is  not  used  in  French. 

The  numeral  un  is  not  used  before  nouns  placed  in  apposition  with, 
or  explanatory  of,  preceding  nouns. 

Athalie,  tragedie  de  Racine.  Athaly,  a  tragedy  of  Racine. 

II  est  frangais.  He  is  a  Frenchman. 

Son  pere  etait  notaire.  His  father  was  a  notary. 


224  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Rem.  The  numeral  un  is,  however,  used  before  the  explanatory 
noun,  when  it  is  qualified  or  restricted  by  other  words,  as  : 

Son  pere  etait  un  riche  negociant.     His  father  was  a  rich  merchant. 

The  cardinal  numbers  are  used  for  the  ordinal  after  the  names  of 
sovereigns,  and  also  to  state  the  day  of  the  month,  and  the  chapter  oi 
page  of  a  book,  except  for  the  first. 
Henri  quatre.  Henry  the  Fourth. 

Le  deux  Janvier.  The  second  of  January. 

Chapitre  premier,  page  huit.  Chapter  the  First,  page  eight. 

Vocabulary  49. 

Un  bottier,  a  bootmaker.  Rond,  round. 

Un  cordonnier,  a  shoemaker.  Carre,  square. 

Un  tailleur,  a  tailor.  ^S^^j  equal ;  alike. 

Un  boulanger,  a  baker.  Avare,  avaricious ;  miserly. 

Un  boucher,  a  butcher.  Mori,  dead. 

Une  feuille,  a  leaf ;  a  sheet.  Aimable  (de),  amiable ;  kind. 

Una  livre,  a  pound.  Fatigue  (de),  tired. 

Le  lit,  the  bed.  Impossible  (a),  impossible. 

La  langue,  the  language.  Inutile  (a),  useless. 

Fran9ais,  French.  Difficile  (a),  difficult. 

Anglais,  English.  Prononcer,  to  pronounce. 

Allemand,  German.  Contenter,  to  satisfy. 

Exercise  49. 

1.  Le  pere  et  la  mere  de  ces  enfants  sont  morts.  2.  Le  petit  et  st. 
sceur  sortent  ensemble.  3.  Hier  ils  sont  venus  demander  du  pain  ;  ils 
etaient  nu-pieds.  4. .  Vous  me  donnez  une  demi-livre  de  cafe,  et  je  vous 
en  ai  demande  une  livre  et  demie.  5.  La  malade  n'a  pas  quitte  le  lit 
aujourd'hui.  6.  L'avare  meurt  de  faim  au  milieu  de  I'abondance.  7. 
La  langue  fran(;aise  et  la  langue  anglaise  sont  utiles  a  celui  qui  va 
voyager  en  Europe.  8.  J'ai  etudie  I'allemand,  mais  je  ne  le  parle  pas. 
9.  J'aimemieux  une  table  ronde  qu'une  table  carree.  10.  Coupez-moi, 
s'il  vous  plait,  un  metre  et  demi  de  ce  drap  noir.  IL  Je  suis  con- 
tent de  mon  sort ;  I'etes-vous  du  votre  ?    13.  Nous  sommes  fatigues 


SYNTAX  OF  THE  PRONOUN.        225 

d'entendre  parler  de  cela.  13.  II  est  inutile  de  me  le  diro.  14.  Mon 
bottler  est  friin(,-ais.  15.  Son  frere  est  boulanger.  16.  Notre  boucher 
est  anglais  et  mou  tailleur  est  allemand.  17.  Henri  quatre,  roi  de 
France,  etait  le  pere  du  peuple.  18.  Vous  trouverez  cela  dans  votre 
histoire,  livre  premier,  chapitre  deux,  page  soixante. 

Theme  49. 

1.  Tliat  gentleman  and  lady  are  our  neighbors.  3.  The  children  of 
the  iX)or  often  go  barefooted  in  the  midst  of  winter.  3.  Lend  me  half 
a  sheet  of  letter  paper.  4.  I  have  studied  this  lesson  for  (pendant)  an 
hour  and  a  half.  5.  The  patient  is  (va)  better  ;  he  has  gone  out.  6. 
The  rich  and  the  poor  are  alike  before  God.  7.  The  French  language 
is  more  difficult  than  the  German.  8.  I  like  French  better  than  Ger- 
man. 9.  Here  is  a  round  table  and  a  square  table,  which  one  do  you 
wish  ?  10.  That  general  is  a  great  man,  and  bis  son  is  a  tall  man.  11. 
Our  teacher  is  a  worthy  man.  13.  The  brave  man  does  his  duty,  and 
fears  none  but  (que)  God.  13.  My  shoemaker  is  a  Frenchman.  14.  That 
German  is  a  baker.  15.  I  am  glad  to  see  you.  16.  You  are  very  kind 
to  have  thought  of  me.  17.  These  words  are  difficult  to  pronounce. 
18.  It  is  difficult  to  satisfy  everybody.     19.  It  is  impossible  to  do  it. 


FIFTIETH   LESSON. 

The  Pronoun. 

(See  Lesson  Eleventh  to  Lesson  Nineteenth.  We  here  add  only  what  is  necessary 
to  complete  the  subject.) 

A  pronoun  stands  in  the  place  of  a  noun.  But  the  pronouns  ce, 
ceci,  cela,  en,  y,  and  the  invariable  pronoun  le,  may  stand  in  the  place 
of  a  sentence. 

Je  sals  ce  qui  le  desole.  I  know  what  grieves  him. 

Savez-vous  ce  qu'il  a  dit?  Do  you  know  what  he  said? 

Cela  est  vrai.  That  is  true. 

Tout  le  monde  en  parle.  Everybody  speaks  of  it. 

Je  le  sais.  I  know  it. 


226  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

When  a  relative  clause  refers  to  a  preceding  sentence,  the  demon 
strative  pronoun  ce  is  used  as  the  antecedent  of  the  relative  pronoun. 
Elle  est  fort  mecontente,  ce  qui     She  is  very  much  displeased,  which 

me  desole.   .  grieves  mc. 

We  have  seen  (Lesson  Eleventh)  that  the  objective  personal  pro- 
nouns are  placed  after  the  verb  when  the  verb  is  in  the  imperative 
mode  and  used  affirmatively.     The  pronouns  moi  and  toi  are  then 
used  for  me  and  te,  except  before  en. 
Donnez-moi  du  papier.  Give  me  some  paper. 

Donnez-m'en.  Give  me  some. 

When  the  objective  pronouns  stand  after  the  verb,  le,  la,  les  pre- 
cede moi,  toi,  lui,  nous,  vous,  leur. 
Donnez-le-moi.  Give  it  to  me. 

Envoyez-Ie-lui.  Send  it  to  him. 

The  personal  pronouns  are  generally  repeated  with  each  verb. 

The  pronoun  subject  may,  however,  be  omitted  before  the  second 
and  succeeding  verbs,  when  the  verbs  are  connected  by  et,  ou,  or  ni, 
are  all  in  the  same  tense,  and  all  used  either  aflBrmatively  or  nega- 
tively. W^e  may  say  :  II  etudie  et  fait  des  progres  ;  or  II  etudie  et 
il  fait  des  progres.     He  studies  and  makes  progress. 

Tlie  relative  pronouns  qui,  que,  dont,  are  placed  immediately  after 
their  antecedent. 
Le  monsieur  qui  doit  nous  ac-    The  gentleman,  who  is  to  accom- 

compagner,  est  venu.  pany  us,  has  come. 

The  relative  pronoun  dont  must  be  followed  by  the  subject  of  the 
next  verb. 
Je  vais  trotiver  I'agent  dont  vous     I  am  going  to  the  agent  whose  ad- 

m'avez  donne  I'adresse.  dress  you  gave  me. 

The  pronoun  wliose,  standing  after  a  preposition  and  before  a  noun, 
is  rendered  by  duquel,  delaquelle,  etc. 
Le  monsieur  dans  la  maison  du-     The  gentleman  in  whose  house  we 

quel  nous  demeurons,  live. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     PRONOUN, 


>27 


The  personal  pronouns  he,  she,  him,  7ur,  followed  by  a  relative  pro- 
noun, are  rendered  by  a  demonstrative  pronoun. 
Celui  qui  travaille  est  plus  heu-    He  vvlio  works  is  happier  than  he 

reux  que  celui  qui  est  oisif.  who  is  idle. 

Je  connais  celle  dont  vous  parlez.     I  know  her  of  whom  you  speak. 

Rem.    The  relative  pronouns  are  not  omitted  in  the  French  sentence, 
though  they  may  be  omitted  in  the  English  sentence. 


the  intel- 


La  beaute,  beauty. 
L'esprit,  m..  the  mind 

lect ;  the  wit. 
Le  cceur,  the  heart. 
La  barbe,  the  beard. 
Le  chagrin,  the  grief ;  the  trouble. 
La  flatterie,  flattery. 
Un  agent,  an  agent. 
Un  appartement,  an  apartment. 
Au  premier,  on  the  first  floor. 


Vocabulary  50. 

Inquieter,   to  trouble ;    to  make 

uneasy. 
S'interesser  (a),  to  be  interested  (i n\ 
Consoler,  to  console  ;  to  comfort. 
Loner,  to  hire  ;  to  rent ;  to  let  out. 
Faire  cas  de,  to  value ;   to  set  a 

value  upon. 
Sans  reserve,  without  reserve. 
Avec  egard,  respectfully. 
Gris,  gray. 


Exercise  50. 

1.  Je  sais  ce  qui  vous  inquiete.  2.  Votre  ami  me  I'a  dit.  3.  Nous 
en  avons  parle.  4.  J'y  ai  beaucoup  pense,  mais  je  n'y  puis  rien  faire. 
5.  Vos  amis  s'interessent  a  votre  sort,  ce  qui  doit  vous  consoler.  6. 
Dormez-moi  du  papier  a  lettre.  7.  Dounez-m'en  une  demi-douzaine  de 
feuilles.  8.  Pretez-lui  votre  grammaire,  si  vous  n'en  avez  pas  besoin. 
9.  Pretez-la-lui ;  il  vous  la  rendra  tantot.  10.  On  a  tort  de  ne  penser 
qu'a  soi.  11.  On  a  souvent  besoin  d'un  plus  petit  que  soi.  12.  Le 
monsieur  qui  a  loue  I'appartement  au  premier,  est  ici.  13.  C'est  un 
monsieur  :i  barbe  grise,  d'environ  soixante  ans.  14.  Recevez-le  avec 
egard,  et  donnez-lui  la  clef.  15.  J'ai  vu  le  peintre  dont  vous  m'avez 
donne  I'adresse.  16.  C'est  un  homme  dont  tout  le  monde  admire  le 
talent.  17.  Celui  qui  n'a  jamais  souffert,  ne  pent  com  prendre  les  maux 
d'autrui.  18.  Je  n'estime  point  celle  qui  fait  plus  de  cas  de  sa  beaute 
que  de  son  esprit.  19.  Prenez  ce  gateau  ;  coupez-le  en  quatre  partiea 
egales,  et  donnez-en  un  morceau  a  chacun  de  vos  freres. 


228         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Theme  50. 

1.  You  do  not  know  what  troublos  me.  2.  I  cannot  tell  it  to  yon. 
3.  I  think  of  it  all  the  time.  4.  1  cannot  speak  of  it  with  any  one. 
5.  I  know  that  you  have  trouble,  which  grieves  me.  6.  If  I  can  be  use- 
ful to  you,  tell  me  of  it  (it  to  me).  7.  Speak  to  me  of  your  trouble. 
8.  Speak  of  it  to  me  without  reserve.  9.  Every  one  is  master  in  his 
own  house.  10.  The  gentleman  is  here  who  sold  you  the  horse.  11. 
Tell  him  to  come  back  next  week,  12.  I  knovk'  the  lady  of  whom  you 
speak.  13.  She  is  a  person,  whose  qualities  of  heart  and  mind  we  ad- 
mire. 14.  There  is  the  agent  whose  address  you  ask  for.  15.  It  is  the 
same  who  rented  us  the  house  in  which  we  live.  16.  We  do  not  pity 
him  who  pities  nobody.  17.  I  do  not  esteem  her  who  loves  tiattery 
better  than  truth. 


FIFTY-FIRST  LESSON. 

The  Verb. —  Agreement  of  the  Verb  and  its  Subject. 

1.  A  verb  agrees  in  person  and  number  with  its  subject.  When  the 
subject  is  composed  of  two  or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  in  the  singular, 
the  verb  is  put  in  the  plural ;  and  when  the  nouns  or  pronouns  are  of 
different  persons,  the  verb  agrees  with  the  first  person  in  preference  to 
the  second,  and  with  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third. 
Mon  frere  et   moi  (.nou,s)  vien-     My  brother  and  I  will  come, 

drons. 

When  the  words  forming  the  subject  are  connected  by  ou,  and  are 
of  the  third  person,  the  verb  agrees  with  the  last ;  but  when  they  are 
of  different  persons,  the  verb  is  put  in  the  plural  and  agrees  with  the 
person  who  has  the  precedence. 

Lui  ou  son  frere  viendra.  He  or  his  brother  will  come. 

Lui  ou  moi  viendrons.  He  or  I  will  come. 

A  verb  having  a  collective  noun  in  the  singular  for  its  subject,  is  put 
in  the  singular. 
Le  peuple  etait  mecontent.  The  people  were  dissatisfied. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     VERB.  229 

When  the  collective  noun  is  followed  by  de  and  another  noun,  the 
verb  agrees  with  the  noun  to  which  the  action  refers. 

Une  foule  d'enfants  encombrait  A  crowd  of  children  obstructed  the 

la  rue.  street. 

Une    foule    d'enfants    couraient  A  crowd  of  children  ran  through 

dans  la  rue.  the  street. 

The  verb  etre  having  ce  for  its  subject,  is  put  in  the  plural  only 
when  it  is  followed  by  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  the  third  person  plural: 
Ce  sont  eux.     It  is  they.     C'est  nous.     It  is  we. 

A  verb  having  a  relative  pronoun  for  its  subject,  agrees  with  the 
antecedent  of  the  relative  prououu. 

Moi,  qui  suis  votre  ami.  I,  who  am  your  friend. 

2.  Use  of  the  Tenses  of  the  Indicative. 

The  present  tense  is  used  to  express  what  exists  or  takes  place  at  the 
present  time. 

Je  lis.  I  am  reading:. 

Je  lis  tous  les  jours.  I  read  every  day. 

The  present  tense  may  be  used  to  express  a  proximate  future. 
Je  pars  demain.  I  leave  to-morrow. 

The  present  tense  is  used  to  express  a  state  or  action  which  has  been 
going  on  for  some  time,  and  is  still  continuing  in  the  present.  In  this 
case  the  perfect  tense  is  used  in  English. 

Je  suis  ici  depuis  lundi.  I  have  been  here  since  Monday. 

Combien  de  temps  y  a-t-il  que  How  long  have  you  lived  here? 

vous  demeurez  ici  ? 

II  y  a  trois  ans  que  je  demeure  ici.  I  have  lived  here  three  years. 

The  imperfect  tense  is  used  to  express  what  existed,  or  what  was 
going  on,  in  past  time. 

Je  lisais  quand  vous  etes  entre.       I  was  reading  when  you  came  in. 
Je  lisais  beaucoup  autrefois.  I  used  to  read  a  great  deal. 


230         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

The  past  indefinite  tense  represents  the  state  or  action  as  completed, 
either  now  or  long  since. 

J'ai  vu  votre  oncle.  I  saw  {or  have  seen)  your  uncle. 

Je  I'ai  vu  il  y  a  un  an.  I  saw  him  a  year  ago. 

The  past  definite  tense  is  used  to  express  what  occurred  in  a  time 
entirely  elapsed,  and  of  which  the  present  day  forms  no  part. 

Je  vis  votre  oncle  I'an  dernier.       I  saw  your  uncle  last  year. 

Rem.  It  is  equally  correct  in  such  cases  to  use  the  past  indefinite 
tense,  and  to  say  :  J'ai  vu  votre  oncle  I'an  dernier.  In  conversation, 
this  tense  is  almost  always  preferred  to  the  past  definite. 

The  pluperfect  tense  denotes  that  an  action  or  event  had  taken  place 
at,  or  before,  some  past  time  mentioned. 

Vous  etiez  parti  quand  je  suis    You  had  started  when  I  arrived. 
arrive. 

The  past  anterior  tense  is  used  to  express  the  earlier  of  two  actions 
immediately  succeeding  each  other,  when  the  latter  action  is  expressed 
by  a  verb  in  the  past  definite  tense. 

Je  partis  aussitot  que  je  me  fus     I  started  as  soon  as  I  had  risen. 
leve. 

The  future  tenses  are  used  to  express  what  will  take  place  in  future 
time. 

The  future  tenses  are  used  in  French,  though  not  in  English,  after 
adverbs  of  time,  when  the  action  is  placed  in  the  future. 

Je  partirai  quand  j'aurai  fini  mes     I  will  start  when  I  have  finished 
affaires.  my  business. 

Rem.  The  future  tenses  are  not  used  after  the  conjunction  si,  if ; 
but  they  may  be  used  after  si,  wJiether. 

Je  partirai,  s'il  vient.  I  Avill  leave,  if  he  comes. 

Je  ne  sais  s'il  viendra  ou  non.         I  do  not  know  whether  he  will 

come  or  not. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     VERB.  231 


3.  Use  of  the  Conditional  Mode. 

The  conditional  mode  is  used  to  express  what  would  take  place,  or 
would  have  taken  place,  if  a  certain  condition  were,  or  had  been,  ful- 
filled. The  condition,  when  expressed,  is  introduced  by  the  conjunc- 
tion si,  if,  with  a  verb  in  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect  tense  of  tlie 
indicative  mood. 

Je  le  ferais,  si  je  pouvais.  I  would  do  it,  if  I  could. 

Je  I'aurais  fait,  si  j'avais  pu.  I  would  have  done  it,  if  I  had  been 

able. 
II  aurait  pu  le  faire,  s'il  avait    He  could  have  done  it,  if  he  would. 

voulu. 

Rem.  The  conditional  mode  is  not  used  after  si,  if ;  but  may  be 
used  after  si,  ichetlier. 

Je   ne   sais   s'il  viendrait,  si  je     I  do  not  know  whether  he  would 
I'invitais.  come,  if  I  should  invite  him. 

4.  Use  of  the  Imperative  Mode. 

The  imperative  mode  is  used  in  French,  as  in  English,  to  exhort  or 
to  command. 

Rendez-moi  heureux.  Make  me  happy. 

Ne  me  rendez  pas  malheureux.       Do  not  make  me  unhappy. 
Rendons-nous  utiles  aux  autres.      Let  us  render  ourselves  useful  to 

others. 

The  third  person  of  the  imperative  is  supplied  by  the  third  person 
of  the  present  tense  of  tlie  subjunctive  mode. 
Qu'il  le  fasse,  et  qu'ils  en  rient.        Let  him  do  it,  and  let  them  laugh. 

Verbs  ending  in  the  second  person  singular  of  the  imperative  in  e, 
as  parle,  pense,  offire,  and  also  the  imperative  va,  add,  for  the  sake  of 
euphony,  the  letter  s  before  en  and  y. 

Parle  de  cela.  Parles-en.  Speak  of  that.  Speak  of  it. 

Pense  a  cela.  Pen.ses-y.  Think  of  that.  Think  of  it 

Va  a  la  maison.       Vas-y.  Go  home.  Go  there. 


233         ELEMEXTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR, 


5.  Use  of  the  Subjunctive  Mode. 

The  subjunctive  mode  is  used  in  dependent  sentences: 

(1.)  After  verbs  and  plirases  that  express  pleasure,  pain,  surprise 

will,  desire,  command,  doubt,  fear,  etc. 

Je  suis  bien  aise  que  vous  ayez     I  am  glad  that  you  succeeded, 
reussi. 

H  s'etonne  que  nous  soyons  ici.      He  wonders  that  we  are  here. 

n  desire  que  nous  partions.  He  wishes  us  to  leave. 

Je  doute  qu'il  le  sache.  I  doubt  his  knowing  it, 

(3.)  After  interrogative  and  negative  sentences  which  imply  doubt. 

Croy ez-vous  qu'il  le  sache  ?  Do  you  believe  that  he  knows  it ! 

Je  ne  pense  pas  qu'il  le  sache.         I  do  not  think  that  he  knows  it. 

(3.)  After  impersonal  verbs. 
11  est  temps  que  vous  partiez.  It  is  time  for  you  to  leave. 

II  faut  qu'il  le  fasse.  He  must  do  it. 

(4.)  In  a  relative  sentence  that  limits  one  of  the  following  words :  le 
plus,  le  moins,  le  mieux,  le  meilleur,  le  pire,  le  moindre,  le  seul,  le 
premier,  le  dernier,  etc. 

Vous  etes  le  premier  qui  I'ait  su.     You  are  the  first  who  knew  it. 
Le  seul  qui  puisse  le  faire.  The  only  one  who  can  do  it. 

(5.)  In  a  relative  sentence  limiting  a  word  of  an  indefinite  sense. 
Jecherchequelqu'un  qui  le  sache.     I  seek  some  one  who  knows  it. 
II  y    a    peu    d'hommes    q\ai    le    There  are  few  men  who  know  it. 

sachent, 

(6.)  After  certain  conjunctions.    (See  Fifty-second  Lesson.) 

The  tense  of  the  verb,  when  it  is  in  the  subjunctive  mode,  depends 

on  the  tense  of  the  pfoverning  verb. 

The  present  and  future  tenses  require  the  present  or  past  tense  of 

the  subjunctive. 

Je  doute         i  qu'il  le  fasse.  I  doubt  )  his  doing  it. 

Je  douterai    )  qu'U  I'ait  fait.  I  shall  doubt   )  his  having  done  it. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     VERB, 


233 


The  past  tenses  and  the  tenses  of  the  conditional  require  the  imper- 
feet  or  pluperfect  of  the  subjunctive. 

J'ai  doute       )  qu'il  le  fit.  I  doubted         )  his  doing  it, 

Je  douterais  j  qu'il  I'eut  fait.  I  would  doubt )  his  having  done  it. 


6. 


Use  of  the  Infinitive. 


The  infinitive  may  be  used  as  subject  or  as  object. 
Parler  trop  est  imprudent.  To  speak  too  much  is  imprudent. 

Je  veux  vous  rendre  ce  service.     I  will  render  you  that  service. 
Je  le  feral  pour  vous  obliger.  I  will  do  it  to  oblige  you. 

The  past  tense  of  the  infinitive  is  used  after  the  preposition  apres, 
whereas,  in  English,  the  present  or  compound  participle  is  used. 
Apres  avoir  dit  cela  il  sortit.  After  saying  that  he  went  out. 


7. 


Government  of  Verbs. 


Some  verbs  are  transitive  in  English  and  intransitive  or  neuter  in 
French ;  and  again,  some  verbs  are  transitive  or  active  in  French, 
which  are  intransitive  in  English, 

To  use  a  thing. 


User  de  quel  que  chose. 
Abuser  de  quelque  chose. 
Douter  de  quelque  chose. 
Jouir  de  quelque  chose. 
Convenir  a  quelqu'un. 
Obeir  a  quelqu'un. 
Plaire  a  quelqu'un. 
Repondre  a  quelqu'un. 
Ressembler  a  quelqu'un. 

And 
Demander  quelque  chose. 
Desirer  quelque  chose. 
Payer  quelque  chose. 
Devoir   quelque  chose. 
Ec  outer  quelqu'un. 
Regarder  quelqu'un- 


To  abuse  a  thing. 
To  doubt  a  thing. 
To  enjoy  a  thing. 
To  suit  somebody. 
To  obey  somebody. 
To  please  somebody. 
To  answer  somebody. 
To  resemble  somebody. 

To  ask  for  something. 
To  wish  for  something. 
To  pay  for  something. 
To  owe  for  sometlung. 
To  listen  to  somebody 
To  look  at  somebody. 


234  ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

Some  verbs  require  a  different  preposition  in  French  than  they  do 
in  English. 
Penser  a,  to  think  of.  Rire  de,  to  laugh  at. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  verbs  which  govern  the  infinitive 
directly  (see  Twentieth  Lesson,  2): 
Aimer  mieux,  to  like    Entendre,  to  hear.       Savoir,  to  know  how. 

better. 
Compter,  to  intend.      Faire,  to  get.  Voir,  to  see. 

Croire,  to  believe.  Pouvoir,  to  be  able.     Vouloir,  to  be  willing. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  verbs  which  require  a  before  the 
dependent  infinitive  (see  Twenty-second  Lesson): 

Aimer,  to  like.  Donner,  to  give.  Parvenir,  to  succeed  (in). 

S'amuser,   to    amuse    Employer,  to  employ.  Penser,  to  think. 

one's  self. 
Apprendre,  to  learn.    Inviter,  to  invite.  Perdre,  to  lose. 

Chercher,  to  seek.         Mettre,  to  put.  Se  plaire,  to  delight  (in). 

The  following  are  some  of  the  verbs  which  require  de  before  the 
dependent  infinitive  (see  Twenty-second  Lesson) : 
Cesser,  to  cease.  Finir,  to  finish.  Promettre,  to  promise. 

Conseiller,  to  advise.    Negliger,  to  neglect.     Refuser,  to  refuse. 
Se  depdcher,  to  make    Oublier,  to  forget.         Rire,  to  laugh. 

haste. 
Dire,  to  tell.  Permettre, to  permit.    Tacher,  to  endeavor. 

Some  verbs  require  different  prepositions,  according  to  the  sense  in 
which  they  are  used,  tarder  a,  to  delay  ;  tarder  de,  (impers.)  to  loiig; 
venir,  to  come;  venir  a,  tohappen;  venir  de,  to  come  from,  to  Ji-avejust. .. 
11  tarde  bien  a  venir.  He  is  long  in  coming. 

II  me  tarde  de  le  voir.  I  long  to  see  him. 

Je  viens  travailler.  I  come  to  work. 

S'il  vient  a  mourir.  If  he  happens  to  die. 

Je  viens  de  le  voir.  I  have  just  seen  him. 

*Appartenir,  To  Belong.    Etre  a,  To  Belong. 
A  qui  appartient  cette  maison  ?      To  whom  does  that  house  belong  ? 
Etre  a  is  used  in  the  sense  of  appartenir. 


SYNTAX     OF  THE     VEKB.  235 

A  qui  est  cela  ?  Whose  is  that  ? 

C'est  a  moi.  That  is  mine. 

A  qui  sont  ces  gants  7  Whose  gloves  are  these  t 

lis  sont  a  ma  tante ;  or 

Ce  sont  les  gants  de  ma  tante. 


They  are  my  aunt's. 


Vocabulary  51. 

Le  peuple,  the  people.  Garder,  to  keep  ;  to  guard. 

Le  palais,  the  palace.  Tuer,  to  kill. 

Une  troupe,  a  band.  Retrouver,  to  find  {what  icas  lost). 

Les  troupes  {plur),  the  troops.  Faire  attendre,  to  keep  waiting. 

La  bataille,  the  battle.  S'etonner,  to  wonder. 

Un  service,  a  service.  Vouloir  du  bien  (a),  to  wish  well. 

Theme  51. 

Agreement.  1.  My  friend  and  I  shall  start  to-morrow.  2.  Tou  or 
Heury  will  come  with  us.  3.  The  people  were  complaining  of  the  con- 
duct of  the  troo])S.  4.  A  band  of  soldiers  kept  the  door  of  the  palace. 
5.  A  great  mauy  soldiers  were  killed  in  the  last  battle.  6.  They  are  our 
friends,  who  invited  us.     7.  It  is  you,  gentlemen,  who  refused  to  come. 

Use  of  the  Tenses.  8.  How  long  have  you  been  here?  9.  I  have 
been  here  since  Saturday.  10.  I  have  been  waiting  two  hours  for  my 
brother.  11.  I  have  lost  my  grammar.  12.  Yesterday  I  found  it  among 
the  books  which  you  returned  to  me.  13.  Last  winter  we  were  in  Paris. 
14.  One  day  I  received  a  letter  which  called  me  back  to  New  York  ;  my 
father  was  sick.  15.  As  soon  as  I  had  learned  this  news.  I  came  back 
to  the  United  States.  16.  I  shall  start  when  my  brother  comes.  17.  I 
will  start  to-day,  if  he  comes.    18.  I  do  not  know  whether  he  will  come. 

Conditional  Mode.  19.  He  would  come,  if  he  could.  20.  He  would 
have  come  yesterday,  if  it  had  not  rained.  21.  I  would  render  you  that 
service,  if  it  (ce)  were  in  (en)  my  power.  22.  I  would  have  done  so 
already. 

Imperative  Mode.  23.  Do  not  keep  me  waiting  long.  24.  Let  us 
render  ourselves  agreeable  to  those  of  whom  we  have  need. 

Subjunctive  Mode.  25.  I  am  glad  that  yo'u  have  come.  26.  T  am 
sorry  that  your  brother  is  sick.    27.  I  wonder  that  he  has  not  written 


236    ELEMENTABT  FRENCH  GRAM  MAE. 

to  me.  28.  I  doubt  whether  (que)  lie  knows  that  you  are  here.  29-  I 
do  not  think  that  he  knows  it.  30.  It  is  time  for  us  to  go  (away), 
31.  I  must  first  finish  what  I  am  doing.  32.  The  professor  wished  me 
to  write  my  exercise  before  I  left. 

Government.  33.  Do  you  doubt  that  ?  34.  I  do  not  doubt  it.  35. 
You  enjoy  great  advantages;  do  not  abuse  them.  36.  Try  to  please 
your  teachers  :  they  wish  you  well.  37.  I  owe  you  for  these  boots ;  I 
will  pay  you  for  them  as  soon  as  I  receive  my  money.  38.  Whose  pen- 
knife is  this?  39.  It  is  mine.  40.  That  store  belongs  to  my  uncle.  41. 
He  is  long  in  coming.  42.  I  long  to  see  him.  43.  He  has  just  arrived. 
44.  I  knew  that  it  was  he,  because  he  resembles  your  father. 


FIFTY-SECOND    LESSON. 
The  Participle. 

The  principal  uses  of  the  participles,  present  and  past,  have  been 
explained  in  the  Twenty-first  Lesson. 

The  present  participle  may  be  used  without  en : 

1.  To  state  a  determinative  or  explanatory  circumstance,  with  refer- 
ence to  the  subject  or  object  of  the  verb. 

Un  jeune  homme  connaissant  ses  A  young  man  knowing  his  own 

interfets,  ne  negligera  pas  ses  interest,  vnW    not   neglect    his 

etudes.  studies. 

J'ai  vu   cet  homme   tenant   un  I  have  seen  that  man  holding  a 

livre  a  la  main.  book  in  his  hand. 

2.  To  state  a  conclusive  circumstance,  in  an  absolute  manner. 

La  paix  etant  conclue,  les  armies     Peace  being  concluded,  the  armies 
se  retirerent.  withdrew. 

The  Adverb. 

Davantage,  plus,  more.  Davantage  can  have  no  dependent  words 
following  it ;  but  is  preferable  to  plus  at  the  end  of  a  sentence. 

Si,  so;  tant,  so  much,  denote  extension;  aussi,  as,  so;  autant,.  as 
much,  so  much,  denote  comparison. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     PREPOSITION.  237 

Rem.  Si  may  be  used  for  aussi,  and  tant  for  autant,  in  negative 
sentences. 

Plutot,  plus  tot.     Plutot  means  rather  ;  and  plus  tot,  sooner. 

Tout  a  coup,  means  suddenly ;  and  tout  d'un  coup,  all  in  one  stroke. 

De  suite  means  in  succession  ;  and  tout  de  suite,  imrnediately . 

Adverbs  are  generally  [ilaced  immediately  after  the  verb.  When  the 
rerb  is  in  a  compound  tense,  the  adverb  is  placed  between  the  auxiliary 
verb  and  the  past  participle.  Adverbs  of  several  syllables  and  adver- 
bial phrases  are  placed  after  the  participle.  Adverbs  denoting  time  ab- 
solute, as :  hier,  aujourd'hui,  demain,  etc  ,  may  be  phiced  before  the 
subject ;  but  no  adverb  can  be  placed  between  the  subject  and  the  verb. 

Adverbs  of  comparison  are  repeated  with  each  word  which  they 
modify.  Adverbs  of  quantity  need  not  be  repeated  ;  but  the  preposi- 
tion de  must  precede  each  noun  which  the  adverb  limits. 

The  Negative  Particle  Ne. 

The  particle  ne  is  required  before  a  verb  in  the  subjunctive  mode  : 

1.  After  verbs  that  express  fear  or  apprehension,  when  they  are 
used  affirmatively. 

2.  After  the  verbs  empecher,  to  jjrevciit,  to  hinder,  and  prendre 
garde,  to  beiceirc  ;  to  take  care  {not). 

3.  After  desesperer,  to  despair;  disconvenir,  to  disown,  to  deiiy ; 
douter,  to  doubt ;  nier,  to  deny,  when  they  are  used  negatively, 

4.  After  the  conjunctions  a.  moins  que,  unless;  de  crainte  que,  de 
peur  que,  for  fear  that. 

5.  Ne  is  also  required  before  the  verb  in  the  second  member  of  a 
comparative  sentence,  when  the  first  member  is  affirmative. 

11  est  plus  riche  qu'on  ne  le  pense.     He  is  richer  than  people  think, 
II  parle  autrement  qu'il  ne  pense.     He    speaks    otherwise     than    he 

thinks. 

The  Preposition. 

A,  dans,  en,  in.  A  directs  the  mind  to  tlie  locality;  dans,  points  to 
the  inside  of  it ;  en  and  the  noun  which  it  precedes,  form  a  kind  of 
adverbial  phrase.  H  est  au  magasin,  ?ie  is  at  the  store.  II  est  dans  le 
magasin,  he  is  in  the  store.    Le  cafe  est  en  magasin,  the  coffee  is  stored. 


238         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR. 

En,  a,  to  or  in.  The  preposition  en  is  used  before  the  names  of 
countries  of  the  feminine  gender ;  and  the  preposition  a  and  the  article, 
before  the  names  of  countries  of  the  masculine  gender.  En  France, 
to  or  in  France.     Au  Mexique,  to  or  in  Mexico. 

When  dans  and  en  are  used  with  reference  to  time,  dans  precedes  the 
ejxjch  at  which,  and  en  the  period  in  which,  anything  is  to  be,  or  can  be, 
done.  Je  pars  dans  deux  heures,  I  start  in  two  hours.  Je  peux  finii 
cet  ouvrage  en  deux  heures,  I  can  finish  that  work  in  two  hours. 

De,  avec,  chez,  with.  De  expresses  result  or  consequence  ;  avec 
has  the  meaning  of  together  icith,  hy  means  of ;  chez  lias  reference  to 
one's  country,  one's  home.  Qu'avez-vous  fait  de  mon  canif  ?  What 
have  you  done  with  my  penknife?  {WJiere  is  it?)  Qu'avez-vous  fait 
avec  mon  canif?  What  have  you  done  with  my  iMuknife?  {Wliat  use 
hace  you  made  of  it?)  Chez  les  Remains  c'etait  la  coutume.  Among 
the  Romans  it  was  the  custoin. 

De,  than.  After  plus  and  moins,  de  is  used  before  a  numeral  adjec- 
tive, and  not  que:  plus  de  vingt,  moi'e  than  twenty ;  moins  de  dix, 
less  than  ten. 

Avant,  devant,  before.  Avant  denotes  priority,  devant,  position, 
II  est  venu  avant  moi.     II  s'est  place  devant  moi. 

Entre,  parmi,  among.  Entre  is  used  distributively ;  parmi  means 
i?i  the  middle  of.  Entre  nous,  among  tts.  Parmi  le  peuple,  among  the 
people. 

Vers,  envers,  towards.  Vers  is  used  to  express  physical  direction, 
and  envers  to  express  moral  direction.  Vers  le  nord,  towards  the, 
north.     Poli  envers  tout  le  monde,  polite  towards  everybody. 

The  prepositions  a,  de,  en,  sans,  are  repeated  before  each  word. 

The  Conjunction. 

Certain  conjunctions  are  always  followed  by  the  subjunctive  moda 
The  following  are  some  of  them,  which  are  of  frequent  use. 

Afin  que,  in  order  that.  De  crainte  que,   /  for  fear ;    lest 

A  moins  que,  (Rem.)  unless.  De  peur  que,        f     (Eem.) 

Avant  que,  before.  Au  cas  or  en  cas  que,  in  case. 

Bien  que,  although.  Pour  que,  in  order  that. 


SYNTAX     OF     THE     CONJUNCTION.  239 

Poarvu  que,  provided.  Sans  que,  without. 

Quoique,  although.  Suppose  que,  suppose. 

Rem.  a  moins  que,  de  crainte  que,  de  peur  que,  require  ne  before 
the  verb. 

After  the  conjunction  que,  the  verb  is  put  in  the  indicative  or  the 
subjunctive,  accordin<^  as  tlie  preceding  pro[)osition  may  require. 

The  conjunction  cannot  be  omitted  ;  but  instead  of  repeating  any  of 
the  compound  conjunctions,  que  is  used  in  their  place,  and  governs 
the  verb  in  the  same  manner  as  the  conjunction  for  which  it  stands. 

Que,  used  to  avoiil  the  conjunction  si,  if^  governs  th(!  subjunctive 
mode,  although  .si  requires  the  verb  in  the  indicative.  Si  vous  venez 
et  que  je  ne  sois  pas  au  logis,  attendez-moi.  If  you  come  and  (if)  I 
am  not  in,  trait  fo)'  me. 

Que,  in  exclamatory  sentences,  is  used  for  comme  and  for  combien. 
Que  c'est  beau!  How  beautiful  that  is  I 

Que  vous  etes  bon !  How  good  you  are ! 

Que  de  bonte  vous  avez!  How  much  kindness  you  have! 

Et  is  used  to  join  similar  parts  of  an  afnrmative  proposition;  ni  to 
join  similar  parts  of  a  negative  proposition, 
II  ressemble   a  son  frere,  et  de     He  resembles  his  brother,  both  in 

visage  et  de  caractere.  face  and  disposition. 

II  ne  ressemble  pas  a  son  frere,     He  does  not  resemble  his  brother, 

ni  de  visage  ni  de  caractere.  either  in  face  or  disposition. 

Ni  is  used  in  connection  with  non  plus  (either,  in  a  negative  sense), 
n  ne  veut  pas  le  faire,  ni  moi  non  plus.  He  will  not  do  it,  nor  I  either. 
Mon  frere  ne  veut  pas  le  faire  non  plus.  My  brotJier  will  not  do  it 
cither. 

Vocabulary  52. 

La  parole,  the  word.  Inviter,  to  invite. 

La  difficulty,  the  difficulty,  *Secourir  quelqu'un,  to  come  to 

Un  principe,  a  principle.  one's  assistance. 

Le  Canada,  Canada.  *Offrir  (de),  to  offer  (for). 

En  voiture,  in  a  carriage.  Renoncer  (a),  to  renounce. 

Dans  I'embarras,  in  difficulty.  Je  vous  en  prie,  pray. 


240         ELEMENTARY     FRENCH     GRAMMAR 


Theme  52. 

Present  Part.  1.  Our  friends  seeing  that  we  were  in  difficulty,  came 
promptly  to  our  assistance.  2.  On  coming  in,  I  saw  the  professor  hold- 
ing your  copy-book  in  his  hand.  3.  He  read  your  exercise,  and  having 
read  it  he  said,  this  is  the  best  exercise  I  have  seen  to-day. 

Adverbs.  4.  I  offijred  you  fifty  dollars  for  your  boat ;  and  I  will  not 
give  any  more  for  it  (en).  5.  Do  not  laugh  so  loud.  6.  Do  not  speak 
so  much.  7.  I  would  rather  die  than  renounce  my  principles.  8.  He 
had  no  sooner  pronounced  these  words  than  he  went  out.  9.  Your 
friend  has  been  absent  three  days  in  succession.  10.  I  will  go  to  him 
immediately.  11.  I  often  see  him,  but  I  seldom  speak  to  him.  13.  I 
never  had  any  difficulties  with  him. 

The  Particle  Ne.  13.  I  fear  that  he  may  be  sick.  14.  I  will  pre- 
vent his  going  out.  15.  Take  care  that  he  does  not  liear  you.  16.  I 
do  not  doubt  his  being  sick.  17.  I  shall  not  go  there,  unless  he  in- 
vites me  personally  (lui-meme).  18.  His  conduct  is  much  better  than 
it  was  formerly. 

Prepositions.  19.  My  father  is  in  his  office  ;  my  mother  is  in  her 
room  ;  and  my  sister  has  gone  out  in  a  carriage.  20.  My  uncle  was 
in  France  last  year,  and  he  has  gone  to  Mexico  now.  21.  I  will  go  to 
Canada  in  a  fortnight.  22.  I  wrote  this  exercise  in  forty  minutes. 
23.  What  have  you  done  with  my  grammar ;  I  cannot  find  it  any- 
where ?  24.  What  have  you  done  with  my  gold  pen  ;  it  is  quite 
spoiled  ?  25.  1  have  more  than  ten  pens  ;  but  not  one  is  good.  26.  I 
shall  not  go  out  before  noon.  27.  There  is  a  carriage  before  the 
door.  28.  I  will  come  towards  evening.  29.  Pray,  be  polite  towards 
everybody. 

Conjunctions.  30.  If  you  see  my  brother  before  he  goes  to  the 
office,  give  him  this  letter.  31.  I  send  it  to  him  (in  order)  that  he  may 
comprehend  the  situation  of  that  business.  32.  Provided  you  do  your 
duty,  all  will  be  well.  33.  If  you  haVe  to  leave,  and  cannot  come  to 
see  me,  write  to  me.  34.  How  kind  you  are  !  35.  How  many  fine 
things  one  sees  in  Paris!  36.  He  will  never  believe  that  story.  37.  I 
cannot  believe  it  either.  88.  My  father  does  not  believe  that  he  has 
done  it.  or  that  he  ever  will  do  it. 


APPENDIX. 


ADDITIONAL    YOCABULARIES 


Une  famille,  a  family. 

Le  pere,  the  father. 

La  mere,  ttie  mother. 

Les  enfant.?,  the  chUdren. 

Un  fils,  a  *o/i. 

Une  fllle,  a  daughter. 

Un  frere,  a  {brother. 

Une  scBur,  a  sister.       _ 

Un  frere  iumeaii,  a  tivin-brotlier. 

Une  sceur  jumclle,  a  twin  nst^-r. 

Le  grand-perc,  the  grund-Jather. 

La  irancrmere.  ^/i«'  grand-mother. 

Un  petit-fils,  a  g-raw'A'O/j.  i 

Une  petite-flUe.  a  grand-daughter. 

Un  oncle,  a/i  M/(Cte. 

Une  tante,  an  aunt. 

Un  neveii,  a  nephew. 

Une  niece,  a  niece. 

Un  cousin,  a  cousin,  m. 

Une  cousine,  a  cousin,  f. 

Un  parrain.  a  godfather. 

Une  marraine,  a  godmother. 

Un  fllleul,  a  !70(/<o«- 

Une  fllleule,  a  goddaughter. 

Un  epoux,  I  ^  jiu^band. 

Un  man.     ) 

Une  epoiise,  I         jyg_ 

Une  f emme,  i  ... 

Un  beaii-pere.  a  father-inlaw. 

Une  belle-ineie,  a  mother-inAaw. 

Un  beaa-fll>',  i  ^  ^on-in-law. 

Un  genarc",     \ 

Une  bellc-fille,  I.  ^^  dauoMer-in-law. 

Une  bru,  \ 

Un  bcaii-frere,  a  brother  in-law . 

Une  helle-soeur.  a  sister ■in4aw. 

Un  parent,  a  relation,  m. 

Uue  parente,  a  relation,  f. 

Un  proche  parent,  a  near  relation. 

Un  parent  eloigne.  a  dl-^tant  relation. 

Un  cousin  gennain.  a  first-cousin,  m. 

Une  coasine  germaine.  a  first-cousin,  f. 

Un  tuteur,  a  guardian. 


Un  pnpillc,  a  umrd,  m. 
Une  pupille,  a  ward,  J. 

II. 

Le  corps,  the  body. 

La  tete,  the  head. 

Le  front,  the  forehead. 

La  figure,  the  face. 

Le  vi'sage,  the  face. 

La  peau,  the  skin. 

Le  teint,  the  complexion. 

La  barbe,  the  beard. 

Les  traits,  the  features. 

Un  ffiil,  o«  eye. 

Les  veux.  the  eyes. 

La  prunelle,  tfie  eyeball. 

Les  sourcils,  the  eye'/rows. 

Les  paupieres,  ?/i«  eyelids. 

Le  nez,  </;e  nOA'e. 

La  bouche.  the  mouth. 

Les  levres,  the  lips. 

Une  dent,  a  tooth. 

Les  gencives,  //(«  gums. 

Le  palais.  //wi  /)a/a^^. 

La  lan^ue,  tlie  tongue. 

Le  gosier,  tlie  tliroat. 

Les^joues.  tlie  cheeks. 

Les  favoris,  the  wfiiskers. 

Le  nienton,  th£  chin. 

Les  oreilles,  the  ears. 

Le  cou,  the  neck. 

Les  epanlcs,  /^e  slunuders. 

Le  dos.  ^/i«  iocA;. 

La  taille,  the  ivaist. 

Les  membrcp,  the  limds. 

Le  bras,  Ihs  arm. 

Le  coude,  /Ae  elbow. 

La  main,  ^Ac  Aan<f. 

Les  doigts,  the  Angers. 

Le  poucn,  the  thumb. 

Les  ongles.  the  finger-nails. 

La  jambe,  ^Ae  /«r/- 

Le  genou,  the  knee. 

Le  pied,  the  foot. 


243 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


La  rhcvillc,.//w  ankle. 
Le  rnlon,  t/ie  heel. 
La  plaiitc,  the  sole. 
Un  orteil,  a  toe. 
La  poitrine,  the  breast. 
Les  pouinons,  the  hmgs. 
L'hak'ine,  the  breath. 
Le  coeur,  the  heart. 
L'chitomac,  the  stomach. 
Le  foie,  the  liver. 
Le  sang,  the  blood. 
Un  OS,  a  bone. 
Une  artere,  an  artery, 
Une  veine,  a  vein. 
Le  pouls,  the  pulse. 
Les  nerfs,  the  nerves. 
Les  chevcMix,  the  hair. 
Une  boucle,  a  curl. 

m. 
Un  metier,  a  trade. 

Un  architecte,  an  architect. 
Un  fermier,  a  farmer. 
Un  jardinier,  a  gardener. 
Un  arpenteur,  a  surveyor. 
Un  a\oue,  a  lawyer. 
Un  avocat,  a  barrister. 
Un  medecin,  a /j/iywfian. 
Un  chiriiigien,  a  surgeon. 
Un  dentiste,  a  dentist. 
Un  pharmacien,  a/i  apothecary. 
Un  banquier.  a  banker. 
Un  negociant,  a  merchant. 
Un  conimerpnut,  ff  trades7nan. 
Un  niarchaiid,  a  shop-keeper. 

Un  orfevre,  a  goldsmith. 

Un  editeur,  a  imblisher. 

Un  redacteur,  an  editor. 

Un  imprimeiir,  a  printer. 

Un  agent  de  change,  a  stock-broker. 

Un  courtier,  a  broker. 

Un  boulanger,  a  baker. 

Un  boucher,  a  butcher. 

Un  epicier,  a  grocer. 

Un  charpentier,  a  carpenter. 

Un  menuisier,  a  joiner. 

Un  ebeniete,  a  cabinet-maker. 

Un  tailieur,  a  tailor. 

Un  cordonnler,  a  shoemaker. 

Un  bottler,  a  bootmaker. 

Un  chapelier,  a  hat-maker. 

Un  vitrier,  a  glazier. 

Un  horloger,  a  tvatchmaker. 

Un  coift'eur,  a  hair-dresser. 

Un  peintre,  a  painter. 

Un  teinturier,  a  rfys/'. 

Un  papetier,  a  stationer. 

Un  tapissier,  a?i  upholsterer. 

Un  carosgier,  a  coach-maker. 

Un  coutelier,  a  cwWer. 


Un  scrnirier,  a  locksryiifh. 

Un  forgeron,  a  blocksinilti.  • 

Un  patissier,  a  pustry-cook. 

Un  confiseur,  a  confectioner. 

Un  couvreur,  a  slater, 

Un  ma^on,  a  mason. 

Un  sellier,  «  .saddler. 

Un  jiloiiibior,  ^;  jiliimbrr. 

Un  manufacturicr,  a  manvfaclurer, 

Un  tist;erand,  «  ireaver. 

Un  artisan,  «  inechanlc. 

Un  ouvrier,  a  ivorkman. 

Un  ramoneur,  a  chimney-sweeper. 

Un  balayeur,  a  sweeper. 

Une  marcliandc  de  modes,  a  milliner, 

Une  coiituriere,  */  driss-nuiker. 

Une  lingere,  «  .sKiiii^ln. •■■.-■. 

Une  blanchisseii^c,  </  naslitr-woman, 

Une  laitiere,  «  tn'tlk-iniiiKin. 

Une  l)onne,  a  chihl's  mir^c. 

Une  nourrice,  t/  wtf-m/rse. 

Une  garde,  a  /(i/z^e  /w  iA«  sicA. 

IV. 

Les  sens,  the  senses. 

Un  sens,  a  sense. 

La  vue,  ,<;i(7/t<. 

L'oule,  hearing. 

L'odorat,  smelling. 

Le  gofit,  <as^e. 

Le  toucher,  feeling. 

Une  sensation,  a  sen.'iation, 

Une  douleiir,  a  7;«i». 

Des  elancements,  throbbings. 

Une  maladie,  a  sickness. 

Un  rhume,  a  eo^rf. 

Un  rhume  de  cerveaii,  a  coW  i/i  <A«  /zead- 

Un  rhume  de  poitrine,    a   coW   0«,   </ie 

La  toux,  </*«  cwjgh. 

La  tievre,  the  fever. 

Un  acces  de  fievre,  a  .^d  of  ague. 

Le  frisson,  shivering,  cold  chills. 

Le  m;il  de  gorge,  sore-throat . 

Le  mal  de  tete,  ^Ae  headache. 

Le  mal  de  dents,  the  toothache. 

Le  mal  de  coeur,  sickness,  nausea. 

La  fievre  scarlatine,  the  scarlet  fever. 

La  petite  verole,  the  smallpox. 

La  rougeole,  the  m,easles. 

La  coqueluche,  /Ae  whooping-cough. 

Une  fluxion  de  poitrine,  an  inflamma 

Hon  in  the  chest. 
La  nevralgie.  neuralgia. 
La  gourme,  the  miinips. 
Un  compere  loriot.  a  sty. 
Des  engelures.  chilblains. 
Un  point  de  cote,  a  .sVe^cA  z«  <Ae  «ide. 
Le  mal  de  mer,  sea-sickness. 
Le  mal  du  pays,  home-sickness. 
La  migraine,  the  sick  headache. 
Une  demangeaison,  an  itching. 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


343 


La  goutte,  the  gout. 

Une  entorse,  a  sprain. 

Une  coupuie,  a  cut. 

Une  egratiguure,  a  scratch. 

Une  brfllure,  a  burn. 

Une  piqflre.  a  prick. 

Une  cicatrice,  a  scar. 

Un  reniede,  a  I'em-tdy. 

Une  pillule,  a  pill. 

Des  pastilles,  lozenges. 

Une  nieclecine,  phy.-ic. 

Une  potion,  a  mliture. 

Un  gai-frarijime,  a  gargle. 

Un  cataplasme,  a  poultice. 

Un  vesicatoire,  a  blister. 

Une  sai^ee,  blefding. 

Une  incision,  cupyiing. 

Uu  eniplatre.  a  plaster. 

Du  tafletas  d'Angleterre,  court-plaster. 

De  la  charpie,  /in<. 

De  ron^uent,  ointment. 

Une  santjsue,  a  /««cA. 

Du  sonlagement,  relief. 

Une  guerison,  a  cure. 

Une  rechute.  a  relapse. 

L'agonie,  the  death-pangs. 

Le  rale,  the  death-rattle. 

V. 

Un  trousseau,  a  set  of  clothes. 

La  toilette,  the  dress. 

La  coiffure,  ^A«  head-dress. 

Un  necessaire.  a  dressing-case. 

Un  peigne,  a  «»«&. 

Une  brosse,  a  brush. 

Des  ciseaux.  scissors. 

Un  rasoir,  a  rffsor. 

Du  savcn,  soap. 

De  la  pommade.  jiomatutn. 

Un  chapeau,  a  hat,  a  bonnet. 

La  forme,  the  crown. 

Le  bord,  ^^«  brim. 

La  coiffe,  ^/(«  lining. 

Une  casquette,  a  ca/). 

Des  habits,  clothes. 

Un  habit,  a  coat. 

{^fpSr'^'h^'-^'^- 

Un  gilet.  a  icai-ttcoat. 

Une  veste,  a  rfo'^  a  jacket. 

Le  collet.  /A«  collar. 

Lee  raanches,  </(«  sleeves. 

Les  pans,  </if  skirt?. 

Une  couture,  a  seam. 

La  doublure.  ?^«  lining. 

Les  revers.  the  facings. 

Un  pli.  rt  u'rinkle. 

Une  poche,  o  pocket. 

Un  bouton.  a  button. 

Une  boutonniere,  a  button-hole. 

Des  manchettes.  ew^*. 

Un  pantalon,  a  pair  of  pantaloons. 


Un  cale9on,  a  pair  of  drawers. 

Des  bretelles,  suspenders. 

Lc  linge,  <A«  ^incw. 

Une  chemise,  a  sAir^. 

Une  cheniisette,  (/  shirt-bosom. 

Un  col.  a  collar,  a  ffock. 

Une  cravate,  a  cravat. 

Une  robe,  a  rfrfss. 

Une  robe  de  chambre,  a  dressing-gown. 

Une  robe  de  bal.  a  party-dress. 

Une  robe  de  ville,  a  walking-dress. 

Unjupoii,  apetticoat. 

Un  corset,  a  corset. 

Les  oeillets,  the  holes. 

Le  lacet,  the  lacing. 

Un  fichu,  a  neckerchief. 

Un  tablier,  «n  apron. 

Une  ceinture,  o  W<. 

Un  ruban,  a  ribbon. 

Un  cordon,  a  firing. 

Un  noeud,  a  knot. 

Une  boucle,  a  buckle. 

Une  agrafe,  a  cto/). 

Un  crochet,  a  hook. 

Une  parure,  a  set  ofjeicels. 

Un  collier,  a  necklace. 

Un  bracelet,  a  bracelet. 

Une  basne,  a  ring. 

Une  boucle  d'oreille,  a»  ear-ring. 

Une  echarpe,  a  scarf. 

Un  chale,  a  shawl. 

Un  manteau,  a  ctoaA;. 

Un  mauchon,  a  muff. 

Un  voile,  «  xeil. 

Des  bottes,  fioo^^f. 

Des  bottines,  ladies'  boots. 

Des  souliers,  shoes. 

Des  guetres,  gaiters. 

Des  brodequins,  /a<Yrf  ftoote. 

Des  pantouttes.  slijipers. 

Des  has.  sfockinys. 

Une  jarretiere.  ff  garter. 

Un  mouchoir,  a  handkerchief. 

Des  gants,  gloves. 

Un  eventaii,  a  /a«. 

Une  lorgnette,  an  opera-glass. 

Une  ombrelle,  a  parasol. 

Un  flacon  d'odeurs,  a  smelling-bottle. 

VI. 

Une  maison,  a  house. 

La  facade,  the  front. 

Le  perron,  rte  ^ij7/t<  of  steps. 

La  portt",  )'A«  rfoo;-. 

Le  nuniero.  the  number. 

Le  niarteau,  the  knocker. 

La  sonnette.  //ie  bell. 

La  clef,  M«  ^cy. 

L'n  loquct,  a  latch. 

Le  decrottoir,  the  scraper. 

Le  vestibule,  the  hall,  five  entry. 

Le  rez-de-chaues6e,  the  ground-floor. 


244 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


La  salle,  thi'  H-^rlo?: 

Un  mtir,  a  irall. 

Une  cloisoii,  a  j>ar/i/ion. 

L'escalier,  the  stairs. 

La  rampe,  the  hanisters. 

Les  marches,  the  steps. 

Un  etage,  a  story. 

Un  appartement,  an  appartment. 

Une  chambre,  a  room. 

La  chambre  de  devant,  the  front  room. 

La  chambre  du  fond,  tlie  back  room,. 

Une  (-errure,  a  lock. 

Le  trou  de  serrure,  the  key-hole, 

Un  verrou,  a  bolt. 

Un  gond,  a  hinge. 

La  fenetre,  the  windoiv. 

Le  chassis,  the  satfh. 

Un  carreau  de  vitre,  a  pane  of  glass. 

Un  rideau,  a  curtain. 

Une  marquise,  an  awning. 

Un  gland,  a  tassel. 

Un  volet,  a  shutter. 

Une  jalousie,  a  blind. 

Un  balcon,  a  balcony. 

Le  salon,  i(/t«  drawing-room. 

Le  plafond,  fA«  ceiling. 

La  teuture,  the  paper. 

La  cheminee,  ^A«  chimney. 

L'atre,  f'Ae  hearth. 

Le  plancher,  the  floor. 

Une  chambre  a  coucher,  a  bed-room. 

Un  cabinet  de  toilette,  a  dressing-room. 

Une  armoire,  a  closet. 

La  salle  a  manger.  /Ac  dining  room. 

La  chambre  des  enfants,  /Ae  nursery. 

Une  bibliotheque,  a  library. 

Un  grenier.  a  garret. 

Une  mansarde,  an  a<<Jc. 

Le  toit,  </(«  roof. 

Une  poutre.a  beam. 

Une  solive,  a  Joist. 

Une  plate-t'ornie,  «  platform. 

Une  gouttiere.  a  spout. 

Un  tuyau,  a  j[»/>e. 

Un  egout,  «  drain. 

Une  pierre,  a  s/o«e. 

Une  brique,  a  brick. 

Une  ardoise,  a  state. 

De  la  chaux,  lime. 

Du  mortier,  mortar. 

Du  ciment,  cement. 

Du  platre,  plaster. 

Le  proprietaire,  <A«  landlord. 

Le  loyer,  i!Ae  rewi. 

Un  locataire,  a  tenant. 

vn. 

Le  mobilier,  the  furniture. 

Un  meuble,  a  piece  of  furniture. 
Les  pincettes,  tfie  tongs. 
La  pelle,  the  sliorel. 
Le  tisonnier,  the  poker. 


Le  sotifflet,  /A€  bellows. 

Le  garde-cendre,  the  fender. 

La  grille,  /Ae  grate. 

Les  chencts.  ^Ae  andirons. 

Le  seau  a  charbon.  )■/((  coal-scuttle. 

Le  coin  du  feu,  the  fireside. 

Un  ecran,  a  .•screen. 

Un  calorifere,  a  furnace. 

La  boiiche  de  clialeur,  <A«  register. 

Une  table,  a  ^aWe. 

Une  chaise,  a  cAffir. 

Un  fauteuil,  an  arm-chair, 

Un  sofa,  a  sofa. 

Un  coussin,  "«  cu.'<hion. 

Un  tabouret,  a  s/oo?. 

Une  armoire,  a  cupboard. 

Les  tablettes.  the  shelves. 

Une  commode,  a  chest  of  drawers. 

Un  tiroir.  a  drau'er. 

Une  bibliotheque,  a  book-case. 

Les  rayons,  the  shelves. 

Une  toilette,  «  toilet-table. 

Un  lavabo,  rt  wash  stand. 

Un  pot  a  I'eau,  a  pitcher. 

La  cuvette,  ?Ae  ivash-basin. 

Une  serviette,  a  napkin  ;  a  towel. 

Vt\  essuie-main,  a  tmrel. 

Un  miroir,  a  looking-glass. 

Un  lit,  a  bed. 

Le  bois  de  lit,  the  bedstead. 

Une  paillasse,  a  straw  bed.' 

Un  matelas,  a  rnattrass. 

Un  lit  de  plume,  a  feather  bed. 

Un  oreiller,  a  pillow. 

Une  taie  d'oreiller,  a  pillow-case. 

Un  traversin.  a  bolster. 

Un  drap,  «  sheet. 

Une  converture,  n  blanket. 

Le  couvre-pied,  //w  coverlet. 

Les  rideauXj^^Ac  curtains. 

Une  cousiniere,  a  mosquito  net, 

Un  tableau,  a  picture. 

Le  cadre,  the  frame. 

Le  verre,  ^Ae  f7/a.s\. 

Lagravure,  the  engraving. 

Une  pendiile.  a  time-piece. 

Un  vase,  a  i'fls«. 

Uu  chandelier,  a  candlestick. 

Une  chandelle,  a  candle. 

Une  bougie,  «  wax-candle. 

La  meche,  //(« zt'Jo^'. 

Une  allumette.  a  match. 

Un  lustre,  a  chandelier. 

Le  gaz,  /Ae  (70s. 

Un  bec-de  gaz.  a  burner. 

Une  lampe,  a  /awp. 

De  la  porcelaine.  china. 

Une  service  de  porcelaine,  a  set  of  china 

Une  statue,  a  statue. 

Le  piedestal,  the  pedestal. 

Un  ornemeiit.  an  ornament. 

La  dorure,  the  gilding. 

Un  tapis,  a  carpet. 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


245 


Un  buffet,  a  sideboard. 
Uu  plateau,  a  waiter. 
Une  lasse  et  la  soucoupe,  a  cup  and  sau- 
cer. 
Un  bol,  a  bowl. 
Uu  suci-ier,  a  sugar-boivl. 
Les  pincos  k  sucre,  the  tiiigar-tongs. 
Un  thijiere,  a  tea-pot. 
Une  cafuliero,  a  coffee-pot. 
L'ari:(!iitt'rio,  the  silver. 
L'hiiilier,  the  cruet-stand. 
La  burette  a  Thuile,  the  oil  cruet. 
La  saliere,  the  salt-cellar. 
La  pol\  riere,  the  pep/irr-bo.r. 
Le  moutanlier,  the  nvistard-pot. 
Le  t^aladier,  the  salad  dish. 
Uue  carafe,  a  decanter. 
La  cuisine,  the  kitchen. 
La  batterie  de  cuisine,  kitchen  utensils. 
Un  four,  an  oven. 
Un  fourneau,  a  range. 
Une  bouilloire,  a  kettle. 
Une  casserole,  a  saucepan. 
La  cave,  the  cellar. 
Un  baril,  a  barrel. 
Un  baquet,  a  tub. 
Un  seau,  a  pail. 
Un  balai,  a  broom. 
Un  trepied,  a  trivet. 
Un  fer  a  repasser,  aflat-iron. 
Un  gril,  a  gridiron. 
Un  sechoir,  a  clothes  horse. 
Un  hachoir,  a  chopping -knife. 

vni. 
Un  repas,  a  meal. 

Le  dejeuner,  breakfast. 
Le  (liner,  dinner. 
Le  b-ouiier,  supper. 
Une  collation,  a  collation. 
Un  goflter,  a  luncheon. 
Un  service,  a  co«7-*e  (ai  dinner). 
Le  dessert,  /^  dessert. 
La  nappe,  //t«  table-doth. 
Une  serviette,  a  napkin. 
Une  cuiller,  o/'  cuillere,  a  .s/jooti. 
Une  fourchette,  a  fork. 
Un  couteau,  a  knife. 
Du  pain  tendre,  or  frais,  n^?f  6r«arf. 
•  Du  pain  rassis.  stale  bread. 
Du  pain  de  menage,  home-made  bread. 
Un  pain,  a  louf. 
L'entanie,  tlieflrslcuf. 
De  la  croflte,  crust. 
De  la  mie,  crumb. 

Une  tartine,  a  slice  of  bread  and  butter. 
Des  petits  pains,  reus. 
Du  cafe,  coffee. 
Du  the,  lea. 
Du  cliocolat,  chocolate. 
Du  lait,  mi/i\ 
De  la  creine,  a-eam. 


Du  bcurre,  butter. 

Du  froinage,  cheese. 

Du  verniicelle,  vermicelli. 

Du  riz,  ric«. 

Uu  oeuf,  a«  fo'g'. 

La  coque,  (!A«  ,'<hell. 

Le  blanc,  ^/<e  white. 

Le  jaune.  <A«  yo/A. 

Un  cBuf  a  la  coque,  a  boiled  egg. 

Des  ceufs  brouilles,  scrambled  eggs. 

Des  oeut's  poches,  poached  eggs. 

Des  ceufs  ints,  fried  eggs. 

Une  omelette,  an  omelet. 

Du  flan,  custard. 

Un  plat,  a  rfisA. 

Une  assiette,  a  plate. 

Un  coquetier,  an  egg-cup. 

Une  soupiere,  a  .wup  tureen. 

De  la  soupe,  .■<oup. 

Du  bouillon,  ?y/-oW,,  beef -soup. 

De  la  viande,  w^ea/". 

Du  boeuf.  beef. 

Du  rOti,  roa*/!  beef. 

Du  bouilli,  6o27e(/  ^^ef. 

Du  biftek,  beefsteak. 

Du  veau,  veal. 

Une  c6telette  de  veau.  a  veal-cutlet. 

De  la  viande  bien  cuite,  ^cell-done  meat. 

De  la  viande  pen  cuite,  rare  meat. 

Du  hachis,  mince  meat. 

Du  mouton,  mutton. 

Unec6telette  de  mu\\\on, amutton-chop. 

Un  gigot  de  mouton,  a  leg  of  mutton. 

De  I'agneau,  lamb. 

Du  porc,;)0/'A:. 

Du  saindoux,  lard. 

Du  lard,  bacon. 

Du  jambon.  ham. 

Une  tranche  de  jambon,  a  slice  of  ham. 

Du  graa.  fat. 

Du  raaigre,  /(-an. 

Du  jus,  !7''ff«'y- 

De  la  sauce,  made-gravy. 

Un  raaoflt,  a  slew. 

Des  legumes,  vegetables. 

Un  chbu,  a  cabbage. 

Un  navet,  a  turnip. 

Vne  carrotte,  a  carrot. 

Un  chou-fleur,  «  cauliflower. 

Un  artichaut,  «//  artichoke. 

Des  asperges,  asparagus. 

Des  epinards,  spinach. 

Des  haricots  verts,  string -beans. 

Des  pois,  /)ea.«. 

Des  petits  pois,  <;«««  p<aA'. 

Une  betterave,  a  beet. 

Du  sel.  .v«/^ 

Du  poivre,  pepper. 

l)c  la  moularde,  imistard. 

De-i  epiees.  .yrices. 

Des  coriiiclions,/McW«/!. 

Une  bouteille.  «  hot'le. 

Le  bouchon,  <A«  corA. 


24:6 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


Un  tire-boiichon,  a  corkscrew. 
Une  salado,  a  xalad. 
De  la  laitue.  lettuce. 
Dn  c61eri,  celery. 
Un  oijjnon,  an  onion. 
Du  persil,  i^arMey. 
De  roselllo,  forrel. 
Une  volaille.  a  fowl. 
Du  gibier,  game. 
Du  |)oisson,^.sA. 
Un  p§.t6,  a  ineat-pie. 
Un  tourte,  a  ;>?>. 
Une  tarte,  a  tart. 
Une  pomme,  an  apple. 
Une  poire,  a  pear. 
Des  cerises,  cherries. 
Des  grosoilles,  currants. 
Des  groseille.s  ^  maquereau,  gooseberries. 
Une  peche,  a  peach. 
Un  abricot,  a«  apricot. 
Une  prune,  a  plum. 
De.s  fraises,  strawberries. 
Des  framboises,  ?'aspberries. 
Des  noix,  walnuts. 
Des  noisettes,  hazelnuts. 
Du  raisin,  grapes. 
Des  bonlions,  sweetmeats. 
Des  dragees,  si/gar-p/um.t. 
Une  araande,  rt«  almond. 
Une  praline,  a  frwrw^  almond. 
Du  miel,  honey. 
Des  compotes,  steived fi-uit. 
Des  confitures,  preserves. 
Une  gelfie,  ajeUy. 
Une  glace,  ««  ice. 
Des  beignets./ri^/tfT-,*. 
Des  crepes,  pancakes. 
Puree  de  pommes  de  terre,  mashed  pota- 
toes, 
Des  palates,  sweet  potatoes. 
De  la  sauce,  *'ai/c«'. 
Compote  de  pommes,  apple-sauce. 

rx. 
Un  animal,  an  animal. 

Une  bete,  a  fteas)*. 
Un  taureau.  a  frw^/. 
Un  boeuf,  aw  o.i-. 
Une  vache,  a  cow. 
Un  vi'au,  a  calf. 
Un  belier,  a  ram. 
Un  mouton,  a  sAeep. 
Une  brebis,  a  ewe.  a  sheep. 
Un  agneau,  a  lamb. 
Un  bouc,  a  he-goat. 
Une  chevre,  a  she  goat. 
Un  eheval,  a  horse. 
Una  jumeut,  a  mare. 
Un  poulain,  a  colt. 
Un  ane,  a«.  as<- 
Un  chien,  a  dog. 
Un  chat,  a  cat. 


Un  renard.  a /or, 

Un  cerf.  a  >'t'ag. 

Un  daim,  a  deer. 

Une  bichc.  «  kid. 

Un  taon,  a  fawn. 

Un  loup.  a  «t'o//". 

Un  sanglier,  d  wild  boar. 

Un  cochon.  a  hog. 

Un  lievre,  a  hare. 

Un  lapin.  n  ralibit. 

Un  chien  de  chasse,  a  hound. 

Un  epagnoul,  a  spaniel. 

Un  basset,  r/  terrier. 

Un  chien  d^inet,  a  setter. 

Un  terre-iK'Uve,  a  Newfoundland. 

Un  lion,  a  /iw(. 

Une  lionue,  a  lioness. 

Un  tlgre,  a  tiger. 

Une  tigresse,  a  tigress. 

Un  leopard,  a  leopard. 

Un  elephant,  a?i  elephant. 

Un  chameau,  a  camel. 

Une  girafe,  a  giraffe. 

Un  ours,  a  6(ar. 

Un  singe,  «  monkey. 

Un  castor,  a  beaver. 

Un  oiseau,  a  Airrf. 

Un  nioineau,  a  .•'parrow. 

Une  alouctte,  «  /i'//-^-. 

Une  hirondelle.  a  swallow. 

Un  rossignol,  a  nightingale. 

Un  serin,  a  canurij. 

Un  rouge-gorge,  « I'obin, 

Un  merle,  a  blackbird. 

Un  perroquet,  a  parrot. 

Un  paon.  a  peacoek. 

Un  corbeau,  a  raven. 

Une  cornellle,  a  crow. 

Un  hibou,  a«  o«'/. 

Une  chauve-souris,  a  Ja<. 

Un  coq,  a  coeA. 

Une  poule,  a  hen. 

Un  poulet.  a  chicken. 

Un  pigeon,  a  pigeon. 

Une  colombe,  a  dove, 

Un  dindon  I  „  f„„i,„,. 

Unedindef^'^'^^^y- 

Un  canard,  a  c?Mci'. 

Un  cygne,  a  S7van. 

Une  perdri.x,  a  partridge. 

Une  becasse,  a  woodcock. 

Une  becassine.  a  snipe. 

Une  caille,  a  quail. 

Une  autruche,  (z«  ostrich. 

Une  mouotte.  a  yw/^. 

Un  aigle,  «?i  fag'fe. 

Une  oie,  a  goose. 

Un  poisson,  afish. 

Une  baleine,  a  irhale. 

Un  requin.  f?  shaik. 

Une  niorue.  a  corf. 

Une  i-aie,  a  skate. 

Un  saumoD,  a  salfnon. 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


247 


tJnbrocliet,  a  pike. 

Dne  meriuchc,  a  haddock. 

Un  eperlan,  a  fjiielt. 

Uiie  triiite,  a  trout. 

Uiie  perchc.  a  jyerch. 

Une  anguillo,  an  eel. 

Un  mfujuereaii,  a  mackerel. 

Un  h;iri'n>j:,  a  hernng. 

Une  alose,  a  shad. 

Un  homard,  a  lobster. 

Une  crevette,  a  shrimp. 

Une  hiiitre,  an  oyster. 

Des  insoctes,  insects. 

Des  reptiles,  reptiles. 

Une  mouche.  a  fly. 

Une  abeille,  a  bee. 

Une  KTiSpe,  «  wasp. 

Unesauterrlle,  a  grasshopper. 

Une  contnrierc,  a  lady  bird. 

Un  papillon,  a  butterfly. 

Une  demoiselle,  «  dragon-fly. 

Un  moustique,  rt  mosquito. 

Un  cousin,  a  fir//(7/  ,•  a  mosquito. 

Une  telKiie,  a  moth. 

Un  escarbot,  a  beetle. 

Un  limapon,  w  snail. 

Un  serfient,  «  snake. 

Une  chenille,  a  caterpillar. 

Un  ver,  a  worm. 

Un  lezard,  a  lizard. 

Une  souris,  «  mouse. 

Une  taupe,  a  wofe. 

Un  crapaud.  a  toa</. 

Une  grenouille,  a  frog. 

Une  araignee,  a  spider. 

Une  punaise,  «  bedbug. 

Une  puce,  a  flea. 

Un  perce-oreille,  «/i  earwig. 

Une  fourmi,  aw  a«'. 

Un  grillon,  a  cricket. 

Une  eangsue,  a  feecA. 

X. 

Les  arbres,  the  trees. 

On  chgne,  an  oak. 

Un  ormc.  an  elm. 

Un  tilU'ul,  a  linden. 

Un  frene,  an  ash. 

Un  piuj  a  pine. 

Un  sapin,  a^r. 

Un  noyer,  a  walnut. 

Un  chataignior,  (     .a.,,,,^,  .„.. 

Un  marronnier,  f  "  '^riesmui  tree. 

Un  bouleau,  a  birch. 

Un  peuplier,  a  poplar. 

Un  saule.  «  vUtoiv. 

Un  saulo  plc-uieur,  a  loeeplng  tvillow. 

Un  hetre,  «  A'sc/t. 

Un  aune.  ««  alder. 

Un  orable,  a  mapU. 

Un  pommier,  a/t  apple-tree. 

Uu  poirier,  a  pear-tree. 


Un  pgcher,  «  peach-tree. 

Un  prunier,  a  plum  tree. 

Un  cerisier,  rt  cherry-tree. 

Un  mflrier,  a  mulberry-tree. 

Des  arbrisseaux.  shrubs. 

Un  sureiiu,  a«  fWen 

Une  aubepine,  a  hawthorne. 

Un  groseiiler,  a  currant-bush. 

Un  figuier,  «  fig-tree. 

Un  Granger,  am  orange-tree. 

Un  fraisier,  a  straii'berry-vine. 

Un  fianiboisier,  a  raspberry-bush. 

De  la  fougere,  /e/Ti. 

Mauvaiscs  herbes,  weeds. 

Un  chardon,  «  thistle. 

Des  orties,  nettles. 

Une  epine,  a  thorn. 

Une  liane,  a  creeper. 

Du  lierre,  iw?/. 

De  I'herbe,  grass. 

De  la  mousse,  ?«o,5«. 

Des  fruits, /rwife. 

Des  melons  d'eau,  water-meUms. 

Du  cassis,  ftto^A  currants. 

Des  ananas,  pineapples. 

Des  niflres,  mvlbe7'ries. 

Une  orange,  «m  orange. 

Un  citron,  a  leman. 

Une  figue,  «J?i7. 

Une  chataigne',  I  „  „-h„„,„,,t 

UumarronT     7«f^e.'<»«<- 

Une  amande,  ««  almond. 

Dos  fleurs,  flowers. 

Une  rose,  a  rave. 

Un  oeillet,  «  ;««^". 

Un  oeillet  de  (loete,  a  stceei-wiHiam. 

Un  soleil,  «  sunfloiver. 

Un  myrte,  rt  myrtle. 

Une  jacinthe,  a  hyacinth. 

Une  tiilipe,  a  ^M/i/>. 

Un  lis,  «  /i^y. 

Un  muguet,  a  ?27y  o/"  ^^e  valley. 

Du  lilac,  a  lilac. 

Un  geranium,  a  geranium. 

Un  pavot,  a  poppy. 

Un  souci,  a  maririold. 

Une  violette,  a  riolet. 

Un  chSvrefenille,  a  honeysuckle. 

Des  pois  de  sentcur.  .«?wei!  pea*. 

Un  bouton  d'or,  a  bvttercup. 

Une  belle  de  jour,  a  morniiig-glcn-y. 

Une  canipanule,  a  bhie-btll. 

Un  eglantier  odorant.  a  sweetbrier. 

Une  pivoine,  a  peony. 

Une  rose  mousseuse,  a  mos.<i-rose. 

Une  rose  des  quatre  saisons,  a  monthly 

rose. 
Une  rose  tremi^rc,  a  hollyhock. 
Une  reine  marguerite,  a  china  aster. 
Un  heliotr(i|ic,  a  licl'iotrope. 
Une  cilrouillc,  a  pumpkin. 
Des  tomates,  tomatoes. 
Des  chauipignous,  mushrooms. 


248 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


XI. 
Le  temps,  the  weather. 

La  chaleur.  the  heat. 

Le  froid,  the  cold. 

Le  ciel,  tfie  sky. 

Le  soleil,  the  sun. 

Tin  rayon  de  soleil,  a  sunbeam. 

La  lune,  the  moon. 

Le  Clair  de  lune,  the  moonlight. 

IJne  etoile,  a  star. 

L'air,  the  air. 

Le  vent,  the  loind. 

Un  nuac^e,  a  cloud. 

La  pluie.  the,"ain. 

Une  averse,  a  shower. 

Une  goutte  d'eau,  a  drop  of  rain. 

La  neig^e.  the  snoiv. 

Un  flocon  de  neige,  a  flake  of  snow. 

La  grele,  the  halt. 

Un  gielon,  a  hailstone. 

Un  orage,  a  storm. 

Un  ouragan,  a  hurricane. 

Un  coup  de  vent,  a  qiist  of  wind. 

Un  eclair,  a  flash  of  liqhtning. 

Le  tounerre,  the  thunder. 

Un  coup  de  tonnerre,  a  clap  of  thunder. 

Un  arc-en-ciel,  a  rainbow. 

La  gelee,  the  frost. 

La  glace,  the'ice. 

Un  gla^on.  an  icicle. 

Une  gelee  blanche,  a  hoarfrost. 

Le  degel,  the  thaw. 

Le  brouillard,  the  fog. 

La  bruine,  the  mist. 

La  rosee,  the  deiv. 

L'aurore,  the  dawn. 

Le  point  du  jour,  the  break  of  da]/. 

Le  lever  du  soleil,  the  sunrise. 

Le  coucher  du  soleil,  the  sunset. 

La  lumiere,  the  light. 

L'horizon,  the  horizon. 

L'atmosphere,  the  atmosphere. 

L'obscurite,  the  darkness. 

La  secheresse,  the  drought. 

L'humidite,  the  dampness. 

De  la  boue,  mud. 

De  la  poussi^re,  dust. 

Une  girouette.  n  vane. 

Les  points  cardinaux,  the  cardinal  points. 

L'est,  east. 

L'onest,  west. 

Le  sud.  south. 

Le  nord,  north. 

xn. 
Un  college,  a  college. 

Une  ecole,  a  school. 

Un  externat.  a  daijschool. 

Un  pcnsionnat,  a  boarding-school. 

Le  maitre  de  pension,  the  schoolmaster. 

La  maitresse,  the  schoolmistress. 


Un  instituteur,  a  teacher,  m. 

Une  institutrice,  a  teacher,  f. 

Un  or  une  eleve,  a  pujnl. 

Un  ecolier,  a  scholar,  m. 

Une  ecoliere,  a  scholar,  f. 

La  classe  (salle  de),  the  schoolroom. 

Un  pupitre,  a  desk. 

Un  banc,  a  bench. 

Une  carte,  a  map. 

Un  globe,  a  globe. 

Un  tableau,  a  blacktx>ard. 

Un  dictionnaire,  a  dictionary. 

Une  grammaire,  «  grammar. 

Une  lefon,  a  lesson. 

La  lecture,  reading. 

L'orthographe,  spelling. 

Une  dictee,  a  dictation. 

UnetradJfction.H^''"'**^'^^- 

Une  faute.  a  mistake. 

Un  brouillon,  a  rough  copy. 

Le  calcul,  ciphering. 

Une  regie,  a  sum  or  problem. 

La  somme,  the  suin. 

Une  erreur.  a  inistake  (in  calculation). 

Un  chift're,  a  figure;  a  number. 

Un  zero,  a  nought. 

Une  main  de  papier,  a  quire  of  paper. 

Une  feuille  de  papier,  a  sheet  ofpapet. 

Du  papier  a  lettre,  letter-paper. 

Du  papier  brouillard  or  buvard,  blottit. 

paper. 
De  I'encre.  ink. 
Un  encrier,  an  inkstand. 
Une  plume,  a  pen. 
Une  plume  metallique,  a  steel-pen. 
Un  canif,  a  penknife. 
De  la  gomme  elastique,  India-rubber. 
Un  crayon,  a  pencil. 
Un  porte-crayon,  a  pencil-case. 
Une  regie,  a  'ruler. 
Une  ardoise,  a  .«/«/#. 
Un  crayon  d'ardoise,  a  .^late pencil. 
De  la  cire  a  canheter,  sealing-wax. 
Un  pain  a  cacheter,  a  wafer. 
Un  carton,  a  portfolio. 
Un  pinceau,  a  paint-brush. 
Des  crayons,  crayons. 
Des  con  leu  rs,  paints. 
L'ecriture,  writing. 
Une  ligne,  a  ?i«e. 
Un  trait,  a  stroke. 
Un  plein,  a  down-stroke. 
Un  delie,  ««  up  stroke. 
La  ponttuation,  punctuation. 
Un  chapitre,  «  chapter. 
Une  page,  a  /^aye. 
Un  paragraphe,  a  paragraph. 
Une  ptirase,  «  sentence. 
Un  mot,  «  icord. 
Une  syllabe,  a  syllable. 
Une  lettre,  a  /c/i^r. 
Une  voyelle,  a  voieel. 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULARIES. 


249 


Une  conaonne,  a  consonant. 

Un  point,  a  point. 

Detix  points,  a  colon. 

Point  et  virgule,  a  semicolon. 

Une  viri^ule,  a  corntna. 

Point  ci'interrogation,  a  note  of  interro- 
gation. 

Point  ci'exclamation,  a  note  of  evclama- 
tion. 

Des  guillements,  quotation  7narks. 

Un  trait  d'union,  a  hyphen. 

Une  parcnthese,  a  bracket. 

Un  trema,  a  dicEreHs. 

Un  trait  or  tiret,  a  dash. 

xm. 
Un  outil,  a  tool. 

Un  inarteau,  a  hammer. 

Un  maillot,  a  mallet. 

Une  vrille,  a  gimlet. 

Un  rabot.  a  plane. 

Dos  tenaillos,  pincers. 

Un  ciseau,  a  chisel. 

Une  vis,  a  screw. 

Un  tourne-vis,  a  screw-driver. 

Un  clou,  a  nail. 

Une  cheville,  a  peg. 

Une  enclunie,  an  anvil. 

Une  boite  a  ouvra^e.  a  work  box. 

Le  couvercle,  the  lid. 

Le  dedans,  t.he  in.nde. 

Le  fond,  the  bottom. 

Une  polotc,  a  pincushion. 

Une  epinirlo,  a  pin. 

Un  etui,  a  needle-case. 

Une  aiKuilie,  a  needle. 

Une  asjuille  a  tapisserie,  a  worsted-needle. 

Une  aiu'iiille  a  repriser,  a  darning-needle. 

Un  paqiiet  d'aiguilles,  a  paper  of  needles. 

Du  fil,  thread. 

Un  peloton  de  fil.  a  ball  of  thread. 

Un  echovoan  do  fil,  n  skAn  ofthi-aad. 

Une  bohine  de  fil,  a  spool  of  thread. 

Une  aiguillee,  n  needleful. 

Un  de,  a  thimble. 

Une  paire  de  ciseaux,  a  pair  of  scissors. 

Un  passe-lacet,  a  bodkin. 

Du  gaiise,  cord. 

Du  ruban  do  fil.  taite. 

Du  palon.  hrnid. 

Des  a-rrafos  ct  i)ortes,  hooks  and  eyes. 

Des  boutoiiM.  bi/ttnns. 

Un  peloton  de  laine.  a  ball  of  yarn. 

Un  euro-dent,  a  toothpick. 

Une  tab.'itiere,  a  snvff-box. 

Un  pied,  afoot. 

Un  pouce,  an  i«c/i. 

Une  toisc,  a  fathom. 

Un  mStre,  a  meter. 

Un  millc,  a  wii/e. 

Une  lieue,  a  league. 

Unelivre,  a  pound. 


Une  once,  an  mince. 

Un  boisseau,  a  bushel. 

Un  ijiilloii,  a  gallon. 

Uno  pinto,  «  pint. 

I'ne  tal)l('  a  jouor,  rt  card-table. 

Un  jeu  de  cartes,  a  pack  of  cards. 

L'as,  </«e  «c«. 

Le  roi,  the  king. 

La  reine,  the  queen. 

Le  valet,  the  knave. 

Un  coeur. «  heart. 

Vn  cai  icau,  a  diamond. 

Un  treflo,  a  club. 

TJn  pique,  a  spade. 

Un  atout,  a  trump. 

Uue  partie  de  cartes,  a  game  of  cards. 

XIV. 

La  campagne,  the  country. 

Un  champ,  afield. 

Une  prairie,  a  meadow. 

Uno  liaio.  a  hedge. 

Une  clOluro,  a  fence. 

Un  f()s;^(',  ii,  di/'rh. 

Un  m.irrais.  ti  marsh. 

Un  etang,  «  pond. 

Un  ruisseau,  a  brook. 

Une  fontaine,  a  fountain. 

Un  puits,  a  wfW. 

Un  abreuvoir,  «  iratering  trough. 

Une  colline,  a  //?7/. 

Un  village,  a  Tillage. 

Un  paysan,  a  peasant. 

Une  paysanne,  a  peasant  woman. 

Un  forniior,  a  farmer. 

La  f'ermiere,  thefarmefs  wife. 

Une  ferme,  a  farm . 

Une  charrue,  a  plmtgr... 

Le  soc,  ^A«  ploughsliure. 

Un  moulin,  a  wj//. 

I^a  moule,  //;«  inill-stone. 

Une  grange,  a  6ar«. 

Une  ecurie,  a  .'<table  {for  hor.<ies). 

line  etablo,  a  stable  (for  cattle). 

La  cour,  the  yard. 

La  basse-conr,  the  pmdtry-yard. 

La  laitorie.  /Ar  dairy. 

I>a  sorro-chaude.  /Ae  hot-house. 

Le  betail,  ^As  ra^W*'. 

T>a  paillo,  the  st7-aiv. 

Du  foin,  hay. 

Du  ble  cw«  ,•  wheat  ;  grain. 

Du  mals,  Indian-corn. 

Une  gorbo,  (7  .•./(^v/A 

Uno  nionlo  de  foin,  a  stack  of  hay. 

De  I'orL'o,  barley. 

Do  I'avoino.  oais. 

Tin  fromont,  irheat. 

Du  soiirlo,  rye 

Du  houblon,  hops. 

Utio  faux.  «  sajthe. 

Une  faucille,  «  sickle. 


250 


ADDITIONAL   VOCABULARIES. 


Un  arrosoir,  a  watering-pot. 

TJne  becho,  a  xpade. 

Uii  ratcaii,  a  rake. 

Une  hone,  a  hoe. 

Unflcau,  a  flail. 

Un  moissoiineur,  a  reaper. 

Un  fauclicur.  a  mower. 

Un  hangar,  a  shed. 

Un  clieval,  a  horse. 

Le  harnuis,  the  harness. 

Le  mors,  the  bit. 

Le  collier,  the  collar. 

Les  renos,  or  guides,  the  reins.  . 

Une  8clle,  a  saddle. 

Un  foiu't,  a  whip. 

Une  cravache,  a  7iding-whip. 

Des  eperons,  spurs. 

Lamois^on,  1^^^      ^g,; 

La  recolte,     j 

La  vendange,  the  vintage. 

Une  maison  de  campagne,  a  country  seat. 

Un  pavilion,  a  s^i7nmer-house, 

Un  berceau,  an  arbor. 

XV. 
Un  theatre,  a  theatre. 

La  salle,  tJi£  house. 

Le  parquet,  the  orc/iesfra-seats. 

Le  parterre.  ^//«  pit. 

Une  loge,  a  6oa'. 

Les  avant-scenes,  the  stage-boxes.  ■ 

La  galerie,  the  gallery. 

Le  foyer,  the  areen-room. 

L'orchesire,  the  orchestra. 

Le  chef  d'orchestre,  the  leader. 

La  scene,  the  stage. 

Les  decorations,  i he  scenery. 

Les  coulisses.  //,'<r  wings. 

La  toile,  tte  curtain. 

Le  spectacle,  iA«  ?)?a;?/. 

Un  acteur,  an  actor. 

Une  actrice,  a«  actress. 

Le  directeur,  We  manager. 

Le  souffleur,  We  prompter. 

Une  piece,  a  ;>Zay. 

Une  tragedie,  a  tragedy. 

Une  comedie,  «  comedy. 

Un  opera,  a«  opera. 

Un  ballet,  a  6aWe?. 

Un  drame,  a  drama. 

Un  melodrame,  a  melodrama. 

Une  farce,  a  farce. 

Un  acte.  an  ad. 

Une  scene,  a  scene. 

Un  entr'acte,  an  interlude. 

Une  repetition,  a  rehearsal. 

Une  representation,  a  performance. 

Un  r61e.  a  par<. 

Le  public,  the  audience. 

Les  applaudissements,  the  applause. 

Bis;  bisser,  ewcare ;  to  encore. 

Les  sifflete,  the  hissing. 


Une  afflche,  a  WK. 
Un  billet,  a  ticket. 
Une  contre-marque,  a  c/iecfc. 

XVI. 

Un  voyage,  a  journey. 

La  yoiture,  the  coach. 
Le  dehors,  the  outside. 

L'interieur,  the  inside. 

De  la  place.  roo?n. 

Une  place,  a  place. 

Un  siege,  a  .seat. 
"Un  voyageur,  a  traveler. 

Une  nialle.  a  trunk. 

Un  sac,  rt  /yag'. 

Un  paquet,  a  jinrcel. 

Le  depart,  the  departure. 

Adieu,  fareivell. 

La  route,  the  road. 

La   halte,  We   stopping;    the   stopping 
place. 

L'arrivee,  tlie  arrival. 

La  reception,  the  reception. 

La  ville,  the  city ;  the  town. 

Un  faubourg,  a  suburb. 

Une  rue,  a  street. 

Une  place,  a  square. 

Le  pave,  the  paremenf. 

Un  trottoir,  a  sidewalk. 

Une  boutique,  a  shop. 

Le  coniptoir,  We  counter. 

Une  pratique,  a  customer. 

La  vente.  We  ««/e. 

Un  acheteur,  a  purchaser. 

Un  achat,  a  purchase  {large). 

Une  emplette,  a  purchase  (smalt). 

Un  marche,  a  bargain. 

La  grande  poste,  i!/<e  general  post-office. 

La  petite  poste.  We  penny  post. 

Un  hStel,  an  Ao^e^. 

Un  restaurant,  an  eating-house. 

Un  cafe,  a  coffee-room. 

Legargon.  the  tvoiter. 

La  carte.  We  bill  of  fare. 

Un  bureau,  an  office. 

Un  comniis.  a  clerk. 

Un  inusee,  a  museuin, 

Un  pont,  a  bridge. 

Un  quai,  a  quay. 

La  douane.  We  custom-house. 

Une  caserne,  a  barrack. 

Une  cour.  a  ccnirt. 

Une  rnelle.  a  /ane. 

Un  coin,  a  coi^ner. 

Une  borne,  a  spur-post ;  a  spurstone. 

Une  voiture,  a  carriage. 

La  portiere,  ///e  door. 

Les  stores.  We  blinds. 

Les  roues,  //te  wheels. 

I/essieu,  We  axle-tree. 

Le  timon,  the  pole. 

Un  fiacre,  a  hackney-coach. 


ADDITIONAL  VOCABULAEIES. 


251 


Un  cabriolet,  a  cab. 

Le  cocher,  th£  coachman. 

Un  chariot,  a  cart  or  wagon. 

Une  charrette,  a  cart. 

Un  wagon,  a  ivagon. 

Le  chemin  de  fer,  the  railway. 

La  station,  the  station. 

Un  train  or  convoi.  a  train. 

La  locomotive,  the  engine. 

L'embarcadere,  1  the  terminus. 

Le  debarcadere,  Uhe  deiwt. 

Lagare,  )  the  platform. 

XYII. 

L'Sme,  the  soul. 

L'esprit.  the  mirul. 

L'entendeincnt.  the  understanding. 

Le  jutrement,  the  judgment. 

La  rai?on,  the  reason. 

La  meinoire,  the  memory. 

Une  faculte.  afarulty. 

Le  caractere,  the  temper. 

L'humeiir.  the  humor. 

La  doueeur,  mibiheas. 

La  j^ensibilite,  .sensibility. 

Labonte.  kindnntis. 

Li  iraiete,  qayety. 

L'etourderie,  giddiness. 

La  \w\\te^9e,  politeness. 

La  colere.  anger. 

L'aniour,  love. 

La  haine,  hatred. 

La  jalousie.  >-Y/o'/.'y. 

L'amitic.  friertdship. 

La  tendreWe,  tenderness. 

La  reconnaij'sance,  gratitude. 

Vn  rai?onnement.  an  argument. 

Un  sonhait.  a  (ci.«A. 

Un  desire,  a  de.Hre. 

Une  vert  a,  a  virtue. 

Vn  vice,  a  vice. 

La  M\e,madne-<'S. 

La  »r,n\se,  foolishness. 

L'orgueil,  pride. 

L.!i  hauteur,  \  haughtiness. 

La  fl'^rte,       (        ■' 

La  timidite,  baxhfulness. 

L" egoisme.  selfi-^h n ««.«. 

Un  sentiment,  a  nentiment. 

Une  pensee,  a  thounht. 

L'humanite.  humanity. 

La  charitc.  charity. 

Ia  \i\We.  pity. 

Un  present,  a  present. 

gndoD.       i  a  gift. 

Un  cadean,  (     -'•' 

L'anmSne,  aims. 

La  Pimplicile,  simplicity. 
"  La  droitnre,  nprighlmss. 

Une  bassesse,  a  bareness. 

LTn  mensonge,  a  fal-^ehood. 

Un  souvenir,  a  recotleodon. 


VonhW,  forgeffulness. 
Un  aveu,  a/i  avowal. 
Un  secret,  a  .y^crre^ 
Un  regret,  a  regret. 
La  repentir,  repentance. 
Un  cri,  a  cry. 
Un  soupir,  a  sigh. 
Une  larine,  a  tear. 
Un  sanglot,  a  sob. 
Un  eigne.  «  nod. 
Une  habitude,  a  AaW^. 

xvni. 

Un  coup,  a  blow;  a  stroke ;  a 
clap  ;  a  hit. 

L'n  coup  de  main,  a  bkno  loith  tJie  ha»d. 
(tig)  a.'<-istance  :  (mil.)  a  surprise. 

de  poing,  a  blow  trith  thejist. 

. de  revers,  a  back  blow. 

de  pied,  a  Kick. 

tie  dents,  a  bite. 

(le  langiie.  a  reflection  (rensvre). 

d'oeil,  a  glance. 

de  baton,  a  blmv  with  a  stick. 

de  fouet.  a  blow  with  a  whip. 

de  couteau,  a  cut. 

de  sabre,  a  satire  cut. 

d'epee,  a  sword  thrust. 

de  canon,  a  cannon  shot. 

-de  fusil,  a  gvn  shot. 


-de  pistolet,  a  pistol  shot. 
-de  vent,  a  gti-^t  of  irind. 
-de  soleil,  a  sunstroke. 

iefoK'^'i^^^''^^/''-"^*^- 


■ d'etat,  a  stroke  of  policy. 

X  grands  coups,  with  preat  blows. 
A  coups  de  baton,  with  a  stick. 
D'un  seul  coup,  at  a  single  blow. 
Du  premier  coup,  at  the  first  blow. 
Pour  le  coup, /or  once. 
X  coup  sflr,/i[>r  a  certainty. 
Faire  son  coup,  to  succeed. 

XIX. 

Une  couleur,  a  color. 

Rouge,  red. 
Orange,  orange. 
Jaune,  yellow. 
Vert,  green. 
Bleu,  blue. 
Indigo,  indigo. 
Violet,  te,  violet. 
;Noir,  black. 
Blanc,  he,  white. 
Brun.  broicn. 
Pourpre,  purple. 
Rose,  ro.ir- colored. 
Rose  tendre,  //ink. 
Fonce.  deep  (colored). 
Clair,  light. 


252 


ADDITIONAL   VOCABULARIES. 


XX. 

Un  defaut,  a  defect. 

Aveui^le,  blind. 

Borgiie,  one-eyed. 

Sourd,  deqf. 

Muet,  te,  (hinib. 

Boiteux,  i^e,  lame. 

Bosi^u.  hunchbacked, 

Estropie,  rr'ipfiled. 

DifforiiK',  (h'formed. 

Chaiivc.  hubl. 

Chovflii,  lidinj. 

Camus,  flat-nosed. 

Balafre,  covered  with  scars. 

Marque  de  la  petite  verole,  pock-marked. 

XXI. 

Une  qualite,  a  quality. 

Sense,  sensible. 
Spirituel,  le,  witty. 
IntcUectuel,  le,  intellectual. 
Vif.  ve,  lively :  sprightly. 
Aiinable.  ainiahle. 
Aftable,  affable. 
Modest e,  modest. 
Reserve,  reserved. 
Bavard,  tal/cative. 
Adroit,  dexterous. 
Habile,  aide  ;  skillful. 

Stupide.  stupid. 
Vain.  vain. 
Orgueilleux,  proud. 
Egolste,  selfish. 


Tiiferosse,  interested. 

OHicii'us,  se,  officious. 

]{iise,  artful;  crafty. 

tiraiid,  lull ;  larvfe. 

Gros,  hC,  large  :  big  ;  stout. 

Petit,  small ;  little. 

Huut,  tdgh. 

Profoud,  deep. 

Large,  wide ;  broad. 

Etrbit,  narrow. 

Long,  ue,  long. 

Court,  short. 

Ei)ais,  se,  thick. 

Mince,  thin. 

Pointu,  jjointed. 

Traucbanl,  I     . 

Affile,  f  snarp, 

Aigu,  e,  acute. 

Eftile,  slender ;  tapering. 

Emousse,  blunt. 

Aig;-3,  sour. 

Dous,  ce,  sweet. 

Amer,  bitter. 

Insipide,  insipid. 

Savoureux,  se,  savory. 

Exquis,  exquisite. 

Delicieux,  se,  delicious. 

DelicMt,  iJdicate. 

Astriii'^ciit.  (tstnngent. 

Pi(]\iaiil.  pungent. 

IStoelleux,  mellow. 

Mou,  mol,  moUe,  soft  (yielding^ 

Dur,  hard. 

Doux,  ce,  .soft  (velvety). 

Tendre,  tender. 

Ferme,  firm. 

Solide,  solid. 

Fixe,  stable. 


VERBS  OF  THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION.* 
(See  model  verb  Couper,  to  cut ;  p.  102.) 


Abandonner,  to  abandon. 
Abimer,  to  spoil. 
Accepter,  to  accept. 
Accompagner.  to  accompany. 
Accorder,  to  grant. 

(nn  piano),  to  tune. 

S'accorder  avec,  to  agree  with. 
Accoutiimer,  to  accustom. 
S'accoutumer  a,  to  get  accustomed  to. 
Accrocher,  to  hook  ;  to  hang. 
Aclieter,  to  buy. 
.\chever,  to  tnish. 
Acquitter,  to  acquit. 
Admirer,  to  admire: 


Adresser,  to  adress.\ 

S'adresser  a,  to  apply  to. 

Affliger,  to  afilict. 

Agnifer,  to  hook  ;  to  fasten. 

Alder,  to  hilp. 

Aimer,  to  love  :  to  like  ;  to  be  fond  Of. 

Alterer,  to  make  thirsty. 

Ajouter,  to  add. 

Allumer,  to  light ;  to  kindle. 

Amener,  to  bring  {leading). 

Amuser,  to  amuse. 

S'amuser,  to  amuse  or  enjoy  oni's  self. 

Aiinoncer,  to  announce. 

Appeler,  to  call'. 


*  The  first  conjugation  comprises  more  than  three-fourths  of  all  the  French  verbs 
We  give  only  some  of  them,  which  ar^frequeidly  used. 
+  To  address,  to  speak  to  a  person,  is,  adresser  la  parole  a  qqn. 


VERBS    OF   THE    FIRST   CONJUGATIOK. 


353 


Apportcr,  to  bnng  {carrying)- 
Apprecier,  lo  appreciate. 
Approcher,  to  approach. 
S'approclier  do,  to  come  or  go  near. 
Appuyer,  to  lean.  ;  lo  dwill  upon. 
Arnichi-r,  to  roat  up  ;  to  pluck  out. 

(line  deni),  to  puU  («  tootli). 

Assister  a,  to  be  present  at  ;  to  attend. 

Assurer,  to  ccsxiire. 

Attucher,  to  attach. 

Attaquer,  to  attack. 

Attraper,  to  catch. 

Avaler,  to  swallow. 

Avaucer,  to  adrance. 

Augmentor,  to  increase  ;  lorise  (in  price). 

Avouer,  to  own  ;  to  acknowledge. 

Baignoi',  to  bathe. 

Bailler,  to  gape  ;  to  yawn. 

B  liser,  to  kiss. 

Baisser,  to  loiver. 

Balayer,  to  sweep. 

Baptiser.  to  christen. 

Biivardcr,  to  chatter. 

Boutonuer,  to  button. 

Briller,  to  shine  ;  to  glitter. 

Briiler,  to  burn. 

Cacher,  to  hide  ;  to  conceal. 

Cacheter,  to  seal. 

Causer,  to  break. 

Causer,  to  talk  ;  to  chat. 

Causer,  to  cause  :  to  occasion. 

Ceder,  to  yield. 

Chanter,  to  sing. 

Charmer,  to  charm. 

Chas-;er,  to  cho-ie  ;  to  drive  away. 

Chatouiller,  to  tickle. 

Chaufl'er,  to  warm  ;  to  heat. 

Chercher,  to  seek  ;  to  look  for. 

aller  chercher,  to  go  for. 

venir  chercher.  to  come  for. 

envoyer  chercher,  to  send  for. 
Commander,  to  command. 
Commencer,  to  begin. 
Compter,   to  c&utit ;    to  reckon;    to  e.r- 

pect.  * 
Conseiller,  to  adrise. 
Conteuter,  to  satisfy. 
Confer,  to  relate. 
Continuer,  to  continue. 
Conversor,  to  converse. 
Copier,  to  copy. 
Corriger,  to  correct. 
Coucher,t  to  lie  down ;  to  sleep. 
Se  couchcr,  to  go  to  bed. 
Coflter,  to  cost. 
Creer,  to  create. 
Crier,  to  cry. 
Cultivcr,  to  cultivate. 
Danser,  to  dance. 


Dechircr,  to  tear. 

Decider,  to  (bcide. 

Drclarcc,  to  ileclare. 

Declarer,  to  iinliook. 

Dejeuner,  to  breakfa.tt. 

Delier,  to  untie. 

Denienager,  to  remove  {one^s  household). 

Di'uieurer,  todicetl;  to  live. 

Depenser,  to  i-pend. 

Derunger,  to  disturb. 

Desalterer,  to  quench  the  thirst. 

Deshabillcr,  to  undress. 

Desirer,  to  desire. 

Dessiner,  to  drair. 

Detacher,  to  untie. 

Detromper,  to  undeceive. 

Dieter,  to  dictate. 

Di^erer,  to  digest. 

Diner,  to  dine. 

Dduter  de,  to  doubt. 

Se  douter  de,  to  siispect. 

Donner,  to  give. 

Durer,  to  last. 

ftclairer,  to  light ;  to  enlighten. 

Kconomiser.  lo  sure. 

ficdiilir,  to  li.^lm  lo. 

Kliaccr,  to  qtan. 

Ktrrayi.T,  lofiKjIilni. 

E^arer,  to  rnisluy  ;  to  mislead. 

Seirarer,  to  stray  ;  to  lose  oiie^s  tvay. 

Enibarrasser,  to  embarrass. 

Kmniener,  to  take  away  (leading). 

Empecher  de,  tojn'csent ;  to  hinder. 

Enii)loyer,  to  employ  ;  to  use. 

Eni|i()rter,  to  carry  away. 

iMnprunter,  to  bmrow. 

Kiilernier,  to  shut  v^J. 

Enli-ver,  to  lake  aicay. 

Ennuyer,  to  antioy :  to  weary. 

Eiirliumer,  to  gU  e  <i  cold. 

S'enrhumer,  to  take  or  catch  cold. 

Enseiguer,  to  teach. 

Entrer,  to  enter. 

Envelopper,  to  ivrap  np. 

Environner,  to  surround. 

Rpargner,  to  spare. 

K|Kler,  to  .ypell. 

Kpouser,  to  marry. 

E-]i('Ter,  to  hope. 

Essayer,  to  tr^. 

Essuyer,  to  wipe. 

Estimer,  to  esteem. 

Ktonner.  to  astonish. 

S'etonner,  to  be  astonished. 

Etuctier,  to  study. 

Eveiller,  to  wake  :  to  awake. 

S'eveiller,  to  aivake. 

Eviter,  to  avoid. 

Excuser,  to  e.rcvse. 


*  Compter,  before  a  verb  in  the  infinite  mode,  means,  to  e.rpect,  to  intend. 
t  Coucner,  to  sleep,  to  pass  the  night.    Dormir,  to  sleep,  to  be  asleep. 


254 


VERBS  OF  THE  FIRST   CONJUGATION. 


S'excuser,  to  apologue. 

Fdliciter,  to  congratulate. 

Fermer,  to  clo.^e  ;  to  Khui. 

Flatter,  to  flatter. 

Frapper,  to  sinke  ;  to  knock. 

Fuiner,  to  smoke. 

Gagner,  to  gain. 

Garder,  to  keep. 

Gatcr,  to  spoil. 

Gener,  to  be  in  the  way;  to  pinch  {of 

tMots) ;  to  be  tight  (of  clothes). 
Gofltor,  to  taste. 
Gronder,  to  scold. 
Habiller,  to  aress. 
Honorer,  to  honor. 
Imprimer,  to  print. 
Ineulter,  to  insvlt. 
Inventer,  to  invent. 
Jeter,  to  th/otv ;  to  cast. 
Jouer,  to  play. 

Laisser,  to  lei ;  to  leave  ;  to  allow. 
8e  lasser,  to  get  tired. 
Laver,  to  wash. 
Se  lever,  to  get  np. 
Lier,  to  tie  ;  to  fasten. 
Louer,  to  hire ;  to  let. 
Louer,  to  praise. 
Manquer,  to  fail. 
Marcher,  to  ivalk ;  to  march. 
Menacer,  to  threaten. 
Mendier,  to  beg. 
Mener,  to  lead. 
Mepriser,  to  despise. 
Meriter,  to  m,erit  ;  to  deserve. 
Meubler,  to  furnish  (a  hmise). 
Monter,  to  ascend  ;  to  go  or  come  up. 
Montrer,  to  show. 
Negliger,  to  neglect. 
Nettoyer,  to  clean. 
Nommer,  to  nam£. 
Nouer,  to  tie  in  a  knot. 
Noyer,  to  drown. 
Nager,  to  swim. 
Obliger,  to  oblige. 
Observer,  to  observe  ;  to  notice, 
Occuper,  to  occupy. 
Offenser,  to  offend. 

8ser,  to  dare. 
ter,  to  take  of;  to  remove. 
Oublier,  to  forget. 
Pardoniier,  to  pardon. 
Parier,  to  bat  ;  to  ivager. 
Partaser,  to  share  ;  to  divide. 
Passer,  to  pass ;  to  spend  {time). 
Passer  4,  chez,  to  call  at,  upon. 
Patiner,  to  skate. 
Pecher,  toflsh. 
Peneer,  to' think. 
Pleurer,  to  %veep. 

Porter,  to  carry  ;  to  bear,  to  wear. 
Pousser,  to  push. 
Preffirer,  to  prefer. 


Preparer,  to  prepare. 

Presenter,  to  present. 

Pressor,  to  press  •  to  hurry, 

Prfiter,  to  lend. 

Prier,  to  pray  ;  to  t)eg. 

Prononcer,  to  pronounce. 

Proposer,  tojnopose. 

Qucreller,  to  (jxiarrel. 

Quitter,  to  mat. 

Kaccoinmoder,  to  mend. 

Raconter,  to  relate. 

Ramasser,  to  pick  tip. 

Ramener,  to  bring,  or  kad  back. 

Rappeler,  to  call  back. 

Se  rappeler,  to  recollect. 

Eajjporter,  to  bring  or  carry  back. 

Reciter,  to  recite. 

Recompenser,  to  reward. 

Refuser,  to  refuse. 

Regarder,  to  took  at. 

Regret  ter,  to  regret. 

Relier,  to  tnnd. 

Reniercier,  to  thank. 

Remonter,  to  ivind  vp  {a  watch). 

Rencontrer,  to  nieet. 

Respecter,  to  respect, 

Rester,  to  remain. 

Rex'er,  to  dream. 

Ruiner,  to  ruin. 

Saigner,  to  bleed. 

Saler,  to  salt. 

Saluer,  to  bow  to. 

Sauver,  to  save. 

Serrer,    to  press ;    to  squeeze;    to  put 

aiimy. 
Siffler,  to  xchislle  ;  to  hiss. 
Soigner,  to  attend  ;  to  nurse  {a patient). 
Soiiner,  to  ring. 
Souhaiter,  to  wish. 
Souii9onncr,  to  suspect. 
Songer  a,  to  think  of ;  to  dream. 
Souper,  to  eat  supper, 
Tacher,  to  endeavor. 
Tacher,  to  stain. 
Tailler,  to  cut. 
Tarder  a,  to  be  long. 
Tirer,  to  draw  ;  to  pull ;  to  fire. 
Tirer  un  coup  de  fusjl,  tojire  off  a  gun. 
Tomber,  to  fall. 
Tousser,  to  cough. 
Tourner,  to  turn. 
Travailler,  to  work. 
Tromper,  to  deceive. 
Se  troraper,  to  be  mistaken. 
Trouver,  to  find. 
User,  to  use  ;  to  wear  out. 
Veiller,  to  ivatch  ;  to  sit  up. 
Verser,  to  pour. 
Vider,  to  empty. 
Visiter,  to  visit. 
Voler,  to  fly  ;  to  steal. 
Voyager,  to  travel. 


CONVERSATIONAL  PHRASES. 


Bonjonr,*  monsieur. 

Bonsoir. 

Bonne  nuit,  maman. 

Adieu. 

Sans  adieu. 

Au  ievoir,t  or  Au  plaisir. 


Good  morrting,  nir. 

Good  ereiiiiuj,  or  Goodnight. 

Good  night,  'mamma. 

Good-bye,  or  Farewell. 

Iivlll  see  you  again. 

Good-bye. 


Je  suis  charme  de  vous  voir. 
Comment  vous  portez-vous  ? 
Je  me  porte  bien,  je  vous  remercic ;  ct 

vous- me  me  ? 
Tres-bien. 

Comment  se  porte-t  on  chez  vous? 
Tout  le  monde  se  porte  bien. 
J'en  suis  bien  aise. 


lam  glad  to  see  you. 

How  do  you  do  f 

I  am  well,  I  thatik  you. 

Very  ivell. 

How  are  they  at  ho/ne  f 
They  are  all  well. 
lam  glad  to  hear  it. 


How  are  youi 


Comment  se  porte  Madame ? 

Elle  se  porte  bien,  je  vous  remercic.^ 
Comment  se  pone  monsieur  votre  f  rere  ? 
Comment  se  porte  mademoiselle  votre 

soeur? 
Elle  ne  se  porte  pas  bien. 
J'en  suis  fSche. 
De  quoi  se  plaint -elle  ? 
Elle  souffre  de  la  poitrine. 
Elle  s'est  enrhumee  au  sortir  de  Teglise 

dimanche  dernier. 
Luncii  elle  etait  bien  souffrante. 
Hier  nous  avons  fait  venir  le  medecin. 
Aiijourd'hui  elle  va  beancoup  mieux. 
Je  pense  qu'elle  sortira  demain,  s'il  fait 

beau. 
Le  medecin  dit  que  c'est  peu  de  chose, 

et  qu'elle  sera  bientSt  retablie. 
Je  le  souhaite  de  tout  men  coeur. 


Hoiv  is  Mrs. ? 

She  is  well,  I  thank  you. 
How  is  your  brother  f 
How  is  your  sister  ? 

She  is  not  icell. 

I  am  sorry  to  hear  it. 

What  does  she  complain  of? 

Sh-e  has  pains  in  her  chest. 

She  caught  cold  in  coming  from  church 

last  Sunday. 
On  Monday  she  teas  very  nmrell. 
Yesterday  we  sent  for  the  doctor. 
To-day  she  is  a  great  deal  better. 
I  think  she  will  go  out  to-morrow,  if  the 

weather  is  fine. 
The  doctor  says  that  it  is  not  serious,  and 

that  she  will  soon  be  well  a{/ain. 
I  wish  it  with  all  my  heart. 


Comment  va  la  pant6  ? 
Assez  bien  ;  ct  la  v6tre  ? 
Corame  toujours. 
Je  viens  vous  dire  le  bonjonr. 
Vous  etes  bien  aimable. 
Veuillez  vous  asseoir  ;  or, 
Asseyez-vous,  je  vous  en  prie. 
II  fait  froid  dehors. 
Approchez-vous  du  caloriferc. 


Sow  is  your  health  f 

Pretty  good  ;  and  yours? 

As  um/al. 

I  look  in  to  say  good  7noming. 

You  are  very  kind. 

Please  be  seated  ;  or, 

Sit  down,  j/ray. 

It  is  cold  out  of  doors. 

Come  ?iear  the  register. 


*  Bonjonr.  Good  day,  is  also  used  for  Good  morning. 

t  An  revoir,  or  An  plaisir,  means  Adieu,  jusqu'au  revoir,  or  jusqu'au  plaisir  de 
vous  revoir,  Farewell  until  we  ineet  again. 


256 


CONTERSATIONAL  PHRASES. 


r  y  a  long  temps  que  je  nc  vons  ni  vii. 

J'ai  6tc  tres-()ccui)e. 

Mon  pere  a  ete  absent  pendant  quelquc 

temps. 
Voulez-vous  me  faire  le  plait-ir  de  diner 

avcc  moi. 
Vraiment,  je  ne  pourrai. 
Je  vous  prie  de  m'cscuser. 
II  faut  que  je  sois  chcz  mci  dans  une 

demi-heure. 
Je  serai  oblige  de  vous  quitter. 
J'en  suis  fat^e. 
J'ai  des  aflaires  pressantes. 
Les  affaires  avant  tout ;  n'est-ce  pas  f 
Voulez-vous  veuir  passer  la  soiree  chez 

moi. 
Vous  y  verrez  quelques-uns  de  vos  an- 

ciens  camarades  de  classe. 
Vous  etes  bien  bon.    Je  ue  manquerai 

pas  de  m'y  trouver. 

Mes  enfants,  il  est  temps  d'aller  a  rccolo. 

Oui,  maman,  nous  y  aHous. 

Votreami  Albert  est  a  la  porte  a  vous 

attendre. 
Partons,  Charles,  si  tu  es  prgt. 
Oui,  al'instant. 
As-tu  fait  ton  thime  ? 
Je  ne  I'ai  pas  touta-fait  flni. 
J'etais  a  I'avant  dernilre  phrase  quand 

on  m'a  appele. 
Je  le  finirai  al'ecole. 
Sais-tu  la  Icfon  ? 
Je  crois  que  oui. 
Jo    I'ai    etudiee  pendant   trois  qnarts- 

d'hi'ure 
L'as-tu  trouvee  difficile  1 
N(in  pas. 

Depechons-nous  ;  j'entcnds  la  clochette. 
Ne  cours  pas  ;  nous  arriverons  ^  temps. 
Tu  sais  que  le  maitre  n'aimo  pas  qu'ou 

arrive  apres  rajijiel. 
Non,  vraiment;    il  vcut  qu'on  soit  en 

place  avant  que  I'appel  commence. 
D  est  strict,  mats  c'est  un  bon  maitre. 

Que  vas-tu  faiie  maintenant? 

Je  vais  m'habiller,  puis  je  vais  Eortir. 

Oft  vcux-tu  alter  ? 

Je  vais  faire  des  emplettes. 

Veux-tu  m'accompat^ner  ? 

Je  voux  bien  ;  mais  it  faut  que  je  finisse 

mon  devoir  premierement. 
Tu  en  auras  le  temps. 
Appelte-moi  quand  tu  seras  prfit. 
Henri,  me  voici  pret  h,  sortir. 
Un  instant;  je  vais  dire  h.  maman  que 

nous  sortons 
Que  vas-tu  acheter  ? 


I  hare  not  seen  you  foi' some  lime. 

I  have  been  very  busy. 

My  father  -was  absent  for  some  time. 

TilU  you  take  dinner  with  me? 

Indeed,  I  cannot. 

I  beg  you  will  excuse  me. 

I  must  be  at  kome  in  half  an  hour. 

I  shall  be  obliged  to  leave  you. 

I  am  sorry  for  it. 

I  have  urgent  business. 

Business  before  everything  •  is  that  not  so? 

Will  you  come  and  spend  the  evening  at 
my  house. 

Tou  will  7neet  some  of  your  old  class- 
mates. 

You  are  very  kind.  J  shall  not  fail  to  be 
there. 

Children,  it  is  time  to  go  to  school. 

Yes,  mamma,  we  are  going. 

Your  friend  Albert  is  at  the  door  waiting 

for  you. 
JJet  us  be  off,  Charles,  if  you  are  ready. 
Yes,  in  a  inomeni. 
Have  you  trritlm  your  exercise  f 
Ihare  not  ([nili  finished  it. 
I  u  as  (it  till  Ills}  SI  II fence  tnit  one,  tvJien 

sun, I  III. I  riilliil  me. 
I  ll'lllfililsll  it  lit  siliool. 

1)0  you  know  tlie  lesson? 

I  think  I  do. 

I  studied  it  for  three  quarters  of  an  hour. 

Did  you  find  it  difficult.? 
No. 

Li'f  IIS  iniil-r  hasti' ;  Ihxir  the  IhJI. 
Do  lint  run  :  in  sholl  urrin  in  linn;. 
Yini  Jciioir  Unit  tin  I,  iiilur  ilii,  s  not  like  VS 

tocoiiii  iifti  r  niU-CdU. 
No,  indi'i  I'i :  /"  inm/s  vs  to  be  in  our  seats 

before  tin   roll  is  vailed. 
lie  IS  severe,  but  he  is  a  good  teacher. 

What  are  you  going  to  do  now  f 

I  am  going  to  dress,  and  then  I  am  going 

out 
Where  are  you  going? 
I  am  going  shopping. 
Will  you  go  7cith  me  f 
I  will,  but  I  must  first  finish  my  task. 

You  will  have  time  for  that. 

Call  me  ivlien  you  are  ready. 

Henry,  here  I  am,  ready  to  go  out. 

One  moment ;  I  am  going  to  tell  mamma 

that  we  are  going. 
What  are  you  going  to  buy? 


CONVERSATIONAL   PHRASES. 


257 


D'ahord  ime  grammaire  francaisc. 

Tu  sais  que  nous  avons  fiui  la  petite,  la 

Grauuuairo  Eleinentaire. 
Ell    bien,  le   professeur  veut  que  nous 

etiulions  niuiuteiiaut  la  granue,  par  le 

m§me   auteur,   sa  grammaire  Analy- 

tique.^ 
Ou  achetes-tu  tes  livres  ? 
Chez  Monsieur  Christern,  Place  de  TUni- 

versite,  No.  77. 


First,  a  French  grammar. 

Tou  know  that  u'e  have  finished  tlie  small 

one,  the  Elementary  Grammar. 
Well,  the  professor  wishes  us  now  to  study 

th£  larqe  one  of  the  same  author,  his 

Analytical  G-rammar. 

Where  do  you  buy  your  t>o6k»? 
At  Mr.    ChristenVs,  No.  77   University 
Place. 


Monsieur,  donnez-tnoi,    s'il  vous  plait, 

un  exemplaire  dc'la  grammaire  frau- 

^aisc  par . 

Voici,  monsieur,  la  grammaire  que  vous 

(iemaudez. 
Y  a-t-il  autre  chose  que  vous  desirez, 

monsieur  ? 
Ilmefautdu  papier  a  lettre,  des  enve- 

loppes  el  des  timbrea-poste. 
Jc  prendrai  aussi  quelques  feuilles  do 

papier  buvard. 
Combien  cola  fait-il  ensemble  ? 
C'est  quatro  dollars  et  demi. 
Faut-il  envoyer   ces  choses  chez  vous, 

monsieur  ? 
Je  ne  vous  donnerai  pas  cette  peine-lL 

Faites-en   un    petit  paquet,  et  je  I'y 

porterai  moi-meme. 


Sir,  please  give  me  a  copy  of  the  French 
grammar  by . 

Here  is  the  grammar  you  asked  for,  sir. 

Is  there  anything  else  that  you  wish,  sir? 

I  leant  some  letter  paper,  envelopes,  and 

postage  stamps. 
I  will  also  take  a  few  sheets  of  blotting 

paper. 
How  much  is  that  altogether  f 
It  is  four  dollars  and  a  half. 
Shall  I  send  tJiese  things  to  your  house, 

sir? 
I  will  not  trouble  you.     Make  a  small 

bundle  of  them,  and  I  will  carry  it  m  y- 

self. 


Je    voudrais     qu'on    sonnSt    pour    le 

diner. 
La  promenade  m'a  donne  de  I'appetit. 
On  va  servir  le  diner  a  I'instant. 
Le  diner  est  servi. 
Mettons-nons  S,  table. 
Antoine,  servez  la  soupe. 
Cette  julienne  est  bonne. 
Aimez-vous  le  poisson  ? 
Assez  bien. 

Voici  du  turbot  et  voila  du  saumon. 
Je  man^erai  un  pen  de  saumon. 
Passez  la  sauce  a  monsieur. 
Antoine.  avez-vous  glace  le  rin  ? 
Voulez-vous  du  Sauterne,  on  du  vin  du 

Khin? 
A  votre  pante. 
A  la  vdtre. 

Changez  d'assiettes,  Antoine. 
Voici  un  gigot  de   mouton  bonilli;  en 

vonlez-vons  ? 
Je  prendrai  de  preference  un  petit  mor. 

ceau  de  ce  r6ti  de  boeuf. 
L'aimez-vons  bien  cuit  ou  peu  cuit  ? 
Donnez  du  jus  k  monsieur. 
Passez  les  petits  pois,  Antoine. 
Versez-moi  de  I'eau. 
Decoupez  le  noulet  et  faites  la  salade. 
Voulez-vous  Doire  du  Bourdeaux  ou  du 

Bourgogne  ? 


I  wish  the  bell  would  ring  for  dinner. 

The  walk  has  given  me  an  appetite. 

Dinner  wiU  be  served  presently. 

Dinner  is  served. 

Let  us  sit  down  to  dinner. 

Anthony,  serve  the  soup. 

That  (vegetable)  soup  is  good. 

Are  you  fond  offish  ? 

Yes,  rather. 

Here  is  turbot  and  there  i.9  salmon. 

I  will  eat  some  of  the  salmon. 

Hand  the  sauce'to  the  gentleman. 

Anthony,  have  you  iced  the  wine? 

Will  you  drink  a  glass  of  Sauterne.,  or  a 

glass  of  Rhine  wine  ? 
I  drink  to  your  health. 
Here  is  to  yours. 
Change  plates,  Anthony. 
Here  Is  a  leg  of  boiled  mutton  ;  do  you 

wish  some  of  it  ? 
I  would  rather  take  a  little  piece  of  that 

mast  beef. 
Do  you  like  it  well  done,  or  under  done? 
Give  the  gentleman  some  of  the  gravy. 
Pass  the  peas,  Tony. 
Pour  me  out  some  water. 
Carve  the  fowl  and  make  the  salad. 
Will  you  drink  claret  or  Burgundy  ? 


258 


CONVERSATIONAL   PHRASES. 


Enlevez,  Antoine,  et  apportez  1p  deseert. 

Mangez-vous  de  I'auanas  ? 

Je  ne  Taime  pns  beaucoiip. 

J'aime  mieux  Ics  fraises. 

Les  fraines  ne  sont  pas  assez  siicrdea. 

I'assez  le  Sucre,  Antoine. 

Prenez-vous  du  cafe  et  le  petit  verre  ? 

Pour  moi  du  cafe  avec  uu  peu  de  lait. 

Un  cigare  ? 

Merci,  je  ne  fume  pas. 


lietnone  the  dishes,  Anthony,  and  bring  In 

the  desert. 
Do  you  eat  pineapple  ? 
lam  not  very  fond  of  it. 
I  prefer  strawberries. 
The  strawberries  are  not  sweet  enough. 
Pass  the  sugar,  Tony. 
Bo  you  tak4  coffee  and  a  glass  of  cognac  > 
I  will  take  coffee  with  a  little  muk  in  it. 
Will  you  have  a  cigar? 
Thank  you,  I  do  not  smoke. 


Allons  nous  asseoir  dans  la  bibliothlque; 

nous  y  causerons  a  uotre  aise. 
Oft  irez-vous  ce  soir? 
J'irai  voir  ma  tante. 
Elle  parlira  pour  la  campagne  dans  quel- 

ques  jours. 
Oil  est  votre  oncle  ? 
II  est  en  Europe. 
II  est  parti  11  y  a  un  mois. 
H  doit  etre  a  Paris  maintenant. 
II  devail  s'arreter  dix  jours  ^  Londres. 
Ma  tante  a  re^u  une  lettre  de  lui  11  y  a 

trois  ou  quatre  jours. 
H  se  portait  bien. 

Quand  partircz-vous  pour  la  campagne? 
Nous  partirons  vers  la  fln  du  mois. 
Nous   reviendrons    a  la  ville    au   com- 
mencement du  mois  d'octobre. 
Venez  passer  quelques  jours  avec  nous 

pendant  I'ete. 
Je  ne  puis  vous  le  promettre. 
Nous  aurons  du  moude    pendant   tout 

I'ete. 
Mes  deux  cousines  vont  arriver  de  Pans. 
Elles  resteront  chez  nous  jusqu'en  au- 

tomne. 
Mon  oncle  dit  qu'elles  parlent  fran^ais 

comme  des  Parisiennes. 
Je  suis  bien  curieux  de  les  voir. 
Ce  sera  une  belle  occasion  pour  vous  de 

vous  exercer  a  la  conversation  fran- 

9aise. 
J'en  proflterai.  je  vous  assure. 
Je  crois  qu'il  est  temps  de  nous  s^parer. 
H  n'est  que  dix  heures. 
J'ai  Thabitude  de  me  retirer  de  bonne 

heure. 
Ne  vous  d^rangez  pas. 
P&rdonnez-moi,  je  vais  voua    conduire 

jusqu'k  la  porte. 
Au  revoir. 
Bonsoir. 


Let  vs  go  and  sit  in  the  library,  we  may 

chat  there  at  our  ease. 
^\l^ere  trill  you  go  to-night? 
I  icill  go  to  my  aunts\ 
She  is  going  to  leave  for  the  country  in  a 


few  days. 
Whe     ■ 


^here  is  your  unde? 
He  is  in  Europe. 
He  left  a  month  ago. 
He  must  be  in  Paris  iww. 
He  was  to  stay  ten  days  in  London. 
My  aunt  received  a  letter  from  him  three 

or  four  days  ago. 
He  icas  in  good  health. 
WTien  nill  you  leave  for  the  country  ? 
We  ivill  tt/aii  towards  the  end  iftl/e  month. 
We  sIkM  return  to  town  in  the  beginning 

of  October. 
Come  and  spend  a  few  days   with  vs 

during  summer, 
/cannot  promise  yo>u. 
We  shall  have  company  aU  the  summer. 

My  two  cousins  are  coming  from  Paris. 
They  wiU  stay  with  vs  until  autumn. 

My  vnde  says  that  they  speak  French  like 

Parisian  ladies, 
lam  very  desirous  of  seeing  them. 
That  will  be  a  fine  opportunity  for  you  to 

practice  French  conversation. 

I  win  avail  myself  of  it,  I  assure  you. 

I  believe  it  is  time  to  part. 

It  is  not  more  than  ten. 

It  is  my  habit  to  retire  early. 

1)0  not  disturb  yourself. 

I  beg  your  pardon  ;  I'am  going  with  you 

as  far  as  the  door. 
Good-bye. 
Good  yiighl  to  you. 


^ 


VOCABULARY 

TO    THE 

ENGLISH    EXERCISES    FOR    TRANSLATION. 


A. 


A,  <tn,  iin  (in.),  une  (/.)• 

able  (to  br),  pouvoir. 

about,  environ. 

above,  dessus. 

abroad,  a  I'^tranger. 

absent,  absent. 

according  to,  selon,  suivant. 

accoant  ;   on  account  of,  ^  cause  de. 

acquainted  iritli  {to  be),  connattre. 

acquire  (to),  acquerir. 

act  (to),  agir. 

address,  adresse  (/.)• 

admire  (to),  admirer. 

advance  (to),  avancer. 

advantage,  avautage  («).). 

advice,  conseil  (m),  avis  (m.) ;  infor- 
mation (/.). 

advise  (to),  couseiller. 

affair,  affaire  (/.). 

affect  (to),  emouvoir. 

afraid  (to  be),  craindre,  avoir  peur ; 
I  am  afraid  of,  je  crains  de. 

after,  aprds. 

against,  contre. 

age,  age  (in.)\  aged,  tge. 

agent,  agent  (m.). 

ago,  11  y  a  ;  «  little  tvliile  ago,  tant6t ; 
lot^f  ago,  D  y-a  longtemps. 

agreeable,  agr^able. 

ah  I  ah ! 

air-hole,  sonpirail  (m.). 

alas  !  hfilas  ! 
Alexis,  Alexis. 

alike,  egal  (/».),  6gale  {/.), 


all,  tout  (m.),  tous  (m.  pi.),  toute  (/.) 

almost,  presque. 

alone,  scul. 

already,  dejS,. 

also,  aussi. 

although,  bien  que,  quoique. 

always,  toujours. 

amend  (to),    to  make  amends  for-, 

reparer. 
America,  I'Amerique 
amiahle,  aimable  (de). 
among,  parmi,  entre. 

amuse  (to),  amuser. 

amusing,  amusant. 

ancestor,  aleul,  pL  aleus  (m.). 

ancient,  aucieu  (;«.),  ancienne  (/.). 

and,  ct. 

angry  n-ith  (to  be),  @tre  fSche  contre. 

answer,  reponse  (/.). 

answer  (to),  repondre  (k). 

anything,  qaelque  chose. 

apartment,  appartement  (m.). 

appear  (to),  paraitre. 

apple,  i)omme  (/.). 

aj>2>ly  one's  self  to  (to),  se  livrer  (h), 

Aitril,  avril. 

are,  sont. 

arm,  bras  (rn.). 

arm-chair,  fauteuil  (m.). 

a  round ,  anXoar  de. 

arrival,  arriv6e  (/.). 

arrive  (to,)  arriver. 

artist,  artiste  (m.  and/.). 

as,  que,  comme. 

as  far  as,  jusque. 

as  long  as,  tant  quQ, 


2G0 


VOCABULARY    TO    THE 


as  nnirh,  as  many,  antant. 

as  soon  as,  ausb>itOt  que. 

as  to,  quant  a. 

as  well  as,  ainsi  que,  au=8i  bicn  que. 

ashamed  {to  be),  avoir  honte. 

Asia,  I'Asie  (/.). 

ask  for  (to),  demander  ;    T  ash  for,  jo 

prie  (de). 
aska  question  (to),  faire  une question. 
assail  {to),  assaillir. 
assistaine,  to  come  to  one's  assist- 
ance, secourir  quelqu'uu. 

astonish  {to),  ctonncr, 

at,  h. 

at  present,  a  present. 

attached,  attache. 

attain  {to),  parvenir. 

attention  {to  pan),  faire  attention. 

attentive,  applique,  atteutif. 

Awjust,  aout. 

aunt,  tante  (/.). 

author,  auteur  {m.). 

B. 

hack  {returned),  de  retour. 

bad,  mauvais  {m.),  mauvaiee  (/.). 

badlij,  mal. 

baker,  boulanger  {m.). 

ball,  bal  (m.). 

band,  troupe  (/.). 

bank,  banque  (/.). 

banker,  banquier  {m.). 

bargain,  marche  (m.). 

basket,  panier  (m.). 

battle,  bataille  (/.). 

be  {to),  fitre  ;  as  it  shotild  be,  comme 

il  faut. 
he  {to),  {of  health),  se  porter. 
he  called  {to),  s'appeler. 
he  there  {to),  y  etre. 
beard,  barbe  (/.). 
beat  {to),  battre. 

beautiful,  beau,  bel  {m.),  belle  (/.). 
beaut;/,  beaute  (/.). 
because,  parce  que. 
become  {to),  devenir  (gtre) ;  to  have 

become,  6tre  devenu. 


been,  616. 

before  {pontion),  devant. 

before  {first),  auparavant. 

before  {lime,  order),  avant  de  ;  conj. 

avant  que. 
heff  {to),  prier  (de),  demander. 
begin  {to),  commeneer. 
behave  {to),  se  comporter. 
behind,  derrierc. 
believe  {to),  croire. 
bell,  cloche  (/.)  ;    the  bell  rings,  on 

Sonne. 
below,  au-dessous,  en  bas. 
bench,  banc  (/«.). 
benign,  benin  (m.).  bSnigno  (/.). 
best,  le  mieux. 

better,  meilleur  (adj.),   mieux  {adv.); 
to  be  better,  valoir  mieux  ;   it  is 
better,  il  vaut  mieux. 
between,  cntre. 
big,  gros  (??».),  grosse  (/.). 
bird,  oiseau  (m.). 
black,  noir. 
blatne  {to),  blSmer. 
blue,  bleu. 
boarding  house,  hoarding  school, 

pension  (/.). 
boat,  bateau  (w.). 
hoil  {to),  bouillir. 

bonnet,  chapeau  (»«.). 

book,  livre  (/«..). 
bookseller,  libraire  {in.). 

boot,  botte  (/.). 

bootmaker,  bottler. 

horn  {to  be),  naitrc,  (etre). 

both,  tous  les  deux,  I'nn  et  Taulre. 

boulevard,  boulevard  (m.). 

bouquet,  bouquet  (m.)- 

how  (to),  saluer. 

bo.v,  caisse  (/.). 

bog,  gar^on  (m.). 

bravery,  bravoure  (/.). 

bread,  pain  {in.). 

break  {to),  casser. 

breakfast,  dejeuner  (wi.). 

breakfast  {to),  dejeuner. 

bridge,  pont  {m.). 


ENGLISH   EXERCISES   FOR   TRASTSLATIOX. 


261 


bring  {to),  apporter. 
bring  forward  {to),  avancer. 
Iiroketi,  cass^. 
brother,  frerc  {m.). 
build  {to),  batir. 
bundle,  paqnet  {m.). 
business,  aS"aire  {/.). 
but,  mais. 

but  {onlij),  ne — que. 
but  little,  ne-  gudre. 
butcher,  boucher  (/«.)• 
butter,  beurre.  " 

btiy  {to),  acheter. 
bg,  par. 

bg  and  bg,  taQt6t ;   good  bge,  aa  re- 
voir. 

C. 

cabbage,  chon  {m,). 

cage,  cajje  (/.). 

cake,  gSteau  (m.). 

call  {to),  appeler. 

call,  visite  if.). 

call  bach  {to),  rappeler. 

callositg,  cal  (/«.)• 

can,  pouvoir. 

Canada,  le  Canada  {m.). 

cariister  {tea),  bolte  k  the  (/.). 

captain,  capitaine  (m.). 

care,  to  take  care,  avoir  soin  de. 

careless,  negligent. 

carelessness,  negligence  {/.). 

carnival,  camaval  {m.). 

carpet,  tapis  (w.). 

carriage, voitare {/.);  ina  carriage, 

en  voiture. 
carrg  (to),  porter,  mener. 
carve  {to),  decouper. 
case,  caisse  (/.) ;  in  case,  en  cas. 
cat,  chat  {m.), 
cease  {to),  cesser  (de). 
cent,  sou  {m.). 
centime,  centime  {m.). 
chain,  chalne  {/.). 
chair,  chaise  (/.). 
change,  monnaie  (/.). 
Charles,  Charles. 
charming,  charmant. 


cheap,  h  bon  march!. 

chicken,  poulet  {m.). 

child,  enfant  (/«.  and/.). 

choose,  {to),  choisir. 

church,   eglise   (/.)  ;     at  church,  h 

I'eglise. 
circumstance,  circonstance  {/.). 
citg,  ville  (/.). 
citg  hall,  hOtel  de  ville  (w.). 
class,  classe  (/".). 

class-mate,  camarade  de  classe  (w.). 
clean  {to),  net  toy  er. 
climate,  climat  (m.). 
r?oo^*,manteau  {m.). 
clock,   pendnle,   horloge   {/.)  ;    what 

o'clock  is  it  ?   quelle  heure  est-il? 
cloth,  drap  (w.). 
clothe  {to),  vetir. 
clothes,  habits  (m.  pi.),  vetements  (m. 

pL). 
coachman,  cocher  {m.). 
coarse,  gros  (/».),  grosse  (/.). 
coat,  habit  {m.). 
coffee,  cafe  (/«.). 
cold,  froid. 

cold  {to  be),  avoir  froid. 
cold  {the),  froid  {m.). 
collect  {to),  recueillir. 
come  {to),  venir  (itrc). 
come  in  {to),  entrer. 
come  ho}ne  {to),  revenir. 
come  buck  {to),  revenir. 
come  out  {to),  sortir. 
come  near  {to),  s'approcher  (de). 
co»we  down  {to),  descendre. 
cotnrade,  camarade  {m.). 
comfort  {to),  consoler. 
commence  (to),  commencer  (a). 
cotnmerce,  commerce  {m.). 
cotnpang,  compagnie  (/.),  dn  monde. 
company  {in),  en  society. 
complain  {to),  se  plaindre. 
complete,  complet  {m.),  complete  {/.). 
composition,  composition  {/.). 
comprehend  {to),  comprendre. 
concert,  concert  (m.). 
conclude  {to),  conclure. 


2G3 


VOCABULARY   TO   THE 


concrete,  concret  (m.),  concrete  (/.)• 

conduct,  conduite  (/.) ;  to  conduct 
one's  self,  se  couduire. 

oonfldent,  conflant. 

confiding,  coufiant. 

congratulation,  felicitation  (/.)• 

conquer  {to),  conquerir. 

console  {to),  consoler. 

contented,  content. 

contrary  {on  the),  au  contraire. 

convince  {to),  convaincre. 

copy  {to),  copier. 

copy  book,  cahier(wi.). 

coral,  corail  (m.). 

correctly,  juste  ;  shejilays  correct- 
ly, elle  joue  juste. 

corpulent,  replct  {m.),  replete  {f.). 

cotton,  coton  {m.). 

counsel,  conseil  (m.). 

country,  campagne  (/.)  ;  in  Hie 
coutitry,  a  la  campagne;  my 
country,  mon  pays. 

courage,  courage  (m.). 

cousin,  cousin  (w.),  cousine  (/.). 

cover  (to),  couvrir. 

cow,  vache  {/.). 

create  {to),  cr6er. 

cup,  tasse  (/.)• 

cut  {to),  couper. 

cut  up  (to),  decouper. 

D. 

dance  (to),  danser. 

dare  (to),  oser. 

daughter,  flUe  (/.). 

day,  jour  (m.)  ;  good  day,  bon  Jour  ; 
every  day,  tons  les  jours;  to-day, 
aiijoard'hui ;  a  day,  by  the  day, 
par  jour;  the  day  before,  la  veille; 
the  day  after,  le  lendemain. 

dead,  mort. 

dear,  cher  (w.),  chere  (/.). 

death,  mort  (/.). 

decease  (to),  ddceder. 

deceive  {to),  tromper. 

December,  d^cembre. 

decrepit,  caduc  (m.),  caduque  (/.). 


defeat  (to),  d^faire,  vaincre. 

defect,  defaut  (m.). 

deliver  (to),  delivrer. 

delight  in  (to),  se  plaire. 

dentist,  dentiste  (m.). 

depart  {to),  partir  (etrn). 

departure,  depart  (m.). 

depot,  (of  railroad)  gare  (/.). 

desire,  to  have  a  desire,  avoir  euvie 
de. 

desire  (to),  desirer. 

desk,  pupitre  (m.). 

desj>ise  (to),  mepriser. 

dictionary,  dictionnaire  (w».). 

die  (to),  mourir. 

differetit,  different. 

difficult,  difficile. 

diffieuity,  I'embarras  (m.);  in  dif- 
ficulty, dans  i'embarras  ;  to  get 
one  out  of  difficulty,  tirer 
quelqu'un  d'embarras. 

diligence,  diMgcnce  {/.). 

diligent,  diligent. 

dine  (to),  diner. 

dinner,  diner. 

dining-room,  salle  a  manger  {f.) 

discover  (to),  decouvrir. 

discreet,  discret  (ni.),  discrete  (/.) 

dish,  plat  (m.). 

disobedience ,  desobfiissance. 

disobedient,  deeobeissant. 

dissatisfied  (^ivith),  m6content  (de). 

do  (to),  faire. 

do  a  favor,  faire  un  plaisir. 

do  {to)  (of  health),  se  porter. 

doctor,  medecin  {7n.). 

dog,  chien  (m.). 

dollar,  dollar  (?«.),  piastre  (/.). 

done,  fait. 

door,  porte  (/.). 

doubt  (to),  douter. 

doivn-stairs,  en  bas. 

dozen,  douzaine  (/.). 

draw  (to),  tirer. 

drawer,  tiroir  (m.). 

drawing,  deesin  (m.). 

drawing-room,  salon  (m.). 


ENGLISH    EXERCISES    FOR   TRANSLATION". 


263 


dress,  robe  (/.). 

dfess  {to)  one's  self,  s'lmbillcr. 

dress  goods,  des  ^toft'es. 

dressing  (/own,  robe  dechambrt- (/.). 

drink,  boisson  (_/".),  breuvagc  (/«.). 

drink  {to),  boirc. 

drunk,  bu. 

dry,  sec  (?«.),  seche  (/.). 

duck,  canard  (/«.). 

durable,  durable. 

during,  duraut,  pendaut. 

duty,  devoir  {m.). 

dwell  {to),  demeurer. 

E. 

each,  chaque. 

each  one,  chacun. 

eacli  other,  I'un  raulre. 

early,  de  bonne  heure. 

easy,  facile. 

e«*  (.to),  manger. 

eaten,  mange. 

economical,  econome. 

either.  Tun  ou  I'autre. 

Elisa,  Elisc. 

elsewhere,  ailleurs. 

etnharasstnent ,  embarra.s  (rn.). 

emperor,  empereur  (m.). 

employ  (to),  employer. 

emiHy,  vide. 

enatnel,  6mail  (m.). 

end,  fin  (/.)  ;  in  the  end,  a  la  fin. 

endentfor,  tachcr. 

enemy,  ennenii  (m.). 

England,  I'Ani^leterre  (/.). 

English,  I'anglais,  anglais. 

engraving,  graviire  (/.). 

enough,  assez  (de). 

enter  (to),  entrer. 

equal,  6gal. 

especially,  surtout. 

esteem  (to),  estimer. 

eternally,  4teniellement. 

even,  also,  m6me. 

evening,  Boir  {m.)  ;   in  the  evening, 

le  Boir. 
every,  tout  (m.),  toute  (/.). 


everybody,  tout  le  monde. 
everyone,  chacun. 
everything,  tout. 
every tvhere,  partont. 
Europe,  I'Europc  (/.). 
evil,  mal  (m.). 

examination,  cxamen  (/At.). 
example,  exemple  (in.). 
except,  except^. 
excuse,  excuse  (/.). 
exercise,  exercice  (m.). 
expect  (to  aivait),  attendre. 
extract  (to),  extriiire. 
extremely,  extremement. 
eye,  ceil  (m.),  les  yeux  {pL). 


fair,  blond. 

faithful,  iidele  (k). 

fall  (to),  tomber. 

false,  faux  (m.),  fausse  (/.). 

family,    faniille    (/.)  ;     with   one^a 

family,  en  famille. 
fan,  gventail  (m.). 
far,  loin. 

fashion,  mode  (/.). 
fashionable,  h  la  mode. 
fat,  gras  (m.),  grasse  (/.). 
father,  pdre  (m.). 
fatigued,  fatigue. 
fault,  defaut  (m.),  Tan  to  (/.). 
favor,    faveur  (/.) ;    to  do  a  favor, 

faire  un  plaisir. 
favorite,  favori  (m.),  favorite  (/.). 
fear  (to),  craindre. 
fear,  for  fear,  lest,  de  crainte  que,  de 

peur  que. 
feather,  plume  (/.). 
Eebrudry,  fcvrier. 
feel  (to)  scntir. 
fetv,  a  few,  quelqucs-uuB. 
fight  (to),  se  battre. 
fill  (to),  rcmplir. 
finally,  enfin. 
find  (to),  trouvcr. 
find  again  (to),  retrouver. 
fi.ne,  beau,  bel  (tn.),  belle  (/.). 


264 


VOCABULARY  TO   TIIE 


finger-ring,  hague  (/.), 

finish  {to),  flnir. 

first,  premier  (?«.).  premiere  (/.)• 

first,  at  first,  d'abord. 

first! If,  i)remierement. 

fish,  poisson  {7H.). 

flush  of  lightning,  eclair  (?«.)• 

fiattcr  (to),  flatter. 

flatter;/,  flatterie  {/.). 

flaxen,  blond. 

/?«•«  {to),  fuir. 

flint,  caillou  (m.) 

/?oor,plaucher  (/«.);  on  the  first  floor, 

au  premier. 
flower,  fleur  (/.). 
folloiv  {to),  suivre. 
/V»irf  o/  (<o  fce),  aimer. 
foolish,  fou,  fol  (rn.),  folle  (/.). 
/bof,  pied  {m.). 
for,  pour,  car  {conj.). 
foreigner,  etranger  (m.). 
foresee  {to),  prevoir. 
forget  {to),  oublier. 
former,  aucien  (w.),  ancienne  (/.). 
formerly,  autrefois. 
forh,  fourcliette  (/.). 
fortnight,  quinze  jours. 
fortune,  good  fortune,  bonhciir  {?7i.). 
found,  trouve. 

forivard  {to  bring),  avaiicer. 
France,  la  Frauce  (/.). 
frank,  frauc  (m.),  tranche  (/.). 
freeze  {to),  geler. 
French,  fran^is  ;   from  Fnglish  to 

French,  de  Tanglais  en  fran9a!s. 
fresh,  frais  {m.),  fraiche  (/".). 
Friday,  vendredi  (?«.). 
friend,  ami  {m.),  aniie  (/.). 
friendship,  amitie^  (/.). 
from,  de,  d§s. 
frost,  gelee  (/.).  ■   ^ 

fruit,  fruit  (wi.). . 
fulfill  {to),  remplir. 

G. 

garden,  jardin  (to.). 
gate,  porte  (/.). 


gather  {to),  cueillir. 

general,  general  (m.). 

gentleman,  monsieur  (m.). 

Oerman,  allemand. 

(lermantj,  rAllemagne. 

get  made  {to),  fairefaire. 

girl,  fllle  (/.). 

give  {to),  donner. 

give  back  {to),  rendre 

glad,    very    glad,    bien     aise    (de, 

que). 
glass,  verre  (?n.). 
glore,  gant  {m.). 
go  {to),  aller. 
go  dotvn  {to),  descendre. 
go  aivag  {to),  s'en  aller. 
go  bacJc  {to),  retourner. 
go  in  {to),  entrer. 
go  out  {to),  sortir. 
go  over  {to),  parcourir. 
go  to  bed  {to),  se  coucher. 
go  U2>  {to),  monter. 
go  and  find  {to),  aller  tronver. 
God,  Dieu. 
gold,  or  {/n.). 
gold  pen,  plume  d'or  (/.). 
good,  bon   (w.),  bonne   (/.);    Bage  {of 

children). 
good  bye,  au  revoir. 
good  day,  bon  jour. 
good  morning,  bon  jour. 
good  (the),  les  bons  (pL). 
goods,  les  marchandises  {pl.f.). 
grain,  grain  (m.). 
grammar,  grammaire  (/.). 
grandfather,    grand-pere   (m.),  alcui 

(m.),  aieuls  (pL). 
gray,  gris. 

'i^reek,  grec  (m.),  grecque  (/.). 
green,  vert. 
grief,  chagrin  {in.). 
grind  {to),  moudre. 
grow  {to),  croitre. 
groiv  tall  (to),  grandir. 
groif  old  (to),  vieillir. 
guard  (to),  garder. 
guardian,  gai-dien  {m.). 


ENGLISH    EXERCISES    FOR   TRAN"bij.\.TIOX. 


3G5 


H. 

ha  !  ha  1 

hail  (Jo),  gr§ler. 

hair,  cheveu  (wi.)  ;  pi.  chevenx. 

hallo  .'  hoi  J. 

/i«»j,  jambon  (to.). 

hand,  main  (/.). 

hand  (to),  remettre. 

handkerchief',  moachoir  (m.). 

hanilsome,  beaiL,  bcl  (/«.),  belle  (/.). 

hard,  difficult,  difficile. 

happn,  heurcux  (/«.),  heureiise  (/.). 

haste  {to  niaUc),  se  depScber. 

hat,  chapeau  (to.). 

have  {to),  avoir. 

have  to  {to),  devoir. 

head,  tete  (/.). 

headache,  mal  de  tete  (to.). 

hear  {to),  apprendre,  entendre. 

heart,  coeur  (m.). 

heaven,  ciel  {tn.). 

lielji  {to),  aider. 

Iielp  to  {to),  servir. 

Jienceforth,  dorenavant. 

Henrietta,  Henriette. 

Henry,  Henri. 

her,  son,  sa  ;  pi.  ses. 

herself,  eUe-meme. 

here,  ici. 

here  is,  here  are,  voici. 

high,  loud,  haut. 

himself,  lui-meme. 

Jiire  {to),  louer. 

his,  son. 

hist !  chut  I 

history,  histoirc  (/.). 

hold  {to),  tenir. 

holiday  {to  have  a  holiday),  avoir 

conge. 
home  {at  home),  ^  ]a  maison,  chez  got. 
honest,  honnete. 
hope  {to),  esperer. 
horse,  cheval  (to.). 
hour,  henre  (/.). 
house,  maison  (/.). 
hole,  comment. 
however,  cependant,  pourtant. 


how  many,  hotv  ^itMr/i,  combien  (de). 
hungry  {to  he),  avoir  falm. 
hurry  (In  a),  prcsse. 
hurt  {to),  fiiire  mal. 
husband,  mari  {m.). 


idleness,  oisivete  (/.). 

if,  si. 

initned lately ,  tout  do  suite. 

Impossible,  impossible  (a). 

imprudent,  imprudent. 

in,  dans. 

indeed,  vraiment ;  en  verite. 

industry,  Industrie  (/.). 

inform  {to),  avertir. 

injure  {to),  nuire. 

inli,  eucre  (/.). 

inksttind,  encrier  (to.). 

inquire  for  {to"',  demander. 

instant,  tnstan       ,.). 

instead  {of),  au  lieu  (de). 

instruct  {to),  insti-uire. 

intellect,  esprit  (to.). 

intelligence  {neu-s),  nonvelle  (/.). 

intemperance,  intemperance  (/.). 

intention,  intention  (/.). 

intend  (<o),  compter. 

interest  (at),  ^  int«rgt. 

interested  (to  be),  s'interesser  (a). 

interesting,  interessant. 

in  -est  {with),  revetir  (de). 

incite  {to),  inviter. 

i.s  ■  e.st. 

i!  J,  son  ;  pi.  ses. 


jiiehal,  chacal  (m.). 
tfames,  Jacques. 
January,  janv  ^r  (m.). 
jewel,  bijou  (to.). 
Jeweler,  bijoutier  (to.). 
tTohn,  Jean. 
journey,  voyage  (to.). 
tTtilia,  Julie. 
tTulius,  Ju'es. 


366 


VOCABULARY   TO   THE 


tJuUi,  juillet  (/rt.). 

June,  juin  {in.). 

just,    corrfcth/,   juste;  Jii.st    iiotr, 

tout  k  rhnure. 
Justice  {to  do),  reudrc  justice. 

K. 

h-eep  (,to),  garder  ;  to  keep  umitlny, 

faire  attcndre. 
liill  (to),  tuer. 

hind,  bon  (m.),  bonne  (/.)  ;  aimable. 
kindness,  bont6  (/.) ;    bieuvoillance 

Jcinf/,  roi  (m.). 

knee,  genou  (»l.). 

knife,  couteau  (?«.). 

knock  (to),  frapper. 

know  (to),  to  know  Itoiv  to,  savoir. 

knowledge,  conuaissunce  (/.). 


lace,  den  telle  (/.). 

lady,  dame  (/.);  young  lady,  demoi- 
selle (/.). 

land,  terre  (/.)• 

lantjuage,  languc  (/.). 

lart/e  (hitj),  gros  (m.),  grosse  (/.). 

large  (f/j-«rtf),  grand  (/«.)•  grande  (/.). 

Jasf,  dernier  (711.),  derniere  (/.)  ;  at 
last,  enfln. 

late,  tard. 

laugh  (to),  rire  ;  to  laugh  at,x'vcc  de. 

Ian;  loi  C/'.). 

lead  (to),  mener. 

leaf,  feuille  (/.). 

learn  (to),  apprendre. 

lease,  bail  (m.). 

least,  moindre. 

leave,  quitter,  partir ;  leave  of  ab- 
sence, couge;  to  take  /e«jje,  pren- 
dre cong6. 

lend  (to),  prSter. 

less,  moins. 

le.sson,  le^on  (/.). 

let  (to  rent),  louer. 

letter,  lettre  (/.) ;  lettcr-hox,ho\i(i 
aux  leltrcs. 


liberty,  liberie  (/.). 

lie  (to  lie  down),  se  coucher. 

light  (of  hair),  blond. 

lighten,  (lo),  faiie  dea  6clairs;  it 
lightens,  ii  fait  des  6clairs. 

lightning,  eclair  (m.). 

like  (to),  aimer  ;  /<<>»»  do  you  like, 
comment  trouvez-vous  ;  I  should 
like,  je  voudrais  ;  Jf  like  better, 
j'aime  mieux. 

like  (as),  comnie. 

listen  to  (to),  ecouter  ;  to  listen,  to 
reason,  entepdre  raison. 

little,  peu  (de) ;  a  little,  un  pcu  (de)  ; 
too  little,  trop  peu  (de) ;  but  lit- 
tle, ne  —  guere. 

live  (to)  (dwell),  demeurer. 

live  (to),  vivre. 

lively,  vif  (m.),  vive  (/.). 

loiter  (to),  fifiner. 

long,  long  (m.).  longue  (/.);  no  long- 
er, ne  plus. 

look  at  (to),  regardcr  ;  look  for  (to), 
chercber. 

looking-glass,  miroir  (rn.). 

lose  (to),  perdre  ;  lo.st,  perdu. 

lot  (fate),  sort  (m.). 

loud,  high,  haul;  to  speak  too 
loud,  parler  trop  haul. 

Ziouisa,  Louise. 

louse,  pou  (m.). 

love  (to),  aimer. 

low,  bas  (m.),  basse  (/.). 

luclc  (good  luck),  bonheur  (m.) ;  bad 
luck,  malheur  (?«.). 

M. 

mad,  fou,  fol  (m.),  foUe  (/.). 
madam ,  madame  (/.). 
made,  fait. 

magnificent,  magnifique. 
make  (to),  faire. 
mamma,  maman  (/.). 
malicious,  malin  (pi.),  maligne  (/.). 
man,  homme  (m.). 
man-servant,  domestiqne  (m.). 


ENGLISH    EXERCISES    FOR   TRANSLATION. 


267 


ynany,  beauconp,  plusieurs  ;  how 
man;/,  combien  (dc)  ;  so  many, 
tant  (de)  ;  too  many,  trop  (dc)  ; 
many  a  one,  maiiit,  bien  des. 

marble,  marbre  (m.). 

March,  mars  {m.). 

march  (/o).  marcher. 

mark,  marque  (/.). 

master,  mattre  (m.). 

May,  mai  {m.). 

mean  {to),  vouloir  dire;  by  no 
means,  aucnnement  (ne)  ;  nulle- 
ment  (ne). 

meat,  viande  (/.). 

meet  (to),  rencontrcr. 

mend  {to),  raccommoder. 

merchandise,  marchandise  (/.). 

merchant,  negoctant  {m.). 

meter,  metre  {m.). 

middle,  milieu  {m.). 

midst  {in  the)  {of),  au  milieu  (de). 

mill;,  lait  {m.). 

in  ilk  {to),  traire. 

mill,  mouliu  {m.). 

miller,  meunier  {m.). 

mind,  esprit  {m.) ;  to  have  a  mind 
{to),  avoir  envie  (de). 

minute,  minute  (/.). 

miserly,  avare. 

misfortune,  malheur  (/«.). 

miss,  mademoiselle  (/.). 

mistake,  faute  {/.). 

mistaken  {to  be),  se  tiomper. 

Mister,  monsieur  {m.). 

Mrs.,  madame  (/.). 

moment,  moment  (m.). 

monarch ,  monarque  {m.). 

Monday,  lundi  {m.). 

money,  arpjent  (TO  ). 

month,  mois  {m.) ;  monthly,  par 
mois. 

more,  plus,  davantage  ;  no  more,  ne 
plus. 

morning,  matin  {m.)  ;  yood-morn- 
ing,  bonjour. 

morrow, lendemain ;  to-morrow, de- 
main. 


morsel,  morccau  (to.). 

most,  le  plus,  la  plupart. 

mother,  mere  (/'.). 

mountain,  montagne  (/.). 

move  {to)  {affect),  emouvoir. 

much,  many,  beaucoup  (de) ;  not 
much,  ne  —  guere,  pas  beauconp  ; 
hoif  much,  combien  (de)  ;  too 
much,  trop  (de)  ;  as  much  as, 
autant  que  ;  so  much,  so  tnany, 
tant. 

music,  musique  (/.). 

7nusic-l>ook,  cahier  de  mnsiqne  {m.). 

muslin,  monsseline  (/.). 

must,  devoir. 

my,  mon  (to.),  ma  (/.). 

myself,  moi-mSme. 

N. 

name,  nom  (WJ.). 

nation,  nation  (/.). 

near  {close  by),  pr^s  de,  aupres  de. 

necessa  ry,  necessaire  ;  to  be  neces- 
sary, falloir. 

need,  to  hare  need  of,  avoir  besoin  de. 

neglect  {to),  negliger. 

negligent,  negligent. 

neighbor,  voisin  (to.). 

neighborhood ,  voisinage  (TO.). 

neither,  ni  I'on  ni  I'autre  ;  neither  — 
nor,  ni  —  ni. 

nrpheiv,  neveu  {m.). 

never,  jamais  (ne). 

nevertheless,  neanmoins. 

neir,  neuf  (to.),  neuve  (/.). 

netv,  nouveau,   nouvel  (to.),  nouvelle 

news,  les  nouvelles  {pl.f.). 

newspajter,  journal  (to.). 

next,  procbaiu. 

nine,  neuf. 

night,  nuit  (/.)  ;  to-night,  cette  nnit ; 

last  night,  la  nnit  passee. 
no,  non  ;  nul  (to.),  nulle  (/.), 
no  longer,  no  tnore,  ne  plus 
no  one,  personne  ;  none,  aucun  (ne), 

Qol  (ne),  pas  ua  (ne). 


268 


VOCABULARY   TO    THE 


nobody,  personne  (ne). 

noise,  bruit  (m.). 

noon  {at),  h  midi. 

nor,  ui. 

not.  ne  —  pas ;  ne  point. 

not  one,  nnl  (m.),  nulla  (/.). 

notary,  notaire  (m.). 

note,  billet  {rn.). 

itothiny,  ricn  (ne). 

nothing  hut,  only,  ne  —  que. 

notice  {to  (five),  avertir. 

November,  novembre  {in.). 

now,  maintenant. 

nowhere,  nulle  part  (ne). 

O. 
obedience,  ob^issance  (f.). 
obedient,  obeissant. 
obey  {to),  obeir  (a). 
oblige  {to),  rendre  service. 
obliged,  oblige  (de) ;    to  be  obliged, 

devoir. 
oblong,  oblong  {m.),  oblongue  (/.). 
observe  {to),  remarqaer,  observer. 
obtain  {to),  obtenir. 
October,  octobre  {m.). 
of,  de. 

offend  {to),  offenser. 
offer  (to),  oflrir. 
office,  bureau  (?«.). 
often,  Bouvent. 
oil !  ale  1  oh  1 

old,  age  ;  vieux,  vieil  (w.),  vieille  (/.). 
oldest,  alne. 

oldish,  \ieillot  (tm.),  vieillotte  {/.). 
on,  Bur. 

once,  une  fois  ;  at  once,  k  la  fois. 
one,  nn. 

one's  self,  soi-meme. 
only,  seulement. 
only,  ne  —  que. 
open  {to),  ouvrir. 
opinion,  avis  (m.). 
opportunity,  occasion  (/.). 
opimsite,  vis-^yifi. 
or,  on. 
orange,  orange  (/.). 


order,  ordre  {m.) ;  to  put  in  order, 
mettre  en  ordre;  in  order  that, 
afln  que,  pour  que. 

other,  autre. 

others,  autrui. 

otherwise,  autrement. 

our,  notre  («.),  nos  {pi.). 

ourselves,  nous-nidmes. 

out,  hors. 

outlive  (to),  survivre. 

outside,  out  of  doors,  dehors. 

owe  (to),  devoir. 

owl,  Libou  (/«.). 


packet,  paquet  (m.). 

pain,  mal  (m.) ;  to  have  pain,  &\oii 

mal. 
painter,  peintre  (?«.). 
jtainting,  peinture  (/.),  tableau  (m.). 
palace,  palais  (m.). 
jtaper,  papier  (m.). 
parasol,  ombrelle  (/.). 
2}ardon  (to  beg),  demander  pardon. 
jiurents,  parents  (pi.  m.). 
parlor,  salon  (m.). 
jiart,  partie  (/). 
pass  (to),  passer. 
passion,  passion  (/.). 
2iatienee,  patience  {/.). 
2>attcrn,  dessin  (?«.). 
I'aul,  Paul. 
pay  (to),  payer  ;  to  pay  attention, 

faire  attention. 
peach,  peche  (/.). 
pear,  poire  (/.). 
pen,  plume  (/.). 
pencil,  crayon  (m.). 
penknife,  canif  (;«.). 
people,  da  monde  ;  peuple  (/«.)  ;  gens 

(pi.  m.). 
]>erhaps,  peut-6tre. 
permission,  permission  (/.). 
jicnnit  (to),  permettre. 
perseverance,  perseverance  (/.). 
per.Hon,  personne  (/.). 
physician,  medecin  (m.). 


ENGLISH   EXERCISES    FOR   TRANSLATION. 


2G9 


picture,  tableau  (w.)i  peintiire  (/.). 

]>iece,  morcean  (wt.),  piece  (/.), 

Ittnc-applv,  ananas  (/«.)• 

pity  {to),  plaindre. 

place,  place  (/.). 

place  {to),  placer. 

plate,  assiettc  (/.)■ 

j)laij  {to),]o\XGT. 

plntjthin(f,  joujoii  {m.). 

please  {to),  i)laiiv  (ii) ;  if  i/oa  please, 

s'il  vous  plait. 
pleased  tvit/i,  content  de. 
pleasure,  plaisir  (/«.). 
pocket,  poche  (/.). 
pocket-handkerchief,  mouchoir  de 

poche  (m.)- 
polite,  poli. 
poor,  pauvre. 
postman,  facteur  (w.). 
post-office,  poste  (/.). 
pound,  livre  (/.). 
power,  pouvoir  (w.), 
jiotcerful,  pui^'8aut. 
praise  {to),  louer. 
2>ray  {to),  prier  (de). 
2)rayer,  prierc  {/.). 
2>refer  {to),  preferer. 
2>referenee,  preference  (/.). 
2irefijced,  prefix  (>«.).  prefise  (f.). 
presence  {in  my),  en  ma  presence. 
present,  cadeaii  {m.)\  at  2i resent,  h. 

present. 
presently,  tout  a  I'heure. 
pretty,  jol\  (w.),  jolie  (/.) ;  gentil  (/«.), 

gentille  (/.). 
prevent,  empecher. 
2>rice,  prix  (?w.). 
principle,  principc  (w.). 
prise,  prix  {m.), 
procession,  procession  (/.). 
jtroclaim  {to),  proclamer. 
professor,  professeur  (m.). 
professed,  profSs  (m.).  profesee  (/.) 
promise,  promesse  (/.). 
jtroniise  (to),  promettre. 
2»ronounce  (to),  prononcer. 
proxterty,  bien  (m.). 


protect  {to),  protfiger. 

procide  {to),  pourvoir. 

provided  {conjunction),  ponrvu  que. 

jtrtidence,  prudence  (_/'.). 

2}rudent,  prudent  ;  pruilently,  pru- 

demmeut. 
2>sliaH- .'  bah  1 

2)uhlic,  public  {m.),  jjuliliqui;  (/). 
pall  {to),  tirer. 
punish  {to),  punir. 
2>upil,  eleve  {m.  and /.). 
2>ur2iosely,  exprds  {//>.),  exprcsse(y.) 
2)ursue  {to),  poursuivre. 
2>ut  on  (to),  mettre. 
2tat  hack  {to),  juit  off  {to),  rcmcttre. 

2fut  in.  order,  mettre  eu  ordre. 


quality,  qualite  {/.). 

quarry,  carri^re  (/.). 

quarter,  quart  (/«.),  quartler  (m.). 

question,    question    {/.)  ;    to    ask  a 

question,  fairc  une  question. 
quick,  quickly,  vite. 
quiet,  tranquille. 
quit  {to),  quitter. 

K. 

rain,  pluie  (/.). 

rain  {to),  pleuvoir. 

rather,  plutSt. 

reach  {to),  atteindre. 

read  {to),  lire. 

ready,  pret  (a). 

reap  {to),  recuoillir. 

veascend  (to),  rcmonter. 

reason,    raison    {/.)  ;     to    listen    to 

reason,  entendre  raison. 
receive  {to),  rocevoir. 
recital,  recit  (;/i.). 
rccofjnize  {to),  reconnaltre. 
recollect  {to),  se  rappeler. 
red,  rouge. 

reddish  (of  hair), rows.  (OT.),rous8e  (/.). 
re-enter  {to),  rentrcr. 
refuse  {to),  refuser. 
re(/ard,  with  regard  to,  ^I'egard  de. 


270 


VOCABULARY   TO    THE 


relate  {to),  raconter. 

relatire,  parent  {m.),  pareiile  (/.). 

rely  upoit  {to),  compter  (sur). 

remiiin  {to),  rester. 

remember  {to),  se  souvenir  de. 

renounce  {to),  renoncer  (a;. 

rent  {to),  louer. 

repair  {to),  r^parer. 

reprove  {to)  {for),  reprimander  de. 

reptitation,  reputation  (/.)• 

resemble  {to),  ressembler  (a). 

reserve  {to),  r^serv'er. 

resiH'ct,  respect  {m.). 

respect  {to),  respecter. 

respectftiUif,  avec  egard. 

rest  {remainder),  rcste  {m.). 

resume  {to),  reprendre. 

retain  {to),  retenir. 

return  {to)  {give  back),  rendre. 

return  {to)  {come  back),  revenir 

return  {to)  {go  back),  retourner. 

rewnril  {to)  {for),  recorapenser  (de). 

ribbon,  ruban  (m.). 

rich,  riche. 

W///*^,  juste. 

riifht  {to  be),  avoir  raison, 

rint/,  bugne  (/.),  anneau  {m.). 

ring  {to),  sonner. 

ripe,  mflr. 

rise  {to),  se  lever. 

road,  chemin  {m.). 

robe,  robe  (/.). 

room,  chamber  (/.), 

rounil.  rond. 

mn  {to),  courir. 

ran  ateai/  {to),  e'enfbir, 

S. 
sad,  triste. 
salt,  eel  (wi.). 
same,  m§me. 
satin,  satin  (m.). 
satisfied,  content. 
satisfied,  {tritli),  content  (de). 
satisfi/  {to),  contenter. 
Saturday,  samedl  (w.), 
gay  (to),  dire. 


scholar,  61eve  {m.  and/.). 

school,  ecolc  (/.);  at  school,  k  I'ecole. 

scissors,  ciscaux  {m.  pi.). 

sea,  mer  (/.). 

season,  saison  {/.). 

seasonable,  a  propos. 

seat,  place  (/.). 

secret,  secret  {m.),  secrete  (/".). 

sedulous,  applique. 

see  (to),  voir. 

see  again  {to),  revoir. 

seeJk  {to),  chercher. 

select  {to),  choif'ir. 

seem  {to),  parattre. 

sell  {to),  vendre. 

send  {to),  envoyer. 

send  uxvay  {to),  send  hack  {to),  ten- 

voyer. 
send  for  {to),  envoyer  chercher,  fairc 

venir. 
sentence,  phrase  {/.). 
September,  septembre  {m,.). 
servant,    domestique    {m.),    servante 

(/■). 
serve  {to),  servir. 
service,  service  {m.). 
several,  plusieurs. 
sew  {to),  eoudre. 
shawl,  chale  {m.). 
sheet,  fenille  (/.). 
sJiine  {to),  luire. 
shij),  vaisseau  {m.). 
shipwreck,  naufrage  {m.) 
shoe,  Soulier  (/«.). 
shoemaker,  cordonnier  {in.). 
shop  {work-shop),  atelier  (»».)- 
show  {to),  montrer. 
shun  {to),  fuir. 
sJint  {to),  former. 
sick,  malade. 
sickness,  maladie  (/.). 
side,  c5te ;  by  the  side  of,  h,  c6te  do. 
sign,  signe  (m.)- 
silence .'  pais  1 
silent  {to  be),  ee  taire. 
silk,  soie  (/.). 
silly,  60t  (w.),  sotte  (/.). 


ENGLISH    EXERCISES    FOR   TRANSLATION. 


271 


silvt-r,  argent  (;«.)• 

similar,  pareil  (m.),  pareille  (J'.). 

since  (causal),  puis  quo. 

since  {time),  depiii?. 

since  (coy.),  depuis  que. 

sincere,  Bincere. 

sinff  (to),  chanter. 

sister,  soeur  (/.)• 

sit  dotvn  (to),  s'asseoir;  se  mettre. 

sitting  (to  be),  etre  assis. 

situation,  situation  (/.). 

sky,  cici  (m.). 

sleep  (to),  dorniir. 

sleepy  (to  he),  avoir  sommeil. 

sloir,  sloivly,  k'lit,  lentemciit. 

small,  petit  (m.),  petite  (/.). 

smell  (to),  sentir. 

snow,  neige  (/.). 

snoie  (to),  ueiger. 

so,  si. 

so,  til  IIS,  aiusi. 

soap,  savon  (m.). 

society,  soci^te  (./".). 

soft,  mou,  niol  (m.),  niollc  (/.). 

soft,  doux  (m.),  douce  (/.). 

softly,  gently,  doiicenieut. 

soldier,  soldat  (?n.). 

some,  quelque;  quelques-uns. 

somebody,  quelqu'un. 

somethintj.  quelque  chose. 

sometimes,  quelquefois. 

someivhere,  quelque  part. 

.von,  flls  (m.). 

«oo»i, bient6t,t6t;  sooner  or  later.idt 

ou  tard  ;  as  soon  as,  aus.sitSt  que. 
sore,  mal  (rn.) ;  sore  throat,  uial  h.  la 

gorge. 
sorry,  fache  ;  to  he  sorry,  etre  ISche. 
80UJ),  potage  (/«.),  soupe  (/.). 
speak  (to),  parler. 
spend  (to)  (of  time),  passer. 
spite,  in  spite  of,  malgr6. 
spoil  (to),  gater. 
S2>riny,    printemps    (m.)  •,      in    the 

spring,  au  printempa. 
square,  carr6. 
stable,  ecnrie  (/.), 


start  (to),  partir  (§tre). 
stay  (to),  restcr. 
steam,  vapcmr  (/.). 
steamboat,  bateau  k  vapour  (m.). 
steamer,    bfttinient    k    vapeur    (m.), 

steamer  (m.). 
step,  pas  (m.). 
still  (again),  encore. 
still  (snug),  coi  (m.),  coite  (/.). 
still  (quiet),  tranquille. 
stir  (to),  bongor. 
stocking,  b;is  (//;.). 
store  (shop),  niagasin  (m.). 
storekeejier,  marchand  (?«.). 
storm,  ornge  (m.). 
story,  histoire  (/.). 
stoat,  fort,  gros  (m.),  grosse  (/.). 
strange,  etraiige. 
stranger,  etranger  (//(.). 
street,  rue  (/.). 
strike  (to),  f rapper. 
strong,  fort. 
student,  etudiant  (m.). 
st  ad  ions,  sindienx  (m.),studieu8e  (/.), 
study  (to),  etudier. 
study,  etude  (./".). 
stuff,  etoffe  (/.),  matiere  (/.). 
subject,  sujet  (m.),  sujette  (/.). 
succeed  (to),  reussir,  parvenir  (etre.) 
success,  succes  (m.). 
such,  tel  (m.),  telle  (/.). 
suffer  (to),  souffrir  (de). 
sugar,  sucre  (m.), 
summer,  ete  (m.). 
»S'«jj/7«y,  diniauche  (m.). 
supper,  souper  (m.). 
supreme,  supreme. 
surety  (for  payment),  aval. 
surprise    (to),    suri^rcndre ;    she    is 

quite  surprised,   elle    est    toute 

surprise. 
survive  (to),  survivre. 
sweet,  doux  (m.),  douce  (/.). 

T. 

table,  table  (/.). 
tailor,  taille»»'  'w.), 


272 


VOCABULARY   TO    THE 


tnhe  (to),  prendre,  mener. 

ta?ie  away  {to).  Oter,  emporter. 

talte  hark  (to),  ruprt'iidru. 

take  leave  (to),  prendre  conge. 

take  a  iralk  (to),  se  promener. 

take  off  (to),  6tcr. 

take  out  (to),  extraire, 

talk  (f'»),  parler,  causer. 

tall,  grand  (w.),  grande  (/.). 

ta.sJi,  devoir  (in. ), 

taste,  gofit  (//(.)• 

tea,  the  (?«.). 

tea  eaiii.stef,  boilc  a  the  (/.). 

teacher,  niaitre  (//«.). 

tear  (to),  dechircr. 

tell  (to),  dire. 

Temple  street,  rue  dii  Tom[)le  (/.). 

than,  que. 

that,   que   (coiij.)  ;   co,  cet  (m.),  cetto 

(/.)  (acV.). 
thaiv  (to),  de<roler. 
their,  leur  (/«."),  Icur  (/.),  leurs  {j}!.). 
theme,  theme  (m.). 
themselves,    eux-m§mes    (in.),    elles- 

memes  (/.). 
then,  alors,  ensuite,  done,  puis, 
there,  lH. 

therefore  (tJien),  done. 
there  is,  there  are,  il  y  a;  voil^. 
thick,  epais  {m.),  epais^se  (/.). 
thinr/,  chose  (/.)  ;  everythituj,  tout  ; 

many  th.iu(js,  bien  des  choses. 
tJiink  (to)  (of),  penser  (.a). 
third,  tiers  (m.),  tierce  (/.). 
thirst,  poif  (/.). 
thirsty  (to  be),  avoir  soif. 
t/jis,  ce,  cet  (m.),  cette  (/.). 
threaten  (to),  menacer. 
throat,  gorge  (/.). 
throw  (to),  Jeter. 
through  (try),  par,  a  travels. 
thunder  (to),  tonner;  thunder,  ton- 

nerre  (»i.). 
TJiitrsday,  jeudi  (m.). 
thus,  ainsi. 
thyself,  toi-m6me. 
tUi,  jnsqu'i. 


time,  temps  (m.) ;  in  time,  h  temps  ; 
"*  at  the  rij/ht  time,  bien  a  propos, 
it  is  time,  il  est  temps  ;  a  lontj 
time,  longtcmps ;  many  times, 
bien  des  fois  ;  hotc  many  times, 
combien  de  fois  ;  at  a  time,  at 
once,  h,  la  fois. 

tired,  fatigue  (de),  las  (;«.),  lasse  (/.), 

to.  a. 

to  (in  order  to),  pour. 

to//ether,  ensemble. 

told,  dit. 

too  (also),  aussi. 

too  (too  much),  trop  (de). 

tool,  outil  (;«.). 

tooth,  dent  (/.). 

toothache,  mal  aux  dents. 

towards,  vers,  envers. 

town,  ville  (/.) ;  in  town,  en  ville. 

train,  train  (?n.). 

translate  (to),  traduiro. 

travel  (to),  voyager. 

traitor,  trattre  (/«.)i  traitresi<e  (/.). 

tree,  arbre  (m.). 

troojts,  les  troupes  (2)l.f.). 

trouble,  chagrin  (m.), 

trouble  (to),  inquieter. 

true,  vrai,  fidele  (a). 

truly,  vraiment. 

Tuesday,  mardi  (m.). 

tumbler,  verrc  (?».). 

tunc,   ton  ;    out  of  tune,  faux  (w.^ 
/ausse  (/.). 

turkey,  diudon  (m.). 

Turkish,  turc  {in.),  turque  (/.). 

turn  (to),  touruer. 

twice,  deux  fois. 

tivin,  jumeau  (m.),  jumclle  (/.). 

I'. 

•umbrella,  parapluie  (m.). 

iincle,  oncle  (m.), 

under,  sous. 

•understand  (to),  comprendre. 

undertake  (to),  entreprendre. 

undoubtedly,  sans  doute. 

uneasy,  ino^'^t  (/n.),  Inquiete  (/ ). 


ENGLISH   EXERCISES   FOIl  TRANSLATION. 


273 


United  Sfafen,  les  Etats-Unis. 

iinlcs.i,  h  moins  que,  sans  que. 

iinh-iioivn,  incoiiiiu  (/«.)• 

utitil,  jiisque  ;  (fiorij.)  jiisqu'4  ce  que. 

«j>,  u2>on,  sur. 

■up  stairs,  en  haut. 

tt.se,  til  innke  use  of,  se  servir. 

iisi-less,  inutile  (a). 

iisitiil,  ordinaire. 

V. 

vacation,  les  vacances  {pl.f.). 
value  (to),  to  set  value  upon,  faire 

cas  de. 
vanquish  (to),  vaincre. 
veil,  voile  (m.). 
velvet,  velours  (>«.). 
very,  trds. 

vessel,  navire,  Mtiment  (m.). 
vice,  vice  (w.). 
violin,  violon  (m.). 
visit,  vieite  (/.). 
voyage,  voyage  (»».)• 

W, 

vHiistcoat ,  cilet  {m.). 

wait,  attendre;    to   keep  one  wait- 

intf,  faire  attendre. 
wall:,   promenade    (/.)  ;    to    take    a 

walk,  se  promener. 
icalk  (to),  marclier. 
leant,  for  trant  of,  faute  de. 
war,  guerre  (/.). 
warehouse,  magasin  (m.). 
warm,  chaud. 
warm  {to  he),  avoir  chaud. 
warmly,  cliaudcment. 
watrh,  montre  (/.). 
u-ati-h-e/min,  cliaine  de  raontre. 
iratcliniaker,  liorloger  (w.), 
water,  eau  (/.). 
weather,  temps  (m.). 
TVeilnesflay,  mercredi  (m ). 
week,  scmaine  (/.) ;  tveckly,  par  se- 

maine. 
well,  bicn ;   it  is   irell,  11  est  bien  ; 

well  then  !  eh  bien  t 


west,  ouest  (m.). 

wet  {to),  mouUler. 

irliat,  que. 

what  (that  which)  as  subject,  ce  qui; 

as  object,  ce  que. 
whatever,  quelconquc. 
when,  lorsque;  quand, 
tvhere,  oi. 
tvherever,  partout  oft. 
ivheretvith,  de  quoi. 
whether  {if),  si. 
which  {which  one),  qui,  lequel  (m.). 

laquelle  (/.);  "'''  ''^'*  "»"'*'>  lesquels 

{m.),  lesquelles  (/.);  in  wh ich ,  oil; 

from    which,     d'ou ;      throuijh 

which,  par  ou. 
w/tife,  pendant ;  a  little  tvhile  aijo, 

tantdt. 
while  {coiij.),  pendant  que. 
while,  tandis  que. 
white,  blanc  (m.),  blanche  (/.). 
who,    whom,    que;     of  tohom,   of 

ivhic/i,  u'hosc,  dont. 
whoever,  quiconque. 
whole,    tout,    toute ;    fJie  whole,   le 

tout. 
why,  pourquoi. 

wicked  {the),  les  m^chants  (.j)l.). 
wife,  fcmme  (/.). 
Willitini ,  Guillaume. 
tvillin;/  (to  be),  vouloir. 
willingly,  volon tiers. 
tvindow,  fengtre  (/.). 
wine,  vin  (m.). 
wise,  sage. 
wish  {to),  vouloir,  d^sirer,  avoir  envie 

de. 
ivish  well  {to),  vouloir  du  bien  (a). 
wit,  esprit  (m.). 
ivith,  avcc. 

within  {in  it),  dedans. 
without,  sans,  dehors. 
tvoman,  femme  (/.). 
wonder  {to),  s'Stonncr. 
wool,  laine  (/.). 
word,  mot  {m.) ;  parole  (/.), 
work,  ouvrage  (wi.). 


274 


VOCABULARY    TO   THE    ENGLISH    EXERCISES. 


irorh-  (to),  travailler. 

ivoihl,  nioiuie  (m.)  ;  evevybody,  tout 

le  moude. 
u'ort/i  (to  be   worth),  valoLr ;    it  if 

worth,  U  vaut. 
write  {to),  ecrire. 
wrony  (to  be  wrony),  avoir  tort. 

Y. 

year,   an   (»i.).   aun6e  (/.);   in  the 
year,  ea  I'iD. 


yes,  GUI. 

yesterday,  hier. 

yesterday  tnoriiiny,  hicr  matin. 

yet,  encore  ;  not  yet,  pas  eucore. 

yonder,  1^-bas. 

young,  jeune. 

yottny  lady,  demoiselle  (/.}. 

yourself,  vous-nieme. 

yourselves,  vous-mdmes. 


CONJUGATIOX     OF     VERBS. 


275 


Fourth 
Conjugation. 

Third 
Conjugation. 

Second 
Conjugation. 

Firpt 
Conjugation. 

2 

o    5 
s    2 

e  p  ;j 

c  "• 
o 

B  »  « 
=  11 

ra'p 

3 

ra-p  o 

-     3  T 

ra>r» 
re 

m  (t  O       01  » 
B  N  3 

9.2  2  £.2.2. 
<  (i  d  "■"*  ^ 

ffi  N  3 

5-    '^ 

re  ra  o 
a  N  3 

erf        to 

re  ra  o  <fi  ra  o 

3  N  3        " 

'- 

5* 

2 

o 

> 

2  s  a  '^'  3'  »■ 

5-    * 

c  ra  (B  c  ':  f3 

S.  5' 5"  2. 2. 2. 
a>  N  a  "■  ™  » 

3            QQ 

llllli. 

o  S  3  <^  X  as 

S           CD 

2.rao2.2.2. 
re  N  3  c^  X  IB 

*N 

a 

H 

o 

O 

is 
is 

it 

tmes 

Ites 
irent 

3  3>3>S  3  3 
3  »  g 

|IP"" 

(l>^p>;a>p  p  p 
3ra3      »~ 
S-      a, 

to 

hi 

(► 

c 
d 

333333 

B  N  t3        <»  "" 

o  o  ra  re  o  o 
<<■<<':< 

"i  ^   -.   -1   ^   -I 

O  O  0  P  P  P 
B  N  =        a  - 

ppil 

re  re  re  -^  re  ra 

3  re  3  3  3  3 

a  N  a      31  — 

r»        X 

Q 

rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 

ra  n  c  o  ra  (S 
g  2.2.3  3  p 

re  ra  re  re  re  re 

-1    -1    '-S    "1    -I    T 

2.rao2.S.E 
ra  N  3  <^  *  « 

3        X 

!s! 

5" 

OD 

M 

9 

a! 
b 

o 
as 
> 
1-1 

S  2.3.3  3  3 

S  N  3  S  X  S 

5-    " 

o 

o  o      0> 

N  3 
(B 

ts  3 

N  a 

re  O     a 

•^ 

B 

a 

> 
o 

CO 

ggg-'S® 

o  ra  o  o  c  o_ 
o  ra  o'o  re  6 

3  N  3        DD 

Irao^i" 

ffi  5^  5J*  Q>  n  A 

H^ 

2! 
►3 

a 
o 

X 

3  S  3  ^=  3 

3 II  i^ 

S.N3 

p  p  p  ^p  p 

>•• 

» 

M 
O 

CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 


REG^ULAR    AND     IRREG^ULAR. 


AVOIR — to  have.    (Auxiliary  Verb.) 


INDICATIVE   MODE. 


Present.* 

A 

Past  Indefinite.*    A' 

Tax, 

I  have. 

J'ai  eu, 

/  have  had. 

Tu  as, 

thou  hast. 

Tu  as  eu, 

thou  ha.tt  had. 

11  a, 

lie  has. 

11  a  ou, 

he  has  had. 

Nous  avons, 

we  have. 

Nous  avons  eu, 

we  hare  had. 

Vous  avez, 

you  have. 

Vous  avez  eu. 

you  have  had. 

lis  ont, 

they  have. 

Us  ont  eu, 

they  have  had. 

Imperfect. 

B 

Pluperfect.    B' 

J'avais, 

I  had. 

J'avais  eu, 

I  had  had. 

Tu  avais, 

thou  hadst. 

Tu  avais  eu, 

thou  hadsl  had. 

11  avail, 

he  had. 

11  avait  eu. 

he  had  had. 

Nous  avions, 

we  had. 

Nous  avions  eu, 

we  had  had. 

Vous  aviez, 

you  had. 

Vous  aviez  eu. 

yau  had  had. 

lis  avaient, 

they  had. 

lis  avaieut  eu. 

they  had  had. 

Past  Definite.     C 

Past  Anterior.    C 

J'eus, 

I  had. 

J'ens  eu. 

I  had  had. 

Tu  eus, 

thou  hadsl. 

Tu  eu9  eu, 

thou  hadst  had. 

11  eut, 

he  had. 

II  eut  eu, 

he  had  had. 

Nous  eflmes, 

ive  had. 

Nous  eumes  eu. 

we  had  had. 

Vous  efites, 

you  had. 

Vous  cutes  eu. 

you  had  had. 

lis  eurent, 

they  had. 

lis  euient  cu, 

they  had  had. 

FUTUItE. 

2> 

Future  Anterior.    D' 

J'aurai, 

/  shall  have. 

J'aurai  eu. 

I  shall  have  had. 

Tu  auras, 

thjou  ivilt  have. 

Tu  auras  eu, 

■  thou  wilt  have  had. 

11  aura, 

he  will  have. 

U  aura  eu, 

he  will  have  had. 

Nous  aurons, 

we  shall  have. 

Nous  aurons  eu, 

we  shall  have  had. 

Vous  aurez, 

you  will  have. 

Vous  aiirez  eu. 

you  will  have  had. 

lis  auront, 

they  will  have. 

Us  auront  eu, 

they  will  have  had. 

*  A  letter  is  assigned  to  each  tense  as  a  convenient  abbreviation  to  be  used  in 
correcting  exercises. 


CONJLGATIOif    OF   VERBS. 


277 


CONDITIONAL   MODE. 


Present,    li 


J'aurais, 
Tu  aurais, 
U  aurait, 
Nous  aurioua, 
Vous  auiiez, 
lis  auraient, 


/  t^hoidd  have. 

Umu  wouldsl  hace. 

he  would  hai:e. 

we  should  hace. 

you  would  have. 

they  would  have. 


Past.*    ly 


J'aurais  eu, 
Tu  aurais  eu, 
11  aurait  eu, 
Nous  aurions  eu, 
Vous  auriez  eu, 
lis  auraient  eu, 


I  should' 

thou  wouldsl 

he  would 

we  slmiild 

you  would 

they  would 


IMPERATIVE  MODE.    F 


Aie, 

Ayons, 

Ayez, 


have  (thou), 
let  us  have. 
have  (you). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present.    G 


Que  j'aie,  that  I  may  have. 

C^ue  lu  ales,  that  thou  mayst  have. 
Qu'il  ait,  that  he  may  have. 

Que  nous  ayons,  that  tve  may  have. 
Que  vous  ayez,  that  you  nuty  have. 
Qu'ils  aient,  that  they  may  have. 


Past.    G' 


Que  j'aie  eu,  that  I  rnay'\ 

Que  tu  aies  eu,  that  thou  mayst  g* 
Qu'il  ait  eu,  that  he  may  I  ^ 

Que  nous  ayons  eu,  that  we  may  §■ 
Que  vous  ayez  eu,  that  you  may  ?• 
Qu'ils  aient  eu,         that  they  may , 


Imperfect.    B. 


Pluperfect.    H' 


Que  j'eusse. 
Que  tu  eusses, 
Quil  eflt. 

Que  nous  eussions, 
Que  vous  eussiez, 
Qu'ils  eussent, 


that  n  ^ 

that  thou     S. 

that  he    g; 

that  we  r  s- 

that  you     S 

that  t/iey ) 


Que  j'eusse  eu. 
Que  tu  eusses  eu, 
Quil  eut  eu. 
Que  nous  eussions  eu, 
Que  vous  eussiez  eu, 
Qu'ils  eussent  eu. 


that  n 
that  thou  I      i 
that  Ae  I  *■» 
that  ive 
that  you 
that  they. 


INFINITIVE   MODE. 
Present.    I  Past.    I' 

Avoir,  to  have.  Avoir  eu,  to  have  had. 

PARTICIPLES. 


Present.    fT" 
Ayant,  having. 


Past.    .7' 
Ayant  en,  having  had. 


Past  Passive.    K 
Eu,  m. ;  eue,  /.,  had. 


*  Secotid  form  of  the  cond.  past :  j'eusse  pu,  tu  eusses  eu,  il  eut  eu,  nous 
eussions  eu,  vous  eussiez  eu,  ils  eussent  eu. 


278 


CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


ETRE— to  be.     (Avxiliary  Verb  J 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 

A 

Past  Indefin 

ITE.      A' 

Je  puis, 

I  am. 

J"ai  ete, 

I  have  been. 

TU   C8, 

tliou  art. 

Tu  as  ete. 

thou  hast  been. 

U  est, 

he  is. 

11  a  ete. 

he  /«/><  been. 

Nous  sommes, 

we  are. 

Nous  avons  ete. 

we  have  been. 

Vous  files, 

you  are. 

Vous  avez  etu, 

you  have  been. 

lis  sout. 

they  are. 

lis  ont  ete. 

t/iey  have  been. 

Imperfect. 

« 

Pluperfect,     li' 

J'etais, 

/  IDOS. 

J"avais  ete, 

I  had  been. 

Tu  etais, 

thou  wast. 

Tu  avals  ete. 

thou  hadst  been. 

11  etait, 

he  was. 

11  avait  ete. 

he  had  been. 

Nous  etions. 

we  were. 

Niius  avioDs  ete, 

we  had  been. 

Vous  etiez, 

you  ivere. 

Vous  aviez  ete. 

you  had  been. 

lis  etaient, 

they  were. 

lis   avaient  ete. 

they  had  been. 

Past  Definite. 


Past  Anterior.     C 


Je  fus, 
Tu  fus, 
11  fut. 

Nous  ffluies, 
Vous  fates, 
lis  furent. 


I  was. 

tliou  toast. 

he  was. 

we  were. 

you  wei-e. 

they  were. 


J'eus  ete, 
Tu  ens  ete, 
II  eut  ete. 
Nous  eumes  ete, 
Vous  eutes  ete, 
Us  eureut  ete, 


/  had  been. 

thou  hadst  been. 

he  had  been. 

we  had  been. 

you  had  been. 

they  had  been. 


Future.    2> 


Future  Anterior.    ly 


Je  serai, 
Tu  seras, 
U  sera, 
Nous  serons, 
Vouo  serez, 
lis  serout. 


I  shall  be. 
thou  wilt  be. 
he  will  be. 
we  shall  be. 
you  will  be. 
they  will  be. 


J'aurui  ete, 
Tu  auras  etc, 
II  aura  ete. 
Nous  aurons  ete, 
Vous  aurez  ete, 
Us  auront  ete. 


Ishain 
thou  ivilt  g* 
he  u'ill  I  ^ 
we  shall ''  §" 
you  will  a 
they  will. 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Present.    J3 


Je  serais, 
Tu  serais, 
II  serait, 
Nous  serious, 
Vous  scriez, 
jls  seraieut. 


/  should  be. 

thou  wotddst  be. 

he  would  be. 

we  should  be. 

you  would  be. 

they  icould  be. 


Past.*    Xy 


J"aurais  ete, 
Tu  aurais  ete, 
II  auralt  ete, 
Nous  aurions  ete, 
Vous  auriez  ete. 
Us  auraient  ete, 


/  should' 

thou  wouldst 

he  would 

we  sitould  I 

you  would 

they  would  \ 


*  Second  form  of  the  cond.  past:  j'eusse  6t6,  tu  eusses  6t6,  il  eut  6t6,  nous 
eussions  6t6,  vous  eussiez  6t6,  ils  eurent  6t6. 


.cok^juctAtiox  of  YERBa. 


•^79 


IMPERATIVE   MODE.    F 


Sois, 

Soyous, 

Soyez, 


be  (thou). 
let  us  be. 
be  (you). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present. 


Que  jc  sois, 
Que  tu  sois, 
Qu'il  soit. 
Que  nous  soyons. 
Que  vous  soyez, 
Qu'ils  soient, 


that  I  may  be. 

that  thou  inaynt  be. 

that  he  may  be. 

that  ive  may  be. 

that  you  may  be. 

that  they  may  be. 


Past.     G' 


Que  j'aic  etc',  that  I  may^ 

Quo  tu  aies  etc,  that  thou  maynt 
Qu'il  ait  ete,  that  he  may 

Que  nous  ayons  ete,  that  we  may 
Que  vous  ayez  ete,  that  you  may 
Qu'ils  aient  ete,        that  they  may 


Imperfect.    R 


Pluperfect.    H.' 


Que  je  fusse. 
Que  tu  fusses, 
Qu'il  fflt, 

Que  nous  fussions. 
Que  vous  fussiez, 
Qu'ils  fusscut. 


that  I\ 

that  thou  I  2 

that  he  \  ^ 

that  ive  {  I*; 

that  you  |  ^ 

that  they} 


Que  j'eussc  ete. 
Que  tu  eusses  ete, 
{^u'll  eut  ete, 
Que  nous  eussions  ete. 
Que  vous  eussiez  ete, 
Qu'ils  eussent  ete. 


that  71 

that  thou  I      2 

that  he  I  |-|- 

that  -we  \?  St- 

that  you        § 

tliat  they} 


fitre. 


INFINITIVE  MODE. 
Present.    I  Past.    I' 

to  be.  Avoir  ete,        to  have  been. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Past.    J' 
Ayaut  ete,        having  been. 


Present.    J 
fitant,  being. 


Past  Passive.    K 
£l6,  been. 


FORMATION  OF  THE  TENSES. 


Tenses  are  primitive  or  derivative.  The  primitive  tenses  are  thf^ 
principal  parts  of  the  verb,  and  serve  to  form  the  derivative  tenses. 
There  are  five  primitive  tenses  in  French  verbs :  the  Present  Indica- 
tive, the  Past  Definite,  the  Present  Infinitive  and  the  two 
Participles. 

1.  The  Present  Indicative,  although  itself  a  primitive  tense,  has 
its  plural  formed  from  the  present  participle  by  changing  ant  into  ons, 
ez,  ent. 

aim  ant  fin  iss  ant  rec  ev  ant  rend  ant 

nous  aim  ons  nous  fin  iss  ons  nous  rec  ev  ons  nous  rend  ons 

vous  aim  ez  vous  fin  iss  ez  vous  rec  ev  ez  vous  rend  ez 

ils      aim  ent  ils      fin  iss  ent  ils      reg  oiv  ent  ils      rend  ent 

2.  The  Imperfect  Indicative  is  also  formed  from  the  present 
participle  by  changing  ant  into  ais,  ais,  ait,  ions,  iez,  aient. 

The  two  verbs  avoir  and  savoir  are  the  only  exceptions  to  this  rule. 

3.  The  Past  Definite  is  a  primitive  tense  and  has  four  sets  of 
endings. 

for  the  1st  conjugation  ; 
for  the  2d  and  4th  conjugation  ; 
for  the  3d  conjugation  ; 
ins,  ins,  int,  inmes,  intes,  inrent,     for  tenir,  venir  and  compounds. 

4.  The  Future  adds  ai,  as,  a,  ons,  ez,  ont,  to  the  present  infinitive. 
But,  in  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations,  the  endings  oir  and  re  lose 
respectively  oi  and  e. 

aim  er  fin  ir  rec  evoir  rend  re 

j'aim  erai  je  fin  irai  je  rec  evrai  ie  rend  rai 


ai, 

as. 

a» 

ames. 

ates. 

erent, 

is, 

is. 

it. 

imes. 

ites, 

irent. 

us, 

us. 

ut, 

dmes. 

utes, 

urent, 

FORMATION     OF     THE     TENSES.  281 

6.  The  Conditional  follows  tlie  peculiarities  of  the  future  in  all 
cerbs — whether  regular,  or  irregular — and  adds  ais,  ais,  ait,  ions,  iez, 
aient,  to  the  r  of  the  infinitive  :  aimer,  j'aimorais;  recevoir,  jo  rece- 
vrais,  etc. 

6.  The  Imperative  has  its  second  person  singular  like  the  first 
person  singular  of  the  present  indicative — except  in  avoir,  Stre,  aller, 
savoir.  The  first  and  second  persons  plural  are  as  in  the  present  indi- 
cative— except  in  avoir,  etre,  savoir. 

7.  The  Subjunctive  Present  is  formed  from  the  present  participle 
by  changing  ant  into  e,  es,  e,  ions,  iez,  ent.  Only,  for  euphony,  verbs 
in  evoir,  change  e  into  oi  in  the  singular  and  in  the  third  person 
plural  :  devant,  que  je  doive  ;  recevant,  que  je  regoive. 

8.  The  Subjunctive  Imperfect.  The  first  person  singular  of  this 
tense  can  always  be  obtained  by  adding  se  to  the  second  person  singu- 
lar of  the  past  definite.     This  rule  is  good  even  for  irregular  verbs  •. 

tu  aim  as  tu  fin  is  tu  re9  us  tu  rend  is 

que  j'aim  asse        que  je  fin  isse,       que  je  reg  usse,     que  je  rsnd  isse 

9.  The  compound  tenses  are  all  formed  of  the  past  participle  and  one 
of  the  auxiliary  verbs  avoir  or  ^tre. 

Rem.  1.  All  verbs  that  more  or  less  deviate  from  the  above  rules 
are  given  in  the  Alphabetical  List,  "page  302,  and"  referred  to  their  re- 
spective models  in  the  paradigms  for  irregular  verbs. 

Rem.  2.  In  the  following  paradigms,  each  tense  has  a  letter  assigned 
to  it,  which  letter  may  be  used  as  a  convenient  abbreviation  to  indicate 
the  proper  tense  in  written  exercises. 

Rem.  3.  Throughout  the  models  of  the  regular  conj  ugations,  every 
simple  tense  is  headed  by  its  primitive  part  printed  in  bold  type 


282 


CONJL'GATIDN   OF   VEEBS. 


REGULAR  VERBS. 
First  Conjugation  in  ER— COUPER,  to  cut.    (Model  Verb.) 

Couper,  to  cut.  Coujtant,  culling.  Coupe,  cut. 


Present,    a 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 

Past  Indefinite. 


tie  coup  e,*  __ 

Tu    coup  es, 
11      coup  e, 

(cotip  ant.)  * 
N.    coup  ons, 
V.    coup  ez, 
lis    coup  eiit, 


I  cut. 

thou  cuttest. 

he  cuts. 


J'ai  coupe, 
Tu  as  coupe, 
II  a  coupe, 


we  cut.       Nous  avon.s  coupe, 
you  cut.        Vous  avez  coupe, 
they  cut.       Us  out  coupe. 


/  hare  cut. 

thou  hast  cut. 

lie  has  cut. 

we  have  cut. 
you  have  cut. 
they' have  cut. 


Imperfect. 
(coup  ant.) 


B 


PLirPEUFECT.      Ji' 


Je  coup  ais, 
Tu  coup  ais, 
II  coup  ait, 
N.  coup  ioHS, 
v.  coup  iez. 
Us  coup  aieut. 


/  was  cutting. 

tliou  wast  cutting. 

lie  was  cutting. 

tve  were  cutting. 

you  were  cutting. 

Viey  were  cutting. 


J'avais  coupe, 
Tu  avais  coupe, 
U  avail  coupe. 
Nous  avious  coupe, 
Vous  aviez  coupe, 
Us  avaient  coupe, 


/  had  cut. 

thou  hadst  cut. 

he  had  cut. 

we  had  cut. 

you  had  cut. 

they  had  cut. 


Past  Definite.    C 


Past  Anterior.    C 


e/e  coupaij^ 

Tu   coup  as, 
II      coup  a, 
N.    coup  ames, 
V.    coup  ates. 
Us    coup  erent, 


I  cut. 

thou  cuttedst. 

he  cut. 

we  cut. 

you  cut. 

they  cut. 


J'eus  coupe, 
Tu  eus  coupe, 
II  eut  cuupe. 
Nous  eumes  coupe, 
Vous  cutes  coupe, 
lis  eurent  coupe. 


/  had  cut. 

tlwu  hadst  cut. 

he  had  cut. 

we  had  cut. 

you  had  cut. 

they  had  cut. 


Future.    Z) 


Future  Anterior.    J>' 


("coup  cr.) 
Je  coup  erai, 
Tu  coup  eras, 
II  coup  era, 
N.  coup  crons, 
V.  coup  erez, 
Ds  coup  eront, 


/  shall  cut. 
thou  wilt  cut. 
he  will  cut. 
we  shall  cut. 
you  wiU  cut. 
they  will  cut. 


J'aurai  coupe, 
Tu  auras  coupe, 
U  aura  coupe. 
Nous  aurous  coupe, 
Vous  aurez  coupe 
lis  auront  coupe. 


I  shall] 
thou  uilt  I 
he  will  [ 
7i!e  s/iall 
you  will 
they  zoill. 


♦Thronghout  the  four  model  verbs  of  the  regular  conjugations,  every  simple 

tense  has  its  primitive  part  thus  marked  in  bold  type. 


COXJU(iATrOiT    Olf   VKRBS. 


283 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Present. 
(coup  er.) 
Je   coup  urais, 
Tu  coup  erais, 
U     coup  erait, 
N.   coup  erions, 
V.    coup  criez, 
Ue  coup  eraient, 


I  should  cut. 

thou  wouldsl  cut. 

he  would  cut. 

we  slwuld  cut. 

you  would  cut. 

they  would  cut. 


Past.*    E' 


J'aurais  coup6, 
Tu  aurais  coupt\ 
II  aurait  coupe, 
Nous  aurions  coupu, 
Vous  auriez  coupe, 
lis  auiaieiit  coupe, 


I  should' 

thou  wouldst 

he  would 

we  should 

you  would 

they  would 


IMPERATIVE  MODE.    F 


(je  coup  e.)         Coup  e, 
(coii2>  (itit.)    Coup  ons, 
Coup  ez, 


cut  (thou J. 
let  us  cut. 
cut  {you J. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present.    G 
(roup  nut.) 

Que  je  coup  e,  that  I  may  cut. 

Que  tn  coup  es,  that  tlwu  mayst  cut. 
Qu'il      coup  e,  that  he  tnay  cut. 

Que  n.  coup  ions,  that  we  may  cut. 
Que  V.  coup  iez,  (hat  ijoii  may  cut. 
Qu'ils    coup  eut,       that  they  viay  cut. 


Past.     G' 


Que  j'aio  coupe, 
Que  tu  aies  coupe, 
Qu'il  ait  coupe. 
Que  iiou.s  ayons  coupe, 
Que  vous  ayez  coupe, 
QuMls  aicut  coupe, 


that  71  g 

that  thou 

that  he 

that  we 

that  you 

that  they 


Imperfect.    H 


Que  je 
•Que  tu 
Qu'il 
Que  n 
Que  V 
Qu'ils 


coup  at.) 

coup  asse, 
coup  asses, 
coup  at, 
coup  assions, 
coup  assiez, 
coup  assent, 


that  71 

that  thou  I  3 

(hat  he  \  "%, 

that  we  r  ~ 

(hat  you  |  S. 

(hat  they] 


Pluperfect.    II' 

Que  j'eusse  coupe,  that  7]  S 

Que  tu  eusses  coupe,        that  thou  I  -g. 
Qu'il  eflt  coupe,  that  he  ] 

Que  nous  eussions  coupe,   that  w«  I 
Que  vous  eussiez  coupe,    that  you 
Qu'ils  eussent  coupe,         (hat  they] 


1 


INFINITIVE  MODE. 


Present.    I 
Coup  er,  to  cut. 


Past.    I' 
^I'oir  coupe,    (ohaveatt. 


PARTICIPLES. 


Present.    «7 
Coup  ant,  cutting. 


Past.    J' 
A  yant  coupe,      having  cut. 


Past  Passive.    K 
Coupe,  m.;  coup  ee,  /., 


cut. 


•Second  form  of  the  cond.  past :  j'eusse  coupe,' tu  eusses  coupe,  il  eflt  coupe, 
nous  eussions  coupe,  vous  eussiez  coupe,  lis  eussent  coupe. 


2ii4 


CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


Second  Conjugation  in  IR — FINIR,  to  finish,    f Model  Verb.) 


Finir,  lo  finish. 


Finisaant,  finisiUng.  Finl,  finished. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 
Present.    A  Past  Indefinite.    A' 


Je  fin  ia, 

Tu   finis, 
II     fin  it, 

(fin  issiiut.) 
N.    fin  issons, 
V.    fin  issez, 
lis    fin  iasent, 


I  finish. 

thou  finished. 

he  finishes. 

we  finish. 
you  finish. 


J'ai  fini, 

Tu  as  fini, 

II  a  flni,  ^_ 

Nous  avons  fini, 
Vous  avez  flni, 


t/iey  finish.        lis  cut  fini, 


/  have  finished. 

thou  hast  finished. 

he  has  finished. 

we  have  finished, 
you  have  finished, 
they  have  finished. 


Impeupect.    iJ 
(fin  issnnt.) 

I  was  finishing. 

thou  ivast  finishing. 
"^-j  he  was  finishing. 
-~y  we  were  finishing. 

you  were  flnis/dng. 

they  were  finishing. 


Pluperfect.    B' 


Je  fin  issais, 
Tu  fin  issais 
II  fin  issait, 
N.  fin  issioiis, 
V.  fin  issiez, 
Us  fin  issaient, 


J'avais  fini, 
Tu  avais  flni, 
II  avait  fini. 
Nous  avions  fini, 
Vous  aviez  flni, 
lis  avaient  fini, 


/  had  finished. 

thou  hadst  finished. 

he  had  finished. 

we  had  finished. 

you  had  finished. 

they  had  finished. 


Past  Definite.    C 


Past  Anterior.    C 


Je  fin  is, 

Tu   fin  is, 
II      fin  it, 
N.     fin  iines, 
V.     fin  Ites, 
lis    fin  irent, 


I  finished. 

thou  finishedst. 

he  finished. 

we  finished. 

you  finished. 

they  finished. 


J'eus  fini, 
Tu  ens  fini, 
II  cut  fini, 
Nous  fflmes  flni. 
Vous  eutes  flni, 
lis  eurcnt  flni. 


7  had  finished. 

thou  hadst  finis/ted. 

he  had  finished. 

we  had  fini.shed. 

you  had  finished. 

they  had  finished. 


Future.    J> 


Future  Anterior.    D' 


(fin  ir.) 
Je  fln  irai, 
Tu  fin  iras, 
II  fin  ira, 
N.  fin  irons, 
V.  fln  irez, 
Us  fin  iront, 


I  shall  finish, 
thou  wilt  finish. 

he  will  finish. 
we  shall  .finish, 
vou  will  finish, 
they  will  finish. 


J'aurai  flni, 
Tu  auras  fini, 
II  aura  fini, 
Nous  aurons  fini, 
Vous  aurez  fini, 
lis  aiuoiit  fiui, 


/  shall 
thou  wilt 

he  will 
we  shall 
you  will 
they  will. 


CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


•48ft 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Present. 
(fin  ir.) 

Je  fin  irais, 
Tu  tin  iiais, 
II  fin  iiait, 
N.  fin  irions, 
V.  fin  iiicz, 
lie  fin  iraient, 


thou  tvouldst  I  . 

he  ivviild '  » 

we  should  ' 

you  tvould 

they  would 


Past.*    E' 


J'aurais  flni, 
Tu  auiaiB  fini, 
II  aiirail.  fini, 
Nous  auiion.-i  fiui, 
Vous  auiit'Z  fini, 
lis  auraicnt  fiui. 


/  should  1 

thou  wouldt^i  ; 

he  tvould 

we  should 

you  rvould 

they  Would 


\^ 


(je  fin  is.) 
(fin  issant.) 


mPERATIVE  MODE.    F 


Fin  is, 
j  Fin  issons, 
!  Fin  issez, 


finish  ithou). 
1(1  ns  finish, 
finish  (you). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present.    G 
(fin  issant.) 
Que  je  fin  isse,  that  I  may} 

Que  tu  fin  isses,  that  thou  mayst 
Qu'il      fin  isse,  that  he  may 

Que  n.  fin  issions,  that  we  may 
Que  V.  flu  issiez,  that  you  may 
Qu'ils    fin  isscnt,       that  they  may 


Past.    G* 


Que  j'aie  fini, 
Que  tu  aies  fini, 
Qu'il  ait  flni, 
Que  nous  ayons  fini, 
Que  vous  ayez  fini, 
Qu'ils  aient  fiui, 


that  P 

that  thou 

that  he 

that  we 

that  you 

that  they 


Imperfect.    H 


(je  fin  is.) 
Que  je  fin  isse. 
Que  tu  fin  isses, 
Qu'il      fin  it. 
Que  n.  fin  issions. 
Que  V.  fin  issiez, 
Qn'ils    fin  issent. 


that  n 

that  thou 

that  he 

that  we 

that  yofu 

that  they  _ 


Pluperfect.    H' 

Que  j'eusse  fini,  that  r\ 

Que  tu  eusses  fini,  that  thou  I 

Qu'il  eflt  fini,  that  he  I 

Que  nous  eussions  fini,    tliat  we  \ 
Que  vous  eussiez  fini,     that  you 
Qu'ils  eussent  fini,  that  they) 


infinitrt;  mode. 

Present     I  Past.    V 

Fin  ir,  to  finish.  Avoir  fini,  to  have  finished. 


participles. 


I^resbnt.     tf 
Fin  issant,  finishing. 


Past.    J' 
Ayant  fini,     having  finished. 


Past  Passive.    K 
Fin  i,  finished. 


*  Second  form  of  the  co;id    past:  j'eusse  fini,  tu  eusses  flni,  il  eut  fini,  nous 
eussions  fini,  vous  eussiez  fini,  ils  eus.sent  i'uu^ 


286 


CONJrr.ATTOX    OF   YEllBS. 


THmo  CoiJJUGATlON  IX  OIR*— RECEVOIR,  to  receive. 


Secevoir,  to  receive. 


Jteccvunt,  receiving. 


Jte^u,  received. 


Present.    A. 


tTe  reQ  ois, 

Tu  refois, 
II     re9  oit, 
(rec  ev  ant.) 

N.    rec  ev  ons, 
V.    rec  ev  ez. 
Us   rf9  otvent,t 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 

Past  Indefinite.    A' 


I  receive.       J'ai  refu, 
thou  receivest.       Tu  as  re9U, 
he  receives.       U  a  ri-fu, 


we  receive, 
you  receive, 
they  receive. 


Nous  avons  reyu, 
Vous  avez  re^u, 
Us  ont  refii, 


/  have  received. 

ttwu  hast  received. 

lie  has  received. 

we  have  received. 
you  have  received, 
they  have  received. 


Imperfect.    Ji 


Pluperfect.    S' 


(rec  ev  ant.) 

Je  rec  ev  ais, 

Tu  rec  ev  ais, 

11  rec  ev  ait, 

N.  rec  ev  ions, 

V.  rec  ev  iez, 

Us  rec  ev  aieut, 


/  was  receiving. 

thou  wast  receiving. 

he  tvas  receiving. 

we  were  receiving. 

you  were  receiving. 

they  were  receiving. 


J'avais  rc^u, 
Tu  avais  rt'^n, 
II  avait  refu, 
Nous  avious  rL'9U, 
Vous  aviez  re9U, 
Us  r^vaient  re9U, 


/  had  received. 

thou  hadst  received. 

he  had  received. 

ive  had  received. 

you  had  received. 

they  had  received. 


Past  Definite. 


Past  Anterior.    C 


Jc  rc^  us, 

Tu   re9  US, 
11     re9  ut, 
N.    re9  flme" 
V.    re9  fltes, 
Jls   re9  urent, 


/  received. 

thou  receivedst. 

he  received. 

we  received. 

you  received. 

they  received. 


J'ens  re9u, 
Tu  eus  refu, 
U  cut  re9u, 
Nous  eumes  rc9U, 
Vous  uiites  re9u, 
lis  eurent  rc9u, 


I  had  received. 

thou  hadst  I'eceived. 

he  had  received. 

we  had  received. 

you  had  received. 

they  had  received. 


Future.    D 


Future  Anterior.    ly 


(rec  ev  oir.) 

Je  rec  ev  rai, 

Tu  rec  ev  ras, 

U  rec  ev  ra, 

N.  rec  ev  rons, 

V.  rec  ev  rez. 

Be  rec  ev  rent. 


7  shall  receive. 
thou  wilt  receive. 

fie  will  receive. 
we  shall  receive, 
you  will  receive, 
they  will  receive. 


J"aurai  refu, 
Tu  auras  rc9u, 
11  aura  re9u. 
Nous  aurons  re9u, 
Vous  aurez  re9U, 
Ds  auront  re9U, 


1  shall  have'] 
thou  wilt  have 
he  tvill  have 
we  shall  have 
you  will  have 
they  will  have. 


♦Verbs  in  oi>— about  thirty  in  number— are  all  more  or  less  irre^ilar.  Six  only, 
ending  in  evolr,  follow  reeevoir  in  all  the  tenses  (see  Note  on  next  page).  The 
others  will  be  found  in  the  list  of  irregular  verbs 

tHere,  as  in  the  i)re8.  eubj.,  oi  takes  the  place  of  e,  for  euphony.  Observe 
also  c  (cedilla)  before  o  and  i*t 


CONJUGATION    OF   VEIIBS. 


287 


CONDITIONAL   MODE. 


Present. 
(rec  evoir.) 

Je  rec  ev  rais, 
Tq  rec  ev  rais, 
II  rec  ev  rait, 
N.  rec  ev  rioiis, 
V.  rec  ev  riez, 
Us   rec  ev  raient, 


E 


I  stvovld  receivi. 

Hum  wouldst  receive. 

he  would  receive. 

we  should  receive. 

you  would  receive. 

they  would  receive. 


Past.*    Xy 


J'aurals  re^u, 
Til  aurais  reyu, 
II  aurait  re^u, 
Nous  aurions  re9u, 
Vous  auriez  re9u, 
lis  auraient  re9n, 


/  should  1  > 

tlwu  wouldist  I  § 

he  would  ! 

ice  should 

you  would     § 

they  would]  •** 


^^g 


IMPERATIVE  MODE.    F 


(je  rcf  oi.s.)      Re?  ois, 

,  '  Rec  ev  ons, 
(rec  ev  ant.)  i  .- 
^  '  I  Rec  ev  ez, 


Present. 

f? 

(rec  ev  nut.) 

Que  je  re<;  ojve, 
Que  tu  ro9  otves, 
Qu'il      re?  oive, 

that  T 

thai  tliou 

that  he 

Que  n.  rue  ev  ions, 

that  we 

Que  V.  rec  ev  iez. 

that  you 

§■ 

Qu'ils    re?  ojvent, 

that  they. 

receive  (thou). 

let  us  receive. 

receive  (you). 

'E  MODE. 

Past. 

Gf 

Que  j'aic  re9u, 

that  r 

Que  tu  aies  re9u, 

that  thou 

^  2 

Qu'il  ait  reyu, 

that  he 

.P 

Que  nous  ayons  re9U 

that  we 

Que  vous  ayez  re9H, 

that  you 

P-S 

Qu'ils  aient  re9u, 

that  they , 

Imperfect.    U 


(je  re^  us.) 
Que  je  re?  usse. 
Que  tu  re?  usses, 
Qu'il      re9  fit. 
Que  n.  re9  ussions, 
Que  V.  re?  ussicz, 
Qu'ils    re?  ui^sent, 


that  I^  g 

that  thou  I  <S" 

that  he  \ 

that  we  I 

that  you  j 

that  they] 


Pluperfect.    H' 

Que  j'eusse  re9u,  that  I'] 

Que  tu  eusses  re?u,       that  thou  I 
Qu'il  eut  re?u,  that  he  [ 

Que  nous  eussions  re?u,  that  we 
Que  vous  eussiez  re?u,  that  you 
Qu'ils  eussent  re?u,        that  they 


INTINITR'E   MODE. 

Present.    I  Past.    I' 

Itec  ev  oil',  to  receive.  Avoir  re?a,    to  have  received. 


Present.    J" 
Jlec  ev  ant,  receiving. 


PARTICIPLES. 

Past.    ,T' 
Ayant  re?u,      having  received. 


Past  Passive.    K 
Re^  11,  m.;  ref  tie,  /.,    received. 

Note.— Like  recc»oir,  conjugate  apercevoir,  to peicelve  ;  concevoir,  to  con 
Cfive;  decevolr,  to  deceive  ;  devoir  {p.  p  .  du,  due),  to  owe  ;  percevoir,  to  col- 
lect (rents  or  taxes);  redevoir  (p.  p.,  redu,  redue),  to  owe  again. 


*  Seoond  form  of  the  cond.  past:  j'eiisse  reo",  tu  eusses  re?u,  il  eiit  regu,  etc. 


288 


CON.irOATTON    OF    VKKRS. 


Fourth  Conjugation  in  RE— VENDRE,  to  sell.    (Model  Verb.) 


Vendre,  to  sell. 


Vendant,  selling. 


Vendu,  sold. 


INDICATrVB   MODE. 
Present.    A  Past  Im  definite.    A' 


iTe  vend  s. 

/  sell. 

J'ai  vendu. 

/  have  sold. 

Tu    vend  s, 

thou  sellest. 

Tu  as  vendu, 

thou  hast  sold 

D     vend, 

1                he  sells. 

11  a  vendu,           >^ 

he  has  sold 

(vend  ant.) 

N.    vend  ons, 

we  sell. 

Nous  avons  vendu. 

we  have  sold. 

V.    vend  ez, 

you  sell. 

Vqus  avcz  vendu. 

you  hare  sold 

lis    vend  ent, 

they  sell. 

lis  ont  vendu, 

they  have  sold. 

Imperfect.    B 

Pluperfect.    S' 

(vend  ant.) 

Je   vend  ais, 

I  was  selling. 

J'avais  vendu, 

I  had  sold 

Tu  vend  ais, 

thou  wast  selling. 

Tu  avals  vendu. 

thou  hadst  sold. 

11    vend  ait, 

he  ivas  selling. 

11  avait  vendu, 

he  had  sold. 

N.   vend  ions, 

we  were  selling. 

Nous  avions  vendu. 

2ve  had  sold 

v.   vend  iez. 

you  were  selling. 

Vous  aviez  vendu, 

you  had  sold. 

lis  vend  aieut, 

they  were  selling. 

lis  avaient  vendu, 

they  had  sold. 

Past  Definite.     C 


Past  Anterior.     C 


tTe  vend  is, 

I  sold 

Tu    vend  is. 

thou  soldest 

11      vend  it, 

he  sold. 

N.    vend  imes, 

we  sold. 

V.    vend  ites. 

you  sold. 

lis    vend  irent, 

they  sold 

Future. 

D 

(vend  re.) 

Je   vend  rai. 

I  shall  sell. 

Tu  vend  ras. 

thou  wilt  sell. 

11     vend  ra. 

he  ivill  sell 

N.  vend  rons, 

tve  shall  sell. 

V.  vend  rez, 

ymi  will  sell. 

lis  vend  rent, 

they  will  sell 

J'eus  vendu, 
Tu  eus  vendu, 
II  eut  vendu, 
Nous  elimcs  vendu, 
Vous  efltes  vendu, 
lis  eurent  vendu. 


/  had  sold. 

thou  hadst  sold. 

he  had  sold. 

ice  had  sold. 

you  had  sold. 

they  had  sold. 


Future  Anterior.    D' 


J'aurai  vendu, 
Tu  auras  vendu, 
II  aura  vendu. 
Nous  aurons  vendu, 
Vous  an  rez  vendu, 
lis  auront  vendu, 


/  shall^ 
thou  will 
he  will 
we  shall 
you  will 
they  will. 


'I 


COJSJLUATlu:!*    Ob'    VEKiio. 


289 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Present.    JE 


(vend  re.) 

Je  vend  rais, 
Tu  vend  rais, 
II  vend  rait, 
N.  vf  ud  rions, 
V.  vend  riez, 
ll3  vend  raient, 


Past.*    ly 


I  should  sell.       J'aurais  vendu, 


thou  wouldnt  sell. 

he  would  sell. 

we  should  sell. 

you  would  sell. 

they  would  sell. 


Tu  aurais  vendu, 
II  aurait  vendu, 
Nous  aurions  vendu, 
Vous  auriez  vendu, 
lis  auraient  vendu, 


/  should  1 

thou  wouldst  I 

he  would  I 

we  should  [ 

'  you  would 

they  would} 


LMPERATIVE   MODE.    -F 


(je  vend  s.)         Vend  s, 

^  ^\  Vend  ons, 
(^^^^^  «"*•>' 1  Vend  ez, 


sell  {thou), 
let  us  sell, 
sell  (you). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Pbesent.    G 
(vend  ant.) 
<iae  je  vend  e,  thai  I  may  sell. 

Que  tu  vend  es,  that  thou  mayst  sell. 
QuU      vend  e,  that  he  may  sell. 

Que  n.  vend  ions,  that  we  may  sell. 
Que  V.  vend  iez,  that  you  may  sell. 
Qu'ils    vend  ent,      that  they  may  sell. 


Past.    Gf 


Que  j'aie  vendu, 
Que  tu  ales  vendu, 
Qu'il  ait  vendu. 
Que  nous  ay  ons  vendu. 
Que  vous  ayez  vendu, 
Qu"ils  aient  vendu. 


that  n  3 

that  thou    <: 

that  he  I  §• 

that  we\^ 

that  you     § 

that  they]  S 


Imperfect.    H. 


(vend  is.) 
Que  je  vend  isse. 
Que  tu  vend  isses, 
Qu"il      vend  it. 
Que  n.  vend  issions, 
Que  V.  vend  issiez, 
Qa'ils    vend  issent, 


that  n 

that  thou  I 

that  he  j^ 

that  we 

that  yo't 

that  they  ^ 


Pluperfect.    W 

Que  j'eusse  vendu,  that  71 

Que  tu  eusses  vendu,  that  thou  I  §. 
Qu'il  efli  vendu,  that  he  I  §  > 

Que  n.  eussions  vendu,  that  we\^^-^ 
Que  V.  eussiez  vendu,  that  you  |  « 
Qu'ils  eussent  vendu,     that  they) 


INFINITrVE  MODE. 


Present.    1 
Tend  re,  to  sell. 


Past.    I' 
Avoir  vendu,     to  have  sold. 


PARTICIPI-ES. 


Present.    J" 
Tend  ant,  selling. 


Past.    tT' 
Ayant  vendu,      having  sold. 


Past  Passive.    K 
Vend  u,  t 


*  Second  form  of  the  cond.  past:  j'eusse  vendu,  tu  eusses  vendu,  il  efit  vendu, 
nous  eussions  vendu,  voua  i-ussiez  vendu.  Us  eussei-t  vendu. 


290 


CON-JUGATIOJf   OF  VERBS. 


CONJUGATION"    OF    PASSIVE    VERBS. 


The  passive  verb  is  formed  bj'  joining  the  past  participle  of  the  active  verb 
to  the  various  forms  of  the  auxiliary  verb  etre,  to  be :  as  aimer,  to  love:  etrt 
ainie,  to  be  lored. 

The  past  participle  agrees,  in  gender  and  number,  with  the  subject  of  the  verb. 


ETRE  AIME— to  be  loved.    (Model  Verb.) 


INDICATIVE   MODE. 


Pbksent.    a 


Past  Indefinite.    A' 


Je  suis        '  :• 

1     aime 

J'ai  ete 

aime 

s-^ 

Tu  es 

1-      or 

J5 

Tu  as  ete 

or 

D  0?"  elle  est    '- 

\  aimee. 

g.s 

11  or  elle  a  ete 

aimee, 

.11 

as* 

Nous  sommes     S-- ' 

1    aimes 

■^l 

Nous  avons  ete 

aime.s 

Vous  etes             f.  . : 

>■      w 

a. 

Vous  avez  ete 

or 

^1 

lis  or  elles  sont 

1  aimees, 

lis  or  elles  out  ete 

aimees, 

Imperfect. 

B 

Pluperfect. 

B' 

J'etais 

)    aime 

J'avais  ete     «^   -'^^ 

aime 

Tu  etais 

[    .or. 

Tu  avals  ete 

>-      ar 

.  a.a- 

11  m-  elle  etait 

)  aimee. 

11  or  elle  avait  ete 

aimee, 

Nous  etions 

)   aimes 

Nous  avions  ete 

aimes 

'<^^ 

Vous  etiez 

[   .or 

??s- 

Vous  aviez  ete 

>      m- 

.-1 

lis  w  elles  etaient 

)  aimees,  . 

<Q 

Ls  or  elles  avaient  ete 

aimees,  . 

Past  Definite.    C 


Past  Anterior.    C 


Je  fus 

1    aime 

k^ 

J'eu^  ete 

Tu  fus 

>-      or 

Tu  eus  ete 

11  or  elle  fut 

)  aimee, 

11  or  elle  eut  ete 

Nous  fumes 

1    aimes 

Nous  eflraes  ete 

Vous  ffites 

[  .or 

a. 

Vous  efltes  ete 

lis  or  elles  f  urent 

)  aimees, , 

lis  or  elles  eurent  ete 

)    air 

\    ■" 
)  aim 


FirrDRE.    D 


FcJTURE  Anterior.    D' 


Je  serai 

Tu  seras 

II  or  elle  sera 

Nous  serous 

Vous  serez 

lis  or  elles  seront 


]  am 


aime    ") 


aimee, 


J'aurai  ete 

)    aime 

f^ 

Tu  auras  ete 

>      or 

11  or  die  aura  ete 

)  aimee. 

.|S. 

Nous  aurons  ete 

1    aimes 

a.S^ 

Vous  aurez  ete 

v      or 

Ue  or  elles  auront 

et6 

)  aimees,  . 

S* 

CONJUGATION   OF    VEllliS. 


291 


Je  serais 

Tu  serais 

II  or  elle  serait 

Nous  serious 

Vous  seriez 

lis  or  elles  seraient 


CONDITIONAL   AIODE. 


Present.    E 


I    aimo 
V      or 
I   aimee, 


)    aimes 
>      or 
\  aimees, 


Past.*    J3> 


J'anrais  ete 
Tu  aurais  ete 
II  or  elle  aurait  ete 
Nous  aui-ions  ete 
Vous  auriez  ete 


I    aim6    " 

V      or 
)  ainiee, 

1    aiuies 


Us  or  elles  auraient  ete  »  aimees,  J  h  « 


IMPERATIVE    MODE.    F 


Sois  aime  or  aimee, 

„  ^       >aimes  or  aimees, 
Soyez    ) 


be  (thou)  loved. 
\  let  us  be  loved. 
I  be  (you)  loved. 


Que  je  sois 
Que  tu  sois 
Qu"il  or  elle  soit 
Que  nous  sojons 
Que  vous  soj-ez 
Qu"Us  or  elles  soient 


SUBJUNCTIVE    MODE. 


Present.    G 


aime    1  5>^ 


I    aim( 

I   aimee, 

)    aimes 
V      or       I 
)  aimees,  J 


Past.    Q* 


Que  j'aie  ete  \     a 

Que  tu  aies  ete  >- 

Qu'il  or  elle  ait  ete        '  "' 

Que  nous  ayons  ete       \    ^ 

Que  vous  ayez  ete  V      or       \  S  a 

Qu'ils  or  elles  aieut  ete  '  aimt-'es,  J  ss. 


ft? 


LSIPERFECT.      H 

Que  je  fusse  i    aime 

Que  tu  fusses  y      or 

Qii-il  or  elle  fflt  '  ainiee, 

Que  nous  fussions  ^    aimt's 

Que  vous  fussi'Z  v      o/' 

Qu'ils  or  elles  fussent  )  aimees, 


Pltiperpect.    H.' 


Que  j'eusse  ete 

Que  tu  eusses  ete 

Qu'il  or  elle  eiit  ete 

Que  nous  eussions  ete 

Que  vous  eussiez  ete       f   .  "'1      '5 

Qu'ils  w  elles  eussent  ete)  aimees  J  r. 


aime   1  g'g; 

or  §  a 

aimee,  o-^' 

aimes 


or 


S=9 


inftnitrt:  mode. 


Present.    I 
fitre  aime  or  aimee 


Past.    I' 


Avoir  ete  aime  or  aimee,     |  to  have  been 
aimes  ar  aimees,    i^'o  be  Imed.  aimes  w  aimee.s,  f      loved. 


PARTICIPLES. 


Present.    «7" 
foant  aime  or  aimee, 
aimes  or  aimees, 


Past.    fP 


Ayant  ete  aime  or  aimee,    i    hai-ing 
being  loved.  aimes  or  aimees,  I  been  loved. 


Past  Passive.    K 
£te  aime  &>•  aimee,  aimes  or  aimees,  been  loved. 


*  Second  form  of  the  cond.  past:  j'eusse  6t6  aiin6,  tu  eusses  6t6  aim6,  il  eflt  6W 
aini6,  nous  eussions  6t6  aiiu6s,  ^"'-»  eussiez  ete  aimes,  ils  eussent  6t6  aiin6s. 


2\iZ 


CONJUOATIOH    OF    VERBS. 


CONJUGATION  OF  A  NEUTER  VERB  WITH  ^TRE. 


Certain  neutur  verbs  are  conjugated  in  the  compound  tenses  with  the  auxiliary 
verb  etff,  lu  be ;  their  past  participle  agrees  with  the  subject  of  the  verb.  The 
verb  arriver,  lo  arrive,  is  given  as  the  model  verb  of  this  class. 


ARRIVER— to  arrive.    (Modd  Verb.) 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present. 

A 

Past  Indefi 

tNIT 

E.     A' 

J'arrive, 

I  arrive. 

Je  suis 

I 

arrive 

g) 

Tu  arrives, 

thou  arrivest. 

Tu  es 

[ 

or 

Ik. 

11  arrive,           / 

lie  arrives. 

11  or  elle  est    ^ 

) 

arrivee, 

Nous  arrivons/ 

we  atvive. 

Nous  sommes  ,  ' 

} 

arrives 

Vous  arrivez. 

you  arrive. 

Vous  etes 

[ 

or 

Us  arrrivent. 

they  arrive. 

lis  or  elles  sont 

) 

arrivees,  . 

Imperfect. 

B 

Pluperfect 

B' 

J'arrivais,                       /  was  arriving. 

J'etais 

) 

arrive    ' 

a 

Tu  arrivais,       A     tJvou  wast  arriving. 

Tu  clais 

[ 

or 

§ 

11  arrivait,           '  )        he 

was  aniving. 

11  or  elle  etait 

) 

arrivee, 

■1- 

Nous  arrivions,"         we 

were  aniving. 

Nous  etions 

) 

arrives 

!■§. 

Vous  arriviez,           you 

were  arriving. 

Vous  etiez 

\ 

or 

S" 

Es  arrivaient,           they 

Ware  arriving. 

Ls  or  elles  etaient 

arrivees, 

■ 

Past  Definite.    C 


Past  Anterior.    C 


J' arrival, 
Tu  arrivas, 
11  arriva, 
Nous  arrivames, 
Vous  arrivStes, 
lis  arriverent, 


/  arrived. 

thou  arrivedst. 

he  arrived. 

we  amved. 

you  arrived. 

they  arrived. 


Je  fi  s 

Tu  fus 

11  or  elle  fut 

Nous  fflmes 

Vous  ffltes 

lis  or  elles  furent 


Future.  D 


Future  Anterior.  D' 


J'arriverai, 
Tu  arriveras, 
II  arrivera, 
Nous  arriverons, 
Vons  arriverez, 
lie  arriveront, 


/  shall  arrive, 
thou  wilt  arrive. 

he  wUl  ar'rive. 
we  shall  arrive, 
you  will  arrive, 
they  will  arrive. 


Je  serai 

Tu  seras 

II  or  elle  sera 

Nous  serous 

Vous  serez 

lid  ur  elles  seront 


arrive    "1 

arrivee,    I 

arrives 

or         I 
arrivees,  J 


CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


295 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 


Pbesent.    E 


Past.*    £> 


J'arriverais, 

/  should 

Je  serais 

) 

arrive 

1  -"^ 

Tu  urriveiais, 

thou  wuuldtii 

2. 

Tu  serais 

\ 

or 

2§. 

11  arriverait. 

he  would 

11  or  elle  serait 

s 

ariivee, 

1  ~2 

Ndus  arriverious, 

we  should 

Nous  serious 

) 

arrives 

■|.l; 

Vous  arriveriez, 

you  would 

Vous  seriez 

f 

or 

?■» 

liB  orriveraient, 

they  would 

lis  or  elles  seraient 

arriix-es, 

i^t 

LMPERATR'E  MODE.    F 


Arrive, 

Arrivons, 

Arrivez, 


arrive  (thxm). 
let  us  arrive, 
arrive  (you). 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 
Present.    G  Past.    O' 


Que  j'arrive, 
Que  tu  arrives, 
Qu'il  arrive, 
Que  nous  arrivions, 
Que  vous  arriviez, 
Qu"ils  arrivent, 


that  r\ 

that  thou  I 

that  he 

that  we 

that  you 

that  they  _ 


1-S 


Que  je  sois 
Que  tu  sois 
Qu'il  or  elle  soit 
Que  nous  soyons 
Que  vous  soyez 
Qu'ils  or  elles  soient 


j-as 


arrives     i 


arrivees,  J  «. 


Imperfect.    M 


Pluperfect.    W 


Que  i"arrivassc, 
Que  tu-  arrivasses, 
Qu'il  arrival, 
Que  nous  arrivassions. 
Que  vous  arrivassiez, 
Qu'ils  arrivassent. 


that  r\ 

that  thou  I 

that  he  I 

that  we  I 

that  you  |  2. 

that  they] 


Que  je  fusse  j      a^jve     1 

Que  tu  fusses 

Qu'il  or  elle  fut 

Que  nous  fussions 

Que  vous  fussiez         J-        or        |  g^ 

Qu'ils  w  elles  fussent '   ai"vces,  J  R.5 


arrive 
arr.vee, 
arrives 


Present.    I 
Arriver,  to  arrive. 


INFINITR'E  MODE. 

Past.    I' 

Etre  arrive  or  arrivee,     i  to  have 
arrives  or  arrivees,  I  anived. 


PARTICIPLES. 


Pbesent.    tT 
Arrivant,  arriving. 


Past.    J' 


Etant  arrive  or  arrivee,     \  having 
arrives  or  arrivees,  ^arrived. 


Past.    K 
Arrive  or  arrivee,  arrives  or  arrivees,  arrived. 


*  Second  form  of  thecond.  past:  je  fusse  arriv6,  tu  fusses  arriv6,  il  f6t  arriv6, 
nous  fussions  arrives,  vous  fussiez  arrives,  ils  furent  arrives. 


294 


CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


CONJUGATION  OF  A  PRONOMINAL  VERB. 


Pronominal  verbs  are  conjugated  with  two  pronouns  of  the  same  person,  the  one 
is  the  subject,  the  otlier  tlie  direct,  or  indirect,  object  of  the  verb. 

In  the  compound  tenses  of  pronominal  verbs  the  auxiliary  verb  etre  is  used  for 
the  auxiliary  vcrl)  iivoir.  The  past  participle  is  subject  to  the  same  rule  of  agree- 
ment as  the  past  pariiciple  of  transitive  verbs;  that  is,  it  agrees  with  its  direct 
object,  when  the  direct  object  precedes  the  participle. 


SE  COUPER— to  cut  one's  self.    (Model  Verb.) 


Present.    A 


INDICATIVE   MODE. 

Past  Indefinite.    A' 


Je  me  coupe, 
Ta  te  coupes, 
II  se  coupe. 
Nous  nous  coupons, 
Vous  vous  coupez, 
lis  ee  coupent. 


/  cut  myself,  etc.       Je  me  suis  coupe,     /  have  cut  mysdf, 
Tu  t'es  coupe,  [_etc. 

li  s'est  coupe. 
Nous  nous  sommes  coupes, 
Vous  vous  etes  coupes, 
lis  se  sont  coupes. 


Imperfect.    B 


Plupbrpeot.    JB' 


Je  me  coupais, 
Tu  to  coupais, 
II  se  coupait. 
Nous  nous  coupions, 
Vous  vous  conpiez, 
lis  se  coupaient. 


/  was  cutting  myself, 
{etc. 


Je  m'etais  coupe, 

Tu  t'etais  coupe, 

II  s't'tait  coupe, 

Nous  nous  etions  coupes, 

Vous  vous  etiez  coupes, 

lis  8"etaieiit  coupes. 


/  had  cut  myself, 
[etc. 


Past  Definite. 


Past  Anterior.     C 


Je  me  coupai, 

Tu  te  coupas, 

D  se  coupa, 

Nous  nous  coupames, 

Vous  vou"  coupates, 

lis  se  coupereut. 


/  cut  myself,  etc. 


Je  me  fus  coupe, 

Tu  te  fus  coupe, 

II  se  fut  coupe. 

Nous  nou-  fumes  coupes, 

Vous  vous  futes  coupes, 

lis  se  furent  coupes. 


/  had  cut  myself, 
[etc. 


Future.    JD 


Future  Anterior,    jy 


Je  me  couperai 
Tu  te  coupcras, 
II  se  coupcra. 
Nous  nons  couperons, 
Vous  vous  conperez, 
lis  se  couperout, 


/  shall  cut  mT/self, 
[etc. 


Je  me  serai  coupe, 

Tu  te  seras  coupe, 

II  se  sera  coupe, 

Nous  nous  serons  coupes, 

Vous  vous  serez  coupes, 

Us  ee  seront  coupes. 


/  shall  have  cut 
[myself,  etc. 


CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


295 


CONDITIONAL    MODE. 


Present.    IS 

Je  me  couperais,    /  should  cut  inyaelf, 

Tu  te  couperais,  [etc. 

II  s-e  couperait, 

Nous  nous  coupurions, 

Vous  V0U8  coupericz, 

lis  se  couperaieut. 


Past.*     IS> 


Jo  me  serais  coupe,    /  should  have  cut 

Tu  te  serais  coupe,  [niyself,  etc. 

II  se  serait  coupe, 

Nous  nous  serious  coupes, 

Vous  vous  seriez  coupes, 

lis  se  geraient  coupes.  ' 


IMPERATIVE    MODE.    F 


Coupetoi, 

Coupons-nous, 

Coupez-vous, 


cut  thyself. 

let  vs  cut  ourselves. 

cut  yo^'j'selveg. 


SUBJUNCTIVE    MODE. 


Present.    Gf 


Que  je  me  coupe. 
Que  tu  te  coupes, 
Qu'il  se  coupe, 
Que  nous  nous  coupions 
Quo  vous  vous  coupiez, 
Qu'ils  se  coupeut. 


that  I  may  cut 
Imyself,  etc. 


Past.     O^ 


Que  je  me  sois  coupe,    that  I  may  have 
Que  tu  te  sois  coupe,    {cut  myself,  etc. 
Qn'il  se  soit  coupe, 
Que  nous  nous  soyons  coupes, 
Que  vous  vous  soycz  coupes, 
Qu'ils  se  soient  coupes. 


Imperfect.    H 

Que  je  me  coupasse,    that  I  might  cut 

Que  tu  te  coupasses,  {myself,  etc. 

Qu'il  se  coupat, 

Qae  nous  nous  coupassions, 

Que  vous  vous  coupassiez, 

Qu'ils  se  coupassent. 


Pluperfect.    R' 

Que  je  me  fusse  coupe,  that  I  might  have 
Que  tu  te  fusses  coupe,  [cut  myself,  etc. 
Qu'il  se  fut  coupe. 
Que  nous  nous  fussions  coupes. 
Que  vous  vous  fussiez  coupes, 
Qu'ils  se  fussent  coupes. 


INFINITIVE   MODE. 


Present.    I 
Se  couper,        to  cut  one's  self. 


Past.    I' 
S'etre  coupe,  to  have  cut  o.  self 


PARTICIPLES. 


Present.    J" 
Se  coupant,      cutting  one's  self. 


Past.    J' 
S'etant  coupe,    having  cut  o.  s. 


Past.    K 
Coups,  cut. 


*  Second  form  of  tlie  cond.  past:  je  me  fusse  coup6,  tu  te  fusses  coup6.  il  se  fut 
coup*?,  nous  nous  fussions  coup6Sv  vous  vous  fussiez  coiip6s,  ils  se  fii.ssent  coupes- 


29G 


CON-JrOATTO-NT    OF    VERBS. 


CONJUGATION  OF  IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

TONNER— to  thunder,    f  Model  Verb.  J 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 
A    r  tonne,  it  thunders.       A'  II  a  tonne,  it  has  thundered 

It    II  tonnait,  it  was  thundering.       B'   II  avait  tonne,     it  had  thundered. 

C     II  tonna,  it  thundered.        C    II  eut  tonne,       it  had  thundered. 

D    II  tonnera,  it  will  thunder.       D'  l\  anra.  tonne,  it  will  have  thundered. 


CONDITIONAL  MODE. 
S    II  tonnerait,         it  would  thunder.       E'   II  aurait  tonne,    it  woidd  have,  etc. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 
f?     Qn'il  tonne,      that  it  7nay  thunder.        G'    Qn'i]  a\t  tonne,  thalif  may  hare, etc. 


II   Qn'il  tonnat,  that  it  might  thunder 


B'  Qu'il  eflt  tonne,  that  it  mioht  hare 
[thundered. 

INFINITIVE. 


I     Tonner, 


to  thunder. 


J"   Tonnint, 


PARTICIPLES. 
thundering.  K    Tonne, 


thundered. 


Irregular  Impersonal  Verbs 

y  AVOIR— to  be  there.     FALLOIR— to  be  necessary. 

PLEUVOIR— to  rain. 


H  TPres.      a  II  y  a  (there  is,  there  are).  D  faut. 

f-  I  Imperf.  n  II  y  avait.  U  fallait. 

2  I  P.  Dep.   C  II  y  eut.  II  fallut. 

M  [fut.       -D  E  y  aura.  II  faudra. 

CoND.  Pres.  'E  II  y  aurait.  U  faudrait. 

^  ^Pres.      O  Qn'il  y  ait.  Qu'il  faille. 

{/}  \  IMPERP.  H  Qu'il  y  eflt.  Qu'il  fallut. 

Infinitive.   J  Y  avoir.  Falloir. 

Pres.  Part.  J  Y  ayant.  (wanting.) 

Past  Pakt.  it  Eu.  Fallu. 


II  pleut. 
H  pleuvait. 
II  plut. 
II  plenvra. 
II  plenvrait. 
Qu'il  pleuve. 
Qu'il  plflt. 
Pleuvoir. 
Pleavant. 
Plu 


CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS.  297 


OETIIOGRAPHIC    IRREGULARITIES 
In  the  First  Conjugation. 


Some  classes  of  verbs  in  the  first  conjugation,  though  regularly  varied  through 
Out,  undergo,  in  certain  persons  and  tenses,  slight  changes  to  make  their  orihug- 
raphy  conformable  to  the  pronunciation. 

1.  In  verbs  ending  in  cer,  as  coinmeneer,  to  commence,  the  letter  c,  to  retain 
the  soand  of  s,  takes  the  cedilla  before  a  and  o  ;  as,  conimen^ant,  noiiit  coni- 
men^ons. 

2.  In  verbs  ending  in  <jcr,  as  tnanger,  to  eat,  an  e  is  inserted  after  rj,  before  a 
and  o,  to  make  the  g  retain  its  soft  sound  ;  as  inungeant,  noux  immgeons. 

3.  In  verbs  ending  in  yrr,  as  nettoyer,  to  clean,  the  y  is  chanired  into  i  before 
e  mute;  as,  Je  iiettoie,  ttt  nettoles,  il  nvttoie,  its  nettoUnt  ;  but  tioKs 
nettoyons,  vous  nettoyez. 

Rem.— Verbs  having  an  n  before  the  ending  yer,  as  payer,  to  pay,  may  either 
retain  the  y  before  e  mute  or  change  it  into  i:  jo  pnye,  or  je  jtaie. 

4.  In  verbs  having  e  (acute)  or  e  (nmte)  before  the  consonant  that  precedes  the 
ending  er,  as  e.ii7erer,  to  hope,  and  niener,  to  lead,  the  e  or  e  is  changed  into 
d  (grave)  before  a  mute  syllable  ;  as,  j'esphre,  I  hope ;  Je  mine,  I  lead,  etc. 

Rem.  Verbs  in  eg^r,  as  abriger,  profeger,  retain  the  ^  in  the  future  and  con- 
ditional :  j'abregerai,  tu  protegeras.     See  also  verbs  in  eler  and  eter.  No.  5. 

5.  Vorbs  ending  in  eler,  as  appeler,  to  call,  double  the  I ;  and  those  in  eter, 
&s  Jeter,  tothroiv,  double  the  t  before  e  mute  ;  as,J'nppelle,  tu  appetles,  il 
appelle,  its  appellent ;  and,  Je  Jette,  tu  Jettes,  il  Jette,  ils  Jettent.  But 
tious  appelons,  vous  appelez  ;   nous  Jetons,  vous  Jetez,  etc. 

Rem. — The  verbs  acheter,  to  buy;  bourreler,  to  torment  ;  deceler,  to  disclose; 
geler,  to  freeze;  harceler,  to  harass;  peler,  to  peel,  are  exceptions  to  this 
last  rule;  they  come  under  Rule  No.  4 


jy8 


CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 

CONJUGATION   OF 


h- 


INFINITWE 
Forms. 


'i 


1.  Aller, 

to  go. 
allant. 
alle. 

gtre  alle. 
^tant  alle. 

2.  Envoyer, 

to  send. 
envoyant. 
envoye. 
avoir  envoye. 
ayant  envoye. 

,  Acqxierir, 

to  acquire. 
acquerant. 
acquis, 
avoir  acquis, 
ayaut  acquis. 

4.  Jioulllir, 

to  boil. 
bouillant. 
bouilli. 
avoir  bouilli. 
ayant  bouilli. 

5.  Coufir, 

to  run. 
courant. 
couru. 
avoir  couru. 
ayant  couru. 

6.  Cueilllr, 

to  gather. 
cneillant. 
cueilli. 
avoir  cueilli. 
ayant  cueilli. 

7>  JDortnir, 

to  sleep. 
dormant, 
dormi. 
avoir  dormi. 
ayant  dormi. 

*.  Fair,  • 

to  flee. 
fnyaut. 
fui. 

avoir  fuI. 
ayant  fai. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


PRES3NT.    A       Imperfect.  B       Past  Dep.    C        Future.    D 


je  vais, 
tu  vas, 
il  va, 

nous  allons, 
vous  allez, 
ils  vont. 

j'envoie  (p.  2.51). 
tu  envoies,   ^ 
il  envoie, 
nous  envoj'ons, 
vous  envoyez, 
ils  cnvoieut. 

j'acqniers, 
tu  acqniers, 
il  acquiertj 
nous  acquerons, 
vous  acquerez, 
ils  acquierent. 

je  bous, 

tu  bous, 

il  bout, 

nous  bouillons, 

vous  bouillez, 

ils  bouillent. 

je  cours, 
tu  cours, 
il  court, 
nous  courons, 
vous  courez, 
ils  courent. 

je  cueille,  ' 
tu  cueilles, 
il  cueille,     •' 
nous  cueilloiis, 
vous  cueillez,, 
ils  cueillent.  ." 

je  dors, 

tu  dor^i, 

il  dort, 

nous  dormons, 

vous  dormez, 

ils  dorment. 

je  fuis,  > 
tu  fuis, ' 
il  fuit,  ' 
nous  fuyons, 
vous  fuyez, 
ils  fuieni. 


j'allais, 
tu  allais, 
il  allait, 
nous  allions, 
vous  alliez, 
ils  allaient. 

j'envoyais, 
tu  envoyais, 
il  envoyait, 
nousenvoyions, 
vous  envoyiez, 
ils  envoyaient. 

j'acquerais, 
tu  acquerais, 
il  acquerair, 
nous  acquerions 
vous  acqueriez, 
ils  acqueraient. 

je  bonillais, 
tu  bouillais, 
il  bouillait, 
nous  bouillions, 
vous  bouilliez, 
ils  bouillaient. 

je  courais,* 
tu  courais, - 
il  cour.iit,- 
nous  courions,- 
vous  couriez,  ■ 
ils  couraient. - 

je  cueillais, 
tu  cueillais, 
il  cueillait, 
nous  cueillions, 
vous  cueilliez, 
ils  cueillaient. 

je  dormais, 
tu  dormais, 
il  dormait, 
nous  dormions, 
vous  dormie^ 
ils  dormaient._ 

je  fuyais, 
tu  fuyais, 
il  fuyait, 
nous  fuyions, 
vous  fuyiez, 
ils  fuyaient. 


j'allai, 
tu  alias, 
il  alia, 

nous  allames, 
vous  iillates, 
ils  allereut. 

j"envo}'ai, 
tu  envoyas, 
il  envoya. 
n.  envoyames, 
V.  envoyates, 
ils  envoyerent. 

j'acquis, 
tu  acquis, 
il  acquit, 
nous  acquimes, 
vous  acquites, 
ils  acquirent. 

je  bouillis, 
tu  bouillis, 
il  bouillif, 
nous  bouilliiiies, 
vous  bouillites, 
ils  bouillirent. 

je  courus,' 
tu  courusr 
il  courut,- 
nous  courumes, 
vous  courutes,  • 
ils  courureut.- 

je  cupillis, 
tu  cufillis,  • 
il  cueillit, 
nous  ciieillimes, 
vous  cueillites, 
ils  cueillirent. ' 

je  dormis^ 
tu  dermis, 
il  doiniit. 
nous  dormimes, 
vous  dormites, 
ils  dormirent. 

je  fuis, 
tu  fuis, 
il  fuit, 
nous  fuimes, 
vous  fuites, 
ils  fuirent. 


J  irai, 
tu  iras, 
il  ira, 

nous  irons, 
vous  ircz,  y 

ils  iront. 

j'enverrai, 

tu  euverras, 
il  enverra, 
nous  enverrone, 
vous  enverrez, 
lis  enverrout. 

j'acquerrai, 
tu  acquerras, 
il  acquerra, 
nous  acquerrons, 
vous  acquerrez, 
ils  acquerront. 

je  bouillirai, 
tu  bouilliras, 
il  bouillira, 
nous  bouiiiirona, 
vous  bouillirez, 
ils  bouillirout. 

I-  V 

je  coniTai;- 
tu  cou^^fas, 
11  coufra,    , 
nous  courrone, 
vous  coufrVz, 
ils  coui'rbiit. 

je  cneillerai, 
tu  cueilleras, 
il  cueillera, 
nouscueillerons. 
vous  ciieiilerez, 
ils  cueilleront. 

je  dormirai, 
tu  dormiras^ 
il  dorniira, 
nous  dormirons 
vous  dorrairez,  • 
ils  dormiront. 

je  fuirai, 
tu  fuiras, 
il  fuira, 
nous  fuirons, 
vous  fuirez, 
ils  fuiront. 


*  In  the  compound  tenses  of  pronotninal  verbs,  the  auxiliary  verb  etre  is  used  for  the 
t-S'm  alter  follows  the  model.    The  leflective  pronoun  and  the  adverb  en  p  ecede  tl>- 
used  affirmatively  :  va-Ven  ;  allons-non^-tiu  -* 

XAssaillir  and  tressaillir  differ  from  the  model  in  the  future  and  in  th^  conditi 


CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


29U 


IRREGULAE  MODEL  VERBS. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

Verbs 

CONDITIONAL 

Imperative. 

conjuf/ated  like 

the 

Model  Verb. 

Present.  E 

F 

Present.     G 

Imperfect.    IL 

j'irais, 

que  j'aille. 

que  j'allasse, 

s'en  aller.*  - 

1 11  irais, 

va» 

que  tu  allies, 

que  tu  allasses. 

il  irait. 

qu'il  ailk", 

qu'il  allat. 

nous  irioiis, 

allons, 

que  nous  allions. 

que  nous  allassions. 

vous  iriez, 

allez. 

que  vous  alliez. 

que  vous  allassiez. 

ils  iraient, 

qu'ils  ailleut. 

qu'ils  allassent. 

j'enverraisi, 

que  j'envoie. 

que  j'envoyasse. 

rcnvoyer. 

tu  enverniiis, 

cnvoie, 

que  tu  envoies, 

que  tu  euvoyasses, 

il  envenait. 

qu"il  envoie, 

qu'il  envoyat. 

nous  envfnioi.s, 

envoyons, 

que  nous  envoyions, 

que  n.  envoyassions, 

vous  euveriiez, 

tnvoyez. 

que  vous  envoyiez, 

que  v.  envoyassioz. 

ils  euverruient. 

qu'ils  euvoient. 

qu'ils  envoyassent. 

j'acquerrais. 

que  j'acquiere, 

que  j'acquisse, 

conquerir. 
s'enquerir.* 

tu  aciiuerraifj, 

acquiers, 

que  tu  acquieres. 

que  tu  acquisses, 

il  acquerrait. 

quil  acquiere, 

qu'il  ac(iuit, 

reconquerir. 

nous  acquenions, 

acquerons, 

que  n.  acquerions, 

que  n.  acquissions, 

vous  arqm-niez, 

acquurez. 

que  v.  acqut'-riez. 

que  v.  acquissiez. 

lis  acquerraitut. 

qu'ils  acquierent. 

qu'ils  acquissent. 

jc  bouillirais, 

que  je  bouille. 

que  je  bouillisse, 

tu  bouillii'ais, 

bous, 

que  tu  bouilles, 

que  tu  bouilljsses, 

11  bouillirait, 

qu'il  bouille, 

quil  bouillit, 

nous  boujllirions, 

bouillons, 

que  nous  bouilMons, 

que  n.  bouillissions, 

vous  bouilliriez, 

bouillez. 

que  vous  bouilliez, 

que  V.  bouillissiez. 

ils  bouiUiraicut. 

qu'ils  bouilleut. 

qu'ils  bouillii-seut. 

je  courrais, 

que  je  coure, 

que  je  courusse. 

accourir. 

tu  courrais, 

cours, 

que  tu  coures, 

cue  lu  courujses, 

loncourir. 

11  courrait, 

qu'il  couce. 

qu'il  courut,^ 

discourir. 

nous  courrions, 

courons,- 

que  nous  coujiops, 

que  n.  courussions, 

I)arc(iurir. 

vous  courricz, 

courez. 

que  vous  coujiez, 

que  V.  courussiez. 

secourir. 

ils  courraient. 

qu'ils  coujeut. 

qu'ils  courussent. 

je  cueillerais, 

que  je  cueille, 

que  je  cueillisse. 

accueillir. 

tu  cufilk'rais, 

cueille, 

que  tu  cufilles, 

que  lu  cucillisses. 

ri'cucillir. 

il  cufillerait, 

qu'il  cueille, 

qu'il  cueillit. 

assaillir.t 

nous  cueillerions, 

cueillons, 

que  nous  cueillions, 

que  n.  cueillissions, 

tressaillir.t 

vous  cueilleriez, 

cueillez. 

que  vous  cueilUez, 

que  v.  cueillissiez, 

ils  cueilleraieut. 

qu'ils  cueillent. 

qu'ils  cueillisseut. 

je  dormirais', 

que  je  dorme, 

que  je  dormisse, 

endormir. 

lu  clorrTiTraTs, 

dors, 

que  tu  dormes, 

que  tu  dorniisses. 

s'eiidormir. 

il  dorniirait, 

qu'il  dorine, 

quil  dorniit. 

rendormir. 

nous  donnirion';, 

dormons, 

que  nous  dormions, 

que  n.  doruiissions, 

se  rendormir.* 

vous  doriuiriez, 

doruiez. 

que  vous  dormiez. 

que  v.  dorniissiez, 

lis  dorniiraicnt. 

qu'ils  dorment. 

qu'ils  doruiistcnt. 

je  fuirais, 

que  je  fuie, 

que  je  fuisse, 

s'enfuir.* 

tu  fuiraiB, 

fuis, 

que  tu  fuies, 

que  tu  fuisses, 

11  fuirait. 

qu'il  fuie. 

qu'il  fuit. 

nous  fuirions, 

fuyons, 

que  nous  fuyions, 

que  nous  fuissions, 

vous  fuiriez, 

fuyez. 

que  vous  fuyiez, 

que  vous  fuissiez, 

ils  fuiraient. 

qu'ils  fuient. 

qu'ils  fuissent. 

auxiliary  verb  avoir. 

^erb:  je  m'en  vain;  je  rrCen  svis  alii;  Ven  vas-(ii?  except  in  the  imperative  mode  wbeo 

't ;  yaseOiillirai,  j'an^aillirau ;  je  IrenuUliiai,  je  tressailliraii. 


J<JO 


CONJUGATION    OF    VEUBS. 

co:n'jugation'  of 


INFINITIVE 
Forms. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present.    A       Imperfect.  S       Past  Dkp.    C        Future.    X> 


0.  Jtloiirir, 

to  die. 
moil  rant, 
nort. 

etre  mort. 
etanl  inort. 

10.  Oitvrir, 

to  open. 
ouvraiit. 
ouvert. 
avoir  ourort. 
ayant  ouvert. 

11.  Fnrtir, 

to  start. 
partant, 
parti, 
etre  parti, 
etant  part-. 

12.  Sentir, 

tc  feel. 
sentaht. 
Benti. 

avoir  senti. 
ayant  seuti. 

IS.  Tenir, 

to  hold ;  to  keep. 
tenant, 
tenu. 

avoir  tenn. 
ayant  tenu. 

14.  Venir, 

to  come. 
venant. 
venu. 
etre  venu. 
etant  venu. 

15.  Vetir. 

to  clothe. 
vetaut. 
vetu. 

avoir  veta 
ayant  vetu. 

16.  Asseoir(8'), 

to  sit  down 
s'asseyaiit. 
assis. 

B'etre  assis. 
s'^tant  assis. 


je  mcurs, 
tu  mei'.rs, 
il  meurt, 
nous  niourons, 
V0U9  mourez, 
ils  meureut. 

j'oiuTe, 
tu  ouvres, 
il  ouvie, 
nous  ouvrons, 
vous  ouvrez, 
ils  ouvrent. 

je  pars, 
tu  pars, 
il  part, 
nous  partons, 
vous  partez, 
ils  parteut. 

je  sens, 
tu  S:;iis, 
il  sent, 
nous  sentons, 
vous  sentez, 
ils  teuteut. 

je  tiens,  /■ 
tu  tieiis, 
il  tient, 
nous  tenons, 
vous  lenez, 
ils  t'euneut.'^ 

je  viens, 
tu  viens, 
il  vient, 
nous  venons, 
vous  venez, 
ils  vienitent. 

je  vets, 
tu  vets, 
il  vet, 

nous  vetons, 
vous  vStez, 
ils  vetent. 

je  m'assieds,^ 
tu  t'assieds, 
il  s"assied, 
nousn.  assej'ons 
vous  V.  asseyez, 
ils  s'asseyent. 


je  niourais, 
tu  mourals, 
il  mourait, 
nous  mourions, 
vous  niouriez, 
ils  mouraient. 

j'ouvrais, 
tu  ouvrais, 
il  ouvrait, 
nous  ouvrions, 
vous  ouvriez, 
ils  ouvraient._ 

je  partais, 
tu  partais, 
il  partait, 
nous  partions, 
vous  partiez, 
ils  partaient. 

je  sentais, 
tu  sentais, 
il  sentait, 
nous  sentions, 
vous  sentiez, 
ils  seutaieut. 

je  tenais, 
tu  tenais,  i 

il  tt-nait, 
nous  tenions, 
vous  teniez, 
ils  tenaient. 

je  venais, 
tu  venais, 
il  venait, 
nous  venions, 
vous  veniez, 
ils  venaient. 

je  vetais, 
tu  vetais 
il  vetait, 
nous  vetions, 
vous  vetiez, 
ils  vetaient. 

je  m'asseyais, 
tu  t'asseyais, 
il  s'asseyait, 
n.  u.  asseyions, 
V.  v.  asseyiez, 
ils  s'asseyaient. 


je  mourus, 
lu  mourns, 
il  mourut, 
nous  mourumes 
vous  mourutes, 
ils  mourureut. 


J  ouvns, 
tu  ouvris,, 
il  ouvrit, 
nous  ouvHraes, 
vous  ouvrites, 
ils  ouvrireut. 

je  partis, 
tu  partis, 
il  partit, 
nous  partltnes, 
vous  partites. 
Us  partirent. 

je  sentis, 
tu  sentis, 
i!  sentit, 
nous  sentimes, 
vous  sentltes, 
ils  sentireat. 

je  tins, 
tu  tins, 
il  tint, 

nous  tianies, 
vous  tiutes, 
ils  tinreiit. 

je  vins, 
tu  vins, 
il  vint. 
nous  vfnines, 
vous  vintes,' 
ils  vinrent. 

je  vetis, 
tu  vetis, 
il  vetit. 
nous  vetimes, 
vous  vetites, 
ils  vetireut. 

je  m^assis, 
tu  t'assis, 
il  s'assit, 
nous  n.  asstmes, 
vous  V.  assites, 
ils  s'as.sirent. 


je  mourrai, 
tu  niourras, 
i!  mourra, 
nous  mourrons, 
VOUS  mourrez, 
ils  mourrout. 

j'ouvrirai, 
tu  ouvriras, 
il  otivrira, 
nous  ouvrirons, 
vous  ouvrirez, 
ils  ouvriront. 

je  partirai, 
tu  partiras, 
il  partira, 
nous  pariirona, 
vous  parti  rez, 
ils  partirout. 

je  sentirai, 
tu  sentiras, 
il  sentira, 
nous  sentirons, 
vous  sentirez, 
ils  sentiront. 

je  liendrai, 
tu  tii,-iidras, 
il  tiendra, 
nous  tiendrona, 
vous  t  endrez, 
ils  tiemdront. 

je  viendrai. 
tu  viendras, 
il  \  iendra. 
nous  viendronfl, 
vous  viL-udtez, 
ils  vieudrout. 

je  vetirai, 
tu  vetiras, 
il  vetira, 
nous  vetirons, 
vous  vetirez, 
ils  vetiroDt. 

je  m'assierai, 
tu  t'assieras, 
il  s'assiera, 
n.  n.  assierons, 
v.  V.  assierez, 
ils  s'assieront. 


*  In  the  compound  tenses  of  pronominal  verbs,  the  auxiliary  verb  etre  is  used 
+  The  compounds  of  venir  are  conjusrated  with  the  auxiliary  verb  etre,  except 
i  Also  :  .je  m'assois,  tu  ru-wow,  il  x'as.'.rjit  ;  fwsoyais  ;  fa-ssoiiai,  etc.  This  fors* 
\Seoir  and  messeoir  are  defective  verbs.    (See  p.  :'10.) 


CONJUGATION   OF   VEKBS. 


lEEEGULAR  MODEL  VERBS. 


CONDITIONAL 
Pkxsent.  JE 


je  mourrais, 
tu  mouriais, 
il  mounait, 
nous  inourrions, 
VOU8  niourrii'z, 
ils  mourraient.. 

j'ouvrirais, 
tu  ouvrirais, 
il  ouvrirait, 
nous  ouvririons, 
vous  ouvririez, 
ils  ouvriraieut. 

je  partirais>, 
tu  partirais, 
il  partiiait, 
nous  pnrtiiions, 
vous  partiriez, 
Ds  partiraient. 

je  sentirais, 
tu  stutirais, 
il  sentirait, 
nous  sentii'ions, 
vous  sentiriez, 
ils  sentiraient. 

je  tiendrais, 
lu  tiendrais, 
il  tiendrait. 
nous  tieiulrions, 
vous  tieiidriez, 
Ds  tiendraient. 

je  viendrais, 
tu  viendrais, 
n  V  lend  rait, 
nous  viendrioiis, 
VOUS  vieudrifZ, 
ils  vieudraient. 

je  vetirais, 
tu  vetirais, 
11  vetirait, 
nous  vetirions, 
vous  vetiriez. 
ils  vetiraieut. 

je  m'assierais, 
tu  t'assicrais, 
il  s'assierait, 
n.  n.  assierions, 
V.  V.  assieriez, 
ils  e'assieraient. 


Imperative. 
F 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


Present.    G 


mourons, 
mouruz. 


ouvrons 
tiuvrez. 


pars, 


partons, 
partez. 


sentons, 
semez. 


tenons, 
tenez. 


viens. 


venons, 
veue''.. 


vets, 

vetons, 
veicz. 


assicds-toi, 
a?seyons-n.. 


que  je  meure, 
quo  tu  meures, 
qu'il  nieure, 
que  nous  niourions, 
que  vous  niourie/., 
qu'ils  nieureut^ 

que  j'ouvre, 
que  tu  ouvres, 
qu'il  ouvre, 
([ue  nous  ouvrions, 
line  vous  ouvriez, 
qu'ils  ouvrent. 

que  je  parte, 
que  tu  partes, 
qu'il  parte, 
que  nous  partions, 
que  vous  partiez, 
qu'ils  partent. 

que  je  sente, 
que  tu  sentes, 
qu'il  sente, 
que  nous  sent  ions, 
que  vous  sentifz, 
qu'Os  senteut. 

que  je  tienne, 
que  tu  tienncs, 
qu'il  tienne, 
que  nous'teiiions 
que  vous  teniez, 
qu'Us  tienneut. 

que  je  vienne, 
que  tu  vicnnes, 
qu'il  vienne, 
que  nous  venions, 
que  vg;^  venlez, 
qu'ils  vKnnent. 

«  .. 

que  je  vete, 
que  tu  vetes, 
qu'il  veto, 
que  nous  vetions, 
que  vous  vetiez, 
qa'ila  v§tent. 

que  je  m'asseve, 
que  tu  t'ass^yes, 
qu'il  s'asseyt', 
que  n.  n.  asseyions,' 


Imperfect.    H. 


a»seyLZ-voua!  que  v.  v.  assejiez 


k4?'ils  s'asseyent./ 


Veisbs 

conjufraled  lik© 

tlie 

Model  Verb. 


que  je  moiirusse, 
que  tu  n.ourusses, 
qu'il  niouiut, 
que  n.  niourussions, 
que  v.  niouiu^>i<'Z, 
qu'ils  mounisseiit. 

que  jouvrispe, 
que  tu  ou\  risses, 
qu'il  ouvrit, 
que  n.  ouvrissions, 
que  v.  ouvrissiez, 
qu'ils  ouvrissent. 

que  je  partissc, 
que  tu  paitis!-ee, 
qu'il  partit, 
que  n.  partissions, 
que  v.  partissiez, 
qu'ils  partisseut. 

que  je  r-entisse, 
que  tu  sentisses, 
qu'il  Kcntit, 
que  r.  sentissions, 
que  V.  sentissiez, 
qu'ils  sentissent. 

que  je  tinsse, 
que  tu  tiussts, 
q\ril  tint, 

que  nous  tinssions, 
que  vous  tinssiez, 
qu'ils  tinssent. 

que  je  vinsse, 
que  tu  vinsses, 
qu'il  vJnt, 
que  nous  vinssions, 
que  vous  vinssiez, 
qu'ils  vinssent. 

que  je  vetisse, 
que  tu  vetisses, 
qu'il  veitt, 
que  nous  vetissions, 
que  vous  vetissiez, 
qu'ils  vetissent, 

que  je  m'assisse, 
que  tu  t'assisScB, 
qu'il  s'assit,   " 
que  u.  n.  assissions, 
que  V.  V.  assissiiz, 
qu'ils  s'assissent. 


couvrir. 
di'couvrir. 
offrir. 
souflrir,  etc. 


rcpartir. 

sortir. 

ressortir. 


asseiitir. 
conscntir. 
presseutii'. 
res.-tiitir. 
mentir,  etc. 


The  com- 
pounds  of  fe/tir 
with  prefixes. 


The  com- 
pounds of  r«- 
idrA 


devgtir. 
rovfitir. 
se  v§tir.  * 
se  revet  ir.* 
se  devetir.* 


asseoir. 
rasseoir.  _ 
se  rasseoir,' 
seoir.§ 
inesseoir.§ 


for  the  auxiliary'  verb  avoir.  , 

coiiVftdi;  which'takes  avoir  in  the  sense  of  to  suit,  and  ctrv  in  the  eeuse  of  to  agree. 

is  little  used. 


303 


COXJUQATION-    OF   VERBS. 


CONJUGATION  OF 


INFINITIVE 
Forms. 


(7.  Moil  voir, 

to  move. 
mouvaut. 

avoir  m(i. 
ayant  infl. 

18.  foiivoir, 

to  be  able. 
pouvant. 
pu. 

avoir  pu. 
ayant  pu. 

19.  Savoir, 

to  know. 
sachant. 
su. 

avoir  su. 
ayant  su. 

no.  Valoir, 

to  be  worth. 
valant. 
valu. 

avoir  valu. 
ayant  valu. 

gl.  Voir, 

to  see. 
voyant. 
vu. 

avoir  vu. 
ayant  vu. 

22.  Vouloir, 

/to  he  willing. 
vou'aiit. 
voiilu. 
avoir  voulu. 
ayant  voulu. 

23.  Battre, 

to  beat. 
battant. 
battii. 

avoir  battu. 
ai'aiit  battu. 

^4.  Bo  ire, 

to  drink. 
buvant. 
bu. 

avoir  bu. 
&yant  bu. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present.    A       Imperfect.  B       Past  Dek.     C        Future.    D 


je  mens, 
tu  uieua, 
il  uieut, 
nousi  niouvons, 
vous  inouvez, 
lis  meuveut. 

je  peux,  or  puis, 

tu  peux, 

il  peul, 

nous  pouvons, 

vous  pouvcz, 

ils  peuvent. 

je  sais, 
tu  sais, 
il  salt, 
nous  Savons, 
vous  savez, 
ils  savent. 

je  vaux, 
tu  vaux, 
il  vaut, 
nous  valons, 
vous  valez, 
ils  valeut. 

je  vois, 
tu  vois, 
11  voit, 
nous  voyong, 
vous  voyez, 
ils  voieiit. 

je  veux, 
tu  veux, 
il  veut, 
nous  voulons, 
vous  voulez, 
ils  veulent. 

je  bats, 
tu  bats, 
il  bat, 

nous  battons, 
vous  buttez, 
ils  batteut. 

je  bois, 
tu  bois, 
il  boit, 
nous  buvons, 
vous  buvez, 
ils  boiveut. 


je  niouvais, 
tu  mouvais, 
il  mouvait, 
nous  niouvions, 
vous  mouviez, 
ils  luouvaient. 

je  pouvais, 
tu  pouvais, 
il  pouvait, 
nous  pouvions, 
vous  pouviez, 
ils  pouvaieut. 

je  savais, 
tu  savais, 
il  savait, 
nous  savions, 
vous  saviez, 
ils  savaient. 

je  valais, 
tu  valais, 
il  valait, 
nous  valions, 
vous  valiez, 
ils  valaieut. 

je  voyai.«, 
tu  voyais, 
il  voyait, 
nous  voyions, 
vous  "voyiez, 
ils  voyaient. 

je  voulais, 
tu  voulais, 
il  voulait. 
nous  voulions, 
vous  vouliez, 
ils  voulaient,^ 

je  battais, 
tu  battais, 
il  battait, 
nous  battions, 
vous  battit'z, 
ils  battaieut. 

je  buvais, 
tu  buvais, 
il  buvait, 
nous  buvions, 
vous  buviez, 
ils  buvaient. 


je  mus, 
tu  mus, 
il  nml, 
nous  mflmes, 
vous  mfltes, 
ils  mureut. 

je  pus, 
tu  pus, 
il  put, 

nous  pilmes, 
vous  putes, 
ils  pureut. 

je  sus, 
tu  sus, 
il  sut, 

nous  sumes, 
vous  sfltes, 
ils  surent. 

je  valus, 
tu  valus, 
il  valut, 
nous  valfimes, 
vous  valfltes, 
ils  valurent. 

\  je  vis, 
tu  vis, 
il  vit, 

nous  vimes, 
vous  vites, 
ils  virent. 

% 
je  voulus,. 
tu  voulus, 
il  voulut,  "' 
nous  voulftmes, 
vous  vouliites, 
ils  voulurout. 

je  battis,' 
tu  battis, 
il  battit, 
nous  battimes, 
vous  battiti's, 
ils  battireut. 

je  bus, 
tu  bus, 
il  but, 

nous  bflmes, 
vous  bfites, 
ils  burent. 


je  mouvrai, 
tu  mouvras, 
il  mouvra, 
nous  niouvrons, 
vous  uiouvrez, 
ils  mouvrout. 

je  pourrai, 
tu  pourras, 
il  pourra, 
nous  pourrons, 
vous  pourrez, 
ils  pourrout. 

je  eaurai, 
tu  sauras, 
il  saura, 
nous  saurons, 
vous  sanrez, 
ils  sauront. 

je  vaudrai, 
tu  vaudras, 
il  vaudra, 
nous  vaudrons, 
vous  vaudrez, 
ils  vaudront. 

je  verrai, 
tu  verras, 
il  verra, 
nous  verrons, 
vous  verrez, 
ils  -verront. 

je  voudrai, 
tu  voudras, 
il  voudra, 
nous  voudrons, 
vous  voudrez, 
ils  voudrout. 

je  battrai, 
tu  battras, 
il  battra, 
nous  battrons, 
vous  battrez, 
ils  battront. 

je  boirai,    ,  . 
tu  boiras,    ' 
il  boira, 
nous  boirons, 
vous  boirez, 
ils  boiront. 


*  In  the  compound  tenses  of  pronominal  verbs,  tbe 
+  These  verbs  slightly  deviate  from  the  model. 
i'i.4»w.iiiipwative  form  veuillez  is  used  only  in  the 


CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


303 


lEEEGULAR  MODEL  VEEBS. 




' 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE.                1 

Verbs 

CONDITIONAL 

Imperative. 

conjugated  likr 

Present.   E 

F 

Present.     G 

Imperfect.    J£ 

the 
Jlodel  Verb. 

je  mouvrai?, 

que  je  meuve, 

que  je  musse, 

dcmouvoir. 

tn  niouvrais, 

meus. 

que  tu  meuves, 

que  tu  musses. 

einouvoir. 

il  mouvrait, 

qu'il  nieuve, 

qu'il  mtit, 

s'^moiivoir.* 

nous  mouviions, 

monvons, 

que  nous  mouvions. 

que  nous  niussions, 

promouvoir. 

vous  moiivriez, 

inouvez. 

que  vous  mouvlez, 

que  vous  uiussiez, 

il8  muuvrau  ut. 

qu'ils  meuvent. 

qu'ils  musseut. 

je  ponrrais, 

que  je  puisse. 

que  je  pnsse. 

ta  pourrais, 

pcux, 

que  tu  puisses, 

que  tu  pusses, 

J  pourrait, 

quil  puisse, 

qu'il  pflt. 

nous  pourrions, 

pouvons. 

que  nous  puissions, 

que  nous  pussions. 

vous  pourriez, 

pouvez. 

que  vous  puissiez, 

que  vous  pussiez, 

ils  pourraieut. 

qu"ils  puissent. 

qu'ils  pussent. 

je  saurai?, 

que  je  sache. 

que  je  susse. 

tu  saumis, 

sache. 

que  tu  siiches. 

que  tu  susses. 

il  saurait, 

qu'il  sache, 

qu'il  sflt. 

nous  saurions, 

sachons, 

iiue  nous  sachions. 

que  nous  sussions. 

vous  sauriez, 

tachcz. 

que  vous  sachiez. 

que  vous  sussiez, 

ils  sauraieut. 

qu'ils  sachent. 

qu'ils  sussent. 

je  vaudrais, 

que  je  jaiUe, 

que  je  valusse. 

valoir  mieux- 

tu  vaudrais, 

vaux, 

que  tu.Aailles, 

que  tu  valusses. 

equivaloir. 

il  vaudrait, 

qu'il  vajjle. 

qu'il  valflt, 

prevaloir. 

nous  vaudrioiis, 

valons, 

que  nous  valions, 

que  nous  valussions, 

revaloir. 

vous  vaudriez, 

valez. 

que  vou^  valiez, 

que  vous  valussiez. 

ils  vaudraieiit. 

qu'ils  v^illent.. 

qu'ils'  valus^eut. 

je  verrais, 

que  je  voie. 

que  je  visse. 

revoir. 

tu  verrais, 

vois. 

que  tu  voies. 

que  tu  visses, 

entrevoir. 

il  verrait, 

qu'il  voie. 

qu'il  vit. 

dechoir.t 

nous  verrions, 

Vdj'ons, 

que  nous  voyions. 

que  nous  vissions. 

echoir.t 

vous  verriez, 

voyez. 

que  vous  voyiez. 

que  vous  vissiez. 

pourvoir.t 

ils  verraient. 

qu'ils  voient. 

qu'ils  vissent. 

prevoir.t 

je  voudrais- 

que  je  veuille. 

que  je  voulusse, 

tu  voudrais, 

veux, 

que  tu  vemlles, 
qu'il  veui^e, 

que  tu  voulusses. 

il  voudrait, 

qu'il  voulut, 

nous  voudnonaj 

voulons. 

que  nous  voulions. 

que  n.  voulussions. 

vous  voudriez. 

voulez  and 

que  vous  voulitz. 

que  V.  vouhissiez. 

ils  vuudiaient. 

veuillez.? 

qu'ils  veuilk-ut. 

qu'ils  voulusseut. 

je  battrais, 

que  je  batte, 

que  je  battisse. 

abattre. 

tu  battrais, 

batR, 

que  tu  battes, 

que  tu  battisses. 

combattre. 

il  battrait. 

qu'il  batte, 

qu'il  batint. 

debattre. 

nous  baitrions, 

battons- 

que  nous  battions. 

que  n.  battissions. 

s'ebattre.* 

vous  baltriez, 

battez. 

que  vous  battiez, 

que  v.  battissiez. 

rabattre. 

ils  battraieut. 

qu'ils  battent. 

qu'ils  battisseut. 

rebattre. 

je  boirais. 

que  je  boive. 

que  je  busse. 

emboire. 

tu  boirais, 

bois. 

que  tu  boives, 

que  tu  busses. 

s'emboire.* 

il  boirait. 

qu'il  boive. 

qu'il  bflt. 

reboire. 

nous  boirions. 

buvons. 

que  nous  buvions. 

que  nous  bussioiis, 

vous  boiricz. 

buvez. 

qu"  vous  buviez. 

que  vous  biissicz, 

ils  boiraient. 

qu'ils  boiveut. 

qu'ils  bussent. 

1 

auxiliary  verb  etre  is  used  f..r  the  auxiliary  verbrti'oir. 

(See  p.  -JTS.) 

sense  of  please  or  be  so  kind  us. 


304 


CONJUGATTOiq"    OF   YERBS. 


CONJUGATION   OF 


IMVINITIVE 
Forms. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


85.  Conclure, 

je  conclus, 

to  conclude. 

tu  conclus, 

concluaut. 

il  conclut, 

conciu. 

noua  conclnons 

avoir  conciu. 

vous  concluez 

ayaiit  couclu. 

Us  conclueut. 

3G.  Conduire, 

je  conduis, 

to  conduct. 

tu  conduis, 

conduisant. 

il  conduit. 

conduit. 

n.  conduisons, 

avoir  conduit. 

V.  conduisez, 

ayaut  conduit. 

ils  condui-sent. 

27.  Connnitre, 

je  connais, 

to  k/iow. 

tu  connais, 

connaissaut. 

11  connait, 

connu 

n.  connaissone 

avoir  connu. 

v.  connaissez, 

ayaut  conim. 

ils  connaisseut ' 

S8.  Coudre, 

je  couds, 

to  new. 

tu  couds, 

cousant. 

il  coud. 

cou^u. 

nous  cousons, 

avoir  cousu. 

vous  cousez. 

ayant  cousu. 

ils  couseut. 

39.  Craindre, 

je  c  rains. 

to  fear. 

tu  crains, 

craisnant. 

il  craint. 

craint. 

nous  craii^nons 

avoir  craint. 

vous  craii;nez, 

ayant  craint. 

Lis  craigneut. 

30.  Croire, 

je  crois. 

to  ttelieve. 

tu  crois. 

croyant. 

il  croit, 

cru. 

nous  croyons, 

avoir  cru. 

vous  croyez, 

ayant  cru. 

its  croient. 

SI.  Croitre, 

je  crois, 

to  grow. 

tu  crois. 

croii'sant. 

il  croit. 

cru,  /.  crue. 

uous  croissona 

avoir  cru. 

vous  croissez, 

ayant  crii. 

ils  croissent. 

33.  Dire, 

je  dis. 

to  say ;  to  tell. 

tu  dis. 

disant. 

il  dit, 

dii. 

nous  disons, , 

avoir  dit. 

vous  dites^ 

ayaut  dit. 

ils  diseut. 

je  concluais, 
tu  concluais, 
il  concluait, 
nous  concluions, 
vous  concluiez, 
ils  coucluaient. 

je  conduisais, 
tu  conduisais, 
il  conduisait, 
n.  conduisions, 
V.  conduisiez, 
ils  conduisaient. 

je  connaissais,^ 
tu  connaissais, 
il  connaissait, 
n.  connaissions, 
V.  connaissiez, 
ils  connaissaient. 

je  cousais, 
tu  cousais, 
il  cousait, 
nous  cousions, 
VOUS  cousiez, 
ils  cousaieuc. 

je  craignais, 
tu  craignais, 
il  craignait, 
nous  craiguions, 
vous  craigniez, 
ils  craignaient. 

je  croyais, 
tu  croyais, 
il  croyait, 
nous  croyious, 
vous  croyiez, 
ils  croyaient. 

je  croissais, 
tu  croissais, 
ii  crois.<ait, 
nous  croissiona, 
VOUS  croissiez, 
ils  croissaient. 

je  disais, 
tu  disais, 
il  disait, 
nous  disions, 
vous  di.-^ioz, 
ils  disaient. 


je  conclus, 
tu  conclus, 
il  conclut, 
nous  conclumes, 
vous  coiiclfites, 
ila  conclureut. 

je  conduisis, 
tu  conduisis, 
il  conduisit, 
n.  conduisiines, 
V.  conduisites, 
ils  conduisirent. 

je  connus, 
tu  connus, 
il  connut,  - 
nous  conuumes, 
vous  connutes,  / 
ils  connureut.  ■ 

je  cousis, 
tu  cousis, 
il  cousit, 
nous  coui=itnes, 
vous  cou^ites, 
ils  cousirent. 

je  craignip, 
tu  craignis, 
il  craignit, 
nous  cniignimes, 
vous  craigniics, 
ils  craignireut. 

je  cms, 
tu  crus, 
il  crut, 
nous  crflmes, 
vous  crfites, 
ils  crurent. 

je  criis,     '' 
tu  criis, 
i!  crut, 
nous  critmes, 
vous  crfites, 
ils  crurent. 

je  dis, 
tu  dis,  ' 
il  dit, 

uous  dimes, 
vous  dites, . , 
ils  dirent. 


je  conclcirai, 
tu  concluras, 
il  conclura, 
nous  conclurons, 
vous  coMclurt-z, 
ils  couclurout. 

je  conduirai, 
tu  conduiras, 
il  conduira, 
n.  conduirons, 
V.  conduirez, 
ils  conduLront. 

je  connaitrai, 
tu  connaitras, 
il  connaitni, 
n.  connaitrons, 
V.  connaitrez, 
ila  coonaitiont. 

je  coudrai, 
tu  coudras, 
il  coudra, 
nous  coudrons, 
vous  coudrez, 
ils  coudront. 

je  craindrai, 
tu  craindras, 
il  craindra, 
nous  craiudrons, 
vous  craindroz, 
ils  craiudront. 

je  croirai, 
tu  croiras, 
il  croira, 
nous  croirons, 
vous  croirez, 
ils  croiront. 

je  croitrai, 
tu  croitras, 
il  croiira. 
nous  croitrons, 
vous  croitrez, 
ils  croitront. 

je  dirai, 
tu  diras, 
il  dira. 
nous  dirona, 
vous  din';f, 
ils  diront. 


*  Jyiiire,  to  shine:  reluire,  to  glitter;  and  nuire,  to  hurt,  to  injure,  deviate  from  the 
t  The  cii'nipoundsdf  diie  and  coujiie  dt-viate   from   the  model  in  the  second  persow 
lutudire,  tiie  s  is  doubled:  maudissei  \fit:oo*j^ 


CONJUGATION    OF    VEllBS. 


806 


lEREGXTLAR   MODEL   VERBS. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

'Verbs 

CONDITIONAL 

Imperative. 

conjugated  like 

the 

Model  Verb. 

Pkesent.   E 

F 

Present.    G 

Impertkct.    H 

je  conclurais, 

que  je  concluc, 

que  je  conclussc. 

exclure. 

Ui  conclurais, 

conclus, 

que  tu  conchies. 

que  tu  conclusses. 

reclure. 

il  coiicluriiit, 

qu'il  conclue, 

qu'il  conclut, 

nous  coiiclurions, 

concluons, 

que  n.  concluions, 

que  n.  conclussions, 

vous  coMcluriez, 

concluez. 

que  V.  concluiez. 

que  V.  conclussiez, 

ils  coucluraieiit. 

qu'ili--.  conclueut. 

qu'ils  conclussent. 

je  conduirais, 

que  jo  conduise, 

que  je  conduisisse, 

All  verbs  end- 

tu conduirais, 

conduis, 

que  tu  conduises, 

que  tu  conduisisses. 

ing  in  uire.* 

11  conduirait. 

qu"il  conduise, 

qu'il  conduisit. 

nous  conduirions, 

conduisone, 

que  n.  conduisions. 

q.  n.  conduisi^sion8, 

vous  condulriez, 

conduisez. 

quo  V.  conduisiez. 

que  V.  conduisissivz. 

ils  conduiraaut. 

quils  conduiseut. 

qu'ils  coucluieissent. 

je  connaitrais, 

que  jo  connaisse. 

que  je  connusse, 

paraftre  and 

tu  connaitrais, 

connais. 

qu(!  tu  connaisses, 

que  tu  connusses, 

compounds. 

il  coniijiitrail. 

qu'il  connaisse, 

qu'il  connilt. 

n.  coniiairioiis. 

connaissons, 

que  n.  connaissions, 

que  n.  connussionB, 

V.  connaitric-z, 

connaissez. 

que  v.  connaissiez, 

que  V.  connussiez. 

lis  counaitraient. 

qu"ils  connaissent. 

qu'ils  conuussent. 

je  coudrais, 

que  je  couse. 

que  je  cousisse. 

tu  coudrais, 

couds, 

que  tu  couses, 

que  tu  cousisses, 

il  coudrair. 

qu'il  couse. 

qu'il  cousit. 

nous  coudrions, 

cousons, 

que  nous  cousions, 

que  n.  cousissione, 

vous  condriez, 

cousez. 

que  vous  cousiez. 

que  V.  cousissiez. 

ils  coudraient. 

qu'ils  cousent. 

qu'ils  cousissent. 

je  craindrais^ 

que  je  craigne, 

que  je  craignisse. 

All  verbs  end- 

tu craindrais, 

craius, 

q\ic  tu  craigne-i. 

que  tu  craignit-ses, 
qu'il  craigiiit. 

ing   in  aindre. 

11  craindrait. 

qu'il  craigne. 

eiiidre  and  oin- 

nous  craindrione. 

craignons. 

que  nous  craignions. 

que  n.  cniignissions, 

Ure. 

vous  craiiidrifz. 

craignez. 

que  vous  craigiiiez, 

que  V.  craignis^iez, 

ils  craiudraieiit. 

qu'ils  craigneiit. 

qu'ils  craignissent. 

je  croirais. 

que  je  croie. 

que  je  crusse, 

tu  croirais. 

crois. 

que  tu  cioies, 

que  tu  erusses, 

il  croirait, 

qu'il  croio. 

qu'il  crut, 

nous  croirions, 

croyons, 

que  nous  croyions, 

que  nous  crussione. 

vous  croiriez, 

croyez. 

que  vous  croyiez, 

que  vous  crussiez. 

ils  croiraient. 

qu'ils  croient. 

qu'ils  crusseut. 

je  crottrais, 

que  je  croisse. 

Qiy;  je  crusse, 
que  tu  erusses, 

tu  croltrais. 

crois, 

que  tu  croisses. 

il  croitrait, 

qu'il  croisse. 

qu'il  crflt. 

nous  croitrioiis, 

croissons, 

que  nous  crtiissions. 

que  nous  crussions. 

vous  croilricz, 

croissez. 

que  vous  croissiez. 

que  vous  criissi  z. 

Us  croitraieul. 

qu'ils  croisseut. 

qu'ils  crusseut. 

je  dirais, 

qne  je  dise. 

que  je  disse. 

The    com- 

tu dirais,    ' 

dis. 

que  tu  di?e8. 

que  tu  disses. 

pounds  of  diref 

il  dirait, 

qu'il  dise, 

qu'il  dit. 

and  aji\lire.i 

nous  dirions, 

disons. 

que  nous  disions, 

que  nous  dissions. 

vous  diriez, 

dites. 

que  vous  disiez, 

que  vi)us  dissiez, 

ils  diraient. 

qu'ils  disent. 

qu'ils  dissent. 

model  in  the  past  participle,  which  ends  in  i  instead  of  it;  as  :  lui,  reliii,  nui. 

plural  of  the  present  imlicative  and  of  the  iinDerative,  which  is  dinez,  covfim-z  (pop  79; 


306 


OOJifJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


CONJUGATION   OF 


INFINITIVE 
Forms. 


33.  Ecrire, 

to  wrue. 
^crivaiit. 
ecrit.  v.> 

avoir  ecrit. 
ayant  ecrit. 

34.  Faire, 

todo;toinake. 
faisant. 
fait. 

avoir  fait, 
ayant  fait. 

35.  lAre, 

to  read. 
lisant. 
lu. 

avoir  lu. 
ayant  lu. 

36.  Mettre, 

to  pat. 
mettanl. 
mis. 

avoir  mis. 
ayaut  mis. 

37.  Moiidre, 

to  grind. 
U         moulant. 
moulu. 
avoir  moulu. 
ayant  moulii. 

3S.  Naitre, 

to  be  t)orn 
naissant. 
ne, 

etre  n6.^ 
etant  ne. 

*39.  JPlaire, 

to  please. 
plaisant. 
pin. 

avoir  pin. 
ayant  plu. 

<0.  Prendre, 

to  take. 
prenant. 
pris. 

avoir  pris. 
ayaut  pris. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present.    A       Imperfect.  B       Past  Dkp.    C 


J  eons, 

tu  ecris, 

il  (Jcrit, 

nous  ecrivons, 

vous  ecrivez, 

ils  ecriveut. 

je  fais, 
lu  fais, 
il  fait, 

nous  faisons, 
vous  faites, 
il  font. 

je  lis, 
tu  lis, 
il  lit, 

nous  lisons. 
vous  lisez, 
ils  lisent. 

je  mets, 
tu  mets, 
il  met. 

nous  mettons 
vous  niettez, 
ils  mettent. 

je  mouds, 
tu  mouds, 
il  moud, 
nous  nioulous, 
vous  uT^ilez, 
ils  pxoiiieut. 

io  ii.iis, 

tu  nais, 

il  nait, 

nous  naissons, 

vous  naissez, 

ils  naisseut. 

je  plais, 
tu  plais, 
il  plait, 
nous  plaisons, 
vous  plaisez, 
ils  plaisent. 

je  prends, 
tu  pronds, 
il  prend, 
nous  prenons, 
vous  prenez, 
ils  prenueut. 


j'ecrivais, 
tu  ecrivais, 
il  c'crivait, 
nous  ecrivions, 
vous  ecriviez, 
ils  L'crivaieut. 

je  faisais, 
tu  faisais, 
il  faisait, 
nous  faisions, 
vous  faisiez, 
ils  faisaient. 

je  lisais, 
tu  lisais, 
il  lisait, 
nous  lisions, 
vous  lisiez, 
il;  lisaient. 

je  mettais, 
tu  mettais, 
il  mettait, 
nous  mettions, 
vous  mettiez, 
ils  mettaient. 

je  moulais, 
tu  moulais, 
il  moulait, 
nous  moulions, 
vous  monliez, 
ils  moulaient. 

je  naissais, 
tu  naissais, 
il  naissait, 
nous  naissions, 
vous  naissiez, 
ils  naissaient. 

je  plaisals, 
tu  pUiisais, 
il  plaisait, 
nous  plaisions, 
vous  plaisiez, 
ils  plaisaient. 

je  prenais, 
tu  prenais, 
il  prenait, 
nous  prenions, 
vous  preuiez, 
ils  prenaieut. 


Futuke.    J> 


j'ecrivis, 
tu  ecrivis, 
il  ecrivit, 
nous  ecrivimes, 
vous  ecrivites, 
ils  ecrivireut. 

je  fls, 
tu  lis, 
il  tit, 

nous  fimes, 
vous  fites, 
ils  firent. 

je  lus, 
tu  lus, 
il  lut, 

nous  liimes, 
vous  lutes, 
ils  lurent. 

je  mis, 
tu  mis, 
il  mit, 

nous  mimes, 
vous  mites, 
ils  mirent. 

je  moulus, 
tu  moulus, 
il  moulut, 
nous  mouliames, 
vous  moulflies, 
ils  moulurent. 

je  naquis, 
tu'  naquis, 
il  uaquit, 
nous  naquimes, 
vous  naquites, 
ils  naquireut. 

je  plus, 
tu  plus, 
il  plut, 
nous  pliimes, 
vous  plutes, 
ils  plureut. 

je  pris, 
tu  pris, 
il  prit, 
nous  primes, 
vous  prites, 
ils  prireut. 


J  ecrirai, 
tu  ecriras, 
il  c'crira, 
nous  ccrirons, 
\  ous  ecrirez, 
ils  ecriront. 

je  ferai, 
lu  feras, 
il  fera, 
nous  ferons, 
vous  ferez, 
ils  leront. 

je  lirai, 
tu  liras, 
11  lira, 
nous  lirons, 
vous  lirez, 
ils  liront. 

je  mettrai, 
tu  mettras, 
il  mettra, 
nous  mettrona, 
vous  mettrez, 
ils  mettront. 

je  moudrai, 
tu  moudras, 
il  moudra, 
nous  moudrona, 
vous  moudrez, 
ils  moudrout. 

je  naltrai, 
tu  naiiras, 
il  iiaitra, 
nous  naifrons, 
vous  naitrez, 
ils  naitrout. 

je  plairai, 
tu  plairas, 
il  plaira, 
nous  plairons, 
vous  plairez, 
ils  plairoDt. 

je  prondrai, 
tu  prendras, 
il  prend  ra. 
nous  prendrons, 
vous  prendrez, 
ils  prendront. 


*  lu  _the  compound  tenses  of  pronominal  verb*  tbe 


CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


3u: 


lEREGULAE  MODEL  VERBS. 


^ 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

Verbs 

COXDITIONAL 

Imperative. 

conjajrated  like 

Present.  E 

jF 

Pkesbnt.     G 

IStPERPECT.     H 

the 
Model  Verb. 

jV'criraiSj 

que  j'ecrive, 

que  j'ecrivisse, 

The    com- 

tu ecrirais, 

6cris, 

quo  tu  ecrives. 

que  tu  ccrivisses. 

pounds     of 

il  ecriraii, 

qu"il  ecrive. 

qu'D  ecrivit. 

eo-ire. 

nous  (icririone, 

ecrivons, 

que  nous  ecrivions. 

que  n.  ecrivissious. 

% 

vous  ecririez, 

ecrivez. 

que  vous  ecriviez. 

que  V.  ecrivissiez, 

ils  ecriraietit. 

qu'ils  ecrivent. 

qu'ils  ecrivisseut. 

je  ferais, 

que  je,  fas.«% 

que  je  flsse. 

The    com- 

tu ferais, 

fais, 

que  tu  fasi^es, 

que  tu  flsses, 

pounds     of 

il  ferait, 

qu'D  fasse. 

qu'il  fit, 

/aire. 

nous  ferioiis. 

faisons, 

que  nous  fassions. 

que  nous  fissions, 

vous  feriez, 

faitus. 

que  vous  fassiez. 

que  vous  fissiez, 

ils  feraient. 

qu'ils  fassent. 

qu'ils  Assent. 

je  lirais, 

que  je  lise, 

que  je  lusse, 

elire. 

tu  lirais, 

lis, 

que  tu  lises. 

que  tu  lusses, 

reelire. 

11  lirait. 

qu'il  lise. 

qu'il  lilt. 

relire. 

nous  lirions. 

lisons. 

que  nous  lisions. 

que  nous  lussions. 

vous  liriez. 

lisez. 

que  vous  lisiez, 

que  vous  lussiez, 

ils  iiraient. 

qu'ils  liseut. 

qu'ils  lustent. 

je  mettrais. 

que  je  me  te, 

que  je  misse. 

The    com- 

tu mettrais. 

mets, 

que  tu  mu  tes, 

que  tu  misses, 

pounds     of 

il  mettrait, 

qu'il  mett* 

qu"il  niit. 

mtUre. 

nous  mettrions, 

mettons. 

que  nous  mettions. 

que  nous  missions, 

vous  mettiiez, 

mettez. 

que  vous  mettiez, 

que  vous  niissiez. 

ils  mettraieut. 

qu'ils  metteut. 

qu'ils  misseut. 

je  moudrais. 

que  je  moule. 

que  je  moulusse. 

cmoudre. 

tu  moudrais. 

mouds. 

que  tu  nioules. 

que  tu  moulusses. 

remoudr& 

il  moudrait. 

qu'il  monk', 

qu'il  moulut. 

nous  iu<judrioiis. 

moulons, 

qui;  nous  luoulions, 

que  n.  moulussions, 

vous  moudriez. 

moulez. 

que  vous  mouliez, 

que  v.  moulussiez, 

ils  moudruieiii. 

qu'Us  moulent. 

qu'ils  moulussent. 

je  naitrais, 

tu  naitrais, 

il  naitrait, 

nous  naitrions,        naissons, 

vous  iiaitriez,  naitsez. 

ils  naitraieni. 

je  plairais, 

tu  plairais,  plais, 

11  plairait, 

nous  plairions,        plaisons, 

vous  plairii-z,  piaisez. 

ils  plairaient. 

je  prendrais, 

tu  prendrais,  prends, 

il  prendrait,  ' 

nous  prendrions,  '  prenons, 

vous  prendriez,        preuez. 

lis  preiidraieiit.     : 


que  je  naisse,  que  je  naquisse, 

qui'  tu  naisses,  j  que  tu  naquisses, 

qu'il  naisse,  i  qu'il  naquit. 

que  nous  naissions,  j  que  n.  iiaqiiissioiis, 
que  vous  naissiez,     i  que  v.  naquissiez, 
quils  naissent.  j  qu'ils  naquissent. 


que  je  plaise, 
I  que  lu  plaises, 

qu'il  plaise. 
I  que  nou?  plaisions. 
I  que  vous  plaisii-z, 

qu'ils  plaisent. 

que  je  prenne. 

que  tu  preiiiies, 
I  qu'il  prenne, 
■  que  nous  prenions, 

que  vous  preiiiez, 
j  qu'ils  piennent. 


que  je  plusse,  plalre. 

que  tu  plusses,  complaire. 

qu'il   plflt,  taire. 

que  nous  plussions,    se  taire.* 
que  vous  plustiez,     i 
qu'ils  plusseut.  | 


que  je  prisse, 
que  tu  prisses, 
qu'il   prlt, 
que  nous  piissions, 
que  vous  prissiez, 
qu'ils  prissenl. 


The  com- 
pounds of 
j/iendre. 


auxiliary  verb  etre  ia  used  for  the  auxiliary  verb  avoir. 


308 


CONJUGATIOlSr    OF   VERBS. 


CONJUGATION  OF 


INFINITIVE 
Forms. 


41.  Jtesoudre, 

to  resolve. 
resolvant. 
re sol u. ^ 
avoir  resolu. 
ayant  resolu. 

42.  Jtire, 

to  laugh. 
riant. 


ayant  ri. 

43.  Siifflre, 

to  be  sufficient. 
sufflsant. 
sutti. 

avoir  suffl. 
ayant  suffi. 

44.  Suivre, 

to  follow. 
6uiva'nt. 
8uivi. 

avoir  suivi. 
ayant  suivi. 

45.  Traire, 

to  milk. 
trayant. 
trait. 

avoir  trait, 
ayant  trait. 

46.  Vaincre, 

to  vanquish. 
vainquant. 
vaincu. 
avoir  vaincu. 
ayant  vaincu.  ' 

47.  Vivre, 

to  live. 
vivant. 
vucu. 

avoir  vecu. 
ayant  vecu. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


Present.    A       Imperfect.  B      Past  Dbf.    C  ;     Foturb.    2> 


je  resous, 
tu  resous, 
il  rcsout, 
nous  resolvons, 
voiis  resolvez, 
ils  resolvent. 

je  ris, 
tu  ris, 
11  rit, 

nous  rions, 
vous  riez, 
ils  rient. 

je  suflBs, 
tu  suffls, 
il  sufflt, 
nous  sufflsons, 
vous  snffisez, 
ils  sufflsent. 

je  snis, 
tu  suis, 
il  suit, 

nous  suivons, 
vous  suivez, 
ils  suivent. 

je  trais, 
tu  trais, 
il  tr.iit, 
nous  trayons, 
vous  trayez, 
ils  traient. 

je  vaincs, 
tu  vaincs, 
il  vainc, 
nous  vainquons, 
vous  vainquez, 
ils  vainquent. 

je  vis, 
tu  vis, 
11  vit, 

nous  vivons, 
vous  vivez, 
ila  vivent. 


je  resolvais, 
tu  resolvais, 
ft  resolvait, 
nous  rc'solvions, 
vous  resolviez, 
ils  resolvaient. 

je  rials, 
tu  rials, 
il  riait, 
nous  riiona, 
vous  riiez, 
ils  riaient. 

je  sufiisais, 
tu  sufiisais, 
11  suftisait, 
nous  surtisions, 
vous  sufti.-icz, 
lis  suflisaient. 

je  suivais, 
ta  suivais, 
11  suivait, 
nous  suivions, 
vous  suiviez, 
ils  suivaient. 

je  trayais, 
tu  trayais, 
11  trayait, 
nous  trayions, 
vous  trayiez, 
ils  trayaient. 

je  vainquais, 
tu  vainquais, 
11  vainq^nait, 
nous  vainquions 
vous  vainquiez, 
ils  vaiuquaient. 

je  vivais, 
tu  vivais, 
11  vivait, 
nous  vivions, 
vous  viviez, 
lis  vivaient. 


je  resolus, 
tu  resolus, 
11  resolur, 
nous  resolflmes 
vous  rusolutes. 
Us  resolureut. 

je  ris, 
tu  ris, 
11  rit, 

nous  rimes, 
vous  rites, 
ils  rirent. 

je  suftis, 
tu  suftis, 
il  suttlt, 
nous  suffimes, 
vous  sulfites, 
ils  sufllrent. 

je  suivis, 
tu  suivis, 
il  suivit, 
nous  suivimes, 
vous  suivites. 
Us  suivirent. 


je  vainquis, 
tu  vainquis, 
il  vainquit, 
n.  vainquimes, 
V.  vainquites. 
lis  vainquirent. 

je  vecus, 
tu  vecus, 
11  vecut, 
nous  vecflmes, 
vous  veciites, 
ils  vecurent. 


je  resoudrai, 
tu  resoudras, 
il  resouiira, 
nous  resoudrons 
vous  resoudrez. 
ils  resoudront. 

je  rirai, 
tu  riras, 
il  rlra, 
nous  rirons, 
vous  rirez, 
ils  riront. 

je  suffirai, 
tu  sufflras, 
11  SI  tHra, 
nous  snttirona, 
vous  suttirez, 
ile  suliirout. 

je  suivrai, 
tu  suivras, 
il  suivra, 
nous  suivrons 
vous  suivrez, 
ils  sulvront. 

je  trairai, 
tu  trairas, 
il  traira. 
nous  traironp 
vous  trairez, 
ils  trairont. 

je  vaincrai, 
tu  vaincras, 
il  vaincra, 
nous  vaincrons- 
vous  vaincrez, 
ils  vaincront. 

je  vivrai, 
tu  vivras, 
II  vivra, 
nous  vivrons, 
vous  vivrez, 
ils  vivront. 


*In  the  compound  tenses  of  pronominal  verbs,  the 
•\  Absoudre   deviates   from  the   model   In   the   past 


CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


309 


lEREGULAR  MODEL  VERBS. 


' 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE.                1 

Verbs 

CONDITIONAL 

Impebative. 

1 

conjugated  like , 

Present.  JES 

F 

Present.    €f 

Imperpect.    H 

the 
Model  Verb. 

|e  resoudrais, 

que  je  resolve. 

que  je  resolusse, 

absoudre.t 

tu  resoudrais,        i 

resous, 

que  tu  resolves, « 

que  tu  resolusses. 

kil  resoudraii.         ' 

qu"il  resohe. 

qu'il  rejoliit. 

•aous  resoudrions, 

resolvons, 

que  nous  resolvione, 

que  n.  resolussions. 

V0U8  resoudriez, 

resolvez. 

que  vous  resolviez. 

que  V.  resolussiez. 

Us  resoudraieut. 

qu"ils  resolvent. 

qu'ils  resolussent. 

je  rirais. 

que  je  rie, 

que  je  risse, 

eonrire. 

tn  rirais, 

ris, 

que  tu  ries, 

que  tu  risses, 

il  rirait. 

qu'il  rie, 

qu'ii  rit. 

nous  ririons, 

rions, 

que  nous  rlions, 

que  nous  rissions, 

vous  ririez, 

riez. 

que  vous  riiez. 

que  vous  rissiez. 

ils  riraient. 

quils  rient. 

qu'ils  rissent. 

je  suflirais. 

que  je  suffise, 

oue  je  suffisse, 

tu  suti:.-ai>, 

snffis, 

que  tu  suflisi'S, 

que  tu  suflisses. 

il  suffirait. 

quil  suflise. 

qu'il  suffit. 

nous  surtirions, 

suflSsons, 

que  nous  suffisions, 

que  nous  suffissions. 

vous  suttiriez, 

suflisez. 

que  vous  suffisiez, 

que  vous  suttissiez, 

ils  suttiiaieut. 

qu'ils  suffisent. 

qu'ils  sufflssent. 

je  euivrais, 

que  je  suive. 

que  je  suivisse, 

s'ensuivre.* 

lu  suivrais, 

suis. 

que  tu  suives, 

que  tu  suivisses. 

poursuivre. 

il  suivrait, 

quil  suive. 

qu'il  suivit. 

nous  saivrions. 

suivons. 

que  nous  suivions. 

que  n.  suivissions, 

vous  suivnez, 

suivez. 

que  voHS  suiviez. 

que  v.  suivissiez. 

ils  puivraient. 

qu'ils  suivent. 

qu'ils  suivissent. 

je  trairais, 

que  je  traie. 

extraire. 

trais. 

que  tu  traies, 
quil  traie, 

soustrairc. 

tu  trairais, 
il  trairait. 

nous  trairions, 
vous  trairiez, 
ils  trairaient. 

trayons, 
trayez. 

que  nous  trayions, 
que  vous  trayiez, 
qu'ils  traient 

je  vaincrais. 

que  je  vainqne. 

que  je  vainquisse. 

convaiucre. 

tu  vaincrais. 

valncs, 

que  tu  va'inques. 

que  tu  vaiuquisses, 

il  vaincrait. 

qu'il  vainque. 

qu'il  vaiiiquit. 

nous  vaincrions, 

vainqnons, 

que  n.  vainquions. 

'lue  n.  vainquissions. 

vous  vaincriez. 

vainquez. 

que  v.  vainquiez. 

que  .'.  vainquissiez. 

- 

ils  vaincraient. 

qu'ils  vainquent. 

qu'ils  vainquissent. 

je  vivrais. 

que  je  vive. 

que  jevecnsse. 

survivre. 

tu  vivrais, 

vis. 

que  tu  vives. 

que  tu  vecusses. 

il  vi^Tait. 

qu'il  vive. 

j  qu'il  vecflt. 

nous  vivrions, 

vivons. 

quo  nous  vivions, 

que  n.  vecussions. 

■vous  vivriez, 

vivez. 

que  vous  viviez, 

;  que  v.  vecussiez, 

ils  vivraient. 

qu'ils  vivent. 

qu'ils  vecussent. 

^    . 

auxiliary  verb  etre  is  used  fot  the  auxiliary  verb  avoir, 
participle,  which  is  adsous,  tern.  absouU, 


Defective  and  Slightly  Irregular  Yerbs. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION. 

Seo  Ort.Vioofrapllic  Trrogularilies  in  the  first  conjugation,  page  108. 

SECOND   CONJUGATION. 

48.  Benir,  to  blexii ;  to  eon^ecrate,  has  two  past  participles:  bSni,  in  the  sense 
of  Wf.s'.svr/,  and  henit,  in  tlie  sense  of  consecrated  ;  otherwise  it  is  regular. 

49.  Ttffaillir,  to  fail,  is  used  only  in  the  plural  of  the  indicative  present: 
nous  defaUlons :  in  the  imoerfect  :  je  defaillais ;  in  the  past  definite :  Je 
defaillis;  and  in  nw  infinitive. 

50.  FtiiUir,  to  fail,  has  faiUrnit,  fnilli ;  present  :  jo  faux,  tn  fnux,  it 
fnut,  nous  faillous,  vous  fniilcz,  Us  faille nt ;  imperfect :  j>  faillais  ; 
past  definite  :  je  faillis.  It  is  used  principally  in  the  infiuilive,  th'-  past  definite, 
and  the  compound  tenses. 

51.  Ferir,  to  Hnke,  is  used  only  in  sans  coup  ferir,  without  sti-iling  a  Mow, 
and  in  the  past  participle :  feri^^^ 

53.  Fleui'ir,  to  l>!oss(yin ;  to  flourish.  In  the  sense  of  to  blossom,  fleurir  is 
regular  ;  in  the  sense  of  to  flouni<h,  it  has  the  present  participle  florisaant,  and 
the  imperfect  tense  Jc  florissais,  etc. 

53.  Gesir,  tolie  ill  (^dead;.  has  only  :  il  git,  nous  f/isons,  vous  gisez, 
Us  gisent  ;  imperfect :  Je  gisais  ;  present  participle  :  gisaut. 

54.  Hn'ir,  to  hate,  has  no  diieresis  on  the  I  in  the  singular  of  th.-  present  indi- 
cative and  of  the  imperative:  je  hais,  tu  hais,  il  halt ;  hais. 

65.  Issir,  to  usue,  is  used  only  in  the  past  participle  :  issu. 
50.  Ou'ir,  to  hear.    Of  this  verb  only  the  infinitive  and  the  past  participle, 
x>u'i,  are  used. 
57.  Querir,  to  fetch,  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive. 

55.  Saillir,  to  project,  to  jut  out,  is  conjugated  like  cueillir;  the  third  per- 
son and  the  present  participle  only  are  used. 

69.  Huvylr,  to  arrive  at,  to  start  up,  is  used  only  iu  the  infinitive. 

THIRD   CONJUGATION. 

GO.  Appnroir,  to  be  evident,  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive  and  in  the  third 
person  singular  of  the  indicative  present:  il  appert. 
61.  Choir,  to  fall,  is  used  only  m  the  infinitive  and  past  participle  :  chu. 
63.  Coinpnroir,  to  appear  in  justice,  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive. 

63.  T>echoir,  to  fall  away,  fo'lows  the  model  voir,  except  in  the  past  definite: 
je  dechus.    The  present  pjirticiple,  imperfect,  and  imperative  are  wanting. 

64.  Echoir,  to-chance  to  be ;  to  becmne  due,  is  used  only  in  the  third  person ;  it 
has  the  same  forms  as  dechoir,  and  also  the  present  participle  :  echeant. 


DEFECTIVE    AXD   SLIGHTLT    IRHEGULAR   VERBS.       311 

€5.  Mcsscoir,  to  be  unbecoming,  is  conjugated  as  asscoir  :  Jc  tnessieda,  etc. 
It  is  not  u^^ed  intlie  pat^t  definite,  the  compound  tenses,  and  the  prci^ent  participle. 

66.  J'ourroir,  to  provide,  follows  voir,  except  the  past  definite:  Je  pour- 
VU.S,  and  the  future  :  Je  poiirvoirai. 

€7.  I'revoir,  lo  foresee,  follows  voir,  except  the  future  :  je  prevoirai. 

68.  Jtavoir,  to  get  again,  follows  avoir,  but  is  used  only  iu  the  future,  the 
couditionai  present,  and  the  infinitive. 

69.  Seoir,  to  become,  is  used  only  in  the  third  person  of  the  present:  il  .sieds 
Hs  sieettt;   of  the  Imperfect  :  il  **-»/« i7,  and  of  the  future  :  il  .siera. 

70.  Seoir.  to  be  sealed,  has  only  the  present  participle:  scant,  and  the  past 
participle :  sis. 

71.  Souloir,  to  be  accustomed,  is  used  only  in  the  imperfect:  je  soiilais. 

72.  Siirseoir,  to  s>i.<pe>id :  present  participle:  tiursoi/ant ;  past  participle: 
sursis  ;  future  ;je  gurifoirai,    Iu  other  respects  it  follows  the  model  voir. 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION 

73.  Accroire  is  nsed  only  in  the  infinitive:  faire  aeeroire,  to  make  believe. 

74.  Braire,  to  bray ;  present:  il  hrait,ils  braient ;  future:  il  braira. 
73.  Brtiire,  toroar ;  present  participle:  bruyant ;  present:  il  bruit;  \m- 

perfect:  il  bruyait. 

76.  Cireoncire,  to  circumcise,  follows  dire,  except  the  second  person  of  the 
present:  vous  circoncisez  ;  and  tlie  past  participle  :  circoncis. 

T*.  Clore,  to  close;  present :  Je  clos,  tii  clo.t,  iWclot  ;  future  :  Jc  clorai ; 
past  participle :  clos. 

78.  Conlredire,  to  contradict,  and.  the  following  compounds  of  dire,  \iz.: 
dedire,  to  unsay;  interdire,  to  forbid ;  niedire,  to  slander;  predire,  to 
foretell,  follow  the  model  dire,  except  in  the  second  person  plural  of  the  present 
indicative  and  of  the  imperative,  which  is  discs  instead  of  dites. 

79.  Cotirre,  lo  hunt,  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive. 

80.  Deconfire,  to  discomfit  ;  past  participle  :  deconfit, 

81.  Eclore,  to  be  hatched,  follows  clore  C77J;  it  is  used  only  in  the  third 
person. 

82.  Frire,  to  fry  ;  present  :  je  fris,  tu  fris,  il  frit ;  future  :  Je  frirai  ; 
past  participle  :  frit. 

83.  IMulfaire,  to  do  wrong,  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive,  the  compound  tenses, 
and  the  past  participle  :  tnnlfait. 

84.  yiatidire,  to  curse;  present  participle  :  tnatidissant.  The  double  a  is 
retained  in  the  parts  derived  from  the  present  participle  ;  in  other  respects  it  fol- 
lows dire. 

83.  Jiompre,  to  break,  is  regular,  except  in  the  third  person  singular  of  the 
indicative  pres-cnt :  il  ronipt. 

86.  Soudre,  to  solve,  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive. 

87.  Sourdre,  to  spring  forth,  is  used  only  in  the  third  person  eingnlar  and 
plural:  il  sourd,  ils  sotirdent.    It  has  no  present  participle. 

88.  Tistre,  toweav".:  uast  oarticiplc  ;  tiaau. 


LIST  OF  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


Tlie    nviodel    Verbs    are    in.    Bold    ir-aced    Ty^De. 


Abattre  (231,  to  fell. 

Absoiidre  (41  •,  to  aJ)solve. 

Abstenir  (s")  (13),  to  abatain. 

Abstraire  (45),  to  abstract. 

Accouiir  (5),  to  7itn  to. 

Accrolre  (73),  to  believe. 

Accroitre  (31),  to  increase. 

Accneillir  (6),  to  receive. 

Acquerir  (3),  to  acquire. 

Admettre  (30),  to  admit. 

Advenir  (14),  to  happen. 

Aller  (1),  to  go. 

Apparaitre  (28).  to  appear. 

Apparoir  (60),  to  be  evident. 

Appartfuir  (13),  to  bdoiig. 

Apiirendre  (40),  to  learn. 

Assaillir  (6),  to  assail. 

Assemir  (12),  to  assent. 

Asseoir  (Iti),  to  set. 

Asseoir  (s'J  (16),  to  sit  down. 

Autreindre  (29),  to  force. 

Atteindre  (29),  to  attain. 

Attraire  (45),  to  attract. 

Aveindre  (29),  to  fetch  out. 

Aveiiir  (14),  to  happen. 

Avoir  (p.  245),  to  have. 

Battre  (23),  to  beat. 

Benir  (48).  to  bless. 

So  ire  (24),  to  drink. 

Houillir  (4),  to  boil. 

Braire  (74),  to  bray. 

Bruire  (75),  to  make  a  noise. 

Ceindre  (29),  to  gird. 

Choir  (61).  to  fall. 

Circoucire  (76),  to  circumcise.  ■ 

Circonscrire  (33),  to  circumscribe. 

Circonvenir  (14),  to  circumvent. 

Clore  (77),  to  close. 

Oombattre  (23),  to  fight. 

Commettre  (36),  to  commit. 

Comparaltre  (27),  to  appear.      [justice. 

Comparoir  (62),  to  appear  in  a  court  of 

Complaire  (39),  to  comply  with. 

Comprendre  (40),  to  understand. 

Compromettre  (36),  to  compromist. 


Conclure  (25),  to  conclude. 
Concoiirir  (5),  to  concur.  « 

Condiiire  (26),  to  conduct. 
Confire  (32),  to  preserve. 
Cotijoinilre  (29),  to  unite. 
Connnitre  (27),  to  know. 
Coiiquerir  (3),  to  conquer. 
Conseiitir  (12),  to  consent. 
Cotistruire  (26),  to  construct. 
Coiitenir  (13),  to  contain. 
Contraindie  (29),  to  compel. 
Contiediie  (32,  78),  to  contradict, 
Contrefaire  (34),  to  counterfeit. 
Coutieveuir  (14),  to  transgress. 
Convaincre  (46),  to  convince. 
Convenir  (14),  to  agree. 
Corrompre  (85),  to  corrupt. 
Coiidre  (28),  to  sew. 
Courir  (5),  to  run. 
Couire  (79),  to  hunt. 
Couvrir  (10),  to  cover. 
Craindre  (29),  to  fear. 
Croire  (30),  to  believe. 
Crottre  (31),  to  grow. 
CucHlir  (6),  to  pluck. 
Cuire  (26),  to  cook. 
Debattie  (23),  to  debate. 
Dechoir  (63),  to  fall  off. 
Declure  (77),  to  unclose. 
Deconfire  (SO),  to  rout. 
Decoudre  (29),  to  unsew. 
Decouvrir  (10),  to  discover. 
Decrire  (33),  to  desa-ibe. 
Decroire  (30),  to  disbelieve. 
Decroitre  (31),  to  decrease. 
Dedire  (32,  '^8),  to  disown. 
Dedire  (se)  (32,  78),  to  retract. 
Dediiire  (26),  to  deduct. 
Defaillir  (58),  to  fall. 
Defaire  (34),  to  undo. 
Dejoindre  (29),  to  disjoin. 
Dementir  (12),  to  contradict. 
Demettre  (36),  to  dislocate. 
Demettre  (se)  (36),  to  resign. 
Doniouvoir  (17),  to  make  one  desist. 


LIST   OF   IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


313 


Departlr  (11),  to  distribute. 
Dopartir  (se)  (11),  to  desist. 
Depeiiidre  (29),  to  desci'ibe 
Deplaire  (39),  to  displease. 
Depourvoir  (21,  60).  to  deprive. 
Desapprendre  (40),  to  rinleaiii. 
Desservir  (7),  to  dicoblige. 
Deteindrc  (29),  to  discolor. 
Deteiiir  (13),  to  detain. 
Detruire  (26),  to  destroy. 
Devenir  (14),  to  beamie. 
Devetir  (15),  to  strip. 
Deveiir  (se)  (15),  to  undress  one'' s  self. 
Dire  (32),  to  saij. 
Difcoiivciiir  (14),  to  disagrie. 
Discourir  (5),  to  discoKrse. 
Disparaitre  (27),  to  disappear. 
DiBsoiidie  (41,  S6),  to  dissolve. 
Distraire  (45),  to  divert  from. 
Disiraire  (se)  (45),  to  divert  one's  mind. 
Dorniir  (7),  to  sleep. 
Duire  (26),  to  suit. 
]6battre  (s')  (23),  to  be  merry. 
Ebouillir  (4),  to  boil  dcwn. 
flchoir  (64),  to  expire. 
felore  (81),  to  be  hatched. 
jSconduire  (26),  to  put  off. 
JEcrire  (33),  to  write. 
ttlire  (35),  to  elect. 
Emboire  (24),  to  imbibe. 
:fimcttre  (36),  to  emit. 
firaoudre  (37),  to  grind. 
fimouvoir  (17),  to  move. 
Empri'iiidre  (29),  to  impiint. 
Enceindre  (29),  to  surround. 
Eucloie  (77),  to  inclose. 
Encourii-  (5),  to  incur. 
Eiidorniir  (7),  to  tnake  sleep. 
Enduire  (26),  to  do  over  with. 
Eufreindie  (29),  to  infringe. 
Enfuir  (s')  (8),  to  run  away. 
Eiijoiiulre  (29),  to  enjoin. 
Eiiqucrir  (s')  (3),  to  inquire. 
Eusuivre  (s')  (44),  to  resvlt. 
EiitxiiJB^tw;  (is")  (36),  to  Intermeddle. 
Entr'oiivrir  (10),  to  open  a  little. 
Enireprendie  (40),  to  undertake. 
Entretenir  (13),  to  keep  up. 
Eutrevoir  (21),  to  have  a  glimpse  of. 
Unvoyer  (2),  to  send. 
ifiprt-iiidre  (29),  to  squeeze  out. 
fipreiidrc  (8')  (40),  to  be  smitten. 
fiqiiiva'oir  (20),  to  be  equivalent. 
fiteinare  (29),  to  extinguish. 
£tre  (p.  247),  to  be. 
fltreiiidre  (29),  to  twist. 
Exclun  (25),  to  exclude. 
Extrairc  v45),  to  extract. 
Faillir  (50).  to  fmt. 


Faire  (34),  to  do. 
Fallitir,  to  be  necessary. 
Feindre  (29),  to  feign. 
F^rir  (51),  to  strike. 
Fleurii-  (52),  to  bloom. 
Foifaire  (34),  to  fmfeil. 
Frin;  (82),  to  fry. 
Jb\iir  (8),  to  flee. 
Gcindre  (29),  to  whine. 
Gesir  (53),  to  lay. 
Hair  (54),  to  hale. 
Induiie  (26),  to  induce. 
Inscriie  (33),  to  inscribe. 
Iiietruire  (26),  to  inUruct. 
luteruire  t32),  to  forbid. 
Interroinpre  (85),  to  ifitei-rupt. 
Intervenir  (14),  to  meddle. 
lutroduirc  (26),  to  introduce. 
Issir  (55),  to  come  out. 
Joindie  (29),  to  join. 
Lire  (35),  to  read. 
Luire  (26),  to  shine. 
Maiutenir  (13),  to  maintain. 
Malfaire  (34,  83),  to  do  hann. 
Maudire  (32,  84),  to  curse. 
Meconiiaitre  (27),  to  disown. 
Medire  (32 1,  to  slander. 
Mefaire  (34),  to  do  ivrong. 
Mentir  (12),  to  lie. 
Meprendre  (se)  (40),  to  mistake. 
Mesi^eoir  (65),  to  be  unbecmning 
Mettre  (36),  to  2)ul. 
Moudre  (37),  to  grind. 
Mourir  (9),  to  die. 
MoHvolr  (17),  to  remove. 
Xaitre  (38),  to  be  born. 
Nuire  (26),  to  harm. 
Ohtenir  (13),  to  obtain. 
OfErii-  (10),  to  <;/r«?-. 
Oiiidre  (29),  to  anoint. 
Omettie  (36),  to  or«i^ 
Ouli-  (56),  to  /i«ar. 
Ouvrir  (10),  to  op««. 
Paitre  (27),  to  graze. 
Paraitre  (27),  to  appear. 
Parc'.ourir  (5),  to  run  over. 
Parfaii-e  (34),  to  complete. 
I'artir  (II),  to  start. 
Parvfiiir  (14),  to  reach. 
Peindie  (29),  to  paint. 
Permettre  (36),  to  allow. 
Plaiiidre  (29),  to  pity. 
I'laire  (39),  to  please. 
Pleuvoir,  to  rain. 
Poiiidre  (29),  to  dawn. 
PourMuvre  (44),  to  pursue. 
Pom  voir  (21,  66),  to  provide. 
Pouvoir  (18),  to  be  able. 
Pr6dire  (32,  78),  to  foretell. 


314 


COXJUOATTON"    OF    VERBS. 


Prendre  iAff).  to  take. 
Prescrire  (Si),  to  prei>cribi. 
PreBsentir  (12).  to  forebode. 
Prevaloir  (20),  to  prevail. 
Prevenir  (14),  /r)7wer«n<. 
Prevoir  (21,  UT),  to  J'ore><ee. 
Produire  (2(51,  to  produce. 
ProtnettrL'  (36),  to  promise. 
Promouvoir  (17),  to  promote. 
Pioscrire  (SJ),  to  proifmbe. 
ProviMiir  (14),  to  proceed. 
Riihattre  (23),  to  pull  down. 
Rapprendre  (40),  to  learn  again. 
Rasseoir  (16),  to  replace. 
Rasseoir  (se)  (16),  to  nil  down  again, 
Ratteindie  (29),  to  catch  again. 
Ravoir  (68),  to  get  again. 
Rebattre  (23),  to  beat  again. 
Reboire  (24),  to  drink  again. 
Rebouillir  (4),  to  boil  again. 
Recluie  (25),  to  shut  vp. 
Reconduire  (26),  to  reconduct. 
Reconuaitre  (27),  to  recognize. 
Recoiiquerir  (3),  to  reconquer. 
Reconslniire  (•<!6),  to  reconMruct. 
Recoudre  (28),  to  sew  again. 
Recourir  (5),  to  have  recourse  to. 
Recouvrir  (10),  to  cover. 
Recrire  (3:3),  to  ivnte  again. 
Recroilre  (31),  to  grow  again. 
Recueillir  (6),  to  gather. 
Recuire  (26),  to  cook  again. 
Redefaiie  (34),  to  vndo  again. 
Redevenir  (14),  to  become  again. 
Redire  (32,  78),  to  say  again. 
Redormir  (7),  to  sleep  again. 
Reduire  (26),  to  reduce. 
Reelire  (25),  to  reelect. 
Befaire  (34).  to  do  again. 
Refleurir  (52),  to  bloom  again. 
Rejoiiidre  (29),  to  oi^ertake. 
Relire  (35),  to  read  again. 
Reluire  (26),  to  glitter. 
Remettie  (36),  to  put  again. 
Remoudre  (37),  to  grind  again. 
Renaitre  (38),  to  revive. 
Rendonnir  (7),  to  lull  to  sleep  again. 
Rentraire  (45),  to  Jine-draw  ;  to  join  on. 
Repaitre  (27),  to  feed. 
Reparaltre  (27),  to  reappear. 
Repartir  (11),  to  start  again. 
Repeindre  (29),  to  paint  again 
Repentir  (se)  (12),  to  repent. 
Reprendre  (40),  to  take  again. 
Reproduire  (26),  to  7'eproduee. 
Requerir  (3),  to  request. 
Resoudre  (41),  to  resolve. 
Rcssentir  (12),  to  resent. 
Heesortir  (11),  to  go  out  again. 


Ressoiivenir  (se)  (14).  to  remember. 
Restreindre  (2'J),  to  re.'ilrain. 
Reteindre  (29),  to  dye  again. 
Retell ir  (13),  to  retain. 
Retraire  (45),  to  milk  again. 
Revaloir  (20),  to  give  an  equivalent 
Revenii-  (14),  to  come  back. 
Revctir  (15),  to  clothe. 
Revivre  (47),  to  revive. 
Revoir  (21),  to  see  again. 
Sire  (42),  to  laugh. 
Roinpre  (85),  to  tireak. 
Rouvrlr  (10),  to  open  again. 

Saillir  (58),  to  jut  out. 
Satisfaire  (34).  to  satufy. 

Snvoir  (19).  to  know. 

Secourir  (5),  to  help. 

Seduire  (26).  to  seduce. 

Sentir  (12),  to  feel. 

Seoir  (69),  to  /become. 

Seoir  (70),  to  be  seated. 

Servir  (7),  to  serve. 

Sortir  (11),  to  go  out. 

Sondre  (86).  to  .lolve. 

SoJiffiir  (10),  to  suffer. 

Souloir  (71).  to  be  acn/stomed. 

Sonmettre  (36),  to  submit. 

Sourire  (42),  to  smile. 

Sourdre  (87).  to  sjning. 

Souscrire  (33).  to  sr/bscril>e. 

Soustraire  (45),  to  si/btract.        . 

Soutenir  (13),  to  svslain. 

Souvenir  (se)  (14),  to  remember. 

Subvcnir  (14),  to  assist. 

Suffire  (43).  to  suffice. 

Suivre  (44),  to  follow. 

Surgir  (59).  to  land. 

Surfairo  (34),  to  overdo. 

Siirprendre  (40),  to  .'surprise. 

Surseoir  (72).  to  put  off. 

Survenir  (14),  to  survene. 

Survivre  (47).  to  survive. 

Taire  (39),  to  conceal. 

Taire  (se)  (39),  to  keep  silent. 

Teiiulre  (29),  to  dye. 

TeniV  (13),  to  hold. 

Tistr(i  (88),  to  weave. 

TraduW  (26),  to  translate. 

Truit\:  (45).  to  milk. 

Traiiscrire  (:^)3),  to  copy. 

Transindttre  (.36),  to  transmit. 

Tressailljr  (6),  to  start. 

Vnincne  (46),  to  vanquish, 
Taloir  (20),  to  be  worth. 
Veiiir  (14),  to  come. 
Vetir  (15),  to  dress. 

Vii're  (47),  to  live. 

Voir  (21),  to  see. 

youloir  (22),  to  wiM. 


IDIOMS   AND   PROVERBS. 

PABT    FIRST. —  ENGLISH    INTO    FRENCH. 


T?ie  principal  icord  in  each  expression,  or  the  word  on  which  the  itliom  turns 
is  placed  at  the  head  of  the  division  in  irhieh  the  expression  is  given. 


About. 

I  hare  no  money  about  me. 
What  is  if  about  f 
Go  about  your  bunness. 
Look  about  you  (mind). 

Account. 

A  man  of  no  accwint. 

On  my  account. 

On  no  account. 

Even  account.^  make  lastinrj  friends. 

Afford,  to. 

I  cannot  afford  to  do  it. 

I  cannot  afford  it. 

That  affords  me  great  pleasure. 

What  can  you  afford  to  give? 

I  cannot  afford  more. 

Give  as  much  as  you  can  afford. 

Again. 

Ikgia  again. 

Go  there  again. 

He  7vill  come  again. 

I  told  it  to  him  again  and  again. 

Give  me  as  much  again. 

Agree,  to. 

We  hare  agreed  aJbout  the  price. 

Thiy  agree  like  cat  and  dog. 

I  u'itl  make  them  agree. 

Do  you  agree  to  those  tenns? 

Agreed  upon. 

That  does  not  agree  with  me  (my  stomach). 

AU.. 

It  is  all  over.  , 

After  all. 

You  m.ust  take  him  all  in  all. 
All  (he  better;  all  the  better  for  it. 


Environ ;  alentour. 

Je  ii':\\  p;is  d'aigeiit  .siir  moi. 

De  qiioi  s'agitil  ? 

Allez-vous-cn. 

Prtiioz  Lcarde  a  vous. 

Compte,  m. 

Un  hommc  de  rien. 

A  cause  de  moi. 

En  ancune  maniere. 

Les  bons  comptes  font  les  bons  amis. 

Avoir  les  moyens. 

Je  n'ai  pas  les  nio}'ens  de  le  fiiire. 
Jc  n'en  ai  pas  les  moyens. 
Cela  me  donne  beaiicou])  de  plaisir. 
Combien  pouvez-vous  doimor  ? 
Je  ne  peux  pas  aller  au-dcla. 
Donnez  selon  vos  moj'ens. 

De  nouveau  ;  encore.  [veao. 

Kecoiiinieiiccz,  or  commencez  de  non- 

Allez  y  encore  une  fois. 

II  reviendra. 

Je  le  lui  ai  rupetc  vingt  fois. 

Donnez-m'en  deux  fois  autant. 

Convenir. 

Nous  sonimes  convenus  du  prix. 

lis  s'accordent  comme  chien  et  chat. 

Je  les  mettrai  d'accord. 

Consentez-vons  a  ces  conditions .' 

Convenii.    D'accord. 

Cela  me  fait  mal,  me  derange  Pestomac 

Tout. 

C"o*t  flni. 

Aprcs  tout,  au  bout  dn  compte. 

II  faut  le  prendre  tel  quel. 

Tant  niieux  •,  11  n'pn  pcra  que  mieox. 


SVc 


IDIOMS  AND   PROVERBS. 


It  is  all  one  to  me. 

If  thai  it  all,  be  eofij. 
To  be  all  IMngn  to  all  men. 
All  is  well  thai  ends  well. 
All  is  not  gold  (hat  glitters. 

Answer,  to. 

What  did  he  an.nve7'  ywi  ? 
He  shall  answei'  before  God. 
That  answei-s  my  jmrpose. 
That  answers  s^-reral  purposes. 
That  answered  eery  well. 

Ask,  to. 

Some  one  asks  for  yon. 

Ask  him  to  come  in. 

Did  you  ask  for  Mrs.  B.  ? 

How  much  do  you  ask  for  that  coat? 

Attend,  to. 

To  (dtend  to  one''s  business. 

—  a  meeting. 

—  lectures. 

~       a  sick  person. 
The  odium  which  attends  dishonor. 
I  will  attend  to  you  in  an  instant. 

Average,  to  average. 

The  average  cirruki/ion  of  that  journal 

is  30,000  co/des  a  day. 
Our  receipts  average  fifty  dollars  a  day. 

Be,  to  (12,  13). 

What  i-i  that? 

What  is  that  to  you? 

How  are  you  f 

He  is  not  well. 

He  is  better. 

How  M  (hat  busin£,9s? 

How  is  business? 

This  coffee  is  better  than  the  other. 

Tea  is  better  for  me  than  coffee. 

He  i."  as  good  as  she  is. 
He  is  worth  a  great  deai. 
It  is  (of  time  or  distance). 

Bear,  to. 

To  bear  some  one  ill  will. 

—  malice  against  some  one. 

—  it  in  mind. 

—  a  good  character. 
<«»•      y)i(ness. 


Cela  m'est  6gal. 

S'il  ne  tlenf.  qu'^  cela,  soyez  tranqulue. 

Se  faire  tout  i\  tous. 

La  tin  couronne  Tceuvre. 

Tout  ce  qui  reluit  n'est  pas  or. 

Bepondre. 

t^ue  vous  a-t-il  repondu  ? 
II  en  rendra  conipte  a  Dieu. 
Cela  fait  mon  affaire. 
Cela  sert  ii  plusieurs  flna. 
Cela  a  parfaiteuient  reussi. 

Demander.  • 

On  vous  deniande. 

Priez-le  d'entrer. 

Vous  etes-vous  informe  de  Mme.  B.  ? 

Combien  faites-vous  cet  habit  ? 

Faire  attention. 

S'occuper  de,  vaquer  a,  .ses  affaires. 

Assister  a  une  seance,  une  assemblee. 

Suivre  un  cours. 

Soigner  un  malade. 

L'odieux  qui  s'attache  au  deshonnenr. 

Je  serai  a  vous  a  I'instant. 

Moyen,  moyenne. 

La  circulation  moj'enne  de  ce  journal 
est  de  30,000  exemplaires  par  jour. 

Nos  recettes  montent  a  cinquante  dollars 
par  jour  Tun  portant  Tautre. 

fltre. 

Qu'est-ce  que  c'est  que  cela  ? 

Qu"est-ce  que  cela  vous  fait  ? 

Comment  vous  portez-vous  ? 

II  ne  se  porte  pas  bien. 

II  va  mieux. 

Comment  va  cette  affaire  ? 

Comment  vont  les  affaires  ? 

Ce  cafe  est  meilleur  que  Tautre. 

Le  the  vaut  mieux  pour  moi  (or  me  COU 

vient  mieux)  que  le  cafe, 
II  la  vaut  bien. 
II  est  tres-riche. 
II  y  a  (217,  218,  219). 

Porter. 

En  vouloir  ii  qqn. 
Garder  rancune  contre  qqn. 
Le  retenir.  ne  pas  Toublier. 
Jonir  d'une  bonne  reputation, 
Eendre  tcmoignage. 


EKGLISH  INTO  FRENCfl. 


.^17 


Beat,  to. 

To  beat  a  person  black  and  blue. 

—  a  paih. 

—  np  eggft,  cream. 

—  down  the  price. 

—  about  the  bu.ih. 

—  something  into  his  head. 
1  beat  him  two  games. 

Become,  to. 

What  has  become  of  him? 
That  hal  is  not  becoming  to  you. 
Her  dress  is  very  becoming. 
That  is  very  becoming. 

Better. 

ihai<  thought  better  of  it. 

Yon  ivill  be  the  better  for  it. 

You  will  not  be  the  better  for  it. 

He  grotvs  better  and  better. 

You  will  get  the  better  of  those  difficulties. 

Better  late  than  never. 

The  better  the  day  the  better  the  deed. 

BiU. 

To  settle  a  bill. 

To  run  up  bilh  everyivhere. 

The  walls  are  covered  with  lAlls. 

There  is  a  bill  on  the  house. 

Tlie  play-bill. 

The  bUl  of  fare. 

Break,  to  (to  render  useless). 
To  break  into  pieces  (to  smash). 

—  {asunder). 

—  an  engagement. 

—  an  oath. 

—  one's  word. 

—  any  one^s  heart. 

—  open  a  door. 

—  the  bank. 

—  in  a  Iwrse. 

—  news  to  one. 

Bring,  to. 

Bring  the  gvn, 

—  the  dogs,  the  carriage. 

—  in  dinner. 
To  bring  luck. 

—  an  action  against  s.  b. 

—  word  to  s.  b.  of  s.  th. 
Time  brings  about  many  things. 

His  conduct  ifrought  this  misery  iipon  him. 


Battre. 

Meiirtrir  qqn.  de  coups. 

Frayer  un  senticr. 

Fouetter  des  cBufs,  de  la  creme. 

Kabattre  le  prix. 

Tourner  autoiir  du  pot. 

Lui  fonrrer  quelque  cho-^e  dans  I'esprit. 

Je  lui  ai  gagne  deux  parties. 

Devenir. 

Qu'est-il  dovenu  ? 

Ce  chapeaii  ne  vous  convient  pas. 

Sa  robe  lui  sied  bien. 

C'est  bienseant,  c'est  tres-convenable. 

Meilleiir,  ac(j- ;  mieux,  adv. 

Je  me  suis  ravise. 

Vous  vous  en  trouverez  mieux. 

Vous  n'y  gagnerez  rien. 

II  va  de  niieiix  en  mieux. 

Vous  vaincrez  ces  obstacles. 

Mieux  vaut.  tard  que  jamais. 

A  bou  jour  bonne  ceuvre. 

Billet,  m. 

Eegler  un  compte. 

Faire  des  dettes  partout. 

Les  murs  sont  converts  d'affiches. 

II  y  a  un  ecriteau  sur  la  maison. 

Le  programme  du  spectacle. 

Le  menu  du  diner  ;  la  carte. 

Casser. 

Briser  en  morceaux. 

Rompre. 

Rompre  un  engagement. 

Violcr  un  serment. 

Manquer  de  parole. 

Fendre  or  briser  le  cceur  a  qqn. 

Enf oncer  or  forcer  une  porte. 

Faire  sauter  la  banque. 

Rompre  un  chcval. 

Preparer  qqn.  a  recevoir  des  nouveiietj, 

Apporter ;  amener. 

Apportez  le  fusil. 

Amenez  les  chiens,  la  voiture. 

Servez  le  diner. 

Porter  bonheur. 

Intenter  une  action  contrc  qqn 

Infonner,  prevenir  qqn.  dc  qq.  ch. 

Lc  lemps  accomplit  bien  des  choses. 

Sa  conduite  lui  a  attire  ces  m.Hlticura. 


318 


IDIOMS  AKD   PROVERBS. 


Business. 

Mind  your  bindn^ess. 

You  had  no  hiisine.<s  to  go  there. 

This  ifiUjiivt  do  my  bu/diiess. 

I  shall  make  it  my  /jUKi/iess 

To  be  in  buidness. 

To  set  up  a  business. 

He  is  a  man  oj'busitiesa. 

Call,  to. 

Can  you  call  on  me  to-nlghl? 

I  shall  call  on  him  to-day. 

I  shall  call  on  you  when  I  come  back. 

Will  you  call  at  the  office  ? 

He  calls  for  his  money. 

I  shall  call  for  you  u-hen  I  pass. 

Care,  to  take ;  to  care. 

Take  good  care  of  your  health. 

Take  good  care  of  yourself. 

Take  care  not  to  fall. 

I  do  not  care  for  it. 

Take  it ;  I  do  not  care  for  it. 

What  do  I  care  about  it  ? 

He  does  not  care  for  any  body. 

Carry,  to. 

To  carry  about  one's  person. 

—  one's  point. 

—  a  jest  too  far. 

—  it  high. 

—  coalt  to  Xewcastle. 

—  on  a  profession. 
Catch,  to,  a  disease. 

To  catch  a  cold,  to  catch  (old. 

—  a  Tartar. 

A  drowning  man  catches  al  a  straw. 
The  liouse  caught  fire. 

Come,  to. 

Hot"  did  that  come  about? 

H"  -will  soon  come  about. 

That  appeal  comes  home  to  our  feelings. 

It  comes  to  the  same. 

That  came  in  his  icay. 

First  come,  frst  helped. 

Company. 

He  does  not  go  into  company. 
We  have  company  at  dinner. 
He  sees  good  company. 
Will  you  give  u.s  the  ideasure  of  your  com- 
pany tills  evening, f 


Affaire,  /. 

Occupez-vous  de  vos  affaires. 

Vou.<  ira\iez  que  faire  d'y  aller. 

Ceci  feru  prt-cisuinent  mon  affaire. 

Je  m'eii  ferai  iiiic  obligation. 

Etre  dans  le  commeicc. 

£tablir  une  muison  de  commerce. 

C'est  un  homme  qui  s'enti  ud  aux  affaires 

Appeler. 

Pouvez-vous  venir  chez  moi  ce  soir  i 

J'irai  le  voir  aujourd'hui. 

Je  passerai  chez  vous  en  revenant. 

Voulez-vous  passer  an  bureau  ? 

II  vient  chercher  .son  argent. 

Je  viendrai  vous  prendre  en  passant. 

Avoir  soin ;  se  soacier. 

Ayez  bien  soin  de  votre  sante. 

Soignez-vous  bien. 

Prenez  garde  de  tomber. 

Je  ne  m'en  soucie  pas. 

Prenez-le  ;  je  n'y  tiens  pas. 

Qu'est-ce  que  cela  me  fait  ? 

II  n'aime  personue. 

Porter. 

Porter  sur  soi. 

Accomplir  son  dessein. 

Pousser  trop  loin  une  plaisanterie. 

Le  prendre  sur  un  haiit  ton. 

Porter  de  I'eau  a  la  riviere. 

Suivre,  w  exercer  une  profession. 

Attraper,  une  maladie. 

Prendre  un  rhume,  s'enrhumer. 

Etre  pris  dans  ses  filets. 

Vn  homme  qui  se  noie  s'accroche  a  tent 

Le  feu  prit  a  la  maison. 

Venir. 

Comment  cela  est-il  arrivd  1 
II  se  remettra  bientSt. 
Cet  appel  va  an  coeur. 
Cela  reviint  au  meme. 
Cela  lui  est  tombe  dans  la  main,  [ceanx. 
Aux  premiers  venus,  les  premiers  mor- 
Monde,  m. ;  societe,/ 
11  ne  va  pas  dans  le  monde. 
Kous  avons  du  monde  a  diner. 
r  frcquente  la  bonne  societe. 
Voulez-vous  nous    faire   Thonneur   de 
passer  ia  soiree  cliez  nous. 


ENGLISH    INTO    FRENCH. 


319 


Course. 

To  follow  a  course  of  lectures  on  c/iemlstty. 

Ill  the  course  of  the  day. 

We  do  not  know  what  course  to  lyursue. 

Me  follows  his  own  course. 

A  long  course  of  year's. 

The  first  course  was  brought  in. 

The  effect  will  follow  of  course. 

Of  course. 

Crack,  to. 

This  dish  is  cracked. 

He  cracked  his  whip. 

The  cracking  of  the  burning  wood. 

To  crack  Jokes. 

He  is  a  little  cracked. 

Cut,  to. 

To  cut  tlie  wood  ;  to  cut  tip  the  fowl. 

—  out  a  coat. 

—  the  air. 

—  ca2)ers. 

—  sticks  (to  clear  out). 

—  s/tort. 

—  acquaintance  with  one. 
Day  (daylight). 

Every  day  ;  every  other  day. 

All  the  day. 

In  the  course  of  the  day. 

It  is  daylight ;  in  broad  daylight. 


Cours,  m. ;  courant,  m. 
Suivre  uii  coins  dc  chimie. 
Dans  lu  courant  de  la  Jonrnue. 
iS'ons  nc  Savons  quel  nioycn  adopter- 
II  suit  son  pjncliaiil  nalurcl. 
L'ne  longue  suite  d'annees. 
On  servait  le  premier  service. 
L'effet  suivra  naturellenient. 
Saus  doute  ;  c'est  tout  uaturel. 

Fendre;  feler. 

Ce  plat  est  fcle. 

II  faisait  claquer  son  fouet. 

Le  pjtillement  d^JjLs-tfnrPriile. 

Faire  des  plaisanteries. 

II  a  le  timbre  tant  soit  peu  fele. 

Couper. 

Couper  le  bois  ;  dJcouper  le  jioulet. 

Tailler  uu  liabit. 

Fendre  Pair. 

Faire  des  cabrioUes,  des  jjanibades. 

Deguurpir. 

Traucher  court. 

Rompre  avec  qqn. 

Jour,  m. ;  journee,  /. 

Tous  lea  jours,  tous  les  deux  jours. 

Toute  la  journee. 

Dans  la  journee. 

11  fait  jour  ;  en  picin  jour. 


Rem.— JouK  represents  the  astronomical  day,  as  a  unit ;  it  is  used  in  counting, 
TROis  jouKs,  three  days;  huit  .iouks,  a  week;  quinze  jouks,  u  fortnight.  It  is 
also  used  in  adverbial  expressions  :  ue  .iour  et  de  nuit,  by  day  and  by  night. 
JouKXEE  represents  the  day  in  its  course,  from  morning  till  evening;  it  is  used 
when  duration  is  implied,  hence  with  reference  to  events  which  may  characterize 
it:  UNE  JOURNEE  MALHEURKUSE,  a/i  unfortunute  day.  This  remarlc  applies  like- 
wise to  M.\TiN,  MATINEE,  momlng  ;  soiR,  soiree,  evening  ;  an,  annee,  year. 


Disappoint,  to. 

I  am  dUapiHnnted  at  not  seeing  her 
I  do  not  with  to  disai)ixnnt  him. 
That  affair  has  disapimnled  me. 

Do,  to. 

To  do  justice. 

—  a  set-vice. 

—  one's  duties. 

—  nothing  of  the  kind. 

He  will  do  nothing  of  Itie  kind. 
I  have  nothing  to  do  with  that. 
How  do  you  do  / 
Thai  will  not  do  for  me. 


Desappointer. 

Je  suis  contrarie  de  ne  pas  la  voir. 
Je  ne  veu.x  pas  lui  maiupier  de  parole. 
Cette  affaire  n"a  pas  repoudu  a  mon  at- 
Faire.  ^tente. 

Rendre  justice. 
—      service. 
Remplir  ses  devoirs. 
N'en  rien  faire. 
II  n'en  fera  rien. 
Je  n'ai  que  faire  de  cela. 
Comment  vous  portez-vous  ? 
Cela  ue  me  va  pas,  ne  me  convieDt  paa 


^20 


IDIOMS  AKD   PROVERBS. 


Draw,  to. 

To  draw  lots. 

—  the  breath. 

—  (pencilling). 

—  a  circle. 

—  a  deed. 

—  a  tooth. 

—  water  (fivm  a  welt). 

—  wine  (J'rom  a  cask). 

—  tipon  a  person  {a  draft). 

—  (tea  or  herbs). 

End. 

He  is  near  hL^  end. 

To  sit  at  the  upper  end. 

To  make  the  two  ends  meet. 


Tirer. 

Tirer  an  sort. 

Eespirer  fair. 

Dessiner. 

Tracer  un  cercle. 

Eediger  im  acte. 

Arracher  une  dent. 

Puiser  de  Teau. 

Tirer  dii  vin. 

Tirer  sur  qqn.  (uTie  traite). 

Infuser. 

Fin,  /•  ,■  bout,  m. 

II  touche  a  pa  fin. 

£tre  au  liaut  bout  de  la  table. 

Joindre  les  deux  bouts. 


Rem.— Fin,  end,  conclusion.  There  can  be  but  one  end  (conclusion)  to  any  thin?. 
Bout,  end,  extreme  point :  Lk  haut  (bout)  et  le  bas  bout  de  la  table,  tht 
upper  and  the  lower  end  of  the  table;  a  la  fin  de  l'annee,  or  au  bout  de  l'an, 
at  the  end  of  the  year.    (See  Rem.  under  Day.) 


Engage,  to. 

To  engage,  to  pawn. 
—  lodgings. 
This  seat  is  engaged. 
He  is  engaged,  busy. 
We  are  engaged. 

They  are  engaged  (to  be  married). 
She  is  engaged. 

Enter,  to. 

To  enter  one^s  roon\,  college. 

—  into  conversation. 

—  one^s  name. 

—  a  profession. 


—      vj)0n  the  subject. 
Evening. 

In  tM  evening. 
An  evening  jmrty. 

Excuse,  to. 

Will  you  excuse  m£  to  your  father? 

Excuse  me  from  coming  this  evening. 

The  magistrate  excused  tliefin£. 

Expect,  to. 

We  expect  his  arrival  this  evening. 
We  did  not  expect  that  (were  not  prepared 
for  it). 


Engager. 

Engager,  mettre  en  gage. 

Arreter,  louer,  un  appartement. 

Cette  place  est  retenue. 

II  est  occupe. 

Nous  avons  pris  des  engagements. 

lis  sont  fiances. 

Elle  est  promise. 

Entrer. 

Entrer  dans  sa  chambre,  au  college. 

—     en  conversation. 
S'inscrire. 

Embrasser  une  profession. 
Commencer  les  afl;aires. 
Entamer  la  matiere. 
Soir, '". ;  soiree,/    (See  Day,  Rem.) 
Le  soir. 
Une  soiree. 

Excuser. 

Voulez-vous  in'excuser   aupres  de  H 

votre  pere  ? 
Excusez -moi,    dispensez-moi,   de   veniv 

ce  soir. 
Le  niagistrat  lui  a  fait  grace  de  Tamende. 

Attendre ;  esperer. 

IS'ous  attendons  son  arrivee  ce  soir. 

Nous  ue  nous  attendions  pas  a  cela. 


ENGLISH  INTO   FRENCH. 


331 


lex'pfci  to  fee  him  by  and  by. 

I  expect  to  pay  him  a  visit. 

I  expect  to  be  back  in  a  fortnight. 

Face. 

2'hey  laughed  in  his  face. 
I  tell  it  to  you  before  your  face, 
}Vould  you  do  it  before  his  face/ 
I  have  the  sun  in  my  face. 

Fatdt. 

Whose  fault  is  it? 

He  has  but  one  fault. 

To  be  at  fault. 

To  find  fault  with. 

He  finds'fault  with  every  thing  I  do. 

It  is  not  my  fault  that  he  does  not  succeed. 

Feel,  to. 

How  do  you  feel  ? 

I  do  not  feel  as  usual. 

How  does  your  hand f eel. ^ 

I  shall  feel  happy  in  being  vseful  to  you. 

I  feel  for  you. 

Let  me  feel  your  pulse. 

Try  tofeA  him  on  that  subject. 

Fire. 

Have  you  afire  in  your  room? 
There  is  a  great  fire. 
Our  house  has  caught  fire. 
He  will  not  set  the  river  on  fire. 

Fit,  to. 

That  coat  fits  you  very  well. 

My  tailor  fits  xcell. 

To  fit  up  a  house,  a  workshop. 

Gain,  to. 

To  gain  one's  living. 

—  a  reputation. 

—  one''s  end. 

—  the  ascendency. 

—  the  day. 

Get,  to. 

/  must  get  a  pair  of  gloves. 
He  got  what  he  deserved. 
His  handsome  conduct  got  him  that  place. 
I  cannot  get  the  money. 
To  get  a  cold. 
—     wind  qf  a  thing. 


J'espere  le  voir  tantot. 

Je  me  propose  d'aller  le  voir.        [jours. 

Je  compte  etre  de  retour  dans  quiiize 

Visage,  m. ;  figiire,/. 

lis  hii  out  ri  an  nez. 

Je  vous  le  dls  en  face. 

Le  feriez-vous  en  sa  presence  t 

Le  soleil  me  donue  dans  les  yeux. 

Faute,  /.  ,•  defaut,  m. 

A  qui  en  est  la  faute  ? 

II  n'a  qu'un  seul  defaut. 

Etre  en  di'faut. 

Trouvcr  a  rcdlrc  a. 

II  trouve  a  redire  a  tout,  cc  que  je  falg. 

II  ne  tient  pas  a  mol  qu'U  ne  ruusslsse. 

Sentir.  [vez-vous  ? 

CoQiment  vous  sentez-vous  ?  vous  trou- 
^  Je  ne  me  trouve  pas  commc  d'ordinaire. 
^  Je  ne  suis  pas  dans  mon  assiette. 

Comment  va  la  main  ?  [utile. 

Je  m'estlmerai   heureux  do  vous  etre 

Je  partage,  je  prends  part  ii,  votre  cha- 
grin. 

Permettez-mol  de  vous  tater  le  pouls. 

Tatez-le  un  peu  sur  ce  sujet. 

Feu,  m. 

Avez-vous  du  feu  dans  votre  chambre  ? 

II  y  a  un  grand  Incendie. 

Le  feu  a  pris  ;i  notre  malson. 

II  n'a  pas  iuvente  la  poudre. 

Aller  bien. 

Cet  habit  vous  va  parfaitcment. 

Mon  tailleur  habille  bicn. 

Meubler  une  malson,  montcr  un  atelier. 

Gagner. 

Gagner  sa  vie. 

Acquerir  or  se  falre  de  la  reputation. 

Parvenir  a  sa  fin. 

Prendre  le  dessus. 

L"emporter. 

Obtenir. 

11  faut  que  j'achete  une  paire  de  gants. 

II  a  regu  ce  qu"il  a  mt-rite. 

Sa  belle  conduite  lui  a  valu  cette  place. 

Je  ne  puis  obtenir,  or  me  procurer,  I'ar- 

Attraper  un  rhume,  s'enrhumer.     [gtu\. 

Avoir  vent  d'lme  cUose. 


32^ 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


7b  get  rid  of  g.  b. 

—  —    s.th. 

—  wet. 

—  con/used. 

—  away. 

—  into  a  scrape. 

—  out  of  the  scrape. 

Give,  to. 
To  give  credit. 

—  —    for  discretion. 

—  a  look. 

—  heed. 

—  comfort. 

—  notice. 

Give  my  love  to  your  sister. 
He  gave  us  the  slip. 
Silence  gives  consent. 

Go,  to.    To  go  away. 

To  go  iMlves. 

—  to  work. 

—  about  it,  to  set  about  it. 

—  for  twthing. 

—  by  rule. 

—  down  (of  heavenly  bodies). 

—  vp. 

—  without  a  thing. 

—  and  inquire. 
Bow  goes  it  with  you  ? 


Go  by  that. 

To  go  on  foot,  on  horseback,  in  a  carriage. 

—  twenty  miles,  on  foot,  on  /lorseback. 

—  for  a  walk, 
lam  going. 

Rem.— S'en  aller,  to  go  away,  to  leave  the  place  where  we  arc, 

Moitie,  /.  ,■  demi,  adj. 
Donnez-m'en  la  moitie. 
Coupez-le  en  deux. 


Se  d<'barra8ger  de  qqn. 

Se  defaire  de  qq.  ch. 

Se  mouiller. 

S'embarrasscr,  se  troubler. 

S'echapper. 

S'attirer  de  mauvaises  affaires. 

Se  tirer  d'affaire. 

Donner. 

Faire  credit ;  ajoiiter  foi. 

Recounaitre  la  discretion  de  qqn. 

Jeter  un  regard. 

Faire  attention. 

Consoler. 

Prevenir,  avertir. 

Faites  mes  amities  a  votre  sceur. 

II  s'est  echappe,  il  nous  a  plantes  la. 

Qui  ne  dit  mot  consent. 

Aller.    S'en  aller. 

£tre  de  moitie. 

Se  mettre  a  I'ouvrage. 

S'y  prendre. 

Compter  pour  rien. 

Faire  les  choses  selon  les  regies. 

Se  coucher. 

Monter. 

Se  passer  d'une  chose. 

Aller  aux  informations. 

Comment  cela  va-t-il  ? 

Ruglez-vous  sur  cela. 

Aller  a  pied,  a  cheval,  en  voiture. 

Faire  vingt  milles,  a  pied,  a  cheval. 

Aller  a  la  promenade,  aller  se  promuricr, 

Je  m'en  vais. 


Half. 

Give  7ne  the  half  of  it. 

Cut  it  into  halves. 

To  do  things  by  halves. 

Half  wine  and  half  water. 

Half  way  ;  half  way  vp  the  hill. 

Hand. 

The  wo7'k  is  done  by  the  hand. 

The  work  is  in  hand. 

Your  letter  came  to  hand. 

J  have  every  thing  here  at  hand. 

Give  Its  a  hand. 

Let  us  put  our  hands  to  the  task. 

He  is  a  good  hand  at  U. 


Faire  les  choses  a  demi. 
Moitie  eau  et  moitie  vin. 
A.  moitie  chemin  ;  a  mi-cOte. 

Main,  /. 

L  ousTage  se  fait  a  la  main. 

L'ouvrage  est  en  main,  entre  les  mains 

Votre  lettre  m'est  parvenue. 

J'ai  tout  ici  sous  la  main. 

Donnez-nous  un  coup  de  main. 

Mettons  la  main  a  loeuvre. 

II  8'y  entend  bien. 


ENGLISH   INTO   FRENCH. 


323 


Wm  you  take  a  hand  at  card"? 
On  the  otie  hand  ;  on  the  ol/iei'  hand. 
They  are  hand  and  glovt  together. 
Hear,  to  (:J2T). 

Heart. 

That  will  break  Iter  heart. 
To  take  a  thing  to  htart. 
His  heart  is  set  i/jmn  it. 
To  take  of  a  thing  to  one^s  fiearVs  content. 
To  have  the  heart  fidl  of  it. 
To  have  the  heart  in  one's  mouth. 
Out  of  tlie  abundance  of  the  heart  the 
ggjQQ^  [mouth  speaketh. 

Mrg.  U.  at  home,  Thursday. 
Make  yourself  at  home. 
lie  Is  at  home  everywhere. 
To  be  at  hotne  (with  things). 
—  (with  persons). 

To  be  without  a  liome. 
Charity  begins  at  home. 
Home,  stceet  home. 

Improve,  to. 

To  improve  one''s  condition. 
His  health  ^«.<  improved. 
To  improve  a  machine. 
Arts  have  greatly  improved. 
To  improve  {one's  mind). 

—  {to  make  progress). 

—  (to  grow  better  in  qualitij). 

—  (in  appearance). 

—  an  opjnrtuniiy. 

Intend,  to. 

/intend  to  go  out. 
He  intends  to  go  on  a  journey. 
His  father  intends  him  for  t/ie  law. 
This  compliment  is  intended  for  you. 

Introduce,  to. 

To  introduce  a  person  into  a  house. 
—  one  person  to  another. 

Allow  me  to  introduce  Mr.  B. 

Intrude,  to. 

I  fear  I  am  intruding. 

If  I  intrude,  nay  so. 

Keep,  to. 

To  keep  silence  or  silent. 

—  a  thing  secret, 

—  a  store. 


Voulez-vous  faire  nne  partie  de  cartes  ? 

D'une  part ;  d'autre  part. 

Ce  sout  deux  tutes  dans  uu  bouuet. 

Entendre. 

Coeur. 

Cela  lui  brit^era  Ic  creur. 

Prendre  une  chose  ;'i  coeur. 

Cela  lui  tient  au  coeur. 

S'en  donner  a  cii'ur  joie. 

En  avoir  le  coeur  gros. 

Avoir  le  coeur  sur  les  lc\Tes. 

Quand  le  coeur  es  plein,  il  deborde. 

A  la  maison,  chez  soi. 

Mme.  B.  ivtevra  jeudi. 

Faites  coinme  si  vous  utiez  chez  vous. 

II  est  saus  gOne  partout. 

fitre  au  fait. 

Etre  en  pays  de  connaissances. 

Etre  sans  asile. 

La  charite  bien  ordonnee  commence  par 

Oh  men  doux  foyer  !  [soi-uieme. 

Ameliorer. 

Anieliorer  sa  condition. 

Sa  sante  s'est  amelioree. 

Perfectionner  une  machine. 

Les  arts  se  .«ont  bien  perfectionnes. 

S'instruire,  cultiver  sou  esprit. 

Faire  des  progree. 

Bonifler. 

Embellir. 

Profiter  d'une  occasion. 

Avoir  I'intention. 

J'ai  I'intention  de  sortir. 

II  se  propose  de  faire  un  voyage. 

Son  pere  le  destine  au  barreau. 

Ce  compliment  s'adrcsse  a  vous. 

Introduire. 

Introduire  qqn.  dans  une  maison. 

Presenter  qqn.  a  qqn. 

Permettez-moi  de  vous  presenter  a  M.  B 

Deranger. 

J'ai  pear  de  vous  avoir  derange. 
Si  je  suis  de  trop,  dites-le-moL 

Garder;  tenir. 

Garder  le  silence,  se  taire. 

—      le  secret  d'une  chose. 
Tanir  an  magasin. 


324 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


7b  keep  a  hoarding -home. 

—  a  caii-iage. 

—  one's  word. 

—  f7-om  harm. 

—  one'/i  health. 

—  the  laws. 

—  the  road. 

—  a  festival. 

—  order,  discipline. 

—  an  army  on  foot. 

—  one  waiting. 

—  b<Kk. 

Leave,  to. 

Heave  these  papers  with  you. 

He  left  them  all  well  off. 

J  leave  you  to  think. 

To  leave,  to  part  from. 

He  left  us. 

To  leave  off  business. 

To  leave,  to  start. 

We  leave  for  Boston. 

This  is  all  I  have  left  of  it. 

Heave  it  to  you. 

I  have  left  off  goi7ig  there. 

To  leave  off' smoking. 

He  does  not  leave  things  undone. 

Leave  off,  stop. 

Let,  to. 

He  let  his  house  by  the  year. 

Let  me  alone. 

Will  you  let  him  go  with  us? 

I  will  let  you  know. 

To  let  out  a  secret. 

To  let  go. 

Like,  to. 

I  like  fruit. 

J  like  these  pears  very  much. 

How  do  you  like  that  txmk^ 

I  do  not  like  it  much. 

I  do  not  like  to  be  in  the  country. 

Do  as  you  like. 

I  should  like  to  see  him. 

Look,  to. 

Look  at  that. 

Look  at  your  watch  (to  see  the  tim£). 

To  look  ivell. 

—  pleased. 

—  gentlemanly. 


Tenir  pension. 

—  equipage. 

—  parole,  sa  parole. 
Preserver. 
Conserver  sa  sante. 
Observer  les  lois. 
Suivre  le  chcmin. 
Celebrer  une  fete. 
Maintenir  I'ordre,  la  discipline. 
Entreteuir  une  armee. 

Faire  attendre  qqn. 
Retenir. 

Laisser. 

Je  laisse  ces  papicrs  cnfre  vos  mains. 

II  les  a  tons  laisses  dans  Taisance. 

Je  vous  laisse  a  peuser. 

Quitter. 

II  nous  a  quittes. 

Quitter  les  affaires,  se  relirer  des  affaires. 

Partir. 

Nous  partons  pour  Boston. 

Voila  tout  ce  qu'il  m'en  reste. 

Je  m'en  rapporte  a  voua. 

J'ai  cesse  d'y  aller. 

Renoncer  h  fumer. 

II  ne  laisse  pas  ies  clioses  il  moitie  faites, 

Arretez,  en  voila  assez. 

Louer;  laisser. 

II  a  lou(3  sa  maison  :\  I'annce. 

Laissoz-moi  tranquille. 

Voulez-vous  lui  ijcnnettre  de  nous  ac- 

Je  vous  le  ferai  savoir.        [compagnerf 

Laisser  ochapper  uu  secret. 

Lacber,  laisser  aller. 

Aimer. 

J'aime  le  fruit. 

Je  trouve  ces  poires  excel'.entes. 

Comment  trouvez-vous  ce  livre  ? 

II  ne  me  plait  pas  beaucoup. 

Je  ne  me  phiis  pas  ii  la  campagne, 

Faites  comme  vous  voudrez. 

Je  voudrais  bien  le  voir. 

Regarder. 

Regardez  cela. 
Regardez  a.  votre  montro. 
Avoir  bonne  mine. 

—  Tair  content. 
-.      ^   distinguS. 


ENGLISH   INTO    FRENCH. 


325 


To  look  like  some  body. 
That  does  not  look  like  it. 
To  look  down. 
■ —      vp. 

—  for. 

—  into. 

—  out. 

My  ivindows  look  out  upon  the  river. 
Lookout!  (mind). 

Make,  to. 

To  make  fun  of  a  tiling. 

How  much  did  you  make  by  it? 

To  make  a  mistake. 

—  believe. 

She  mxide  believe  that  she  did  not  see  him. 
To  make  happy. 

—  one^s  self  ridiculous. 

—  —    miserable. 

—  sure  of  a  thing. 

—  good  a  claim. 

—  vofl. 

—  light  of  a  thing. 

Marry,  to  (to  take  in  marriage). 

He  married  my  cousin. 

To  marry  {to  Join  in  matrimony). 

The  bishop  married  them. 

To  get  m.arried. 

When  will  you  get  married. f 

Mean,  to. 

What  do  you  mean  f 
He  means  it  tcell. 
I  did  not  mean  that. 
I  mean  that  you  shall  do  it. 

Mind,  to. 

Mind  your  business. 

Do  not  mind  what  he  says. 

Mind  what  you  say. 

Mind  well  what  I  say. 

I  do  not  mind  that  {do  not  care). 

Never  mind. 

Mind  the  door. 

To  mind  the  sfiop. 

Mind  your  health. 

Miss,  to.    Miss,  n. 
To  miss  the  train. 

—  a  line. 

—  the  street. 

A  miss  is  as  good  as  a  mile. 


Ressembler  u,  qcju. 

Cela  n'y  ressemble  pas. 

Baisser  les  yeux. 

Lever  les  yeux. 

Chercher. 

Examiner. 

Donner  sur. 

Mes  fenC'tres  donnent  sur  la  rrviere. 

Prenez  garde  ! 

Faire  (324). 

Tourner  nne  chose  en  plaisanterie. 

Comblen  y  avez-vous  gagne  1 

Se  tromper. 

Faire  semblant. 

Elle  falsalt  semblant  de  n<;  pas  le  voir. 

Rendre  heureux. 

Se  rendre  ridicule. 

Se  rendre  malheureux. 

S'assurer  d'une  chose. 

Justifler,  prouver  une  reclamation. 

Annuler. 

Traiter  une  chose  legerement. 

^pouser. 

II  a  epouse  ma  cousine. 

Marier. 

L'eveque  les  a  maries. 

Se  marier. 

Quand  vous  marierez  vons  ? 

Vouloir  dire. 

Que  voulez-vous  dire  ? 

Ses  intentions  sent  bonnes. 

Ce  n'etait  pas  la  mon  intention. 

J'entends  que  vous  le  fassiez. 

S'occuper  de. 

Occupez-vous  de  vos  affaires. 

Ne  faites  pas  attention  a  ce  qu"il  dit, 

Prenez  garde  a  ce  que  vous  dites. 

Remarquez  bien  ce  que  je  die. 

Je  ne  me  soucie  pas  de  cela. 

N'importe. 

Ayez  l"(ril  a  la  porte. 

Garder  la  boutique. 

Songez  ;\  voire  sante. 

Manquer. 

Manquer  le  train. 

Sauter  une  ligne. 

Se  tromper  de  rue. 

Faute  d'lm  point  Martin  perdit  son  ane. 


326 


IDIOMS   AND   PROVERBS. 


Morning. 

In  the  morning. 

Early  in  the  morning. 

At  six  o'clock  i7i  tlu:  morning. 

Name. 

What  is  your  name  ? 

Thai  man  has  a  good  name. 

A  good  name  is  better  than  riches. 

To  call  a  person,  names. 

Part. 

To  bear  one^s  part  of  the  danger. 

That  is  perfect  in  all  its  parts. 

He  has  nopa?-t  in  it. 

In  good  part :  in  bad  part. 

On  the  pan  of. 

Foreign  parts. 

On  my  part  ;  for  my  part. 

A  lad  of  parts. 

To  act  or  play  a  part. 

Party. 

The  political  parties. 
The  ruling  party. 
Party  spirit. 
The  contracting  parties. 
A  pleasure  party. 
To  be  of  the  party. 
To  go  to  a  parly. 

Pass,  to. 

To  pw^s  judgment. 

—  censure. 

—  a  law. 

—  an  examination. 
How  did  it  come  tojjossf 
This  is  past  my  comjrrehension. 
These  bills  do  not  pass  here. 

Pay,  to. 

To  pay  a  visit. 

—  one's  respects. 

—  attention. 

—  one  off  in  his  otvn  coin. 
I  paid  him  in  his  oivn  coin. 
It  does  not  pay. 

People. 

T/ie  French  people. 
All  the  people  of  the  place  were  (here. 
The  people  murmur  against  the  great. 
The  country  people. 


Matin,  m. ;  matinee,/.  (See  Day,  Bbh.). 
Lu  matin,  dans  la  matinee. 
Le  matin  de  bonne  heure. 
A  six  heures  du  matin. 

Norn,  7Ji. 

Comment  vous  appelez-voas  ? 

Comment  vous  nommez-vous  ? 

C'est  un  homme  honorable. 

Bonne  renommue  vaut  mieux  que  ccin 

Dire  des  injures  a  qqn.  [ture  doreo. 

Part,/.;  partie, / 

Supporter  sa  part  du  danger. 

Cela  est  psxfait  dans  toutes  sea  parties. 

11  n'y  est  pour  rien. 

En  bonne  part ;  en  mauvaise  part. 

De  la  part  de. 

Pays  etrangers. 

De  mon  cote  ;  quant  a  moi. 

Un  jeune  homme  de  moyens,  de  talent. 

Jouer  un  role. 

Parti,  m. ;  partie,  /. 
Les  partis  politiques. 
Le  parti  dominant. 
Esprit  de  parti. 
Les  parties  contractantes. 
Une  partie  de  plaisir. 
Etre  de  la  partie,  en  etre. 
Aller  a  une  soiree,  en  6oiree. 

Passer. 

Prononcer  un  arret,  un  jugement. 

Exercer  la  censure. 

Voter  une  loi. 

Subir  un  examon. 

Comment  cela  est-il  arrive  1 

Cela  surpasse  mon  intelligence. 

Ces  billets  n'ont  pas  cours  ici. 

Payer. 

Faire  or  rendre  visite. 

Rendre  or  presenter  sas  respects. 

Faire  attention. 

Lui  rendre  la  pareille. 

Je  lui  ai  rendu  la  monnaie  de  sa  piece. 

Le  jeu  ne  vaut  pas  la  chandelle. 

Peuple,  m. ;  nation,  / 
La  nation  fran^aise  ;  le  peuple  fran^ais. 
Toute  la  population  du  Tendroit  y  etait. 
Le  peuple  murmure  cuntre  les  grands. 
Lea  gens,  or  les  habitants  de  la  campagne. 


ENGLISH  INTO   FRENCH. 


327 


(Hd  people  are  guspicicnis. 
Ht  sees  a  great  many  people. 
Tliere  were  three  people  at  dinner. 
There  were  very  few  jMople  at  church. 
People  are  never  satined. 

Piec». 

/  will  lake  a  sample  of  this  piece. 

Cut  me  a  small  jnece  of  it. 

To  pull  a  thing  to  pieces. 

They  cost  me  three  dollars  a  piece. 

They  have  ten,  tftousand  dollars  a  piece. 

This  is  a  piece  of  good  news. 

His  all  of  a  piece  with  his  conduct. 

Place. 

Put  every  thing  in  its  place. 
Those  are  places  I  do  not  go  to. 
This  is  the  pkice  wliere  we  parted. 
This  is  the  sore  place. 
His  heart  is  in  tfie  light  place. 

Play,  to. 
To  play  high. 

—  for  love. 
Whose  turn  is  it  to  play? 
We  have  played  three  games. 
To  play  cards. 

—  on  the  jnano. 

—  on  the  harp. 

They  played  all  the  evening. 
To  play  a  trick. 

—  the  great  man. 

—  the  fool,  the  child. 

—  truant. 

The  engine  plays  well. 

Please,  to. 

That  conduct  tcill  please  his  mother. 

That  news  will  please  her. 

Are  you  pleased  with  that? 

You  are  hard  to  please. 

Do  as  you  please. 

Please  tell  me  where  he  lives. 

You  are  pleased  to  say  #o. 

If  you  please. 

Put,  to. 

To  put  an  end  to  a  thing. 

—  a  question. 

—  a  person  in  mind  of  a  thing. 

—  the  cart  before  the  h(jrse. 

—  by  {for  safety);  iu  Jut  by  or  up 


Les  vieilles  gens  sont  soupgonneur- 
II  volt  beaucoup  de  monde. 
II  y  avail  trois  personnes  a  diner.  — 

II  y  avail  fort  peu  du  muude  a  rC-glifle. 
On  n'est  jamais  content. 

Piece,  /.  .•  morceau,  m. 

Je  prendrai  un  t'chaiitillon  de cette piice. 

Coupez-m'en  un  petit  morceau. 

Mettre  une  chose  en  pieces. 

lis  me  coutent  trois  dollars  la  piece. 

lis  ont  chacun  dix  millc  dollars. 

Voila  une  bonne  nonvelle. 

Cela  est  d'accord  avec  sa  conduite. 

Place,  /. ;  lieu,  m. ;  endroit,  m. 
Mettez  chaque  chose  a  sa  place. 
Voila  des  lieux  que  je  ne  freqnente  pa& 
Voici  I'endroit  oil  nous  nous  sommes 
C"est  la  partie  souffrante.  [separea. 

II  a  le  coeur  bien  place. 

Jouer. 

Jouer  gros  jeu. 

—  pour  rhonnear. 
A  qui  est-ce  a  jouer  ? 

Nous  avons  fait  trois  parties. 
Jouer  aux  cartes. 

—  du  piano,  or  toucher  le  piano. 

—  de  la  harpe,  or  pincer  la  harpe. 
lis  ont  fait  de  la  musique  toute  la  soiree. 
Jouer  un  tour  a  qqn. 

Faire  Thomme  d'importance. 

—  le  fou,  1 'enfant. 

—  I'ecole  buissonniere. 
La  pompe  fonctionne  bien. 

Plaire.  [mere. 

Cette  conduite  fera  plaisir  (plaira)  A  sa 
Cette  nouvelle  lui  sera  agreable. 
Etes-vous  content  de  cela  ? 
Vous  files  difficile  a  contenter. 
Faites  coinme  vous  voudrez. 
Ayez  la  bonte  de  me  dire  ou  il  demeore. 
Cela  vous  plait  a  dire. 
S'il  vous  plait. 

Mettre. 

Mettre  fin  a  une  chose. 

Faire  une  question. 

Rappeler  une  chose  a  qqn. 

Mettre  la  charrue  devant  les  bcenfs. 

Scrrer  ;  mettre  de  cOte. 


328 


IDIOMS  AND  PROVERBS. 


Put  by  yoiir  papers. 

I  will  put  (ku  money  by. 

To  put  down. 

—  a  rebellion. 

—  a  person. 

—  pi-ide. 
Toputqff. 

—  —  to  sea. 

—  out  on  interest. 

—  —  a  person. 

—  —  of  a  situation. 

Question. 

W/nj  do  you  ask  me  that  questionf 
That  is  not  the  question. 
To  brine/  into  question. 
To  raise  a  question. 
To  ask  a  question. 

Baise,  to. 

To  7'aise  the  hand,  the  voice. 

—  suspicion. 

—  envy. 

—  the  dust. 

—  one''s  spirits. 

—  from  the  dead. 

—  vwney. 

—  the  price. 

—  vegetables. 
Bise,  to. 

The  sun  rls&i  at  six  o^dock. 

Vajms  risefrorn  the  earth. 

Men  rise  by  industry. 

A  tempest  rose  on  a  sudden. 

He  fell  and  could  not  I'ise. 

The  Greeks  rose  a(/aim<t  the  Turks. 

The  river  rose  an  inch  during  the  night. 

The  corn  rises. 

The  funds  are  rising. 

Say,  to. 

To  say  mass. 

—  one's  prayers. 

—  the  lesson. 
That  is  to  say. 

I  say  ! 

I  dare  say.    I  dare  say  I  {.In  irony). 

I  heard  him  say  so. 

It  is  in  vain  for  you  to  say. 

See,  to. 

To  see  company. 
I  shall  see  you  home. 


Serrez  vos  papiers. 

Je  mettrai  cet  argent  de  c6t6. 

Deposer,  niettre  bas. 

Reprimer  uiiu  rebellion. 

Imposer  silence  :i  qqn. 

Rabaisser  Toigueil. 

Remettre. 

Mettre  en  mer. 

Placer  a  interet. 

Embarrasser  qqn. 

Renvoyer  qqn. 

Question. 

Pourquoi  me  demandez-vous  cela? 

II  ne  s'agit  pas  de  cela. 

Mettre  en  doiite. 

Soulever  un  doute. 

Faire  une  question. 

Lever. 

Lever  la  main,  elever  la  voix. 

Faire  naitre  des  soupfons. 

Exciter  Tenvie. 

Soulever  la  poussiere. 

Ranimer  son  courage. 

Ressuscitcr. 

Trouver,  se  procurer  de  Targent. 

Augmenter,  hausser  le  prix. 

Cultiver  des  legumes. 

Se  lever. 

Le  soleil  se  leva  a  six  lieures. 

Les  vapeurs  s'eleveut  de  la  terra. 

Les  homines  s'elevent  par  leur  travail. 

Tout  a  coup  il  s'eleva  une  tempote. 

II  tomba  et  ne  put  se  relever. 

Les  Grecs  se  soule verent  centre  les  Turcs 

La  riviere  a  monte  d'un  pouce  dans  la 

Le  ble  rencherit.  [nuit. 

Les  fonds  haussent. 

Dire. 

Dire  la  messe. 

Faire  ses  prierea. 

Repeter,  or  dire  la  le9oa. 

C'est-a-dire. 

Dites  done  I 

Je  le  crois  bien.    Ah  bien  oui  ! 

Je  le  lui  ai  entendu  dire. 

Vous  avez  beau  dire. 

Voir. 

Recevoir  or  voir  du  monde. 

Je  vous  recouduirai  chez  voua. 


ENGLISH   INTO    FRENCH, 


329 


]VUl  you  see  her  to  the  steamboat  f 
I  will  see  it  done. 
I  will  see  about  (hat  business. 
We  see  through  t/ietr  plans. 
J  must  see  into  it. 

Send,  to. 

To  send  away  goods. 

—  away ;  to  dismiss. 

—  one  about  his  business. 

—  for. 

—  ivord. 

Set,  to. 

Set  those  things  in  order. 
To  set  people  at  vanance. 

—  agog. 

—  a  bone. 

—  a  watch. 

—  a  great  value  upon  a  thing. 

—  a  task,  an  example. 

—  to  think. 

—  diamonds. 

—  snares. 

—  a  day. 

Let  m£  set  you  to  right. 

I  shall  set  about  it  presently. 

You  set  about  it  in  the  ivrong  way. 

Hoiv  must  I  set  about  itf 

The  sun  sets  early. 

To  set  the  world  at  defiance. 

Settle,  to,  an  account. 
To  settle  one's  bu^n&ss. 

—  a  question,  a  dispute. 

—  the  mind. 

—  ,  to  take  a  fixed  abode. 

—  in  bunne-ss. 

—  (of  liquids). 

—  (of  the  ivealhei-). 

—  {of  anger). 
It  is  a  settled  thing. 
A  settled  idea. 

Shoot,  to,  with  a  bow. 

To  s/wot  at  a  person. 

—  vnth  a  bullet. 

—  cU  a  target. 

—  a  man  with  a  gun  (to  kilt). 

—  —  (to  wound). 

—  (military  execution), 
~      (flf  plants). 


Voulez- vous  raccompagncr  jusqu'aa  ba- 
Je  verrai  ace  que  cela  su  fasse.  [teau  ? 
Je  in'occuporai,  je  ni'infomieriii  do  cotie 
Nous  avons  puuetru  leurn  projeta.  [affaire. 
II  faut  que  je  I'approfoiulisse. 

Envoyer. 

Envoyer,  espc'dicr  des  marchandiscs. 
Renvoyer ;  congedier. 
Envoyer  promener  qqn. 
Envoyer  churclier. 
EuvDver  dire,  faire  dire. 

Mettre.  [choses. 

Mettez  ces  choses  en  ordre,  arrani^ez  ccs 

Brouiller  les  gens,  les  mettre  mal  eu- 

Mettre  en  train.  [semble, 

Remettre  un  os. 

Regler  une  montre,  la  mettre  a  I'heure. 

Attacher  un  j^rand  prix  a  qq.  eh. 

Donner  une  tache,  un  example. 

Faire  penser. 

Monter,  enchasser  des  diamants. 

Teudre  des  pieges. 

Fixer  un  jour. 

Perniettez-moi  de  vous  tirer  d'erreur. 

Je  ui'y  mettrai  tout  a  I'heure. 

Vous  vous  y  prenez  mal. 

Comment  faut-il  s'y  prendre  ? 

Le  soleil  se  couche  de  bonne  heme. 

Se  moquer  du  monde. 

Regler  un  compte. 

Regler  or  arranger  ses  affaires. 

Resoudrc  une  question  ;  arranger  un  dif- 

Composer  I'esprit.  [ferend. 

Fixer,  etablir  sa  demeure,  se  domicilier. 

S'etablir  dans  le  commerce. 

Se  rasseoir  ;  deposer. 

Se  remettre  au  beaa. 

S'apaiser,  se  calmer. 

C'est  une  affaire  decideo. 

Une  idee  fixt. 

Tirer  de  Tare. 
Tirer  sur  qqn. 

—  a  balle. 

—  a  la  cible. 

Tuer  un  horame  d'nn  coup  do  fusil. 
Blesser         —  — 

Fusilier. 
Pousaer. 


330 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


Sit,  to. 

To  sit  down  to  table. 

Sit  down  by  ine. 

Birds  eit  upon  trees. 

I  will  conu  and  sit  with  you. 

He  sat  an  hour  with  us. 

That  coat  sits  well  on  you. 

T>u>sefine  airs  sit  badly  on  him. 

Sit  still. 

Sit  close  together. 

Sleep,  to. 

Bid  you  sleep  well? 

In  which  room  did  you  sleep? 

To  sleep  with  God. 

Speak,  to. 

To  speak  plainly. 

—  through  the  nose. 

—  extempore. 

—  openly. 

—  the  truth. 
Did  you  speak  ? 
To  speak  out. 

Who  is  to  speak  now  ? 

Her  eyes  speak  her  thoughts. 

Stand,  to. 

He  kept  standing  in  front  of  its. 

The  old  castle  is  still  standing. 

The  house  stands  between  two  hills. 

Do  not  stand  in  the  sun. 

Let  that  stand. 

They  stood  their  ground. 

That  color  will  not  stand. 

How  does  the  matter  stand? 

As  matters  stand. 

The  fact  stands  thus. 

I  canrwt  stand  this  any  longer. 

This  is  more  than  I  can  stand. 

What  does  that  stand  for  ? 

I  stand  first  on  the  list. 

Stop,  to. 

My  watch  has  stopped. 

I  stop  here. 

We  stooped  a  month  with  them. 

Strike,  to,  with  a  dagger. 

7b  strike  a  bargain. 

—  the  balance. 
The  clock  struck  ten. 
IJu  carpenters  have  struck. 


Se  mettre,  s'asseoir. 

Se  mettre  a  table. 

Asseyez-vous  aupres  (i  c3t6)  de  mol. 

Les  oiseaux  se  percheiit  sur  lea  arbres. 

Je  viendrai  vous  tenir  compagnie. 

II  a  passe  une  heure  avec  nous. 

Cet  habit  vous  va  bien. 

Ces  grands  airs  ne  lui  conviennent  pas 

Restez  trauquille. 

Serrez-vous,  serrez  vos  rangs. 

Dormir;  coucher. 

Avez-vous  bien  dormi  ? 

Dans  quelle  chambre  avez-vous  coachS  5 

Keposer  au  sein  de  Dieu. 

Parler. 

Parler  or  prononcer  distinctement. 

Parler  du  nez. 

Improviser. 

Parler  a  coeur  onvert. 

Dire  la  verite. 

Disiez-vous  quelque  chose  t 

Dire  sa  pensee. 

Qui  est-ce  qui  a  la  parole  ? 

Ses  yeus  espriment  sa  pensee 

Se  tenir  debout. 

II  se  tenait  debout  devant  nous 

Le  vieux  chateau  est  encore  debout. 

La  maison  est  situee  entre  deux  collines. 

Ke  vous  exposez  pas  au  eoleil. 

Laissez  cela,  ne  touchez  pas  a  cela. 

lis  tinrent  bon. 

Cette  couleur  ne  tiendra  pas. 

Ou  en  est  cette  affaire  ? 

Au  point  oil  en  sont  les  affaires. 

Voici  le  fait. 

Je  ne  puis  endurer  cela  plus  longtemps 

Ceci  met  ma  patience  a  bout. 

Qu'est-ce  que  cela  represente  ? 

Je  Buis  le  premier  sur  la  liste. 

Arreter. 

Ma  montre  est  arretee. 

Je  m'arrete  ici. 

Nous  avons  passu  un  mois  avec  eux. 

Frapper  d'un  poignard. 

Conclure  un  marche. 

Faire  la  balance. 

L'horloge  a  sonne  dix  neores. 

LeB  charpentiers  ont  fait  greve. 


ENGLISH   INTO   FRENCH. 


331 


Our  ship  struck  against  a  rock. 

To  strike  at  the  root  of  good  principles. 

—  a  blow  at  some  oiie. 

—  in  with  a  person. 

—  off  an  engraving,  a  copy. 
Take,  to,  the  air. 

To  take  advantage  of. 

—  advice. 

—  care. 

—  —    {lobe  on  one's  guard). 

—  cold. 

—  comfort. 

—  delight  in. 

—  effect. 

—  the  field. 

—  fwld  of  s.  th. 

—  notice. 

—  an  oath. 

—  a  part  in. 

—  revenge. 

—  shelter. 

—  sides  with. 

—  one's  way. 

—  it  kindly. 

—  it  well,  ill. 

—  it  easy. 

—  after  somebody. 

—  away,  off,  out. 

—  out  a  tooth. 

—  to  a  thing. 

—  to  bad  habits. 

—  lo  one's  keels. 

—  to  heart. 

—  to  pieces. 

—  vp  another  person's  interest. 

Throw,  to  ;  to  throw  away. 

To  throw  dust  into  one's  eyes. 

—  in  one's  teeth. 

—  things  about. 

—  away  tim£,  money. 

—  0.  s.  away. 

—  out  hints. 
Try,  to,  on  a  coat. 
To  try  a  friend. 

—  a  man  for  theft. 

—  to  convince. 

—  to  please  s.  b. 

—  to  lift. 

—  tonuxeed. 


Notre  vaisseau  adonne  centre  un  rocher. 

Saper  le.s  fondements  des  bons  principea. 

Porter  iiu  coup  a  qqn. 

Toiuber  d'accord  avec  qqn. 

Tirer  une  gravure,  line  impression. 

Prendre  i'air. 

Profiter  de,  tirer  parti  de. 

Cousulter  ;  sriivre  un  avis,  un  conseil. 

Prendre  or  avoir  soin. 

Prendre  garde. 

S'enriiumer. 

Se  consoler. 

Se  plaire  a. 

Produire  son  eflfet. 

Se  niettre  en  campagne. 

Saisir  qq.  cli.,  s'emparor  de  qq.  ch. 

Observer,  remarquer,  faire  attention  a. 

Preter  serment. 

Prendre  part  a. 

Tirer  vengeance.  ^^ 

Se  mettre  a  I'abri. 

Se  ranger  du  parti  de. 

Faire  a  sa  guise. 

Savoir  bon  gre  de  qq.  ch.  a  qqn. 

Prendre  en  bonne  (mauvaisei  part. 

Ne  pas  se  gener. 

Eessembler  a  qqn. 

Emmener  ;  emporter  ;  enlever  ;  6ter. 

Arrucher  une  dent. 

Se  plaire  a  une  chose,  y  prendre  plaisic 

Contracter  de  raauvaises  habitudes. 

Prendre  la  fuite. 

Prendre  a  coeur. 

Demonter. 

fipouser  les  interSts  d'un  autre. 

Jeter. 

Jeter  de  la  poussiere  aux  yeux  de  qqn. 

Jeter  au  nez. 

fiparpiller  les  choses. 

Gaspiller  son  temps,  son  argent. 

Se  sacrifler. 

Donner  a  entendre. 

Essayer  un  habit. 

fiprouver  un  ami. 

Juger  un  homme  pour  crime  de  vol. 

Tacher  de  convauicre. 

Chercher  a  plaire  ii  qqn. 

Tenter  a  soulever. 

S'eSorcer  de  reoaeir. 


332 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


Turn,  to. 

Tlie  machine  turns  on  a  pivot. 

To  turn  pale,  red. 

His  hair  turns  gray. 

He  turned  soldier. 

To  turn  French  into  English. 

—  prose  into  verse. 

—  to  good^  account. 

—  the  stomach. 

—  an  hone/it  penny. 

—  the  tables  upon  one. 

—  away. 

—  in. 

The  question  turns  on  thu  point. 
He  does  rwl  know  which  icay  to  turn. 
To  turn  upside  down. 

—  one's  thoughts  inward. 

Walk,  to,  fast. 
To  walk  to  church. 
He  is  walking  this  way. 
To  walk  (for  amusement). 
They  walked  out  together 
How  far  did  you  walkf 
I  walked  ten  miles. 
He  walked  up  to  her. 

Way. 

To  lose  one's  way. 

To  miss  Vie  way. 

To  give  way. 

Over  the  way,  across  the  way. 

He  is  coming  our  tvay. 

The  best  way  to  acco?nplish  it. 

To  put  a  thing  th/t  wrong  way. 

In  which  way  is  it  to  be  done  ? 

Bo  it  in  my  way. 

Bo  not  put  yourself  out  of  the  way. 

There  Is  nothing  out  of  the  way  in  that. 

To  have  one''s  way. 

To  be  in  the  way  {of  persons). 

To  stand  in  the  way. 

To  keep  oui  of  the  way. 

To  make  one''s  way  in  the  world. 

—  —         —    through  the  crowd. 
The  fimtse  stands  out  of  the  way. 

The  nays  of  Providence. 


Tourner. 

La  machine  toume  sor  un  pivot. 

Palir ;  rougir. 

See  cheveiix  deviennent  gris. 

II  s'cst  fait  soldat. 

Traduire  du  fran^ais  en  AnglaiB. 

Mettre  de  la  prose  en  vers. 

Mettre  a  profit. 

Soulever  le  coeur. 

Gagner  honnetement  sa  vie. 

Kendre  la  pareille. 

Se  dctourner,  s'eloigner,  s'ecarter. 

Se  coucher,  se  mettre  au  lit. 

La  question  roule  sur  ce  point. 

II  ne  sait  oil  donner  de  la  tete. 

Renverser,  mettre  sens  dessus  dessoas. 

Rentrer  en  soi-meme. 

Marcher  vite. 

Aller  a  I'eglise. 

II  vient  par  ici. 

Se  promener. 

lis  sont  alles  se  promener  ensemble. 

Jusqu'ou  avez-vous  ete  f  (260), 

J'ai  fait  dix  milles  a  pied. 

II  s'avanf  a  vers  elle. 

Chemin. 

Se  perdre,  s'egarer. 

Se  tromper  de  chemLo, 

Ceder. 

De  I'autre  c6te. 

11  vient  de  notre  c6te. 

Le  meilleur  moyen  d'y  parvenlr. 

Mettre  une  chose  a  1  en  vers. 

Comment  faut-il  le  faire  ? 

Faites-le  de  ma  maniere. 

Ne  vous  derangez  pas. 

II  n'y  a  rien  de  singulier  en  cela. 

En  faire  a  sa  tete. 

fitre  de  trop. 

Faire  obstacle. 

Se  tenir  cache. 

Faire  son  chemin  dans  le  monde. 

Percer  la  f ouie,  se  frayer  un  passage. 

La  maison  est  ecart6e. 

Les  voies  de  la  Providence. 


IDIOMS  AND   PROVEEBS. 

PAET    SECOND. — FRENCH    INTO    ENGLISH. 


Aflfaire,  /. 

C'est  mon  affaire. 

Cela  fera  precisement  mon  affaire. 

II  en  fait,  son  affaire. 

II  a  fait  son  affaire  (o/i«'s  own  b.). 

—  —  {another's). 

Son  affaire  est  faite. 

—  {unfadoral)le  sense). 

II  a  son  affaire. 

—  —       (unfavorable  sense). 

J'en  vienstt  mon  affaire. 
II  est  bien  (mal)  dans  ses  affaires. 
Les  affaires  out  change  de  face. 
Les  affaires  vont  mal. 
C'est  un  homme  qui  s'eutend  aux  affaires. 
Voulez-vous  que  je  me  fassc  une  affaire 

avec  lui  ? 
II  s'est  tire  d'affaire  a  temps. 
Je  me  croyais  hors  d'affaire. 
J'ai  bien  affaire  de  lui. 
II  n'a  pas  affaire  a,  un  sot. 
Avoir  affaire  a  la  veuve  et  aux  horitiers. 
A  demam  les  affaires  1 

AUer. 

Comment  va  la  sante  ? 

Comment  va  la  malade  ? 

Elle  va  mieux. 

Comment  va  cette  affaire  1 

Ce  ressort  ne  va  pas. 

Qa  va,  ?a  ira.    Cela  ne  peut  allcr. 

Cet  habit  vous  va  bien. 

Ce  chapeau  lui  va  mal. 

Ces  couleurs  vont  bien  ensemble. 

Cela  ne  mo  va  pas. 

Je  vais  le  voir  uiijourd'hui. 

II  en  va  {imp.]. 

E  en  allait  comme  on  s'y  attendait. 

D  n'en  va  pas  de  meme  ici. 

Y  aller.    II  y  va  {imp). 


Business. 

TIkiI  U  my  business,  that  concerns  me. 

That  will  Just  dofm-  {suit)  me. 

He  takes  charge  of  it ;  he  makes  it  pay. 

lie  hoi  succeeded  ;  lie  has  done  well. 

He  has  done  far  him. 

Ilis  fortune  is  made. 

lie  has  been  done  for. 

lie  is  suited,  he  has  luhat  he  wants. 

He  has  got  his  due. 

I  am  coming  to  the  point. 

He  is  in  good  {in  bad)  circumstances. 

The  tables  are  turned. 

Things  are  in  a  bad  condition. 

He  is  a  man  who  understands  business. 

Do  you  watit  me  to  get  into  trouble  with 

him  ? 
He  got  out  of  the  scrape  iti  time. 
I  thought  I  was  out  of  the  scrape. 
}Vhat  do  I  care  about  him? 
He  has  not  to  do  with  a  fool. 
To  hare  to  do  with  a  very  strong  party. 
Away  with  business  for  to-day  ! 

To  go. 

How  Is  your  health  f 

How  is  tlie  sick  lady  ? 

She  is  better. 

How  does  that  matter  stand  ? 

This  spring  does  not  work. 

That  tvill  do.     That  won't  do. 

T7iat  coat  fits  you. 

That  fjonnet  is  not  becoming  to  her. 

Those  colors  ha7Tnonize. 

That  doeji  not  suit  me. 

I  shall  call  on  him  to-day. 

It  comes  off. 

It  came  off  as  was  expected. 

It  does  not  work  the  same  way  here. 

To  go  about.    It  concerns. 


334 


IDIOMS   AND   PROVERBS. 


AUez-y  doncement. 

On  y  va,  madainc. 

11  y  va  de  votre  fortune, 

11  y  allait  de  sa  vie. 

S'eu  alliT. 

Je  m'en  vais. 

Je  m'en  vais  ruparer  mon  erreor. 

L'her(5i<ie  is"cn  va  croissant. 

Allons  !  nies  amis,  au  travail  1 

II  n'en  sera  pas  fache,  allez  I 

C'est  un  las  d'aller. 

Cela  va  sans  dire. 

Aller  son  cliemin. 

—  grand  train. 

—  a  tout  vent. 

II  nc  faut  pas  aller  par  quatrc  chcmins. 
A.  force  de  lual  aller  tout  iru  bien. 
On  va  bien  loin  depuis  qu'on  est  las. 

[se  brise. 
Tant  va  la  cruche  a.  I'eau  qu'ii  la  fin  elle 

Battre. 

Battre  Teau,  o?H)attre  Tair. 

—  les  oreilles. 

—  froid  a  qqn. 

—  la  campagne. 

—  qqn.  sur  le  dos  d'un  autre. 

—  le  fer  pendant  qu'il  est  chiiud. 

II  a  battu  les  buissons  ct  un  autre  a  pris 
les  oiseau.\. 

Beau,  bel,  belle. 

Le  beau  monde.  les  gens  du  bel  air. 

De  belles  paroles  !  de  belles  promesses  ! 

n  fera  beau  quand  il  me  reverra. 

Me  voila  dans  un  bel  etat  ! 

En  faire  de  belles  ;  en  dire  de  belles. 

En  conter  de  belles  sur  le  comptc  de  qqn. 

Dechirer  qqn.  de  belles  dents. 

La  donner  belle  a  qqn. 

La  manquer  belle. 

L'avoir  bean,  or  Tavoir  belle. 

La  bailler  belle  a  qqn. 

L'echapper  belle. 

Coucher  a  la  belle  etoile. 

Avoir  beau.  [pas. 

Vous  avez  beau  faire,  vousn'y  arriverez 

II  aura  beau  dire,  on  ne  le  cruira  pas. 

A  beau  jeu  beau  retour. 

Voila  un  beau  venez-y-voir  ! 

La  belie  p'ume  fait  lu  bel  oiseau. 


Go  about  it  qhletlij. 
They  are  uhoul  il,  modem. 
It  concerns  your  fortune. 
nu  life  wax  at  stake. 
To  (JO  away, 
lam  going,  I  am  off. 
lam  going  to  repair  myfaaU. 
Tlie  heresy  is  increadng. 
Come!  my  friends,  to  work! 
He  worCt  be  sojTyfor  it,  be  sure  I 
He  is  a  lazy  fellow. 
That  is  a  matter  of  course. 
To  go  about  one''ti  business. 
To  go  fast;  to  lire  fast. 
To  trim  one's  sails  toft  the  wind. 
One  should  not  seek  crooked  ways,  [mend. 
When  things  are  at  the  wwst,  they  will 
Xerer  despair  ;  one  sJwnld  not  give  ivay 
to  discouragefnent.  *  *^  [broken. 

The  pitcher  goes  to  the  u'etlitntil  it  is 

To  beat. 

To  go  to  useless  exertions. 
To  deafen  by  talking. 
To  give  one  the  cold  shoulder. 
To  beat  about  the  bush.  [slwulders. 

To  beat  a  person  over  another  man's 
To  stnke  while  the  iron  i.<  hot. 
lie  beat  the  bush  and  another  caught  the 
game. 

Eeautifol,  fine,  hattdsome. 

People  of  fashion. 

Fine  words!  fine  promises  ! 

He  won't  catch  me  again  very  soon. 

Xoiv  I  am  in  a  fine  condition! 

To  do  foolish  things  ;  to  say  foolish  things. 

To  tell  idle  stories  about  a  jyerson. 

To  speak  ill  of  s.  b. 

To  furnish  one  a  fine  opportunity. 

To  lose  or  miss  a  fine  opix^tunity. 

To  have  a  good  chance. 

To  tell  a  person  ctories. 

To  have  a  narrow  escapt. 

To  lie  in  the  oj)en  air. 

To  be  in  vain. 

You  strive  to  vop^irpose.        [believe  him. 

He  may  say  what  he  likes,  people  will  not 

One  good  turn  deserves  another. 

That  is  a  fine  thing  to  boast  qf. 

Fine  feathers  make  fine  birds. 


FRENCH   INTO   ENGLISH. 


335 


Boire. 

Boiro  dans  nn  verre,  a  nne  bouteille. 

—  son  soill,  sec. 

—  comine  un  tcinplier,  une  cponge. 

—  le  vin  du  marclic. 

—  le  coup  de  riitricr. 
II  y  a  a  boire  et  a  manger. 
Qui  bon  I'achete  bon  le  boit. 
Le  vin  est  tire,  il  faut  le  boire. 
Qui  fait  la  faute  la  boit. 
C'est  la  mer  a  boire. 

II  n'y  pas  de  I'eau  a  boire. 

Bois,  m. 

Faire  fleclie  de  tout  bois. 

Ne  savoir  de  ([uel  bois  faire  fluche. 

fitre  du  bois  dont  on  fait  les  tlutes. 

On  vcrra  de  quel  bois  je  me  chauffe. 

II  a  Toeil  j^jriwis. 

X  gens  d^^^^e,  trompette  de  bois. 

Trouver«I^^B(le  bois. 

La  faim  chasse  le  loup  du  bois. 

Bon.      'i** 

Un  bon  enfant ;  un  bon  vivant. 

Avoir  bon  pied,  bon  ceil. 

Faire  le  bon  apotre. 

Se  donner  du  bon  temps. 

Avoir  le  bon  bout  d'nne  affaire. 

Trouvez  bon  que  je  vous  en  parle. 

A  quoi  bon  en  purler  ? 

C'est  bon  ;  il  me  le  payera. 

La  garder  bonne. 

A  la  bonne  heure  1 

A  bon  jour  bonne  oenvre. 

A  bon  vin  point  d'enseigne. 

Les  bons  coniptos  font  les  bons  amis. 

X  bon  entendeur  salut  1 

Voila  ce  qui  est  le  bon  de  I'affaire. 

Ce  n'est  pas  pour  bon  ;  c'est  pour  rire. 

Bonnet,  m. 

Prendre  une  chose  sous  son  bonnet. 

Ce  sont  deux  tetes  dans  un  bonnet. 

n  a  Pair  triste  comme  un  bonnet  de  nuit. 

Mettre  son  bonnet  de  travers. 

Avoir  la  teto  pres  du  bonnet. 

Jeter  son  bonnet  par  dessus  les  moulins. 

Bouche,  /. 

Faire  venir  I'eau  a  la  bouche. 

Carder  une  choae  pour  la  bonne  bouche. 


To  drink. 

To  drink  out  of  a  glass,  out  of  a  bottle. 

—  one's  Jill,  much. 

—  excessively,  like  a  sixmge. 

—  to  the  bargain. 

—  to  the  stirrup. 

Thfre  is  good  and  bad  in  that  business. 
The  best  goods  are  the  cheapest. 
You  are  in  it  and  you  must  go  through. 
Errors,  like  chickens,  come  liome  to  nwsl. 
You  may  as  well  empty  the  ocean  with  a 
That  is  a  very  poor  business.        [bucket. 

Wood. 

'To  strain  every  nerve  to  svcceed. 
Not  to  know  zvldch  way  to  turn.      [/>ody. 
To  be  very  yielding,  to  agree  with  every 
They  will  find  out  with  whom  tliey  have 
He  looks  out  sharply.  [to  deal. 

DonH  talk  about  colors  to  the  blind,  [swer. 
To  knock  at  a  door  and  to  receive  no  an- 
Hunger  drives  the  wolf  out  of  the  woods. 

Good. 

A  good  fellow  ;  a  good  liver. 

To  be  active  and  vigilant. 

To  play  the  good  fellow. 

To  have  a  good  time  of  it. 

To  have  the  rigid  side  of  a  question. 

Allow  me  to  speak  to  you  about  it. 

What  good  can  it  do  to  .^peak  about  it? 

All  right ;  he  will  pay  for  it. 

To  keep  rancor. 

Well  and  good/  All  right. ^ 

The  better  the  day,  the  better  the  deed. 

Good  wine  needs  no  bush. 

Short  settlements  make  long  friends. 

A  word  to  the  wise. 

That  is  the  funny  part  of  the  business. 

It  is  not  in  earnest ;  it  is  for  fun. 

Cap. 

To  take  something  into  one\<!  head. 
They  are  liand  and  glove  together. 
He  looks  like  patience  on  a  momtment. 
To  put  the  wrong  foot  foremost. 
To  be  excitable,  irritable. 
To  throtv  off  all  restraint. 

Mouth. 

To  make  the  mouth  xvater. 
To  keep  a  thing  for  the  last. 


336 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


Paire  la  petite  bonche. 

Dire  tout  ce  qui  vient  a  la  bouche. 

Garder  bouche  close. 

D  arrive  beaucoup  de  choses  entre  la 

_  [bouche  et  le  verre. 

Bout,  »«. 

Tirer  sur  qqn  a  bout  portant. 

Avoir  un  mot  ^ur  le  bout  de  la  langue. 

Dire  qq.  ch.  du  bout  des  levres. 

On  ue  salt  par  quel  bout  le  prendre. 

Etre  au  bout  de  son  role. 

Veuir  a  bout  d'une  chose. 

Pousser  les  choses  jusqu'au  bout. 

Mettre,  pousser,  qqn.  a.  bout. 

Sa  patience  est  a  bout. 

Au  bout  du  compte. 

Au  bout  du  fosse  la  culbute. 

Au  bout  de  Taune  faut  le  drap. 

Au  bout  le  bout. 

Brebis,  /. 

Brebis  comptees  le  lonp  les  mange. 
A  brebis  tondue,  Dieu  mesure  le  vent. 
Brebis  qui  bCle  perd  sa  goulee. 
Qui  se  fait  brebis,  le  loup  le  mange. 

Carte,  /. 

Avoir  carte  blanche. 

Prendre  les  cartes. 

Brouiller  les  cartes. 

Jouer  les  cartes  sur  table. 

Le  dessous  des  cartes. 

On  ne  sait  jamais  avec  lui  de  quelle  carte 

Perdre  la  carte.  [il  retourne. 

Tirer  les  cartes. 

Cas,  m. 

C'est  la  mon  cas 

Faire  cas  de. 

On  fait  grand  cas  d'elle. 

Chandelle,  /. 

ficonomie  de  bout  de  chandelles. 
Bruler  la  chandelle  par  les  deux  bouts. 
A  chaque  saint  sa  chandelle. 

Chanson,  /. 

C'est  toujours  la  meme  chanson. 
Voihi  bien  une  autre  chanson. 
Chansons  que  tout  cela  1 
Je  ne  me  paj-e  pas  de  chansons. 
Si  vous  en  avez  Pair,  vous  B'en  avez  pas 
la  chansoiv 


Tomak^  diffloMies.  [mind. 

To  say  any  thing  that  comen  across  out'i 
To  keep  the  secret .  to  hare  a  close  mouth.. 
There  is  many  a  slip  betwixt  the  aip  and 

End.  ^'^"^ 

To  fire  at  one  close  at  hand. 

To  have  a  word  at  the  end  of  the  tongue. 

To  say  a  thing  condescendingly. 

One  does  not  know  hotv  to  take  him. 

To  be  at  the  end  of  hU  rope. 

To  carry  a  thing  through,  to  succeed. 

To  diiie  things  to  extremes. 

To  nonplus  a  person :  to  drive  one  to  ex- 

nis  patience  is  at  an  end.  \trem£s. 

After  all. 

When  it  comes  to  the  end,  then  the  crash. 

There  is  an  end  to  every  thing. 

It  will  last  as  long  as  it  canm^^ 

Sheep.  ^^^matched. 

I)onH  count  your  chickens^^f^nJiey  are 

God  tefnpers  the  ioind  to  the  shorn  lamb. 

A  bleating  sheep  goes  home  mf/fl-y. 

If  you  are  too  yielding  people  will  imiwse 

Card.  iuponyou. 

To  hare  full  power. 

To  take  the  lead  in  a  business. 

To  embroil  matters. 

To  act  or  speak  frankly.  [ness. 

The  hidden  game ;  the  secret  of  the  busi- 

One  never  knotvs  what  he  is  after. 

To  become  confused. 

To  tell  fortunes  ;  to  lay  cards. 

Case. 

That  is  my  case ;  that  suits  m£. 

To  valve,  to  esteem  highly. 

They  make  a  great  ado  about  lier. 

Candle. 

Penny  wise  and  pound  foolish. 
To  bum  the  candle  at  tioth  ends. 
Dolwmage  to  all  whose  i/tfluence  you  may 

Song.  ^"'"'- 

It  is  always  the  same  old  song. 
That  is  quite  a  different  story. 
That  i.<  all  non.^en.-<e. 
I  will  not  be  put  off  tcith  fine  speeches. 
That  ivill  do  for  appearances,  but  it  it; 
not  the  thing. 


FRENCH   INTO   ENGLISH. 


337 


Chat,  m. 

Emporter  Ic  chat 

Acheter  chat  en  poche. 

Appeler  un  chat  un  chat. 

Se  servir  de  la  patte  du  chat  pour  tirer 

les  marroiis  du  feu. 
S'accorder  comme  chien  et  chat. 
A  bon  chat  boii  rat. 
La  nuit  tous  les  chats  sont  gris. 
Quand  les  chats  n"y  sont  pas  les  souris 

dansent. 
■Jeter  les  chats  aux  jambes  a  qqn. 
11  n'y  a  pas  lA  de  quoi  fouettcr  un  chat. 
On  ne  pent  prendre  de  tels  chats  .sins 
Eveiller  le  chat  qui  dort.  [mitaiues. 

Des  que  les  chats  seront  chansses. 
Chat  echaude  craint  Teau  froide. 


Chien,  r/j 
Jeter  sa 
Donner 
Freque 
II  ne  fa'' 
qu'on 


1  n^TOit  ho 


X  chlens. 
X  chiens. 
'en  et  le  chat, 
se  mcquer  des  chiens 
hors  du  villa;re. 


Bon  chien  de  chasse,  chasse  de  race. 
Chien  qui  aboie  ne  mord  pas. 
Entre  chien  et  loup. 

Coetir,  /«. 

Be  ronger  le  coeur. 

Je  veux  en  avoir  le  cceur  net. 

En  avoir  le  cccnr  gros. 

Le  coeur  me  le  disait  bien. 

Avoir  qq.  ch   sur  le  coeur. 

Avoir  le  coeur  mort. 

Bavoir  un  homme  par  coeur. 

Diner  par  coeur. 

De  ban  coeur  ;  de  tout  mon  coeur. 

Pout  a  vous  de  cceur. 

A  coeur  ouvert,  le  coeur  enr  les  levres. 

C"est  uiic  affaire  que  j'ai  fort  a  coeur. 

Avoir  nial  au  cceur,  le  nial  de  coeur. 

N"etre  pas  inalade  de  coeur. 

Prenez-le,  si  le  coeur  vous  en  dit. 

Loin  des  yeux  loin  du  coeur. 

Compte,  m. 

Le  compte  est  juste  ;  le  compte  y  est 

Cela  n'est  pas  de  compte. 

J'ai  re^a  cent  dollars  a-compte. 

Au  compte  de  ces  gens. 


Cat. 

To  take  French  leave. 

To  buy  a  pig  in  a  poke. 

To  call  a  spade  a  spade. 

To  make  a  cat's-paw  of  a  person. 

To  agree  like  cat  and  dog. 

Tit  for  (at. 

In  the  dark  all  cats  are  gray. 

When   the  cat  w  away,  the  mice  unU 

play. 
To  make  trouble  for  one. 
That  is  a  very  ti-ifling  fault.         [glove. 
Such  a  matter  has  to  be  handled  wUh 
To  touch  u])On  an  unpleasant  business. 
Very  early  in  the  morning. 
i  burnt  child  is  afraid  of  t/iejire. 

Dog. 

To  give  it  up. 

To  give  up  one's  claim  in  contempt. 

To  see  all  kinds  of  people. 

Don't  halloo  till  you.  are  out  of  the  wood. 

Like  father,  like  son. 
Barking  dogs  don't  bite. 
In  twilight. 

Heart. 

To  waste  away  loith  secret  grief. 

I  will  sift  the  viattei'  to  the  bottom. 

To  have  the  heart  full  of  it. 

I  had  a  jtresejitiment  of  it. 

To  bear  or  have  a  feeling  of  resentment. 

To  be  heart-sick. 

To  knoiv  a  man  by  heart. 

To  go  witiwut  a  dinner. 

Willingly ;  with  all  my  lieart. 

\Mwlly  yours. 

Frankly,  openly.  [heart. 

That  i-v  a  matter  which  I  take  much  to 

To  feel  sick  at  the  stomach. 

Not  to  have  lost  one's  appetite. 

Take  it,  if  you  have  an  appetite  for  k. 

Out  of  sight  out  of  mind. 

Account. 

Till  lurniint  is  right :  it  i.«  right. 

T/uif  il(Ms  not  count. 

I  received  one  hundred  dollar)  on  account. 

On  tlu  statement  qf  those  jieopl*. 


338 


IDIOMS   AKD   PROVERBS. 


Oni,  jc  sivifi  done  un  sot,  a  votre  compte. 

An  bout  du  compte. 

J'en  suis  qiiittc  a  bon  compte. 

Je  lui  ill  fait  son  compte.  . 

Son  compte  sera  bientot  regie. 

C'est  pour  son  compte  ;  tant  pis  pour  lui. 

Je  suis  inquiet  sur  .«on  compte. 

Je  n'y  trouve  pas  mon  compte. 

II  etait  bien  loin  de  compte. 

Tenir  compte  a  qqn.  d'une  chose. 

Oonnaissance,  /. 

A  ma  conuaissance. 

Parler  avec  connaissance  de  cause. 

II  a  de  grandes  connaissances. 

Faire  connaissance  avec  qqn. 

Faire  la  connaissance  de  qqn. 

Ce  sont  des  gens  de  notre  connaissance. 

C'est  une  de  mes  connaissances. 

Etre  en  pays  de  connaissances. 

Corde,  /. 

C'est  lui  qui  est  la  grosse  corde. 

Toucher  la  grosse  corde. 

—       la  corde  sensible. 
II  ne  faut  pas  toucher  cette  corde-la. 
Tirer  sur  la  mSme  corde. 
Tenir  la  corde. 
Danser  sur  la  corde. 
Avoir  deux  cordes  a  son  arc. 
Etre  use  jusqn'a  la  corde. 
Get  bomme  montrc  la  corde. 

Corps,  m. 

Passer  sur  le  corps  de  qqn. 

Saisir  qqn.  a  bras  le  corps. 

Combat  corps  a  corps. 

Etre  penche  a  mi-corps  par  la  fenetre. 

Prendre  le  lievre  au  corps. 

Faire  bon  marche  de  son  corps. 

Avoir  une  mauvaise  affaire  sur  le  corps. 

Un  drOle  de  corps. 

Se  Jeter  a  corps  perdu  dans  une  affaire. 

Cote,  m. 

II  est  sur  le  cOte. 

Mettre  une  bouteille  sur  le  c6te. 

Le  cGte  faible  (de  qqn.,  de  qq.  ch.). 

De  mon  cote. 

AUez-vous  dc  mon  cOte  ?  , 

De  quel  cote  vient  le  vent  ? 

De  ce  cOte  il  n'y  a  rien  a  craindre. 


/   iivij  uuiiua/ice. 

re  o^am^ 


Oh,  yes  ;  I  am  a  fool,  (wcording  to  you. 

After  all. 

I  have  got  off  easily.  [due. 

I  have  settled  with  him,  given  him  hia 

Ilis  account  will  soon  be  settled.        [him. 

That  concerns  him ;  so  tnuch  tlie  worse  for 

I  am  uneasy  on  his  account. 

J  do  not  find  it  to  my  interest. 

He  was  very  far  out  of  hts  reckoning,  [ijs. 

To  keep  account  of  a  service  one  has  done 

Acquaintance  ;  knowledge. 

To  my  knowledge. 
To  speak  as  a  judge. 
Repossesses  great  learning. 

To  make  one's  acquaintance. 

They  are  people  of  our  acquaintance. 
She  is  an  acquaintance  o^ 
To  be  among  acquainta 

Hope. 

He  is  the  jrrincipal  manl^ 

To  come  to  the  principal ) 

To  come  to  the  point. 

You  must  not  touch  xtpon  that  subject. 

To  pull  by  the  same  string. 

To  hold  the  end  of  the  rope. 

To  be  engaged  in  a  dangerous  business. 

To  have  two  strings  to  one's  bow. 

To  be  worn  threadbare. 

That  man  lays  bare  his  business. 

Body. 

To  pass  ahead  over  s.  b. 

To  seise  a  jierson  rovnd  his  body. 

A  hand-to-hand  fight. 

To  hang  half  way  out  of  the  window. 

To  take  the  bull  by  the  horns. 

To  expose  one's  self  to  bodily  danger. 

To  have  a  bad  matter  on  one's  hand. 

An  odd,  eccentric  fellow. 

To  go  headlong  into  a  busings. 

Side. 

He  is  over ;  he  is  sick,  or  lie  is  in  disgrace. 

To  empty  a  bottle.  [a  th. 

The  weak  side  of  a  p. ;  the  weak  point  qf 

On  my  side  ;  on  my  part. 

Do  you  go  my  ivay  ? 

Which  ivay  does  tlu  wind  blow?     [fear. 

From  that  direction  there  is  nothing  to 


FRENCH    INTO    ENGLISH. 


339 


De  tons  cOtds. 

Du  cOte  de  la  fortune. 

Ne  sttvoir  de  quel  cote  tourner. 

Mettre  les  rieurs  de  son  cOte. 

Regarder  qqn.  de  cOt6. 

Laisser  de  cote. 

Donner  ii  cote. 

Passer  a.  cOte  d'une  difflculte. 

fitre  a  cOte  de  la  question. 

Coucher. 

Coucher  qqn.  sur  le  carreau. 
La  pluie  a  couclie  les  bles. 
Coucher  le  poll  de  qq.  ch.  — a  qqn. 

—  qqn.  en  joue. 

—  par  ecrit. 

—  a  la  belle  6toile. 
Se  coucher. 

Coup,  m.    M 

Faire  d'uia^crre  deux  coups. 

C'est  u^^^^WHus  I'eau. 

Donnei^i^^oup  de  main. 

Manquer  son  coup. 

Ce  discours  porte  son  coup. 

Tout  cela  ne  se  fait  pas  d'un  coup. 

Du  premier  coup  ;  d'un  seul  coup. 

Pour  le  coup  ;  a  ce  coup. 

X  coups  perdus  ;  a  coups  redoubles. 

A  coup  perdu. 

A  coup  sur. 

Un  coup  de  main  ;  coup  d'fitat. 

Un  coup  de  eoleil ;  un  coup  de  feu. 

Tirer  un  coup  de  fusil,  de  canon. 

Le  coup  vaut  la  halle,  Pargent. 

Devoir  (325). 

Je  lui  en  dois,  or  il  m'en  doit. 

Fais  ce  que  tu  dois,  advienne  que  pourra. 

II  croit  toujours  qu'on  lui  en  doit. 

Qui  doit  a  tort. 

Diable,  m. 

Tirer  le  diable  par  la  queue. 

C'eet  la  le  diable. 

Un  bon  diable  ;  un  pauvre  diable. 

Ne  faites  pas  le  diable  plus  noir  qu'il  est. 

n  n'est  pas  si  diable  qu'il  est  noir. 

Dieu,  m. 

S'il  plait  a  Dieu. 

Plaise  a  Dieu  !  A  Dieu  ne  plaiee  !   [aide  ! 

Diea  voos  beuisse  1    Dieu  voaa  soit  en 


On  all  sides. 

As  to  fortune  ;  with  regard  to/ortune. 

Not  to  know  which  ivay  to  turn. 

To  have  the  liest  of  the  discussion. 

To  look  down  upon  a  person. 

To  leave  adde. 

To  7nm  the  mark. 

To  avoid  a  difficult;/,  not  to  touch  upon  it. 

To  Tniss  tlie  question. 

To  lay  ;  to  sleep. 

To  clrike  one  down,  either  dead  or  hurt. 

IVte  rain  has  laid  t/ie  corn. 

To  st/iooth  s.  th. ;  to  flatter  s.  b- 

To  take  aim  at  s.  b. 

To  put  down  in  writing. 

To  sleep  in  ttie  open  air. 

To  lie  down. 

Blow. 

To  kill  two  birds  with  one  stone, 

II  is  a  useless  attempt. 

To  lend  a  helping  hand. 

To  miss  one's  blow. 

That  speech  had  its  effect. 

AH  that  can  not  be  done  at  once. 

With  the  first  blow  ;  at  one  blow. 

For  once;  this  time. 

At  random  ;  with  redoubled  strokes. 

In  vain. 

Most  certainly  ;  to  be  sure. 

A  surprise  ;  a  stroke  of  policy. 

A  sunstroke  ;  a  shot. 

To  fire  off  a  gun,  a  cannon. 

It  is  worth  while. 

To  owe. 

I  have  got  an  account  to  settle  with  htm. 
Do  your  duty,  no  matter  what  may  happen. 
He  Is  never  satisfied  with  what  one  does  for 
Who  owes  is  wrong.  [him. 

Devil. 

To  be  pecuniarily  embarrassed. 

That  is  tlie  ugly  part  of  it. 

A  good  fellow ;  a  poor  fellow. 

Give  the  devil  his  due. 

The  devil  is  not  so  black  as  he  li  painted. 

God. 

iT  tt  pleases  God. 

May  it  pltast  God  !  God  forbid  ! 

May  God  tdess  you  !  Maij  God  help  ymt ! 


340 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


Oe  que  femmc  veut,  Dieu  vent. 
La  voix  du  peuple  est,  la  voix  de  Dieu. 
(^ui  donue  aux  panvrcs  pretc  a  Dieu. 
L'honiine  propose,  Dieu  dispose. 
Chacun  pour  soi  Dieu  pour  touB. 

Dire. 

On  dit.    Des  on-dit. 

Que  veut  dire  tout  cela  ? 

Cela  ne  dit  rien. 

Y  avoir  a  dire. 

II  y  a  bien  a.  dire  lii-dessus. 

II  y  a  bien  a  dire  que  je  n'aie  nion  compte. 

II  n'y  a  pas  a  dire. 

Trouver  a  dire  (trouver  ;"i  redirc). 

II  ne  trouve  rien  a  dire  a  cela. 

En  dire. 

Si  le  coeur  vous  en  dit,  faites-le. 

II  lui  en  a  dit. 

Se  le  faire  dire. 

II  ne  se  le  fit  pas  dire  deux  foig. 

Dire  la  verite. 

A  vrai  dire. 

Pour  ainsi  dire. 

Pour  mieux  dire,  w  disons  mieux. 

C'est  tout  dire. 

Cela  va  sans  dire. 

Voila  qui  est  dit. 

Soit  dit  en  passant. 

Qui  ne  dit  mot  consent. 

Doigt,  m. 

Montrer  qqn.  du  doigt  or  au  doigt. 

C'est  une  bague  au  doigt. 

Mon  petit  doigt  me  Ta  dit. 

Donner  sur  Ics  doigts  a  qqn. 

S'en  inordre  les  doigts. 

Toucher  du  doigt  o>-  au  doigt. 

Se  mettre  le  doigt  dans  Poeii. 

Vous  avez  mis  le  doigt  dessus. 

Avoir  de  I'esprit  au  bout  des  doigts. 

Toucher  une  chose  du  bout  des  doigts. 

Savoir  une  chose  sur  le  bout  des  doigts. 

Donner. 

Se  donner  de  la  peine. 

—         des  airs,  de  grands  airs. 
Donner  a  penser,  a  entendre. 

—      un  OBuf  pour  avoir  un  boeuf. 
Tel  donne  a  pleinea  mains  qui  n'oblige 
personnc. 


loif. 
led  l^n). 


A  woman'' n  will  Is  Gocfs  will. 

The  will  of  the  people  is  the  will  of  Ood. 

Who  rjives  to  the  jMxrr  lends  to  God. 

Man  ]r)'02Xtses  and  God  dL'!j)Osef>. 

Hvery  one  for  himself,  and  GodforvtsaM. 

To  Bay  ;  to  tell. 

Feoi)le  say  ;  it  is  said.    Reports. 

What  does  all  that  mean  f 

That  does  not  signify  any  thing. 

To  be  wrong ;  to  be  wanting. 

That  is  far  from  being  tight. 

That  is  far  from  being  my  account. 

Nothing  to  he  said  alx/ut  it,  all  ii,ght. 

To  find  fault  with. 

He  finds  no  fault  with  that. 

To  say  so ;  to  feel  like  it ;  to  scold. 

If  your  heart  says  so,  do  it. 

He  gave  it  to  him  {scolded  i 

To  be  slow  in  doing  a  thiriQ 

He  was  very  prompt  to 

To  speak  the  truth. 

If  the  truth  must  be  spoken. 

So  to  say. 

Let  us  rather  say. 

That  is  every  thing. 

That  is  a  matter  of  course. 

That  is  settled,  agreed  upon. 

It  may  be  said  by  the  way. 

Silence  gives  consent. 

Finger. 

To  deride  a  pet-son. 

That  is  a  good  thing  ;  that  is  an  honxrr. 

My  little  Jinger  told  nw  of  it. 

To  give  it  to  one. 

To  regret  a  thing  ;  to  be  sm'ryfor  it. 

To  see  or  understand  a  thing  plainly. 

To  do  an  injury  to  one^s  self. 

You  have  hit  the  tiail  on  the  head. 

To  be  very  skilful.  [purpose. 

To  have  very  nearly  accomplished  one's 

To  know  a  thing  perfectly. 

To  give. 

To  take  trouble. 

To  put  on  airs. 

To  set  one  to  thinking ;  to  throiv  out  hints. 

To  throw  a  sp?'at  to  catch  a  whale. 

lU-bestowed  kindness  gets  rw  thanks- 


FRKNCH    1:^70    ENGLISH. 


341 


Je  vons  le  doiine  en  dix,  en  cent. 

En  doniier  i"i  qqn.,  en  donner  a  garden 

Tu  m'en  as  donne. 

S'en  donner. 

S'en  donner  a  coeiir  joie. 

Ke  savoir  oil  donner  de  la  tete. 

Donner  tete  baissee  dans  qq.  oh. 

—  dans  un  piege. 

—  dans  le  luxe. 

Je  ne  donne  pas  la-dedans. 
Donner  dans  Toeil. 

—  dans,  sur. 

Mes  croisees  donnent  sur  le  jardin. 
Qui  donne  tot  donne  deux  fois. 

Dormir. 

Dormir  en  lievre,  les  yeux  ouverts. 

Cet  homme  ne  dort  pas. 

Dormir  sur  une  affaire. 

Reveiller  le  chien  qui  dort. 

II  n"y  a  pire  eau  que  celle  qui  dort. 

Scorcher. 

ficorcher  une  matiere. 

—  une  langue. 

—  qqn. 

II  crie  avant  qu'on  I'ecorche. 

Bean  parlern'e'corctie  point  la  langue. 

11  faut  tondre  les  brebis  et  non  pas  les 

ecorcher. 
Scorcher  Tanguille  par  la  queue. 
II  n'y  a  rien  de  plus  difficile  a  ecorcher 

que  la  queue. 

Entendre. 

Faites  conimc  vous  Tentendez. 

Cela  s'entend. 

J'entends  que  cela  se  fasse. 

Faire  entendre. 

II  n'y  entend  rien. 

II  s'y  entend. 

ttre. 

II  est  tout  a  ce  qu'il  fait. 

En  etre. 

II  en  est. 

Ou  en  etes-vous  1 

Voila  ou  j'en  suis. 

En  etes-vous  la  ? 

J'en  suis  pour  ma  peine. 

II  en  sera  ce  qu'il  vous  plaira. 

Yetre. 


You  may  guess  ten  iime.i,  a  hundred  times. 

To  deceive  one,  to  tell  hitn/alse/ioodti. 

You  have  imposed  upon  me. 

To  indulge  one^s  self. 

To  indulge  o's  self  to  one's  liearl's  content. 

Not  to  knoiv  tvhich  way  to  turn. 

To  go  headlong  into  a  thing. 

To  be  caught  in  a  snare. 

To  indulge  in  luxury. 

I  do  not  indulge  in  that. 

To  dazzle ;  to  take  one's  eye. 

To  open  into ;  to  look  into. 

My  ivindows  overlook  the  garden. 

)V7io  gives  promptly  gives  twice. 

To  sleep. 

To  sleep  uilh  one  eye  open. 

TJiat  man  is  very  tvatchful. 

To  go  about  a  bu)dn&is  slowly. 

To  come  back  to  an  unpleasant  buiiruss. 

Still  waters  run  deep. 

To  skin. 

To  treat  a  subject  superficiaUy. 

To  speak  a  langua/je  badly. 

To  skin  a  person  alive,  to  cheat. 

He  cries  before  he  is  hurt. 

Politeness  does  not  hurt  one. 

We  should  shear  the  sheep  but  not  skin 

them. 
To  begin  at  the  wrong  end. 
TJie  winding  up  of  a  business  is  t/ie  most 

difficult  part  of  it. 

To  hear  ;  to  understand. 

Do  as  you  think  proper,  or  fit. 
Tliat  is  a  matter  of  course. 
Imean  that  that  shall  be  done. 
To  give  to  understand. 
He  understands  nothing  about  it. 
He  understands  it. 

To  be. 

He  is  wholly  absorbed  in  his  work. 

To  be  of  t/ie  party  ;  to  be  with  it. 

He  is  one  of  them. 

How  far  have  you  got  ivilh  it  T 

This  is  as  far  as  I  have  got. 

Are  you  so  far  ?  Do  you  believe  thatT 

I  had  my  trouble  for  my  jmins. 

Tliat  /jusiness  shall  be  settled  as  youvnsh. 

To  be  in  ;  to  be  at  home. 


342 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


Je  n'y  Buis  pour  personne. 

J'y  Buis  pour  une  petite  sommc. 

Vous  r"y  6tus  pas. 

J'y  suis,  m'y  voici. 

On  ne  peut  pas  etre  et  avoir  eti. 

Fa90ii,  /. 

Combien  faites-vous  la  fa9on  ? 

C'est  une  fayon  de  parler  avec  lui. 

Telle  est  ma  fayon  de  penser.      [theque. 

C'est   un   meuble  en  fa^on  de   biblio- 

J'y  parviendrai  de  favon  ou  d'autre. 

Vivre  a  la  fa^on  des  Anglais.  [prie. 

Ke  faites  pas  tant  de  fa^on,  je  vous  en 

Point  de  fagon  ;  sans  fag  on. 

De  la  bonne  fafon  ;  de  la  belle  fagon. 

Ce  trait-la  est  de  votre  fagon. 

On  I'a  traite  de  fagon  qu'il  ne  revien- 

Faire  (2M,  215,  334).  l^'^^  Pas- 

Faire  le  bien,  le  mal. 

—  un  voyage,  une  operation. 

—  son  chemin,  du  progres. 

—  trois  milles,  a  pied,  etc. 

—  les  draps. 

—  faillite,  banqueroute. 

—  la  medecine. 

—  une  maladie. 

—  la  reine,  I'enfant,  etc. 

—  diete. 

—  un  bon  diner. 

—  bonne  mine,  bon  visage  a  qqn. 

—  les  yeux  doux  a  qqn. 
L'argent  fait  tout  en  ce  monde. 
Combien  faites-vous  cet  habil  ? 
Combien  font  deux  fois  deux  ? 
Taire  de  qqn.,  de  qq.  ch. 

Je  ne  sais  que  faire  de  lui. 

Que  voulez-vous  faire  de  ce  cheval  ? 

En  faire  a  sa  tete. 

Ne  faire  rien  de  la  sorte,  n'en  rien  faire. 

II  n'en  fera  rien. 

N'avoir  que  faire  de. 

Je  n'ai  que  faire  de  lui. 

Qu'est-ce  qiie  cela  me  fait  ? 

Que  voulez-vous  que  j"y  fasee  ? 

Qu'y  faire  ? 

Cela  fait  beaucoup, 

Cela  n'y  fait  rien  du  tout. 

Jean  fail  tout  et  bon  a  rien. 


lam  not  at  home  to  any  body. 
I  am  in  iifo?-  a  umall  amount. 
You  have  not  got  it. 

I  have  got  it. 

You  cannot  eat  your  cake  and  keep  it. 

Make  ;  fashion  ;  shape. 

IIoiv  much  do  you  charge J'm-  t/ie  making. f 
That  is  a  form  of  exprendon  with  /dm. 
Such  is  my  way  of  thinking,      [bookcase. 

II  is  a  piece  of  furniture  in  the  shajie  of  a 
J  shall  accomplish  it  some  way  or  other. 
To  live  in  the  English  style. 

Do  not  use  so  much  ceremony,  pray. 
No  ceremony  ;  without  ceremony. 
P)vperly ;  in  fine  style,  at  a  fine  rate. 
That  is  a  trick  after  your  own  fashion. 
He  teas  7'eceived  in  such  a  manner  that 

To  do  ;  to  make.        t^'^  """^''^  ''«'^"'^- 

To  do  good,  evil. 

To  petf07tn  a  journey,  an  operation. 

To  go  ahead,  to  get  along  ;  to  pivgi-ess. 

To  travel  three  7niles,  on  foot,  etc. 

To  deal  in  cloths. 

To  fail,  to  go  into  bankruptcy. 

To  jrractice  7nedicine. 

To  go  through  a  sickness: 

To  act  like  a  queen,  like  a  child. 

To  diet. 

To  eat  a  good  dinnei: 

To  be  friendly  to  one. 

To  look  sweet  vpon  one. 

Money  is  every  thing  in  this  world. 

How  much  do  you  ask  for  that  coat  ? 

How  many  are  twice  ticof 

To  dispose  of  s.  b.,  ofs.  th. 

I  do  not  know  what  to  put  him  to. 

What  will  you  do  with  that  horse? 

To  do  as  one  pleases. 

To  do  nothing  of  the  kind. 

He  will  do  nothing  of  the  kind. 

To  have  no  occasion  for. 

I  have  nothing  to  do  icith  him,. 

I  have  no  business  tvith  him. 

What  is  that  to  me? 

How  can  I  help  it? 

What  is  to  be  done? 

That  makes  a  great  difference. 

That  is  nothing  to  the  matter. 

Jack  of  all  trades  and  master  of  none. 


FREKCH   INTO    ENGLISH. 


343 


Ne  fairc  que  ;  ne  faire  que  de. 

Elle  ne  fiiit  que  rire. 

II  nt  fuit  que  d'entrer. 

Se  faire  soldat. 

Ce  jeune  homme  se  fait. 

Se  faire  a  la  fatigue. 

On  se  fait  k  tout. 

Cela  ne  se  fait  pas. 

Comment  cela  s'est-il  fait  ? 

II  se  fait  tard. 

Faire  d'une  mouclie  un  elephant. 

—    la  mouche  du  coche. 
Ce  qui  est  fait  n"est  pas  a  faire. 
L'occasion  fait  le  larron. 
Qui  bien  fera  bien  trouvera. 
On  ne  pent  faire  qu"en  faisant. 
Paris  n'est  pas  fait  en  uu  jouc 
Faire  et  dire  sent  deu.x. 
Qui  a  fait  Tune  a  fait  Tautre. 

Kem.— The  verb  faike  may  take  the 
repetition  (113). 
Je  voolais  partir,  mais  je  n'ai  pu  le  faire. 

Fait,  m. 

Un  fait  accompli. 

Venir  au  fait,  passer  au  fait. 

Prendre  qqn.  sur  le  fait. 

Par  voie  de  fait. 

Pour  la  beaute  du  fait. 

fitre  au  fait  d'une  chose. 

Question  de  fait  ;  point  de  fait. 

C'est  justement  votre  fait. 

Dire,  donner  son  fait  a  qqn. 

De  fait,  dans  le  fait. 

Si  fait. 

La  bonne  volonte  est  reputee  pour  le  fait. 

Feu,  m. 

Prendre  feu. 

Faire  feu  qui  dure. 

Jeter  son  feu. 

II  n'est  feu  que  de  hois  vert. 

Fil,  m. 

Du  fll  en  aiguille. 

Avoir,  donner  du  fil  a  retordre. 

Le  fil  de  I'epee 

Passer  au  fil  de  I'epee. 

Fin. 

Pin  courant. 

La  fin  couronne  I'oeuvre. 

Qui  reut  la  fin,  veut  les  moyens. 


7b  do  nothing  but ;  to  have  but  just. 
She  doex  nothing  but  laugh. 
He  has  but  just  come  in. 
To  become  a  soldier. 
That  young  man  w  coming  out. 
To  get  accustomed  to  toil. 
One  gets  accustomed  to  evenj  thing. 
That  cannot  be  done. 
How  did  that  happen? 
It  is  getting  late 

To  exaggerate  very  much.  [cess. 

To  attribute  to  o.  s.  all  the  credit  of  a  sue- 
Done  is  done. 

OpiMrt unity  makes  tlu  thief. 
As  you  sow  so  rjou  7-eap. 
It  takes  Hme  to  do  things  properly. 
Some  ivas  not  built  in  a  day. 
Saying  and  doing  are  different  things. 
They  are  cast  in  the  same  mould. 
place  of  any  preceding  verb  to  avoid  its 

I  u'i-'hcd  to  leave,  but  could  not  do  it. 

Fact;  deed. 

An  accomplished  fact. 

To  come  to  the  point. 

To  catch  a  pei-soti  in  the  act. 

Through  or  by  violence. 

For  the  beauty  of  the  thing.  [  posted. 

To  be  acquainted  with  a  thing,  to  be 

Question  of  fact ;  2x^nt  of  fact. 

That  is  just  what  suits  you. 

To  give  it  to  one. 

In  reality ;  really;  in  fact. 

Oh!  yes. 

To  take  the  will  for  the  deed. 

Fire. 

To  become  excited. 

To  live  within  one's  means. 

To  sow  one''s  wild  oats. 

Youth  is  tlie  time  for  action. 

Thread. 

From  one  thing  to  another. 

To  have  or  to  .stir  up  difficulties. 

The  edge  of  the  sword. 

To  put  to  the  sword. 

End. 

The  end  of  the  month. 
All  is  well  that  ends  well. 
The  end  justifies  the  meana. 


344 


IDIOMS    AND    PROVERBS. 


Fond,  m. 

Le  fond  do  I'aflaire. 

A  fond. 

Couler  une  aflaire  a  fond. 

Savoir  xme  chose  a  fond. 

A  deux  fonds  ;  a  fond  de  paille. 

Faire  fond  sur  qqn.,  sur  qq.  ch. 

Veuir  au  fond  des  choses. 

De  fond  en  comble. 

C'est  une  mer  eans  fond  et  sans  rive. 

Fort,  m. 

C'est  un  pen  fort,  ce  que  vous  dites-la 

II  est  fort  en  mathematiques. 

Au  fort  de  Thiver. 

C'est  la  son  fort. 

II  s'en  fait  fort. 

Le  plus  fort  de  1 'affaire  e.st  passe. 

C'es-t  plus  fort  que  moi. 

VoiUl  qui  est  fort 

Fortune,  /■ 

Attacher  un  clou  a  la  roue  de  la  fortune. 
Venez  diner  avec  nous  a  la  fortune  du 
Etre  en  fortune.  [pot. 

Contre  mauvaise  fortune  bon  coeur. 

Garde,  /. 
En  garde. 
A  la  garde  de,  or  sous  la  garde  de. 

1.  Prendre  garde  (iridic). 

Prenez  garde  a  ce  cheval.  [tete. 

—  qu'ils  se  font  eigne  de  la 

—  qu'on  ne  vous  dit  pas  la 

2.  Prendre  garde  {mibj.).  [verite. 
Prenez  garde  que  vou.?  eutendiez  ce  qu'il 

—  qu'il  ne  sorte.  [dira. 

—  a  vous  tenir  comme  il  faut. 

—  a   ne    pas    confondre    les 

[choses. 

3.  Prendre  garde  de  {with  the  infinitive). 
Prenez  garde  de  tomber. 

Etre,  se  mettre,  se  tenir,  en  garde,  or  sur 

ses  gardes  (contre). 
N'avoir  garde  de  faire. 
II  n'a  garde  d'y  aller.  [faute. 

Je  n'avais   garde  de  coinuietlre    cette 
La  garde.    A  la  garde  ! 
Monter  la  garde. 
Etre  de  garde,  de  service, 
fitre  ae  garde,  de  bonne  garde. 
Ce  fruit  est  de  bonne  garde. 


Bottom. 

Tlie  lx)tto?n  facts  of  the  business. 

To  the  bottom  ;  thoroughly. 

To  run  a  thing  to  the  ground. 

To  know  a  thing  thoroughly. 

Double-bottomed  ;  ftiatv-bottomed 

To  rely  vpon  s.  b.,  vpon  s.  th. 

To  sift  mattei-s  to  the  bottom. 

From  top  to  bottom,  to  the  ground. 

It  is  a  matter  beyond  the  reach  of  human 

Strong ;  the  strong  point.       \:reaa(m,. 

Tliat  is  rather  hard  what  you  say. 

He  is  good  in  mathematics. 

In  the  heart  of  winter. 

That  is  his  forte. 

He  boasts  of  it. 

The  hardest  ]iart  of  the  business  is  over. 

I  cannot  help  il. 

That  U  too  bad. 

Fortune. 

To  fix  the  wtieel  of  fwtune. 

Come  and  take  pot-luck  with  ns. 

To  be  fortunate,  to  be  in  luck. 

We  must  bear  itp  against  badfortwie. 

Guard ;  care ;  heed. 

In  custody. 

To  or  in  the  custody  cf. 

To  notice ;  to  pay  attention  ;  to  inind. 

Mind  that  horse. 

Notice  that  they  motion  to  another. 

Notice  that  they  do  not  tell  you  the  truth. 

To  take  care ;  to  be  careful.        [will  say. 

Take  care  that  you  understand  what  he 

—  that  he  docs  not  go  out. 
Be  careful  that  you  keep  orderly. 

—  not  to  confound  matters. 

To  beware  of ;  to  take  care  not. 
Take  cure  that  you  do  not  fall. 
To  be  on  one's  guard ;  to  guard  (against)^ 

To  beware  of  doing. 

He  takes  good  care  not  to  go  there. 

I  was  not  fool  enaugli  to  cmnmit  that 

The  watch.     Watch !  Imistake. 

To  mount  guard. 

To  be  on  duty. 

To  keep  well  (of fruit,  etc.). 

That  fruit  keeps  well. 


FRENCH  INTO   ENGLISH. 


345 


Carder. 

Qarder  le  lit,  la  chambre. 

—  un  inalade. 

La  garder  bonne  I'l  qqn. 
En  donner  a  garder  a  qqn. 
Garder  le  secret  d"une  chose. 

—  une  poire  pour  la  soif. 
Se  garder  ;  .'^e  garder  de. 

Ces  fruits  sc  gardent. 
Gardez-vous  d'en  parler. 

Gener;  se  gener. 

Cet  honime  nous  gene. 
II  ne  se  gene  pas. 
Ne  vous  genez  pas. 
Si  cela  ne  vous  gene  pas. 

Gre,  m. 

Trouver  qq.  eh.  a  son  gre. 
Au  gre  de  ses  desirs,  de  ses  vceux. 
Bon  gre,  mal  gre,  de  gre  on  de  force. 
Savoir  gre  or  bon  gre  a  qqn.  de  qq.  ch. 

—  mauvais  gre  a  qqn.  de  qq.  ch. 

Henre,  /. 

II  est  une  heure,  deux  heures  vingt. 

A  rheure. 

Avoir  rheure. 

fitre  sujet  a  Theurc. 

L'heure  des  classes. 

A  toute  heure. 

A  rheure  qu'il  est. 

L'heure  du  berger. 

Un  mauvais  quart  d'heure. 

Le  quart  d'heurc  de  Rabelais. 

De  bonne  heure  ;  de  nieilleure  heure. 

Arriver  a  la  bonne  tiure. 

A  la  bonne  heure  ! 

fitre  a  l'heure  (of  clocks). 

Mettre  une  raontre  a  l'heure. 

Fixer  une  heure. 

Retarder  l'heure. 

Rentrer  a  une  heure  indue. 

Jeu,  m. 

Jeu  de  mots  ;  jeu  d'esprit. 

Accuser  son  jeu. 

Avoir  beau  jeu. 

Donner  or  /aire  beau  jeu  a  qqn. 

Cacher  or  couvrir  son  jeu. 

Faire  bonne  mine  a  mauvais  jeu. 

Se  faire  un  jeu  de  qq.  ch. 


To  keap. 

To  keep  one's  bed,  one's  room. 

To  lake  care  of  a  t:ick  person. 

To  have  a  rod  in  pickle  for  one. 

To  impose  upon  one. 

To  keep  a  thing  secret. 

To  lay  up  something  for  a  rainy  day. 

To  keep  ;  to  beware  of ;  to  refrain  froiru 

That  fruit  keeps. 

Take  care  not  to  speak  of  it. 

To  incommode ;  to  be  under  restraint. 

2'hat  man  is  in  our  way. 
He  stands  on  no  ceremonies. 
Make  xjonrself  at  home. 
If  it  does  not  incommode  you. 

Will;  liking. 

To  find  a  thing  to  one's  liking. 
At  one's  heart's  content. 
Willing  or  vn  willing. 
To  be  pleased  tvith  s.  o.  for  s.  th. 
Not  to  thank  a  person  for  a  thing. 

Hour. 

It  is  one  o'clock,  two  o'clock  and  twenty  m. 

By  the  hour ;  on  time. 

To  have  the  right  time. 

To  be  tied  to  time. 

Time  f 01'  recitation. 

At  any  time. 

At  the  present  moment. 

The  propitious  hour. 

A  disagreeable  time. 

Settling  time  ;  trying  tim£. 

Early,  in  good  time  ;  earlier. 

To  come  in  the  nght  time. 

Well  and  good  ! 

To  be  right. 

To  set  a  watch. 

To  appoint  an  hour. 

To  appoint  a  later  hour,  to  make  it  later. 

To  keep  bad  hours. 

Play;  game. 

A  play  upon  words  ;  witticiftm. 

To  tell  one's  game.  [op/)ortunity. 

To  have  a  good  game ;  to  have  a  good 

To  play  into  s.  b's  hands. 

To  conceal  one's  game. 

To  put  a  good  face  on  the  matter,    [in  it. 

To  make  light  of  a  thing ;  to  take  pleasure 


346 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


Joner  bien  son  jeu. 

Mettre  en  jeu. 

Prendre  uno  chose  en  jeu. 

A  beau  jeu  beau  retour. 

Le  jeu  ne  vaut  pas  la  chandelle. 

Main,  /. 

Coup  de  main. 

Tour  de  main. 

A  la  main  droite,  or  a  droits. 

—  gauche,  or  a  gauche. 
Un  cheval  a  deux  mains. 
Avoir  une  belle  main. 

—  la  main  faite,  or  rompue. 

—  —      crochue. 

—  —      legere. 

—  les  mains  nettes. 
Donner  la  main  a  qqn. 

—  un  coup  de  main. 
Se  donner  la  main. 
Faire  main  basse  sur. 
Forcer  la  main  a  qqn. 
Graisser  la  main  a  qqn. 
En  lever  la  main. 

Mettre  la  main  au  feu  pour  qq.  ch. 

—  —     a  I'ueuvre,  a  la  pate. 
Preter  la  main  a  qqn. 

Serrer  la  main  ii  qqn. 
Toucher  dans  la  main  a  qqn. 
Tenir  de  bonne  main. 
Tomber  sous  les  mains. 
En  venir  aux  mains. 
Les  mains  m'en  tombent  I 

Mai,  m. 

Les  maux  de  la  vie. 

Le  mal  de  tete  ;  mal  a  la  tete. 

—  dents  ;  —  aux  dents. 
Mal  aux  yeux. 

—  au  bras,  a  la  main. 

—  au  coBur,  or  de  cceur. 
Faire  mal,  or  du  mal  a.  qqn. 

Mettre. 

Mettre  fin,  ordre,  bon  ordre  a  qq.  ch. 

—  qqn.  a  Taise. 

—  le  convert. 

—  de  cote. 

—  qqn.  au  fait,  au  courant. 

—  —    a  nieme  de  faire  qq.  ch. 

—  —    a  la  raison. 


To  play  one's  cards  well. 

To  bring  out,  to  call  into  play. 

To  take  a  thing  in  jest. 

One  good  turn  deserves  another. 

It  is  not  worth  powder  and  shot. 

Hand. 

Sudden  attack  ;  surprise  ;  bold  stroke. 

Sleight  of  hand. 

To  or  at  the  nght  hand. 

—         left  hand. 
A  horse  fitted  to  drive  and  ride. 
To  wHte  a  good  hand. 
To  have  one's  hand  in  (trained). 
To  be  light-fingered  (thievish). 
To  be  skilful. 

To  have  one's  hands  clean  (uncorrupted). 
To  give  one's  hand,  to  assist  s.  b. 
To  lend  a  helping  hand,    [other's  hands. 
Tobehandinhandivith  ;  to  piny  into  each 
To  lay  violent  hands  on. 
To  compel  one  to  do  a  tldng. 
To  bribe  one  ;  to  give  him  a  sop. 
To  take  orie's  oath  of  it. 
To  stake  one's  life  upon  a  thing,    [wheel. 
To  set  to  work ;  to  put  one's  shoulder  to  the 
To  assist  s.  b. ;  to  countenance  s.  h. 
To  give  one  a  friendly  squeeze  of  the  hand. 
To  give  one's  hand  in  token  of  acquiescence. 
To  have  from  good  authoi-ity. 
To  fall  in  one's  way. 
To  come  to  bloxvs. 
lam  very  much  surpriseu  at  it. 

Evil ;  harm ;  sore. 

The  ills  of  life.  [head. 

The  headache  ;   headache  ;  pain  in,  the 

The  toothache ;  toothache. 

Sore  eyes. 

Pain  in  the  arm  ;  sore  hand. 

Sickness  of  the  stomach. 

To  hurt  s.  b. ;  to  injure. 

To  put ;  to  set. 

7'o  put  an  end  to,  to  put  order  in,  a  thing. 

To  set  one  at  ease. 

To  lay  the  cloth. 

To  put  aside. 

To  make  one  a£quain(ed  with. 

To  enable  s.  b.  to  do  a  thing. 

To  bring  one  to  reason. 


4 


FRENCH   INTO    ENGLISH. 


34T 


Mettre  au  jour. 

—  dedans,  dehors. 

—  le  lout  pour  le  tout. 

—  sous  les  yeux. 

—  sa  gloire  :i  faire  unc  chose. 

—  de  I'eau  dans  son  vin. 

—  du  foin  dans  ses  bottes. 
Se  mettre 

Se  mettre  ii  table,  ii  son  aise. 

—  bien. 

—  en  colore. 

—  en  etat,  a  meme  de. 

—  au  fait,  au  courant. 

—  bien  avec  qqn. 

—  mal        — 
S'y  mettre. 

Uonter. 

TVlonter  a  cheval,  en  croupe. 

—  en  voiture. 

—  sur  Ic  tr6ne,  au  trOne. 

—  en  grade. 

Le  vin  monte  a  la  tete. 

La  rongeur  lui  monta  au  visage. 

Le  ble  monte.  [dollars. 

Les  frais  montent  (or  se  montent;  a  mille 

Monter  le  ble  au  grenier. 

—  un  cheval. 

—  un  atelier. 

—  une  machine. 

—  une  horloge. 

—  une  affaire. 

—  un  diamant. 

—  un  chapeau. 

—  un  instrument  de  musique. 

—  sa  depense,  son  train. 

—  la  tote  a  qqn. 

Qui  moute  la  mule  la  ferre. 

Moyen,  m. 

Par  le  moyen  dc.    Au  moyen  de. 
II  n'y  a  pas  moyen  de  le  faire. 
Je  n'ai  pas  les  moyens  de  le  faire. 
Avoir  des  moyens. 

Nez,  m. 

Au  nez  de  qqn. 

Avoir  bon  nez. 

Donner  sur  le  nez  a  qqn. 

Sb  troavct  nez  a  nez  avec  qqn. 


To  publish;  to  put  forth. 

To  trick,  to  take  in  ;  to  dismiss. 

To  riiik  every  thing. 

To  bring  to  notice,  to  make  kiiawn. 

To  make  it  one''s  glory  to  do  a  thing. 

To  lower  one's  pretensions. 

To  feather  one's  nest. 

To  put  one's  self;  to  sit  doivn  ;  to  drest. 

To  sit  down  to  table ;  to  take  one's  ease. 

To  dress  well. 

To  get  angi-y. 

To  put  one's  self  in  a  condition  to. 

To  make  one's  self  acquainted  with. 

To  get  on  good  terms  with  one. 

To  conciliate  one's  good-will. 

To  get  on  bad  terms  with  one. 

To  set  about  it  ;  to  turn  to. 

To  ascend ;  to  go  or  get  up. 

To  get,  to  Hde  on  Iwrseiack  ;  to  get  behind 

To  step  into  the  carriage. 

To  ascend  the  throne. 

To  advance. 

Wine  goes  to  the  head. 

Her  face  turned  red. 

Corn  Is  ridng. 

The  cost  comes  to  a  thousand  dollars. 

To  carry  the  corn  up  to  the  granary. 

To  ride  a  horse. 

To  Jit  up  a  ivorkshop. 

To  set  up  a  machine. 

To  wind  up  a  clock. 

To  get  up  an  affair. 

To  set  a  diamond. 

To  trim  a  bonnet. 

To  put  a  musical  instrument  together. 

To  ina'ease  one's  expense. 

To  get  anotlier  into  excitement  about  s.  th 

Who  rides  the  mule  pays  the  hostler. 

Means, 

By  means  of.    In  consequence  of., 

There  is  no  means  of  doing  it. 

I  cannot  afford  doing  it. 

To  have  talents,  to  be  clever. 

Nose. 

In  a  person's  face. 

To  be  sagacious. 

To  mortify  s.  b. 

Toftnd  0.  s.  face  to  face  with  s.  &, 


348 


IDIOMS   AND   PROVERBS. 


Oreille,/. 

Avoir  I'oreille  au  guet. 
Tirer  I'oreille  a  qqn. 
Se  faire  tirer  roreille. 

Part,  /. 

En  bonne  part. 

Avoir  part  a  ;  prendre  part  k, 

Faire  part  a. 

—  la  part  de. 
Mettre  a  part. 

Prendre  en  mauvaise  part. 
Avoir  de  bonne  part. 

Parti,  m. 

Homme  de  parti.    Esprit  de  parti. 

fipouser  un  bon  parti. 

Prendre  uu  parti. 

C'est  un  parti  pris. 

Prendre  parti  pour. 

Tirer  parti  de. 

Partie,  /. 

Etre  de  la  partie. 

Avoir  affaire  a  trop  forte  partie. 

Faire  la  seconde  partie  aupres  de  qqn. 

—  le  coup  de  partie. 
Prendre  qqn.  si  partie. 
Quitter  la  partie. 

Passer. 

Passer  chez  qqn. 

En  passer  par  la. 

II  lui  faut  passer  par  la  on  par  la  fenC-tre. 

Se  faire  passer  pour. 

Passer  le  temps  a  s'amuter. 

Je  lui  ai  passe  cela. 

Cela  me  passe. 

Se  passer. 

Ces  choses  se  passent  tous  les  jours. 

Se  passer  de. 

II  faut  se  passer  de  bien  des  choses. 

Porter. 

Porter  temoignage. 

—  sur  soi. 

—  du  fruit. 

—  de  beaux  habits. 

—  les  cheveux  longs. 

—  les  armes. 

—  un  coup. 

—  envie. 

Le  blenfait  porte  interet 


Ear. 

To  be  on  tip-toe. 

To  pull  s.  o'n  ears ;  to  dunn  s.  b. 

To  gel  0.  o.  dunned ;  to  tie  very  reluctanl. 

Share;  part. 

In  good  >iait ;  in  a  good  xen^e. 

To  have  a  share  in  ;  to  participate  in. 

To  give  a  part  to ;  to  imparl  to. 

To  make  allowance  for. 

To  set  aside. 

To  take  amiss. 

To  have  from  good  authority. 

Party. 

Party  man.    Party  spinl. 
To  7nake  a  good  maJch. 
To  make  up  one's  ?nind. 
His  mind  is  made  np. 
To  take  part  with. 
To  detive  advantage  from. 

Party. 

To  be  one  of  them. 

To  be  ove7'7natched. 

To  play  second  fiddle  to  s.  b. 

To  strike  tlie  decisive  bUnv. 

To  sue  s.  b. ;  to  lay  the  blame  on  s.  b. 

To  throw  up  the  game ;  to  relinquish  one''s 

To  pass.  [pursuit. 

To  call  on  one. 

To  submit  to  it. 

He  ??iust  submit  to  that  or  worse. 

To  pass  one''s  selffo?: 

To  ttifle  away  one's  time. 

I  forgave  him  thai ;  I  let  that  go. 

That  is  beyond  my  comjnehension. 

To  happen  ;  to  take  place. 

Those  things  happen  every  day. 

To  do  ivithoul  ;  to  dispense  with.      [out 

There  are  many  things  one  has  to  do  with 

To  bear ;  to  carry ;  to  wear. 

To  bear  witness. 

To  have  about  one's  person. 

To  bear  fruit. 

To  wear  fine  clothes. 

To  wear  long  hair. 

To  carry  anm  ;  to  be  in  the  army. 

To  stnke  a  bloiv. 

To  envy. 

A  good  dted  bears  interest. 


FRENCH   INTO   ENGLISH. 


349 


BHle  porte  les  culottes. 

Dire  qq.  ch.  a  bout  portant. 

Le  coup  a  porte  juste. 

Se  porter  a  des  extremites,  a  Texces. 

—  bien,  mal. 
Prendre. 
Preudre  des  airs. 

—  le  dessns. 

—  Toccasion  aux  cheveux. 

—  le  tison  par  ou  il  brule. 

—  lamouche,  o/' la  chevre. 

—  la  clef  des  champs. 

—  le  mords  aux  dents. 

—  sur  sa  nourriture,  son  sommeil. 
Le  prendre  sur  un  haut  ton. 

—  bien,  mal. 

—  pour  bon,  pour  dit.  [laisser. 
Dans  CO  qu'il  dit,  il  faut  en  prendre  et  en 
Ne  savoir  par  ou  prendre  qqn. 

Je  vous  y  prends. 

Le  feu  a  pris  a  la  maison. 

La  fievre  I'a  pris. 

S'y  prendre. 

II  s'y  prend  mal. 

S'en  prendre  a. 

II  s'en  prend  a,  vous, 

\  to  ,.,  prendre. 

Propos,  m. 

Ce  sont  des  propos  en  I'air. 

Tenir  de  sots  propos. 

A  propos. 

A  tout  propos.    A  propos  de  rien. 

II  est  a  propos  que  vous  le  voyiez. 

Eemettre. 

Kemettre  qqn.  dans  ses  droits. 

—  le  bras  a  qqn. 

—  bien  ensemble. 

—  au  lendemain. 

—  k  I'an  quarante. 

—  qq.  cli.  h,  qqn. 

—  qqn. 

Se  remeftre. 

S'en  remettre  i. 

Je  m'en  remets  k  sa  decision. 

Rendre. 

Kendre  reponse. 

—  justice,  la  justice 

—  service,  visile. 

—  mulade. 


She  wears  the  breecfie/>.  [hearing. 

To  make  unpleasant  remarks  in  a.  o'i 

The  blow  went  Iwme. 

To  go  to  extremes,  to  excess. 

To  be  well,  ill. 

To  take. 

To  put  on  airs. 

To  gain  the  ascendency. 

To  seize  tlie  op/xirt unity.  [tion. 

To  take  np  tlie  difficult  side  of  the  ques- 

Tofly  into  a  passion  for  a  liifle. 

To  escape,  to  take  to  one^s  heels. 

To  fly  into  a  passion.  [sleep. 

To  retrench ;  to  take  from  one's  food,  one's 

To  carry  it  high. 

To  take  it  zvell,  a/yiUts. 

—  for  granted.  [i«.  what  he  says. 
There  is  not  much  confidence  to  be  placed 
Not  to  know  how  to  treat  one. 

I  have  you  there. 

Tlie  house  hcH  caught  Jire. 

He  caught  the  fever. 

To  set  about  il. 

lie  set^  about  it  in  t/ie  wrong  way. 

To  tfiroiv  the  blame  on. 

He  throws  the  blame  on  you. 

I'lmn  the  wJiole. 

Talk. 

That  is  idle  talk. 

To  talk  nonsetise. 

Timely ;  seasonably  ;  by  tlie  toay. 

At  eveiy  turn.    For  nothing  at  all. 

It  is  expedient  that  you  should  see  him. 

To  put  back ;  to  replace. 

To  reinstate  a  person  m  his  nglits. 

To  set  s.  Vs  arm. 

To  reconcile,  to  make  friends  again 

To  put  off,  to  defer  till  next  day. 

—  till  doomsday. 

To  deliver,  to  hand  s.  th.  to  s.  b. 

To  recognize  s.  b. 

To  set  to  again  ;  to  recover ;  to  come  to. 

To  rely  on. 

I  rely  on  his  decision. 

To  render ;  to  give  back. 

To  return  an  answer. 

To  do  right ;  to  administer  justice. 

To  render  service  ;  to  pay  a  viHi. 

To  make  sick. 


350 


IDIOMS   AND    PROVERBS. 


Rendro  la  pareille. 

—  compte,  raison  de. 

—  une  pensee,  une  idee. 
Cette  fleur  rend  une  odeur  agreable. 
Ce  chemin  rend  a  la  ville. 

Se  rendre. 

—  k  son  poste,  aupres  de  qqn. 

—  a  la  raison. 

Rendez  ii  Cesar  ce  qui  est  k  Cesar. 

Tenir. 

Tenir  boutique,  pension. 

—  equipage. 
En  tenir. 

II  en  tient. 

Tenir  qqn.  le  bee  dans  Teau. 

—  —     a  distance. 

—  —     dans  sa  manche. 

—  —     a  quatre. 

Un  principe  qui  tient  dans  tons  les  cas. 

A  quoi  tient-il  que  cela  ne  soit  ? 

Qu'a  cela  ne  tienne. 

S'il  ne  tient  qu'a  cela. 

C'est  a  n'y  pas  tenir. 

II  tient  a  ses  opinions. 

Tiens,  tiens,  comme  vous  y  allez. 

Tenez,  j'aime  encore  mieux  cela. 

Un  tiens  vaut  mieux  que  deux  tu  I'auras. 

Se  tenir  pret. 

—  a  une  decision. 
Je  m'y  tiens. 

S'en  tenir. 

Je  m'en  tiens  h,  ce  qui  a  eto  convenu. 

S'en  tenir  la. 

S'en  teuir  au  gros  de  I'arbre. 

Vouloir. 

Je  veux  bien  que  cela  soit  ainsi. 

Je  voudrais  bien  la  voir.  [cela. 

Veuillez  me  dire  ce  que  vous  pensez  de 

Je  ne  veux  pas  de  ces  gens-Ia. 

Je  ne  veux  pas  de  cela. 

Vouloir  du  bien  (du  mal)  k  qqn. 

En  vouloir  a  qqn. 

Je  lui  en  veux  d'avoir  parle  de  cela. 

A  qui  en  veut-il  ? 

Dieu  le  veuiile  ! 

Faites  ce  que  vous  voudrez. 

Quand  vous  voudrez. 

Que  voulez-vous  ?    Que  voulez-vous  1 

Vouloir  dire. 


To  pay  back  in  one's  own  coin. 

To  account  for. 

To  exitress  a  thought,  an  idea. 

That  flower  exhales  a  fragrant  odor. 

That  road  leads  1o  the  town. 

To  yield  ;  to  suirender. 

To  go  to  one''s  duty,  to  s.  b. 

To  submit  to  reason.  [  Ccesar''-s. 

Give  unto    Ccesar  the  things  that  are 

To  keep ;  to  hold. 

To  keep  a  shop,  a  hoarding-house. 

—  a  carnage. 

To  have  caught  it ;  to  be  smitten  with. 
He  has  caught  it ;  he  is  in  for  it,  etc. 
'loiteep.   ^  ^n  expectation. 

—  at  a  aislance. 

To  have  a  pe7'son  at  one^s  disposal. 

—  one  bound  hand  and  foot. 

A  jn-inciple  that  holds  good  in  every  case. 

What  L^  the  reason  that  that  is  not  so  f 

1)0  not  let  that  make  any  differerux. 

If  that  is  all. 

I  cannot  endure  it  any  longer. 

He  is  tenacious  of  his  opinions. 

Bless  7ne,  hoiv  you  go  about  it. 

See  liere,  I  like  this  still  better.         r^'y  ^h. 

A  bird  in  the  hand  is  worth  twc'^' the 

To  hold  one's  self  in  readiness 

To  abide  by  a  decision. 

I  adhere  to  it. 

To  rely  on  ;  to  abide  by. 

1  abide  by  what  zvas  agreed  to. 

To  stop  there. 

To  side  with  the  stjvngest. 

To  be  willing ;  to  wish. 

I  consent  to  it ;  I  am  willing. 

I  should  like  to  see  her. 

Please  tell  me  what  you  think  of  thai. 

I  donH  want  tlwse  people. 

1  don't  wish  that. 

To  wish  a  person  ivell  {ill). 

To  bear  s.  b.  ill-will.  [of  that. 

I  am  angry  with  him  for  having  spoken 

Whom  does  he  complain  off 

God  grant! 

Ho  what  you  like ;  do  your  best. 

When  you  like.    All  right. 

What  do  you  wish  f    Who  can  help  ii. 

To  mean. 


VNlVi 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN     INITIAL     FINE     OF     25     CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


^UN  j^ 


^933 


SEP  30  1935 

DHC    26  1935 
SEP   7   1935 


^\f{ 


-f  13  1937 

S£P    219521U 


jr 


v# 


FEB  7     ^^^^ 

7  ^955  to 


37 


LD  21-50to-1,'33 


ID    U  I  ^' 


35tt] 


